THE DANISM INGOLFEXPEDITION VOL. Ill c. PUBLISHED AT THE COST OF THK GOVERNMENT THE DIRECTION OJ THE ZOOLOGICAL Ml SEUM OF THE UNIVERSITY. SI 1fr (/< IPENHAGEN. H. HAGERUP PR INTED BY BIANCO I.UNO A/K [923 [935 b D3 v.3 Contents of Vol. Ill c. VIII. K. Stephensen: Crustacea Malacostraca, V: Amphipoda I. p. 1—100, 1923. IX. K. Stephensen: Crustacea Malacostraca, VI: Amphipoda II, |>. 101—178, 1925. X. H. Boschma: Rhizocephala of the North Atlantic Region, p. 1-49, 1928. XI. K. Stephensen: Crustacea Malacostraca, VII: Amphipoda III, \>. 179-290, 1931. XII. K. Stephensen: Two Crustaceans (a Cirriped ami a Copepod) endoparasitic in Ophiuridi p. 1-18, 1935. 4P THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME III. 8. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. (AMPHIPODA. I.) BY K. STEPHENSEN. Willi 22 FIGURES AND 15 CHARTS IN THE TEXT, AND A LIST OF STATIONS. —•■ ■- v COPENHAGEN. PRINTED BY BIANCO [.UNO. 1923. Ready from the Press August the 27th 1923. Contents. (* indicates that the species is new to the area) Introduction I. HYPERIIDEA A. Hyperiidea Gammaroidea I . Tribus. Primitiva i . Subtribus. Completa Fam. Lanceolida Bovallius Cenus Lanceola Say I. Lanceola Loreni Bovallius Page I 2. — Sayana Bovallius 3. — Murrayi Norman 4. Clausii Bovallius 5. serrata Bovallius *6. — pacifica Stebbing •7. — irstiva Stebbing 2. Subtribus Incompleta Fam. Eumimonectidce (Bovallius) Woltereck Genus Mimonectes Bovallius 8. Mimonectes Loveni Bovallius 9. sphcericus Bovallius 10. Steenstrupii Bovallius . . . 2 Tribus. Derivata Fam. Scinidce Stebbing Genus Parascina Stebbing *u. Parascina Fowleri Stebbing Genus Acanthoscina Vosseler *I2. Acanthoscina acanthodes Stebbing Genus Sana Prestandrea *I3. Scina crassicornis Fabricius *I4. — Rattrayi Stebbing 15. — Clausii Bovallius 16. — boreahs G. O. Sars Fam. Vibiliidis Claus Genus Vibilia M. -Edwards 17. Vibilia borealis Hate & Westwood.... B. Hyperidea Genuina 1 . Tribus Recticornia Fam. Thaumatopsidtz Bovallius 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 12 1 2 Genus Thaumatops Martens 12 1 8. Thaumatops sp 1 > 2. Tribus Filicornia 1 ; Fam. Hyperiidct Dana 1 ^ Genus Hyperoche Bovallius 1 { 19. Hyperoche medusarum Kroyer [3 Cenus Hyperia Latreille 15 20. Hyperia medusarum O. Fr. Miiller 15 21. — galba Montagu 17 Genus Themisto Guerin 19 22. Themisto abyssorum Boeck 20 2 J — hbellula Mandt 24 24. — compressa Goes 27 24. A — — f. compressa Goes... 27 24. B - — i.bispinosa Boeck.. 31 Fam. Phronimides Dana 34 c.enus Phronima Latreille 14 *2s Phronima sedentaria Forskal 34 3. Tribus Curvicornia 35 Fam. Lyctzidce Claus 35 ' .1 mis Tryphana Boeck 36 26. Tryphana Malmi Boeck Fam. Bra, hyscelidce n .11 Genus Brachyscelus. Sp Bate 37 27. Brachyscelus crusculum. Sp Bat 1 37 Genus Euthamneus Bovallius 39 28. Euthamneus [plalyrrhynchus Stebbi II. GAMMARIDEA Fam. L\ sianassida Dana Genus Trisi hizostoma Boeck 39 *2o. Trischizostoma Raschii Esmark & Boeck . Genus I toma Norman 40 ♦30. A, idi n im a. sp Genus Euony* Norman 40 *3i. Euonyx chelatus Norman 41 •32. — 7 Chevreus 41 Page *33. Euonyx biscayensis Chevreux 42 Genus Opisa Boeck 43 34. Opisa Eschrichtii Kroyer 43 Genus Amaryllis Haswell 43 *35. Amaryllis pulchella Bonnier 43 Genus Onisimus Boeck 44 36. Onisimus Edwardsii Kroyer 44 37. — plaulus Kroyer 46 38. — affinis H. J. Hansen 47 39. — Normani G. O. Sars 48 ♦40. (leucopis G. O. Sars?) 49 Genus Cyphocaris Boeck 50 41. Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck 50 *42. — Bouvieri Chevreux 52 Genus Cyclocaris Stebbing 52 43. Cyclocaris guilelmi Chevreux 52 Genus Metacyphocaris Tattersall 54 44. Metacyphocaris Helgce Tattersall 54 Genus Paracyphocaris Chevreux 54 *45. Paracyphocaris prtsdator Chevreux 54 Genus Crybelocephalus Tattersall 54 *46. Crybelocephalus megalurus Tattersall 55 Genus Thoriella K. Stephensen 55 47. Thoriella islandica K. Stephensen 55 Genus Pseudalibrotus Delia Valle 55 48. Pseudalibrotus litoralis Kroyer 56 49. Nanseni G. O. Sars 58 *5o. glacialis G. O. Sars 58 Genus Koroga Holmes 60 *5i. Koroga (megalops Holmes?) 60 Genus Paralibrotus n. gen 61 *52. Paralibrotus setosus n. sp 61 Genus Tetronychia n. gen 63 *53. Tetronychia abyssalis n. sp 63 Genus Paratryphosites Stebbing 65 54. Paratryphosites abyssi Goes 65 Genus Orchomene Boeck 65 55. Orchomene serrata Boeck 66 *56. amblyops G. O. Sars 67 *57- — (crispata Goes?) 67 *58. — oxystoma n. sp 67 *59- — Thorii n. sp 68 Page *6o. Orchomene l&vipes n. sp 69 60 A. — (Itsvipes ?) 70 *6i. — faeroensis n. sp 70 — sp 70 Genus A rislias Boeck 71 62. Aristias tumidus Kroyer 71 *63. — microps G. O. Sars 72 *64. — fakatus n. sp 73 Genus Ambasia Boeck 74 65. Ambasia atlantica M. -Edwards 74 Genus Schisturella Norman 75 66. Schisturella pulchra H. J. Hansen 75 Genus Metambasia n. gen 76 ♦67. Metambasia faeroensis n. sp 76 Genus Ichnopus Costa 78 *68. Ichnopus spinicornis Boeck 78 Genus Anonyx Kroyer 78 69. Anonyx nugax Phipps 78 Geaus Socarnes Boeck 87 70. Socarnes bidenticulatus Bate 87 71. — Vahlii Kroyer 88 Genus Hippomedon Boeck 89 72. Hippomedon Holballi Kroyer 89 •73. dentil ulatus Bate 89 *74 propinquus G. O. Sars 90 *75. robustus G. O. Sars 91 *76. serratipes n. sp 91 *77. jrigidus n. sp 92 ♦78. nasuius n. sp 93 *79. reticulatus n. sp 94 *8o. striolatus n. sp 95 Genus Scopelocheirus Bate 96 *8i. Scopelocheirus crenatus Bate 96 Genus Uristes Dana 96 •82. Uristes umbonatus G. O. Sars 96 Genus Centromedon G. O. Sars 97 83. Centromedon calcaratus G. O. Sars 97 •84. typhlops G. O. Sars 97 Genus Cheirimedon Stebbing 97 '85. Cheirimedon lalimanus G. O. Sars 98 Literature 98 Crustacea Malacostraca. V. By K. Stephensen. VI. The order Amphipoda, part 1. I introduction. As regards the exact boundary of the "Ingolf"-area, comprising the waters surrounding Greenland, Jan Mayen, Iceland, and the Faroes, I shall refer to Dr. H. J. Hansen's work on Crustacea Malacostraca 1 (The Danish Iugolf-Expedition, vol. Ill, 2, 1908) p, 1. I likewise refer to the said work for informations as to the sources of the material. The present paper was altogether written in conformity with the plan, followed by Dr. H. J. Hansen in his previous works on the "Ingolf "-Expedition. Dike Dr. Hansen I have not confined myself to material, belonging to the Zoological Museum of Copenhagen, but also treated species which 1 only know from the literature, in order to make the present description of the area in question as thoroughgoing as the whole of our present knowledge will allow ( — it is, however, only a small number of species, known from the area. which were not collected by some Danish expedition or collector — ). For practical reasons it has been necessary to divide the work on Amphipods into several parts, the material being extremely large; a complete review of the general results, therefore, cannot be given as yet. A tew remarks are necessary here: * before a specific name indicates that the species is new to the area. * before a quotation from the literature indicates the best description etc. of the animal. As to appendages etc. I have made use of the following abbreviations which are, besides, about the same as those used by G. O. Sars: A. 1 — 2 : = i. and 2. antenna Ms. 1 — 7 == 1. — 7. mesosome segments Ceph. = the cephalon Mt. -- the metasome Ep. 3 = the epimeral part of the 3rd Mt. 1 — 3 == 1- 3. metasome segments metasome segment Mx. 1 — 2 = I. and 2. maxilla. Epist. = the epistomal plate Mxp. the maxillipeds L, = the anterior lip P. 1—7 t. 7. pereiopods 1 = the posterior lip T the telson Md. = the mandible Up.] 3 r. 3. uropods Ms. = the mesosome Us. the uros< The [ngolf-Expedition, III. * CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. As meters are now used by almost all nations (except England), all of the depths are stated in meters, the depths from the "Ingolf "-Expedition proper have been altered in accordance with the proportion of i Danish fathom = 1,883 m- A list of the works, more frequently referred to, will be given later on; only papers exclusively used for a single species or genus will be quoted in full in the particular place. In the paragraph about Hyperiidea reference is repeatedly made to a paper, named "Thor"-Hy- periidea pt. 2. which was finished and ready for printing in Sept. 1918, but still remains imprinted as yet. The paragraph treating Hyperiidea in my present "Ingolf "-paper was, however, written with the supposition that my "Thor"-paper would be in print before the "Ingolf'-paper, — a supposition which has unfortunately not come true, on account of the high printing charges. Some few minor paragraphs have, for that reason, been somewhat altered, as for the rest I shall have to be content to refer to the "Thor"-paper which will, I hope, be in print next year (in Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions 1908 — 10 to the Mediterranean and adjacent seas, edited by Dr. Johs. Schmidt, leader of the Expeditions). I. Hyperiidea. A. Hyperiidea gammaroidea (H. Milne-Edwards) Woltereck. Hype'rincs gammaroidcs H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crustaces, vol. 3, 1840, p. 72. Hyperiidea gammaroidea Woltereck 1909, p. 145. 1. Tribus Primitiva. Woltereck. Primitiva Woltereck 1909, p. 147. 1. Subtribus Completa. Woltereck. Completa Woltereck 1909, p. 147. Fam. Lanceolidae. Bovaiiius. Lanceolidee Bovaiiius, Syst. list 1887, p. 5. — ■ — Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 27. Stebbing, 1888, p. 1301. — Woltereck 1909, p. 156. K. Stephensen 19 18, p. 8. — . Chevreux 1920. K. Stephensen, "Thor"-Hyper. pt. 2, (list of genera and species). The family comprises 3 genera (14 species). Only the genus Lanceola has been found in the "Ingolf" area (7 species). Most of the species belong to the deep water layers, but a few of them (especially Lanceola Sayana) may also be found rather near the surface. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Genus Lanceola Say. Lanceola Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. i, pt. 2, 1818, p. 317. K. Stephensen 1918, p. 8 (lit.). 1. Lanceola Loveni Bovallius. Lanceola Loveni Bovallius, Forgotten Amphip. 1885, p. 6. Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 36, PI. 6 rigs. 24-26, PI. 0 figs. 1 13. The Copenhagen Museum possesses the single specimen of this species; it was taken in the mouth of the Davis Straits by Inspektor Moller 1843. 2. Lanceola Sayana Bovallius. Lanceola Sayana Bovallius, Forgotten Amphip. 1885, p. 7 fig. 1. Monograph pt. i, 1887, p. 30, PI. 4, PI. 5 rig. 1. — Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 134, PI. 14 fig. 10 (cold. Til;.) — K. Stephensen 1918, p. 8, figs. 1 — 3, chart (distrib., lit.). — Chevreux 1920, p. 1. Occurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf". S. of Iceland: "Tjalfe" St. 1 b. 51/25' N., 22°56' W. Surface. (12.5. 1908). 1 spec. "Thor" St. 180. (10. 7. 1904). 6134'N., I9°05' W. 2160111. 70 m. wire. 1 spec. — ibid. 1800 m. wire. 2 spec. St. 183. (n. 7. 1904). 6i°jo'N., 17'oS' W. > 2000 m. 70 111. wire. 1 spec. — ibid. 1800 111. wire. 3 spec. Our Museum possesses a specimen (determined by Bovallius), from the mouth of the Davis Straits, Inspektor Moller ded. 12. 6. 1843. It was not known with certainty to have been taken in other localities in the "Ingolf "-area. The specimen mentioned by myself with(?) in the "Tjalfe"-Exped. (1912) from 62 53' X., 54 15' W. is perhaps L. serrata; Vosseler (1901) mentions it with(?) from the Irminger Sea (60.3 N., 27.0 \Y., o — 600 m.). Distribution. Very widely distributed in the Atlantic; also found in the Indian Ocean (see K. Stephensen 191S and Chevreux 1920). 3. Lanceola Murrayi Norman. Lanceola Murrayi Norman 1900, p. 135, PI. 6 tigs. 1 — 4. This species is (Stebbing 1904, p. 30) probably synonymous with Lanceola ielina Bovallius, Forgotten Amphip., 1885, p. 7. — curticeps — ibid. p. 8. felina Monograph pt. i, 1887, p. 38, PI. 5 figs. 14 -23. — Chevreux 1920, p. 2. — var. longipcs Woltereck 1909, p. 159, PI. 6 tie;. 20. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Occurrence. The single specimen of L. Murrayi was taken by tow-net sunk to abt. 1200 m. in the Faeroe Channel (Norman 1. a). Distribution. 46°i3' N., 7°oo'W., o — 3000 m. (L. fclina) (Chevreux I.e.). — 290 N., 20° W., Hygom ded., and 27°N., 27°4o' W., Andrea ded. 1864 (Bovallius' type-specimens of L. curticeps in the Copen- hagen Museum). — S. of Africa 35°36' S., 27°4o' E., Andrea ded. 1862 (Bovallius' type-specimen of L. fclina in the Copenhagen Museum). — Pacific Ocean i6°574 'S., I20°48' W. (L. fclina var. longipes, Woltereck 1909). 4. Lanceola Clausii Bovallius. Lanccola Clausii Bovallius, Forgotten Amphip. 1885, p. 8. Arctic and Antarctic Hyper. 1887, p. 552, PI. 41 figs. 11 — 14. — Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 40, PI. 6 figs. 14 — 23. — — G. O. Sars 1900, p. 15, PI. 1. ? — — Chevreux 1920, p. 3. This species was not taken by any of the Danish Expeditions. Occurrence. Baffin Bay, abt. 720 N. (Bovallius). — E. of Greenland 7i°22'.5 N., i8°58' W., vertical haul 1000 — 800 m., depth of the sea 1100 m. (Broch and Koefoed 1909). Distribution. 78°05' N., 5°2i' W., vertical haul 1350 — 800 m., depth of the sea 1400 m. (Broch and Koefoed 1909). - - N. of Asia 8o° N., I34°E.; 84°i5'— 84°42' N., 960— 72°E.; 84°47'— 83°57' N., 250— ii° E. (Sars I.e.). If Chevreux's determination is right, which for geographical reasons is not probable, the species is found at 3 localities in the tropic and subtropic Atlantic: 2743' N., 18 28' \V., o — 3000 m. wire, 38°02' N., io°44' W., o — 4800 m. wire, and 32°2i'3o" N., I2°3i' W., o — 4000 m. wire. 5. Lanceola serrata Bovallius. Lanceola serrata Bovallius, Forgotten Amphip. 1885, p. 7. Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 34, PI. 5 fig. 2 — 13. Su/uni Stebbing, 1888, p. 1313, textfig. 28 (p. 1315) (teste Stebbing 1904, p. 29). — serrata K. Stephensen 1918, p. 15 (distrib.). — — Chevreux 1920, p. 3. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf". S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 180. (10. 7. 1904). 6i°34' N., I9°05' W. 2160 m. 1800 m. wire. 1 spec. In the "Ingolf" area it has hitherto been found at 3 localities in the Davis Straits, from the mouth to abt. 64'/j°N., 1200 — 1500 m. wire (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 94). Distribution. The species is found at a number of localities in the Atlantic N. of abt. 430 N. (see K. Stephensen 1918 and Chevreux 1920). *6. Lanceola pacifica Stebbing. Lanceola pacifica Stebbing, 1888, p. 1302, Pis. 151 — 52. — 1904, p. 30. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA V. Lanceola pacifica var. robusta Woltereck 1909, p. 160. — K. Stephensen 1918, p. 14, fig. 4, chart 1. — Chevreux 1920, p. 3. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but at a single station by the "Thor". S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 183. (11. 7. 1904). 6i°jo' N., 17 08' \V. 1800 m. wire. 1 spe The species is new to the "Ingolf" area; the specimen possibly belongs to the var. robusta. Distribution. From W. Ireland to Gibraltar, and the Pacific Ocean (see K. Stephensen 1918, p. 1 j *y. Lanceola ^estiva Stebbing. Lanceola (Estiva Stebbing 1888, p. 1309, PI. 153. 1904, p. 29. — K. Stephensen 1918, p. 15, chart 1 (p. n) (distrib.). — Chevreux 1920, p. 3 (distrib.). Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf". Davis Strait: "Tjalfe" St. 434. (9. 6. 1909). 62°53' N., 54 15' W. 1660m. 1500 — 1200 m. wire. 1 spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 180. (10. 7. 1904). 61'34'N., 19 05' W. 2160 m. 1800 in. wire. 1 spec. St. 183. (n. 7. 1904). 6i°3o' N., 17 08' W. > 2000 m. 1800 m. wire. 3 spec. The species is new to the "Ingolf" area. Distribution. SW. Ireland, Bay of Biscay, Atlantic 28 "— 390 N., and Equatorial Atlantic (see K. Stephensen 1918 and Chevreux 1920). 2. Subtribus Incompleta Woltereck. Incomplda Woltereck 1909, p. 147. Fam. Eumimonectidae (Bovallius) Woltereck. Mimonectiice Bovallius, Mimonectes, a remarkable genus of Amphip. Hyper.; Nova Acta Soc. Reg. Scient. Upsal., ser. 3, vol. 13, 1885, p. 2. Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 59 (lit.). Vosseler 1901, p. 93. EumiinoncctidiC Woltereck 1909, p. 147. K. Stephensen, "Thor" Hyper, pt. 21. The family comprises 2 genera with 7 species; all of them deep-sea forms. < >nly the genus Mimonectes is found in the "Ingolf" area. J) The "Thor"-paper which was finished Oct. 1918 will probably in a short time go t<> tin- press. CRUSTACEA MAEACOSTRACA. V. Genus Mimonectes Bovallius. Mimonectes Bovallius 1. c. 1885, p. 2. — 1. c. 1S89, p. 59. Woltereck, 3. Mitt. iib. Hyper, d. Deutsch. Tiefsee-Exped. : Sphserpmimonectes Valdivise, n. gen. n. sp., mit erganzenden Bemerk. zur Biol, von Phronima u. Mimonectes; Zool. An- zeiger, vol. 27, Nr. 20, 1904, p. 621. The genus comprises 3 species; all of them were taken in the "Ingolf" area or close outside its limits. None of the species were taken by the "Ingolf" or by the "Thor". I have revised our total material of the species and determined all the undetermined specimens in our Museum. The Copenhagen Museum possesses almost all existent specimens as well as type-specimens of all the species. Bovallius's characters based upon the pereional segments and the sphaerical portion of the body are not good for a determination of the species ; but the species are very easily determined by dint of his characteristics of the two first pereiopoda (Bovallius 1889). 8. Mimonectes Loveni Bovallius. Mimonectes Loveni Bovallius, Mimonectes 1885, p. 3, PI. 1, PI. 2 figs. 15 — 20, PI. 3. ■■ — — Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 60, PI. 5. • — — Vosseler, 1901, p. 93. Occurrence. The species is found close outside the "Ingolf" area, S.W. of Iceland 58° N., 280 W., Olrik ded. 7. 6. 1852, 1 spec. Distribution. Bovallius gives 1885 the distribution as "The Atlantic", and 1889 "The northern temperate and tropical regions of the Atlantic" ; he had borrowed material from the Museums in Copenhagen, Paris and Stockholm. The single specimen in our Museum, determined by Bovallius, is from 2° N., 250 W., Hygom ded. 1853. The other specimens are from the following localities: 580 N., 280 W. (see above); 46°N., 180 W., Hygom ded. 1856; 450 N., 240 W., Hygom ded. ; 250 N., 230 W., Hygom ded. 1857 (3 spec.) ; 130 N., 340 W. , 9. 9. 1863 (donator?). Vosseler (1901) has a specimen from the Sargasso Sea 30. 30 N., 37. 90 W., surf. 9. Mimonectes sphaericus Bovallius. Mimonectes sphcericus Bovallius, Mimonectes 1885, p. 12, PI. 2 fig. 12. — — Monograph 1889 p. 66, PI. 6 figs. 1 — 10. Occurrence. Greenland, Moller 1847. The specimen is at present totally exsiccated; it has been determined by Bovallius. The locality is probably the mouth of the Davis Straits, as we have several other Crustaceans from this locality given by Moller 1847. Bovallius does not mention this specimen. Distribution. Bovallius 1885 states the distribution as "28° N., 210 W.", 1889 as "The northern temperate and the tropical regions of the Atlantic" and declares to have borrowed specimens only from the CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Copenhagen Museum. We possess the specimen mentioned above from Greenland, and the specimen from 280 N., 21° W. (given by Hygom); this lias (from a note on the label) been hyaline with red spots. 10. Mimonectes Steenstrupii Bovallius. Mimonectes Steenstrupii Bovallius, Mimonectes 1885, p. 12, PI. 2 figs. 13 — 14. Monograph 1889, p. 70 (lit.), PI. 6 figs. 11 — 21. Occurrence. Our Museum possesses specimens from S. of Greenland 57 4V N., | ; 53' \\\, Olrik ded. 1S61 (Bovallius determ.), from the Irminger Sea 64°46' N., 35° W., Moberg ded., and from S. of Iceland 6o°i8'N., i6°48'W., 28.5. 1882, Ryder ded. 15. n. 1883. Distribution. Bovallius 1885 gives the distribution as "North Atlantic. The mouth of the Davis Strait", and 1889 "The Northern temperate and the Arctic regions of the Atlantic (Copenhagen Museum). The tropical region of the Atlantic (Museums in Paris and Stockholm)". The specimens in our Museum from regions outside the "Ingolf" area are determined by Bovallius and are from the following localities: 46" N., 180 W., Hygom ded. Nov. 1856, and 43°N.. 23° W., Hygom ded. 18. 4. 1857. 2. Tribus Derivata Woltereck. Dcrivata Woltereck 1909, p. 147, 148. Fam. Scinidae Stebbing. TyronidiV Bovallius Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 4 (lit. and syn.). Scinida Stebbing, 1888, p. 1270 (lit. and syn.). 1904, p. 18 (key to the genera). K. Stephensen 1918, p. 16 (lit.). — Chevreux 1919. K. Stephensen, "Thor" Hyper, pt. 2 (list of genera and species). This family comprises 3 genera (Parascina, Acanthoscina, Scina), with respectively 1, 3 and 2\ species. All these 3 genera are represented in the "Ingolf" area, with respectively 1, 1 and 4 species. A great number of the species are deep-sea forms; but several species of genus Scina may be found in the upper water layers. Genus Parascina Stebbing. Parascina Stebbing 1904, p. 20. The genus comprises only one species. *n. Parascina Fowleri Stebbing. Parascina Fowleri Stebbing 1904, p. 21, PI. 2 fig. B. — Chevreux, Scinidae 1905, p. 1. Th. Scott, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8. vol. 4, 1909, p. 33, PI. 2 figs. io— 16, PI. 3 figs. 16 — 17. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Parascina Fowleri K. Stephensen, 1918, p. 17, figs. 5 — 6. — — Chevreux 1919, p. 9. Occurrence. Davis Straits : "Ingolf" St. 24. 63°o6' N., 56°oo' W. 2258 m. Vertical-haul 377 m. 1 spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 180 (10. 7. 1904). 6i°34' N., 19V3' W. 2160 m., 1800 m. wire. 2 spec. — "Thor" St. 183 (11. 7. 1904). 6i°3o' N., I7°o8' W. > 2000 m. 1800 m. wire. 12 spec. The species is new to these waters, but it has been found S. of the Faeroes (59°36' N., 7°o' W., abt. 1100 m., 17. 8. 1906 [Scott 1. c. 1909; S. has by a printer's error 70°o' W., not 7°oo' W.]). Distribution. In the literature this deep-sea species is quoted from a number of localities N. of abt. 300 N. ; see K. Stephensen 1918 and Chevreux 1919. Genus Acanthoscina Vosseler. Acanthoscina Vosseler, Zool. Anzeiger, Jahrg. 23, Nr. 632, 1900, p. 674. 1901, p. 113. Of the three species only one is found in the "Ingolf" area. *i2. Acanthoscina acanthodes Stebbing. Scina acanthodes Stebbing, 1895, p. 352, PI. 1. Acanthoscina serrata Vosseler, Zool. Anzeiger, Jahrg. 23, 1900, p. 675 figs. 1 — 4. 1901, p. 114, PI. 10 figs, I- — 10. acanthodes Chevreux, Scinidae 1914, p. 6. 1919, p. 18. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but the "Thor" has taken a specimen S. of Iceland 6i°3o' N., I7°8' W., 1800 m. wire, 11. 7. 1904 (St. 183). It is new to the "Ingolf" area. Distribution. This Atlantic deep-sea species is noted from the following localities. W. Ireland 53°7'N., I5°6' W., abt. 1600 m., Petersen trawl at abt. 1400 m., 1$ (Tattersall, Ireland 1906). — 9 Stations between 27^4' and 37°3o' N., and I7°46' — 42°29' W., depths and special localities not noted, 11 spec. (Chevreux I9i4and 1919). — 7°54' N., I7°25' W., 10 m. wire, 7.20— 8.20 pm. (Stebbing 1895). — N. Equa- torial Current 12.30 N., 22. 30 W., 0—400 m. ; S. Equatorial Current 5 Stations: 290 N., 18.40 W., 0—400 m. ; i.i°N., i6.4°W., 0—400111.; o.i°N., I5.2°W., surf.; o.3°S., 15.20 W . 0—500111. and 6.9°S., 23.4° \\\, o — 500 m. (Vosseler 1901). Genus Scina Prestandrea. Tyro Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 5 (lit. and syn.). Scina Stebbing 1904, p. 23 (key to the species). — K. Stephensen 1918, p. 19 (lit. and syn.). — Chevreux 1919, pp. 1 — 22. The genus comprises 23 species 4 of which are found in the "Ingolf" area. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. *i3. Scina crassicornis Fabrieius. Astacus crassicornis Fabricius, Systema Entomologiae 1775, p. 415. Tyro Sarsii + T. atlantica Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 9, 1 ;, PI. 1 figs. 1 17, PI. 2 li. Scina crassicornis Stebbing 1904, p. 24 (lit. and syn). K. Stcphcnsen 1918, p. ig (lit. and syn., distrib.). Chevreux 1919, p. 10. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has taken only one single specimen, but the "Thor" and the "Tjalfe" have each of them taken one specimen in the "Ingolf" area. The species is new to this area. Davis Straits: "Ingolf" St. 36, 6i°5o' N., 56°2i' W., 2702 m. 1 spec. "Tjalfe" St. 338, 64°oi' N., 55°3o' W., 8.5. 1909, 1400 — 1500m. wire. 1 spec, somewhal defective (this spec, is mentioned in K. Stephensen, "Tjalfe"-Exp. 1912, p. Si, as Scina sp.). S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 183, 11. 7. 1904: 6i°3o' N., I7°o8' W. > 2000 m. 1800 in. wire, r spec. Distribution. For distribution see K. Stephensen 1. c. and Chevreux 1. c. In addition to the spec- imens enumerated by myself 1. c. 1918 our Museum possesses specimens taken W. of Scotland: 57 46' X . 9°55' W., 1500 m. wire, 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 167, 1. 9. 1905), and 57 '52' N., 9°53' W., 1550 m., 1500 m. wire, 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 72, S. 6. 1905). Colour. The "Ingolf" specimen was orange-coloured reddish when alive (according to a note on the label). *i4. Scina Rattrayi Stebbing. Scina Rattrayi Stebbing 1895, p. 358, PI. 53 fig. A. — Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 123, PI. 15 fig. 2. — Bovallii Vosseler (non Chun) 1901, p. 105, PI. 9 tigs. 8 — 17. Rattrayi Stebbing 1904, p. 2^, 26 (lit. and syn.). K. Stephensen 1918, p. 29. — Chevreux 1919, p. 15. Occurrence. The species is, new to the area, taken three times by the "Thor" and probably once by the "Ingolf". ?Danmark Straits: "Ingolf" St. 18. 61 44' N., 30*29' W. 2137 m. Vertical haul 370111. 1 spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 285 (1. 9. 1904). 62°49' N., l8°46' W. room. wire. 4 spec. St. 183 (1. 7. 1904). 6i°3o'N., 17'oS' \v. 1800 m. wire. abt. 10 spec. — St. 104 (24. 5. 1904). 62°47' N., i5°o;' W. 1950 111. 1500 m. wire. 5 spec. The determination of the specimen from the "Ingolf" St. 18 is not certain; for there are 110 teeth on the front margin of second joint in p. 3. Distribution. See K. Stephensen 1. e. 1918 and Chevreux 1919. In addition to this our Museum possesses 3 specimens, taken W. of Scotland 57 45' X . 0 5s' W., 300 111. wire ("Thor" St. 167, 31. ! I he lDgolf- Expedition. III. 8. 10 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 15. Scina Clausii Bovallius. Tyro Clausii Bovallius, Forgotten Amphip. 1885, p. 14. Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 18, PI. 2 figs. 19 — 28. Scina — Vosseler 1901, p. 104. Occurrence. This species was taken neither by the "Ingolf" nor by the "Thor" ; but in the "Ingolf " area it has been taken S. of Iceland 62°N., 150 W. (Bovallius 1. c.) and S.W. of Iceland 60.30 N., 270 W., o — 100 and 0 — 600 in. (Vosseler 1. a). Distribution. Sargasso Sea 31.4° N., 46.60 W., closing net 450 — 650 m., and 650 — 850 m. ; 31. 50 N., 45.60 W. and 29.80 N., 36.80 W., 0—400 m. — N. Equatorial Current 28.90 N., 350 W. and 10.20 N., 22.2° W., o — 400 m. — Guinea Current 5.3°N., 19. 90 W. and 9.4° S., 41. 90 W., o — 400 in. — S. Equatorial Current 1.5° S., i4.8°W.; 6.8° S., i4.2°W.; 6.90 S., 234°W.; 4.40 S., 29.2°W.; 2.S0 S., 35.20 W.; i.8° S., 38.10 W.; all these hauls are from a depth of o — 400 m. (Vosseler 1. c). Our Museum has a specimen, from the Indian Ocean (34°45' S., 53°34' E., Andrea leg.), determined by Bovallius. 16. Scina borealis G. O. Sars. Clydonia borealis G. O. Sars 1882, p. 75, PI. 3 fig. 1. *Scina — 1895, p. 20 PI. 8. — Stebbing 1904, p. 23, 28 (lit. and syn.). — K. Stephensen 1918, p. 30. — Chevreux 19 19, p. 16. Occurrence. Taken once by the "Ingolf", three times by the "Thor". W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 153. (20. 6. 1904). 65°2o' N., 2j°\2lli' W. 740 — 768 m. 800 m. wire. 1 spec. S.W. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 18. 6i°44' N., 30°29' W. 2137 m. Vertical haul 376 m. 1 spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 180. 10. 7. 1904. 6i°34' N., i9°03' W. 2160 m., 1800 in. wire. 1 spec. — St. 183. 11. 7. 1904. 6i°3o'N., i7°o8' W. > 2000 in. 1800 m. wire. Abt. 10 spec. The species is not new to the "Ingolf" area; for I have taken it myself in Bredefjord (S. Greenland) with closing net 450 — 350 m., and with young-fish trawl 450 m. wire (K. Stephensen 1916, p. 277), and Norman (1900, p. 135) mentions it from the Fseroe Channel, "tow-net down to 300 fathoms". Distribution. Regarding this very widely-distributed species see K. Stephensen 1918 and Chevreux 1919. In addition we have specimens from 57°47' N., n°33' W., 1985 m., 1500 m. wire (1 spec; "Thor" St. 71, 7. 6. 1905), 57°52'N., 9°53'W., 1020 m.— 1490 m., 1500 m. wire (abt. 35 spec, "Thor" St. 72, 8. 6. I9°5), 57°46' N., 9°55' W., 1500 m. wire (abt. 10 spec, of which a few ? with ova; "Thor" St. 167, 1.9. 1905), and 34°2o'S., 6° W. (2 spec, Andrea leg.; by Bovallius determined as S. Clausii?). CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTKACA. V. II Fam. Vibiliidae Glaus. Vibiliidcv Claus, Grundziige d. Zool., 2. Aufl. 1872, p. 236. Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 42 (lit.). Stebbing, 1888, p. 1277 (lit.). Belming, Die systemat. Zusammensetzung u. geogr. Verbreit. d. Fam. Vibiliidae; Zoologica, Heft »>; 1912, pp. 211 — 25 (key to species and genera etc.). K. Stephensen, 1918 p. 32. "Thor"-Hyper. pt. 2 (list of genera and species). The family comprises 2 genera: Vibilia with abt. 24 species, and Vibilioides with only one species [V . Alberti). Of these species, abt. 25 in all, only Vibilia borealis has been found in the "Ingolf" area. Genus Vibilia M.-Edw. I'ibilia Milne- Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. 20, 1830, p. 386. — Belming 1. c. supra 1912, p. 212 (key to the species). K. Stephensen 191S, p. ^^ (lit.). "Thor"-IIyper. pt. 2 (list of species). 17. Vibilia borealis Bate & Westwood. Vibilia borealis Bate & Westwood vol.2, 1868, pp.524 — 26, textfig. Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 57, with reproduction of B. & W.'s 111; — Norman 1900, p. 137. — Belming, Zoologica 1912, p. 215. — Kroeyeri Bovallius, Syst. list 1887, p. 8. ■ — Monograph pt. 1, 1887, p. 58, PI. 8 figs. 18- 2^. Belming, 1. c. supra p. 216, 224. — Krbycri K. Stephensen 1918, pp. ^S — 40, figs. 10 (pars) — 11, chart 5 (pars). Norman states 1. c. 1900 on the basis of two specimens of I'. borealis, which no doubt are Bate & Westwood's types or co-types ( — they are from the same donator and locality as cited by B. & \\\, and the species in Museum Normauianum III, Crust., second edit. 1905, p. 18 is marked with an * which indicates that "either the actual types or specimens named by the describer are in my (Norman's) collectii that V. Krbycri Bovall. must be dropped being only a synonym; the differences between the two "species" are only due to inaccuracy in the fig. and text of B. & W. Norman's statement seems to have been oxer- looked by all recent writers, also by myself in my paper I.e. 1918. The types of 1'. Krdyeri seemed to have disappeared; for Bovallius says thai they should belong to the Copenhagen Museum where they were not to be found. But revising our collection of Amphipoda from the "Ingolf" area I found a tube with two Vibilise, by bovallius determined as V. borealis B. & W.? (locality: Greenland). These two specimens, in spite of the determination, undoubtedly would be Bovallius's types oi 2* 12 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. V. Kroyeri ( — the name on the label disproves nothing, as I have earlier convinced myself that B. has not always given the right names even to his own types — ). One of the specimens is a (young ?) ?, 6 mm., the other specimen is $, 8 mm. (Bovallius: 13 mm.). In the lesser spec, some legs are dissected, among others those which are drawn on B.'s Plate VIII; the greater spec, is more complete, and this agrees very well with the corrections which I have made 1. c. 1918 in B. & W.'s description and figs. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf'-Exped., but is "found off the west coast of Greenland" (Bovallius, Monograph; the types of V. Kroyeri [see above]). In the International Marine Investigation it is mentioned from 5 localities W. of the Faeroes (Sept. 1905), 6i° — 6i'/j0N., o°4o' W.— 3°03'E. ; the depths of the sea are 144 — 394 m., the depths below surf, are o — 243 m. Distribution. Banff, Scotland (Bate & Westwood 1868). — From N. Ireland to Gibraltar; western part of the Mediterranean (K. Stephensen 1918). — Bovallius' statement (Arctic and Antarctic Hyper. 1887, p. 576) of the distribution as (beside Greenland) European Arctic Ocean and West Atlantic is probably due to a misprint. B. Hyperiidea Genuina Woltereck. Hyperiidea genuina Woltereck 1909, p. 146. 1. Tribus Recticornia Bovallius. Hyperiidea recticornia (pars) Bovallius 1890, p. 14, 17. Fam. Thaumatopsidae Bovallius. (=Cystisomidae Wiii.-Suhm). Thaumatopsidtz K. Stephensen 1918, p. 56 (lit. and syn.). Genus Thaumatops Martens (= Cystisoma Guerin-Meneville). Tluutmatops K. Stephensen 1918, p. 56 (lit. and syn.). 18. Thaumatops sp. In .the International Marine Investigations, Scottish Report, "Cyrtosoma(\) spinosum" is noted as taken Aug. 1907 in the Faeroe Channel, S. of the Wyville Thomson-Ridge, 6o°23' N., 4°o6' W., 425 m. As "Thaumatops spinosa" comprises a number of species (see Woltereck, Zool. Anzeiger vol. 26, 1902 — 03, p. 452 — 57), it is not possible to decide the species. Genus Thaumatops was not known from other localities in the "Ingolf" area, but has been found in several localities e. g. at S.W. Ireland. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 2. Tribus Filicornia Bovallius. Hyperiidea filicornia Bovallius, 1890, p. 14, 17. Fam. Hyperiidae Dana. Hyperiidce Dana, Classification of Crustacea Choristopoda or Tetradecapoda ; American Journal of Sci and Arts, ser. 2, vol. 14, 1852, p. 314. Stebbiug, 1888, ]). 1372. Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 74 (lit. and key to the genera). 0. O. Sars, 1895, p. 5. K. Stephensen, "Thor"-Hyper. pt. 2 (list of genera and species). The family comprises 9 genera with abt. 45 species. Only 3 genera with 6 species have been found in the "Ingolf" area. Genus Hyperoche Bovallius. Mcloccus Kroyer, Gronlands Amfipoder 1838, p. 288. Tauria Boeck 1873, p. 82. Hyperoche Bovallius, Syst. list 1887, p. 17. Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 83 (lit.). G. O. Sars, 1895, p. 8. Senna, Boll. Soc. Entomol. Ital., vol.38, 1906, p. 154. Of the species only one is found in the "Ingolf" area. 19. Hyperoche medusarum Kroyer (Chart 1). Hyperoche Kroyeri G. O. Sars 1895, p. 9, PI. 4. medusarum Iy. Stappers 1911, p. 77 (lit. and syn.). — taut ijoi litis Tesch 1911, p. 180 (biology). medusarum K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 99 (occurrence at Greenland). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has taken this species at the following Stations: W. of Greenland: St. 24: 63 06' N., 56°oo' W., 2258 m.; vertical haul 376 m. 1 spec. S.E. of Greenland: St. 20: 58'2o' N., 40u48' W., 3192111.; vertical haul 370111. 1 spec. W. of Iceland: Apstein haul No. 36 (= St. 91): 64'44'N., 31 00' W. 1 spec — St. 11: 64'34' N., 3i°i2' W. 2448111. Vertical haul 376 m., abt. to spec. S.W. of Iceland: St. 18: 61 .44' N., ;<> 2 2000 m., 1800 m. wire; 62°49'N., i8°46' \V., "Thor" St. 285 (1. 9. 1904), depth?, 100 m. wire; 59° N., 17 50' \V., Pundbeek 20. 4. 1889; Vest- manna-eyar, among Medusa?, "Diana" 11. 7. 1900 (Dr. A. C. Johansen) ; 58°26' N., 19° W., Olrik 1859; 63°oi' N., i5°2i' W., "Thor" St. 106 (24.5.1904), > 1000 m., 15 m. wire. W. of the Fseroes. 6i°3o' N., n°o8' W., "Thor" St. 183 (11. 7. 1904), > 2000 m., 1800 m. wire. Ordinarily the samples contain only 1 — 2 specimens each. The sizes are 7 — 9 mm. - In my Conspectus 1913, p. 100, all the Greenland localities are epioted: at the west coast to Upernn ik (abt. 73° N.), at the east coast a few specimens from the southern waters and some single localities north of 740 N. Distribution. A boreo-arctic species, found in the Atlantic, N. of abt. 50° — 55° N., and the adjacent parts of the Polar Sea, to abt. 77° N. ; the east-western limits are Labrador and Silurian Polar Sea. Also found N. of Alaska: Collinson Point and Cape Smyth (Point Barrow) (Shoemaker 1920, p. 24). Genus Hyperia Lai mile. Hyperia Stebbing 1888, p. 1377 (lit.). Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 129 (lit. and key to the species). G. O. Sars 1895, p. 6. 20. Hyperia medusarum O. Fr. Midler (Chart 2). Cancer medusarum O. Fr. Muller, Zoologia? Dairies? Prodromus 1776, No. 2355, p. 196. Hyperia spinipes Boeck 1876, p. 81, PI. 2 fig. 2. medusarum Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 147 (lit.), PI. 9 figs. 1 — 21. hystrix ibid. p. 159, PI. 9 figs. 22 — 30. * — medusarum G. O. Sars 1895, p. 7, PI. 3 tig. 2. ■ — Norman 1900, p. 129 (lit. and syn.). Tesch 1911, p. 179 (distrib. etc.). K. Stephensen, Conspectus mi.;, p. 96 — — — "Thor"-Hyper. pi. .; (with notes on synonymy). i6 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Chart 2. Hyperia mcdusarum. \ Localities from the "Thor", the "Conspectus" 1913 and specimens from the Copenhagen Museum. X Localities from the literature (hut not from G. (). Sars [895, as he does not give special localities). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" lias not taken this species; but the Copenhagen Museum possesses specimens from the following localities in our area, not mentioned in the literature. W. Greenland: Holstensborg and Godthaab, from Thaumantias. S. Iceland: 62°47' N., I5°03' W., 1950 m., 1500 m. wire ("Thor" St. 104, 24.5.1904). S. W. Iceland: HvalfjorSr, 5. 9. 1884, Feddersen. — 65°27' N., 27°io' W., 700 — 765 m., 60 m. wire ("Thor" St. 154, 20. 6. 1904). N. Iceland: 66°i3' N., i8°43'W., 50 m., 50 m. wire ("Thor" St. 262, 22.8. 1904). In my Conspectus (1913, p. 97) a number of localities at W. Greenland are enumerated, from abt. 58°N. to 63°N. (and abt. 73°N.), and from the southern part of K. Greenland. In most cases only a few specimens were taken at a time. The sizes are abt. 15 mm.; a few of the ? from Greenland are abt. 20 mm., 1 o 18 mm. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. JJ Distribution. Spitzbergen without special locality (Bovallius: Monograph). - - Norway: Tromso (Bovallius, Monograph) ; "West coast of Norway, found parasitic on Cyanea, occasionally also on .1 urelia, but less frequently than H. galba" (G. O. Sars 1895). — Danish waters: Skagerak 640 m. ; Kattegat (Trin- delen) 34 m., and Store Belt (Nyborg) (specimens in the Copenhagen Museum). Skagerak and the northern- most part of the Kattegat (Tesch 1911). — British waters: In a few places W. of the Shetlands (Tesch 1911). 180 — 185 miles E. by N. of Aberdeen, surface (Scott, 22th Report Fishery Board for Scotl. 1 104), p. 256). 12 records W. of Ireland, depths of the sea (600 — ) > 1800 m., townet at 180 — 1800 m. (only in one case at the surface) (Tattersall 1906). A record from Belgium is no doubt incorrect (Tesch 1911). Also found in the Pacific: Japan, California (Point bmia, California, abt. 400 — 650 111. Holmes 1908, p. 490] ; Japanese Sea 45°40' N., 1390 E., between Algae, Andrea ded. 1869 [specimen in the Copen- hagen Museum]). 21. Hyperia galba Montagu (Chart 3). *Hypciia galba G. O. Sars 1895, p. 7, PI. 2, PI. 3 fig. 1. — Norman 1900, p. 128 (lit. and syn.). — Stappers 1911, p. 78 (lit.). — Tesch 1911, p. 178 (biology etc.). — K. Stephensen, "Thor"-Hyper., pt. 2. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has gathered this species at the following Stations: Davis Straits: St. 24: 63':o6' N., 56°oo' W., 2258 m. Vertical haul 376 m. 1 spec. W. of Iceland: Apstein haul No. 40 (= St. 96) : 65°24' N., 29°oo' W. 3 spec. S.W. of Iceland: Apstein haul No. ^y: 6o°37' N., 27 52' W. Abt. 10 spec. S. of Iceland: St. 53: 63°I5' N., i$°oj' W., 1497 m. Vertical haul r88 m., 3 spec. E. of the Faeroes: Cylinder haul No. 43: 6i°o8' N., 3°23' W. 1 spec. S. of the Fa-roes: St. 1: 62°3o' N., 8°2i' W., 267 m. 2 spec. The "Thor" has secured the species from the following Stations: N.W. Iceland: St. 153 (20.6.1904): 65°2o'N., 27°i21/*' W., 740 — 768 in. 800 m. wire. 1 spec. - 154 (20.6. 1904): 65°27'N., 27°io' W. 700 — 765 m. 2 spec, ibid., 800 m. wire. 1 spec. S. of Iceland: St. 164 (12. 7. 1903): 62°io.8' N., 19 "36' W. Surf., 1 spec. - 166 (14. 7. 1903): 62°57' N., i9°58'W. 900 m. 1 spec - 171 (16. 7. 1903): 63°i5'N., 22°23' W. 216 — 326 m. 1 spec. - 178 (9.7.1904): 63°o8'N., 2i°30'W., Young-fish trawl 75111. wire. 2 s] - 179 (9.7.1904): 62°44'N., 20 44' YY. Young-fish trawl 50 m. wire, 1 spec. - 180 (10. 7. 1904): 6i°34'N., iooi'VV., 2160 m., 400 m. wire. 1 spec, ibid. 1800 m. wire, 1 spec. — St. 183 (n. 7. 1904): 6i°3o' N., t7°o8'W., •2000111. Young-fish trawl 1800 m. wire 1 sp The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 8. 3 i8 CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. V. Chart 3. Hvperia galba. % localities from the " I ngolf "-Expedition ■ •■ localities from the "Thor" and other expeditions. ^— — western limit of the most frequent occurrence. S. of Iceland: ibid. 70 m. wire. 3 spec. St. 190 (14.7.1904): 63°29' N., 2i°25' W., 90 — 120 in., 100 m. wire. 2 spec. - 283 (31.8. 1904): 63°2o'N., 20°49' W. 100 m. wire 2 spec. - 285 (1.9. 1904): 62°49'N., i8°46'W. 100 m. wire, 5 spec. E. of Iceland: St. 219 (29.7. 1904): Hjerads Floi (65°4o' N., i4°o6' W.), abt. 40 in., abt. 10 spec. N. of Iceland: St. 212 (22. 7. 1904): 67°02' N., l8°io' W. 20 m. wire. 1 spec. S.W. of the Fseroes: St. 183 (11. 7. 1904): 6i°3o' N., n°o8' W. 1800 m. wire. 7 spec. In addition to these specimens the Copenhagen Zoological Museum possesses specimens from the following localities in the "Ingolf'-area, not mentioned in the literature: W. Greenland: 5802g' N., 44°54' \Y., Olrik 1864, 1 spec. ; Holstensborg, Traustedt 1892, 1 spec, and a large $ with ova, from a great Beroe, surf., 8. 7. 1895; Egedesminde, Bergendal, Aug. 1890, 2 spec, from Aurclia; Jacobshavn and Ritenbenk, Traustedt CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 19 1892, 3 spec. — E. Greenland: Angmagsalik, Kolonibestyrer Joh. Petersen 1909, | 74 15' X., e6 29' W., closing net, 200 — 75 m. (E. -Greenland Exp. 10. 7. 1900), 1 spec. — W. Iceland : Reykjavik, 5 mator?). — S. Iceland: 6i° N., 20 W., Olrik ij. 7. 1867, 1 spec. — Between Iceland and the Faeroes 62°2' N., 11 47' \V., Hedemann 1868, 1 spec. — S. of the Faeroes : 59°J7'N., 8J \V., Olrik 1867, 1 spec; 59 14' .V, 6 |V \Y., Rink 1852, 1 spec; 6o°9' N., 5°J7'W., Olrik 1864, 3 spec. A list of the Greenland localities from earlier date has been given in my Conspectus 1913, p. <)')- The sizes of the specimens (4) from Angmagsalik are 21—24 mm.; -; from the mouth of the Davis Straits (58°2g' N., 44°54' W.) is 18 mm. All the other specimens are somewhat smaller. Distribution. Atlantic, especially N. of abt. 50" N., and the Azores. Probably a circumpolar species, found at Cap Sabine (Arctic America; Sars 1909); Labrador (Vpsseler 1901) ; Greenland. Iceland etc. (see above); Spitzbergen, Murman Coast, Kara Sea (different authors); E. of East-Taimyr 77'1'N., 114 ;=> E., 60 — 0111., and Bennett Island 7034' N., 147 22'jo" E., 15 — o m. (Briiggen 1909, p. 5) ; North of Alaska: Collinson Point and 6g°4i' N., i4i°n'YY. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 24). Also found S. of Africa, Indian Ocean and Northern Pacific Ocean. For special localities see my papei on the "Thor"-Hyperiidea, pt. 2. Genus Themisto Guerin. (= Parathemisto Boeck + Euthemisto Bovallius). For lit. etc. see my paper on the "Thor"-Hyperiidea pt. 2; in the same paper I have given my reasons for reckoning the two names Para- and Euthemisto synonymous and for reestablishing the name of Themisto. The genus Themisto comprises in the Northern waters 4 species viz., T. libellula, T. abyssorum, T. gracilipes and T. comprcssa (inch 7'. bisfiinosa). All these are found in the "Ingolf'-area except T. gi which has its northern limit close to the south of the area. T. gracilipes is an intermediate species between T. abyssorum and T. compressa. As the species may be difficult to determine (7". libellula excepted), an attempt has been made in .1 key to give a summary of the points of difference; hut young individuals cannot always be determined by these characteristics. 1 a. P. 5 at least i'/: times as long as p. 6; the dactylus in p. 5 with a dense tuft of line spinules at the base; length up to 60 mm /'. libellula (p. 24). 1 1). The dactylus of p. 5 without such spinules; p. 5 of the same length or longer than p. <>: the length of the animal at most abt. 30 mm 2 a. P. 5 and p. 6 of the same length (in both sexes) ; the carpus of p. 3— p. 4 alike in both sexes, with nearly parallel upper and lower margins, so that the breadth of the carpus is hardly greater a! the middle than at the ends; — and in individuals of 6 — 8 mm. the length of the carpus in p. 3 i> as a rule t times the breadth. Ant. 1 in V at the distal half not thicker than ant . 2. straight 01 only slight y curved ; at any rate not of the shape of a hook; length of the animal abt. 10 22 mm T. 2 b. These characters not combined 3' 20 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 3 a. The carpal process in p. 2 only little more than half as long as the metacarpus T. gracilipes. 3 b. The carpal process in p. 2 nearly as long as the metacarpus 4. 4 a. The lower (hind) margin of the carpus of p. 3 fairly regularly curved, so that it has its greatest breadth nearly at the middle T. compressa f. compressa (p. 27). 4 b. The lower (hind) margin of the carpus in p. 3 not regularly curved, so that its greatest breadth is next to the proximal end T. compressa f. bispiiwsa (p. 31). 22. Themisto abyssorum Boeck (Chart 4). Parathemisto Abyssorum Boeck 1870, p. 7 (87). Boeck 1876, p. 85, PI. 3 fig. 1. abyssorum Bovallius, Arct. and Antarct. Hyper., 1887, p. 566, PI. 45 figs. 81 — 89. * — oblivia G. O. Sars 1895, p. 10, PI. 5 fig. 1. (partim) Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 251 (with textfigures), PI. 12 figs. 11 — 16. ? — — Bonnier 1896, p. 611, PI. 35 fig. 1. ?? — — ? Vosseler 1901, p. 80, PI. 7 figs. 21 — 25, PI. 8 figs. 1 — 2. abyssorum Fowler, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1S98, pp. 583 — 585, § I — III (not § IV p. 584, probably being T. gracilipes Norman). ? oblivia (partim?) Stebbing 1904, pp.36 — ^j. ? non Hypcria — Kroyer, Gronlands Amfipoder 1838, p. 298 (70), PI. 4 tig. 19. Parathemisto — (partim) Tesch 1911, p. 180, PI. XXV. *Themisto abyssorum K. Stephensen, "Thor"-Hyperiidea pt. 2. Occurrence. The species was taken several times both by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 150 (18.6. 1904). 65°5o'N., 26°53' W. 392 m. 1 spec. - 151 (19. 6. 1904). 65°25'N., 27°30' \V. 70 m. wire. 1 spec. - 152 (19. 6. 1904). 65°oo'N., 28°io' W. 1240 m. 3 spec. - ■ — ibid. 1000 m. wire. 1 spec. - 153 (20.6.1904). 65°20'N., 27ci2Vz'W. 740—768111. 800111. wire. 1 spec. - 154 (20.6.1904). 65°27'N., 27°io' W. 700 — 765111. 5 spec. — — - — ibid. 800 m. wire. 9 spec. S.E. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 6. 63°43' N., I4°34' W. 169111. Vertical haul 95 m. 1 spec. N.E. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 216 (23. 7. 1904). 66°i5' N., I2°i3' W. 600111. wire. 1 spec. - 123 (30.5.1904). 66°i6' N., i4°3o' W. 70 m. 75 m. wire. 1 spec. "Ingolf" St. 103. 66°23'N., 8°52'W. 1090m. Vertical haul 190111. 2 spec. - in. 67°i4'N., 8°4S'W. 1620111. 1 spec. - 120. 67°29' N., n°32' W. 1667 m. 1 spec. - 121. 66°59'N., i3°n'W. 996111. Vertical haul 190111. Abt. 30 spec. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. xb-iC'jw'ki- >c V V.- Chart 4. Tkemisio abyssorum, 0 Localities from the "Ingolf'-F.xpedition. | other localities, not earlier mentioned in the literature. X localities from the literature. N. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 214 (22. 7. 1904). 671c/ N., 17 55' W. 820 m. 800 m. wire-. AM. 13 5] S. of Jan Mayen: "Ingolf" St. 117. 6y°i3'N., 8°2q' W. 1889 m. 1 spec. N.W. of the Faeroes: "Ingolf" St. 1. 62°3o' N., 8°2i' W. Vertical haul 95 m. 1 spec. - 3. 63°35' N., io°24' W. 512 m. Vertical haul 190 m. 2 spec "Thor" St. 24 (15. 5. 1903). 04 35' X., 11 45'W. 435 m. Near the bottom. Abt. to -pec - 63 (5.5.1904). 64°05' N., () 38 "VV. 800 m. 9 spec. N. of the Faeroes: "Ingolf" St. 138. 63°26' N., 7 50' \V. 887 m. 4 spec. "Thor" - 210 (22.7.1904). (>(> 4 ;' V. 8 in W. pom. 425111. wire. 6 spec. - 230 (4.8.1904). 63 10' X., 7'31'W. iok) 111. 1200111. wire. 1 spec. The East Greenland Expedition 1900 has secured the species at the following localities: E. and N.E. 22 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. of the Faeroes 63°io'N.,o°25' W. (20.6.1900,11.00 pm., F. 15) to 6$°27' N., 210' W. (22.6.1900, 2.00 pm., F.46), 11 hauls at the surface (exclusive of one haul with closing net 150 — 100 m.) ; S.E. of Jan Mayen 24. 6. 1900 (8.00 pm., surf.) and N. of Jan Mayen 1. 7. 1900 (200 — 100 m.) ; E. of N. Greenland 74°25' N., 8°oo' W., 400 — 0 m. (8.7. 1900, 2.00 pm.); S. of Iceland 6o°5o' N., 150 W. (24.9. 1900, 8.00 pm., F. 390). In addition to this material our Zoological Museum possesses specimens (not mentioned in the lite- rature) from the following localities in the "Ingolf" area: Frederikshaab (W. Greenland, abt. 620 N.), 280 m., 260 m. wire ("Tjalfe" St. 503, 2. 7. 1909, 2 spec), and Reykjarfjoror (N. of Iceland), 6 — 0 m., sandy bottom, "Diana" 21. 7. 1902, Ditlevsen, 2 spec. A list of Greenland localities quoted in the literature has been given in my Conspectus 1913 (Para- themisto oblivia pp. 105 — 06), and in my paper on the "Rink"-Exped. 1916, pp. 276 — yj. The sizes of the Greenland specimens are on an average 7 — 8 — 10 — 13 mm. The "Tjalfe" took a few specimens at the surface; otherwise with 350 — 1000 m. wire and nearly only at W. Greenland, 57 ' /*" — 7o3/4° N. The "Rink" took it chiefly in Bredefjord (W. Greenland, abt. 6i° N.), in particular at 75 to at least 450 m. below surface and often in large quantities; it often represented as much as 75 per cent, of all Hyperines in a single haul. Off N.E. Greenland it has been taken in many places (Brock and Koefoed, in Due d'Orleans 1909), most frequently at the surface or not very deep down, at most, as far as may be seen, at a depth of 400 m. wire. St. 124 of the "Thor" 1905 lies in the Faeroe Channel, and it is from here we have the largest specimens known, 21 mm in length. — Remarks on literature and synonymy. Almost all authors consider Hypcria oblivia Kroyet 1838 as synonymous with Parathemisto Abyssorum Boeck 1870; but this is no doubt incorrect. Paratln- misto Abyssorum Boeck is a good species; what Hyperia oblivia Krover is, is not possible to decide witli certainty, but most probably it is identic with Parathemisto gracilipes Norman 1868. This lastnamed species is also confused with T. compressa. The true T. abyssorum is especially characterized by the essentials in the key above, § 2 a; for further account of the literature etc. see my paper on the "Thor"-Hyperiidea, pt. 2. Distribution. The data given below apply, as far I can see, only to this species. Several writers have mentioned T. oblivia Kr. as T. abyssorum Boeck, but on account of the confusion it is often impossible or very difficult to see whether they mention the real T. abyssorum or not. As, however, practically all the certain specimens originate from the arctic area or the adjacent seas, I think that it may be considered a fact that nearly all the other occurrences, mentioned in the literature, must be attributed to T. gracilipes. Fowler 1. c. 1898, p. 584, § I — III (with indication of sources) briefly gives the distribution as follows: § I: Cold water (surf.), Greenland and the Murman Sea. § II: Cold water, greater depths, (293) 481 — 3127 m., Norske Nordhavs-Exped. (6 Stations), along the whole of the west coast of Norway as far as Finmarken abt. 200 — 400 m. ; the cold area in the Faeroe Channel abt. 1000 — 400 m. § III : Seems at night to rise to the surface from lower depths in the Faeroe Channel; besides Shetland and the Faeroe Channel (§ IV in reality deals with T. gracilipes). This list which I am later on going to examine in details, is undoubtedly correct in all essentials. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 23 Iii 1911 (1. c.) Tesch has given a chart of the distribution of the species, based upon the results of International Marine Investigations; it fairly agrees with all that has otherwise appeared, but in any > all the occurrences in the North Sea and the Channel no doubt must be attributed not to the present spi but to T. gracilipes. G. O. Sars (1887) mentions the species in Norske Nordhavs Exped. from 6 localities, all within the Arctic Basin, viz., Altenfjord (N.Norway) 293 m.; between Norway and Jan Mayen 69 59' N., 6 15' E, 3127 m.; southwest of Jan Mayen 7041'N., io°IO' W., 481 111.; southwest of Lofoten 67 24' N., 8 >s' K., Szj in.; north and east of the Faeroes 63°I7' N., 1 27' \V., 1077 m-. aIK* {,.'> -- N., 5 29' \\\, 2.2.2.1 111. - The "Dijmplma-Exped." (H.J.Hansen 1887) took one specimen, abt. 7111111., at the surface of the Murnian coast. -- In the Copenhagen Museum there are some small specimens (3 — 6 mm., juv.) from the surface, 4 miles off Christianssund (N. Norway), taken by Rink 12. 5. 1848. — Sars (1895) records it from the whole of the Norwegian coast as far as to Finmarken: the depths of the sea are as a rule abt. 200 400 111., and all specimens seem to have been taken at or very near the bottom. -- Boeck (1876) records it from Hardanger- fjord and Christianiafjord, abt. 375 — 550 111. — In the Skagerak it is very common; the sizes are up to 0 mm. (specimens in the Copenhagen Museum.) Sars (1900) records it from several places in the Arctic Sea north of Siberia. — Gran (1902) mentions a number of localities from the waters between Norway, Jan Mayen and Iceland. -- Briiggen (iqoq) quotes it from the Barents Sea 6q°37' N., 50 43' E., 30 — o m., and from Cape Tscheliuskin, JJC '46 '30" N., 105 n' E., 205 — 0 m. -- Stappers (iqii) mentions the species from 11 stations round the coasts of Novaja Semlia. Probably it is circumpolar, for it is noted from N. of Alaska 68 48' N., i65°io' W., surf., and Collinson Point, and from the Pacific Ocean S. of Alaska 59 "30' N., 159' 42' W., surf., and 54°23' N., 164 45' \\\, surf. (Shoemaker K)20, p. 25). It is also noted from Humboldt Bay, Popof Island, Alaska (Holmes, Harriman - Alaska Exped. vol. 10, 1904, p. 233). More southerly areas. Tattersall's record (1906, pp. 5, 24) as being at times extremely numerous off West Ireland, undoubtedly, in any case, chiefly applies to T. gracilipes. On the strength of the figure given by Bonnier 1896 of ant. 1, it may be considered rather certain that the female with ova, 9 mm. long which he records from 950 metres depth in the Hay of Biscay, is the present species, and perhaps this also applies to some few of the specimens mentioned by Stebbing (1904), but the greater part of his specimens are almost beyond a doubt /'. gracilipes. Also the specimens mentioned by Chevreux 1900 and Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 262, 1013, p. 6 (Mediterranean) are undoubtedly T. gracilipes. Gran (iqo2, p. 211) describes its occurrence in the following manner "Wasserschichten arktischen Ursprungs", and this characterizes it extremely well as contrasted witli /". gracilipes which is a more south- erly species. It is also correct when Gran designates it as oceanic, for the depth of the sea is when noted, as a rule very great: (300) 400 — 3127 m. ; the specific name "abyssorum" is thus most suggestive. As to Gran other statements they are due to the usual confusion with T. gracilipes. The distribution is thus in the main surely established; indications in existing literature of non- arctic (boreo-arctic) and actual Atlantic occurrences must undoubtedly, as stated elsewhere, be referred to 24 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. T. gracilipes (further see this species in my paper on the "Thor"-Hyperiidea, pt. 2). (T. oblivia Vosseler 1901 I cannot at all attribute to any species known by me.) — The size is evidently dependent on the temperature, inasmuch as the largest known individuals (17 — 21 mm.) originate from the Arctic (Norwegian) Sea, whereas the largest specimens from more southern waters (Skagerak; $ with ova from the Bay of Biscay) are only 9 mm. Further the species in the northern waters may occur in large shoals which more particularly appears from my own collections ("Rink"-Exped.) in Greenland, whereas in the Bay of Biscay it only seems to occur sporadically. Both of these facts point towards its being, if not purely arctic, then at any rate a boreo-arctic species. 23. Themisto libellula Mandt (Chart 5). Gammarus libellula Mandt, Observationes in hist. nat. et anat. compar. in itinere Groenl. factae, 1822, p. 32. Euthemisto Nordenskioldii Bovallius, Arct. and Antarct. Hyper. 1887, p. 570, PI. 47, figs. 104 — no. libellula Bovallius, ibid. p. 569, PI. 46 figs. 90 — 96. Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 281 (lit. and syn), PI. 12 figs. 1 — 31. * G. O. Sars, 1895, p. 13, PI. 6 fig. 1. Tesch 1911, p. 185, PI. 25 (distrib., biol.). — K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 100. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has taken this species at the following Stations: Davis Straits: St. 33. 6y°^'N., 55°3o' W. 66 m.; 1 spec. - 31. 66°43' N., 55°57' W. 166 m. Vertical haul 94 m. 2 spec. - 32. 66°35'N., 56°38'W. 600 m. Vertical haul 188 m. 1 spec. - 29. 65°34' N., 54°3i'W. 128111. Vertical haul 94 m. AM. 10 spec. - 35. 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m. 4 spec. Plankton net II, 27: 64°35' N., 54°20' W. Abt. 15 spec. No. 25 (= St. 26): 63°56'N., 52V YV 64 111. 3 spec. St. 26 (ibid.) : Vertical haul 38 m. 4 spec. S.W. of Iceland: Plankton net (P. II), 28: 6i°02' N., 29°32' W. 1 spec. S.E. of Iceland: Cylinder net No. 17 (1896): 64°I7' N., I2°I7' W. 2 spec. E. of Iceland: No. 26: 6524' N., 1 ; 26' \V. 2 spec. - 27: 65°48'N., I3°50'W. 6 spec. St. 58: 64°25' N., I2°09' W. 397111., Plankton net 188 m. Abt. 10 spec. — ibid., bottom(?), 4 spec. Apstein haul No. 12 (= St. 59): 65°oo' N., n°i6' W. Abt. 10 spec. N.E. of Iceland: St. 101: 66°23' N., I2°o5' W. ion m. Vertical haul 188 m. Abt. 15 spec. - 102. 66°23' N., io°26' W. 1412 m. Abt. 15 spec, ibid. Vertical haul 188 m. Abt. 15 spec. St. 103. 66°23'N., 8°52' W. 1090 m.: Abt. 10 spec. - 104. 66°23'N., j 25' W. 1S02 111. 2 spec. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 25 Chart 5 Themisto libellula. % Localities from the "Ingolf". j localities, not earlier mentioned in the literature the southern limit for distribution; the locality (23s' N., 40 7s' W. lies outside the Chart to the S.W. N.E. of Iceland: St. in. 67'Ji4' N., 8°48' W. 1620111. 1 spec. - 120. 67°2a/N., 117,2' W. 1667 m. Vertical haul 188 m. Abt. 15 spec. N. of Iceland: Apstein haul No. 68 (= St. 125): 68°o8' N., i6°02' W. Abt. 10 spec. — — — - J2. ( = St. 128): 60 411.5' N., 20'05'W. 1 spec. S. of Jan Mayen: St. 113. 69°3i' N., 7°o6' W. 2465 m. 4 spec. Apstein haul No. 50. (= St. iij), ibid. 1 spec. St. 116. 7o"'o4'N., 8 29' W. 700111. Abt. to spec. — - 117. 69 1 ; N.. 8 29' W. 1889 m. 7 spec. - ibid. Vertical haul r88 m. Abt. 10 spec St. 118. 6N '27' N., 8 20'W. Plankton net r8S m. 4 spec. N. of the Faeroes: St. 105. 657,4' -N ■ 7 31' w- r435 m- Abt- "' sPec The Ingolf-Expediliou. III. S. 4 25 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. The East Greenland-Expedition 1898 — 1900 has secured numerous specimens from the following localities: N. of Grusoen (E. Greenland 66°i' N.), from the stomach of a P/wca foetida, 21. 9. 1898, abt. 10 spec, (abt. 40 mm.). During the sailing from Europe towards Jan Mayen the species was for the first time taken 66°2o' N., 3°io' W. (23. 6. 1900, 1. 00 am., St. E. 21) ; later on it was taken at the following localities at the surface: 23.6.1900 (o.oopm.: 67°i9' N., 4°2i' W.), 15 hauls; 24.6.1900 (0.00 pm. : 69°o6' N., 6°i2'W.), 4 hauls, one of which had a depth of 94 — 113 m.; 25. June to 1. July, Jan Mayen, 19 hauls; N. W. of Jan Mayen 73°io' N., 4° W., 1 spec, (from the stomach of Cystopliora) ; 3. 7. 1900, 73°25' N., 3°05' W., several spec. 4. 7. 1900, and 74°3o' N., 5°3o' W., 2 hauls, 6. 7. 1900; N. of Jan Mayen 74°27' N., 8° W., 3 hauls, 7. 7. 1900, and 74°28'N., 7°3o' W., 1 haul, 8.7. 1900; E. of N.E. Greenland 74°i5' N., i6°29' W., 200 — o m., 1 haul, 10. 7. 1900; N. of Iceland 69°5o' N., i8°2o' W., 1 haul, 2. 9. 1900; N. W. of Iceland 67°i6' N., 240 W., 1 haul, 4. 9. 1900. — The East Greenland-Expedition 1891 secured the species from the following localities: E. of Iceland 65°22'N., 6°4i' W., abt. 10 spec; N.E. Greenland: 74°2' N., 2°i5' E., numerous (abt. 100) small spec; 75°37' N., 6°4o' W., 2 great spec. ; 76°^' N., 120 W., at the ice, 1 spec. ; J2°26' N., I9°56' W., surf., 1 great spec, and several hundred small spec. (abt. 5 — 10 mm.) ; yo°22' N., 22°57' W., at the shore, 2 spec. ; Danmark's 0 (in Scoresby Sund), 3 spec. — The Copenhagen Museum further possesses specimens from the following localities, not earlier men- tioned in the literature: N. Iceland: Eyja Fjoror 40 m. wire ("Thor" St. 141, 19.6. 1903), 1 great spec, and Grimsey, the west side, from the stomach of cods, Otterstrom 26. 6. 1903, abt. 10 spec. ca. 30 — 40 mm. — N. E. Iceland: Nepa, from the stomach of cods, "Diana", Horring 3. 6. 1898, 6 spec. — W. Iceland: 65°27' N., 27°io' W., 700 — 765 m., 3 spec. ; ibid. 50 m. wire, 1 spec, and 800 m. wire, 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 154, 20.6.1904). — N. of the Faeroes : 63°36' N., 6°2o' W., 600 m. wire, 2 spec. ("Thor" St. 12, ir. 5. 1903). — W. Greenland: Jacobshavn, abt. 10 spec. Besides, the Museum possesses some Greenland specimens from localities, from where the species was earlier known. Size. This species can attain a very considerable size, > 40 mm. though the specimens are as a rule much smaller, 10 — 25 mm. Very large specimens (>4omm.) were taken by the "Ingolf" at the following Stations: St. 103, 104, in, 113, 116, 117; further we possess 10 spec, from Jacobshavn and abt. 10 spec, from Grimsey, 30 — 40 mm. Distribution. Arctic Ocean, at all depths. The Copenhagen Museum possesses one very great spec, 43 mm., from 42°55' N., 46°38"W., 100— 125 m., Andrea 1862. — Further see my Conspectus 1913, p. 102, Stappers 191 1, p. 79, Oldevig 1917, p. 40, and Chart 5. - Several localities N. of Alaska and arctic- Canada (Shoemaker 1920, p. 23 — 24, 28). The species is probably circumpolar. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 27 24. Themisto compressa Goes. (= T. compressa Goes f. compressa Goes + T. compressa Goes i. bispinosa Bo< In my paper on the "Thor"-Hyperiidea pt. 2 I have shown that the two "species" /'. compressa < and T. bispinosa Boeek are not always so sharply separated as given by Sars, but are to he- considered formae or varieties of one and the same speeies. Ibid, is given a summary of existing literature. In the following each of the two "species" is treated separately. 24 A. Themisto compressa Goes forma compressa n. n. (Chart 6). Themisto compressa Goes, Ofvers. K*gl. Svenska Vet. Akad.s Forhandl., 1865, p. 533, PI. 41 fig. 34. Lcstrigonus spinidorsalis Sp. Bate, Ann. .Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 411, fig. 2. Euthemisto compressa (partim) H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 59. Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889. p. 305 (lit. and syn.), PI. 12 figs. 46 — 47 (not PI. i.; tigs. 32—43)- Parathcmisto — Slebbing 1888, p. 1409. *Euthcmisto G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 12, PI. 5 fig. 2. Vosseler 1901, p. 81, PI. 8 tigs. 11 — 17 (not figs. 3 — 10) (lit. and syn.). Chevreux, Bull. Inst. Oeeanogr. Monaco, No. 204, 191 1, p. 13. Occurrence. Taken at numerous stations both by the "Ingolf" and by the "Thor". Davis Straits: "Ingolf" St. 24. 63" 06' N., 56°oo' W. 2258 m. Vertical haul 376 m. Abt. 8 ccm. small spec, and 2 . with ova 11 mm. — --32. 66-35'N., 56 -'38 ' W. boom. Vertical haul 188 m. 2 spec. S. of Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 20. 58°2o' N., 40'48'W. 3192 m. Vertical haul 376 m. 1 , with ova 6 mm. S.W. and W. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 17. 62 54' N., a6°34' W. 1403 m. Vertical haul 376 m. 5 spec. (including 2 , with ova 8 mm.). — — — - 18. 61 44'N., 30 2<)' W. 2137 m. Vertical haul 3,7(1 m. 7 spec. — — — - jS. 6o°37' N., 2/°52' W. 1505 m. 1 , with embryos 9 mm. — — - 97. 65°28'N., 27°39' W. 847 m. 5 spec. — — — — 6i°3o'N., 27°3o' \V. Cylinder net, haul No. 25. Abt. 30 spec, including 1 with ova 7111111. — — "Thor" St. 152 (19. 6. 1904). 65°oo' N., 28 10' W. 1240 m. 800111. wire. Abt. 20 spec, (most of them adult?) 7— 11 mm., including 4 . with ova and 1 . with embryos. 7 — 8 mm. — — - 153 (20. 6. 11104b (15 20' N., 27 T2'V W. 740- 7(18 m., 810 111. wire. 1 spec. — — — — - 154 (21. 6. 1904). 05 27' X.. 27°I0'W. 700 765 m. 800111. wire. 1 spec. — — — — ibid. (m. wire: 1. 1 with ova 7111m. — — — — St. 161 (11. 7. 1903). 03 40' X., 21 58' \Y. 35 m. 1 spec. 28 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. S. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 54. 63°o8' N., i5°4o' W. 1301 m. Vertical haul 188 m. 5 spec, including 1 ? with ova 7 mm. - 63. 62°4o' N., I9°05' W. 1506 m. Vertical haul 188 m. Abt. 20 spec. - 68. 62°o6'N., 22°3o' W. 1588 m. Vertical haul 188 m. 7 spec. - 69. 62°4o' N., 22°iy' W. 1 1 18 m. Vertical haul 188 m. 1 $ with ova 8 mm. — 63°45' N., 22°37' W. Cylinder net, haul No. 32. Abt. 10 spec. Cylinder net, haul No. t,^: between 63°oo' N., i9°3o' W. and haul No. 32. . 10 spec. — 63°oo' N., i8°oo' W. Cylinder net haul No. 35. 2 spec. "Thor" St. 167 (14. 7. 1903). 63°05' N., 20007' W. 575 m., dredge. 6 spec. — - 181 (19. 7. 1903). 1025 m. 63°i9.5' N., 1550' \V. Pelagic townet, surf. 12 ccm. - 171 (16. 7. 1903). 63°i5'N., 22°23' W. 216 — 365 m. 5 spec. - 174 (8.7.1904). 63°43.5' N., 22°22' W. 109 m. no m. wire. 1 spec. - 177 (8. 7. 1904). 63°n' N., 2i°3o' W. 15 m. wire. 1 j with embryos 9 mm. - 177 (9.7.1904). 63°ii'N., 2i°3o' \V. 320 m. Abt. 20 spec. 7 — n mm., including 5 ? witli ova 8 — 10 mm. - 180 (10.7. 1904). 6i°34' N., I9°03' W. 2160 m. 1800 m. wire. 8 spec. - 183 (n. 7. 1904). 6i°3o' N., i7°o8' W. t8oo m. wire. Abt. 100 spec, in- cluding a few o ad. 12 mm., and 7 J with ova or embryos 7 — 9 mm. - 184 (12. 7. 1904). 62°42' N., i8°53' W. 1340 m. 100 m. wire. 8 spec. - 190 (14. 7. 1904). 63°29' N., 2i°25' W. 94 — 120111. 1 10 111. wire. Abt. 200 spec, including abt. 10 y with ova 8 — 9 mm. - 285 (1. 9. 1904). 62°49' N., i8°46' \V. 100 m. wire. Abt. 25 spec 8 — 12 m., including 1 | with ova 10 mm. - 286 (2.9.1904). 6i°49'N., 14 n'YV. > 1000 m. 8 spec. S.E. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 47. 6i°32' N., i3°4o' W. 1747111. Vertical haul 188 m. 2 spec. "Thor" - 183 (n. 7. 1904). 6i°3o' N., n°o8' W. 1800 m. wire. 2 spec. - 163 (28.8.1905). 62°36'N., i2°05' W. 721111. joo 111. wire. 2 spec. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Ingolf": 6i°32'N., io°47' \V. Cylinder net, haul No. 14. 1 spec E. Greenland Exp. 25. 9. 1900: 6o°27' N., n°45' W. (4.00 pm., F. 400). 1 spec. "Thor" St. 14 (12. 5. 1903). 62°4o' N., 8 44' \V. 498 m. 500 111. wire. 3 spec. 9 — 11 mm. - 165 (29.8.1905). 6o°oo'N., 1035' W. 300111. wire. 1 spec. N. of the Faeroes: "Ingolf" St. 40, 63^30' N., 7°4o' W. 1393 m. 1 spec. E. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 24 (15. 5. 1903). 6435' N., n°45' W. 435 m. Near the bottom. 1 o ad 12 mm. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTKACA. V. Chart 6. Themisto compressa f compressa. % Localities from the "Ingolf'-Expedition. Other localities not mentioned in the literature, x Localities from the literature (a number of localities lies outside the chart of the south The locality Black Tickle [Labrador] I have not be able to rind in any chart). ?E. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 240 (7.8.1904). 64°I2'N., 11 45' \Y. 316 m. 1 spec. jun. (determination uncertain). N.E. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 124 (30.5.1904). 66°i6' N., 147,0' W. 70111. 75111. wire. 1 with embryos 1 8 mm. N. -Iceland: "Thor" St. 12S (1. 6. 1904). Husavik, 90 — no m. 40 m. wire. Aid. 50 spec. 1 1 -16 mm.. including a few with ova n — 14111m. Eyjafjoror. Moller 1868, 3 spec, and Steincke 1889, 2 spec In addition to this material our Museum possesses some specimens from a few localities in the "Ingoll "- area, known from recent literature. — From W. Greenland it is known from abt. 58° — 65° N., and from E. of Greenland abt. 58 X. and abt. 760 N.; for special localities see my Conspectus 10,14, p. 103, and my paper on the "Rink"-Exped. i 10 mm. ; y with ova are only (9) 10 — 14 mm. (specimens from S. Greenland). Distribution. The most northeasterly locality is Hasvik in Westlinmarken, where it occurs rather sporadically in deep water (Sars 1895). — Most of the statements from the area off the Bristish Isles undoubtedly must be accepted with due caution, as the species is often confused with T. gracilipes (see this species in my paper on the "Thor"-Hyperii- dea, pt. 2). In some cases the confusion has later on been cleared up in the literature, e. g. by Norman 1909 who states that the frequently repeated note on "Euthcmisto comprcssa" which has been washed ashore in great quantities at Redcar (Yorkshire), in reality applies to T. gracilipes. Tattersall (1906) says that he con- siders T. gracilipes a juvenile form of T. comprcssa, for which reason he considers them synonymous, and Tesch (191 1, p. 185) makes such a fusion or confusion extremely probable as regards the lists of the Inter- national Marine Investigations. There are the following records from the area round the British Isles (besides Tesch 1911, mentioned above), but the localities with ? probably apply to T. gracilipes. West of May Island, Scotland, Feb. 1892 (Scott, 10th Fishery Board for Scotland [1S92], p. 265). — PAberdeen (Bate 1878; Lcstrigonus spinidorsalis). — ?70- — 80 miles E. by N. of the mouth of the Humber (Norman 1900, p. 132). — PNorthumberland (Brady and Norman 1909). ■ — Tesch (1915, p. 320, 351) records it from a number of localities in the southern part of the North Sea, especially at the English coasts, at times in shoals. Some of the specimens measure 18 mm. and are thus undoubtedly this species; but the greater part are small, so that there have no doubt been many T. gracilipes among them, which also seems to appear from the rather shallow depth of the sea (17 — 80 m.) — Tattersall (1906) records it as numerous off the west coast of Ireland at all seasons, abt. 90 — 900 111., rarely deeper, but he says himself that there are several "E. gracilipes" among them. — The Bay of Biscay, abt. 180 — 0 m. (Stebbing 1904). — The southernmost known occurrence off Europe is 45°28' N. 5°43' W., 4500 m. wire, 1 $ with ova, 23 mm. (Chevreux 1911). — From the Atlantic outside the European waters it has apart from the "Ingolf" area (see above), been found in the following places. Black Tickle, Labrador (Shoemaker 1920, p. 28). — 52°33' N., 26°44' W. (Norman 1900). — ?New Foundland bank, surf., 1 ?, and ?45°i8'"/4 N., 46°5i3/3' W., surf. (Chevreux 1900, p. 146). — According to H. B. Bigelow (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, vol. 58, No. 2, 1914, p. 19, PI. 5 [distribution]) it is to be found in the Gulf of Maine, scattered all over the whole of the bay ; when depth, salinity and temperature are noted, it is 0 — 100 m. below surface, 32.5- — 32.7 %o salinity, 120 — 140 C. The largest material from the Atlantic is that dealt with by Vosseler (1901, the German Plankton- Exped.); it contains from 27 stations 333 spec. (260 V, 73 6) + 1858 spec, of "Euth. bispinosa" + "E. com- CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 31 pressa" . He records it from the following localities: Irminger Sea: 5 stations 60.2 X., 22.7 \Y. 1 28. 8° W., and 60. 1° N., 36.80 W., 400 — o (600 — o) m. — West Greenland Current, 2 stations : 52.6 X. , 46.3 W. , and 53. 8° N., 45. 6° W., surf. -- Labrador Current, n stations 50.8° N., 47.3' W., to 42.4 N., 55.7 \V., 200 — o m. or surf, (but 2 stations 500 — o m. and 750 — 0 m.). — Gulf Stream, 6 stations 58.7 \.. 6.5 \\\, to 59.9° X., 18° W., surf, or 400 — o m., or at the bottom (1 stat.: 1524 m.). — Florida Current, 1 stat. 40.4 X., 570 W., 200 — o m. — Sargasso Sea, 1 stat. 31.5 X., 45.6 " \V., 400 — o m. — Southern Equatorial Current, 7.8 S., 17. 30 W., 225 — o m. — At most of these stations only a few specimens have been taken, but in some places actual shoals have been encountered, e. g. in the Gulf Stream 58.7° N., 6.5° W., 100 — 0 m.: 98 spec; the Irminger Sea 60.2" X., 22.7^' W., 400 — o 111. : S2 spec, and at the above mentioned station in the Sargasso Sea even 442 spec. (E. com pressa + E. bispinosa). — As shown in the above the species has thus chiefly been found in the temperate regions of the Atlantic Xorth of abt. (40°) 500 X. but only very rarely Xorth of the ridge from Scotland to Greenland; it lives, as a rule, at great depths of the sea (> 500 — 1000 m.), still not particularly deep down (most frequently 10 — 200m.) South of abt. 400 X. it has, as far 1 have been able to see, besides at the two above-mentioned stations from the German Plankton-Kxped. only been found at 35°io' S., 1.I40' W. (11 spec, 14 mm.), and 36 2~' / S., 8°2o' W. (Tristan da Cunha, several spec, 6.5 mm.) (Stewart, Ann. Mag. Xat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 12, 1913, p. 257). With the exception of quite a few finds the species is thus not at all found in the Atlantic between abt. 400 X. and 350 S. 24. B. Themisto compressa Goes forma bispinosa Boeck, n. 11. Themisto bispinosa Boeck 1870, p. 88. Euthemisto compressa (partim) H. J. Hansen 1S87, p. 59. bispinosa Stebbing 18S8, p. 1408. (partim) Bovallins, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 305, PI. 13 figs. 32 — 43. * G. O. Sars 1895, p. 14, PI. 6 fig. 2. Vosseler 1901, p. 82, 84 PI. 8 figs. 3 — 10 (not figs, n — 17), textfig. ; (p. 85). Tesch 191 1, p. 186. See also my paper on the "Thor"-Hyperiidea. pt. 2. Occurrence. Taken at numerous stations both by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". Davis Straits: "Ingolf" St. 36. 61 50' X., 56°2l' W. 2702 m. Vertical net r88 m., abt. 1 ", -pre - 24. 63'06'X., 56°oo' W. 2258 m. 1 spec. — ibid., vertical haul 376 m. Abt. 15 spec. — St. 25. 63°3o' X., 54 '25' W. 1096 m. Vertical haul 376 m. 5 spec — - 27. 64 56' X., 55°io' W. 740 m. Vertical haul 376 m. W. of S.Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 94. 64°56' X., 36°i9' W. 385 m. 1 spec. S.W. of Iceland: "Ingolf", 6o°23' X., 2J°2^' W. Cylinder haul No. 24. <> spec. — °4°45' X., 29°o6' W. Apstein net No. 35. 4 spec — 05 2,x' \\, 27 ;o'YV. 1 spec 32 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. S.W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 152 (19. 6. 1904). 65°oo' N., 28°io' W. 1240 m. 800 m. wire. 1 spec. S. of Iceland: "Ingolf", 6i°45' N., 22°3/' W. Cylinder net No. 31. 1 spec. 63°45' N., 22°37' W. No. 32. Abt. 10 spec. 63°oo' N., i9°3o' W. No. 34. Abt. 35 spec. Cylinder net No. 33 (between Nos. 32 and 34). Abt. 50 spec. — — 63°oo'N., i8°oo' W. Cylinder net No. 35. 1 spec. 6i°i5' N., i8°oo' W. Plankton net No. 46. 1 spec. St. 40. 62°04' N., 2i°36' W. 1393 m. Vertical haul 188 m. Abt. 25 spec. "Thor" - 166 (14. 7. 1903). 62°57'N., I9°58' W. Abt. 1000 m. 4 spec. - 167 (14. 7. 1903). 63°o5' N., 20°07' W. Abt. 600 m. 2 spec. - 171 (16.7. 1903). 63°i5' N., 22°23' W. 216 — 326 m. 9 spec. — - 177 (9.7.1904). 63°n'N., 2i°3o' W. 320111. 5 spec. - 184 (12. 7. 1904). 62°42' N., i8°53' \V. 1340 m. 100 m. wire. 6 spec. - 181 (19. 7. 1903). 63°i9.5' N., i5°5o' W. Abt. 1000 m. Pelagic tow net. surf. Abt. 100 spec. - 185 (12.7. 1904). 63°i6' N., I9°i7' W. 30 m. wire. 6 spec. - 285 (1. 8. 1904). 62°49'N., 18 4')' \V. loo m. wire. 1 spec. - 286 (2.9.1904). 6i°49'N., 14 ii'W. > 1000 m. 1 spec. Between Iceland and the Faeroes: "Ingolf" St. 40. 63°3o' N., 7 40' \V. 1 spec. 64ci7'N., I2°if W. Cylinder net No. 17. (1896). Abt. 20 spec. 63°20' N., 8 14' W. - 39. 4 spec. St. 105. O534' N.( 7°3i' W. Plankton net [88 m., 1 spec. "Thor" - 14 (12. 5. 1903). 62°4o' N., 8 44' W. 4<)'s 111. 498 m. wire, r spec. - 58 (3-5- 1904)- °4035'N., ri°45'W. 15 m. wire. 1 spec. - 230 (4. 8. 1904). 63°io' N., 731' \V. 1190 111. 1200 111. wire. I spec. - 162 (27. 8. 1905). 63c42' N., i3°02' W. 500 111. 65 111 wire. 4 spec. - 163 (28. 8. 1905). 62°36' N., I2°05' W. 721 m. 65 m. wire. 4 spec, ibid. 300 m. wire. 1 spec. St. 164 (29. 8. 1905). 6i°2o' N., n°oo' W. 1300 m. 300 m. wire. 1 spec. N.E. Iceland. "Thor" St. 123 (30.5.1904). 66°i6'N., 14 30' W. 70111., 75111. wire. 1 spec. S.E. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 124 (23.7.1905). 6i°04' N., 4°33' W. 1075 m. 1000 m. wire. 4 spec. In addition to this material the Copenhagen Museum possesses specimens (not mentioned in the CRUSTACEA MAIA.COSTRACA. V. 33 literature) from the following localities in the "Ingolf "-area : S. Greenland 59' X., 51 W., Olrik ded. 1867, abt. 15 spec; 57°56' N., 44^2' W., 8. 6. 1882, Ryder ded. 1883, a few spec.; 57°o8' X., 49 04' \V., W. l,und- beck leg. 19. 5. 1889, 1 spec.; EyjafjorSr (N. Iceland), Steincke i*>s<), 2 spec, and Moller 1868, abt. ro S. of Iceland 62°4i' N., i6°2f W. (donator?), 3 spec. In the literature the species is noted from the following localities in tin- "Ingolf "-area : W. Greenland S. of abt. 64 72° N., and S. of Greenland (K. Stephensen 1913) ; it also penetrates into Bredefjord in S. Green- land (abt. Go'/:0 — 6i° N. ; K. Stephensen 1916). — E. of Greenland abt. 71 '/*° N., 400 — 200 111. 1 1 >uc d'< >rleans). — 6o°24' N., 49°57' W. (S. of Greenland), and the Faeroe Channel (Norman 1900, -p. 1 ; North of Shet- land 63°i7'N., i°27'W., 1977111., ~ i.o° (Sars 1886). Size. The majority of the specimens in our Museum from the "Ingolf'-area are 10 mm; but several are much greater, 11 — 16 (19) mm. ? with ova or embryos are found by the "Tjalfe"-Kxped. in the Davis Straits abt. 580 — 63 "N., April 23 to June 7; the sizes of these , are n— id mm., of one single specimen ig mm. ("Tjalfe", St. 15 500 m. w.). Farther to the South the species is greater: the "Thor" has between Ireland and Gibraltar secured several specimens of the size of 18 — 22 mm. (both o and '+). In these more southern waters , witli ova are found in March, June and Sept.; ? with ova are (6) 10 — 16 (20) mm. Vertical occurrence. Several specimens were taken witli the dredge ("Ingolf"), probably not at the very bottom but during the hauling in. Numerous specimens were secured at the very surface or not very far below it (vertical haul 188 or 376m., or with pelagic implements with up to 500 m. wire), farther to the South (Ireland to Gibraltar, "Thor") the depth below surface is the same. Distribution. The distribution is in the main exactly as in the case of forma compressa (see above p. 30), and the two forms are very often — one may nearly say as a rule — taken together, but only exception- ally in arctic waters. Off East America it has been taken at various places North of the Gulf of Maine (Tesch iyii). - Barents Sea, Norwegian Sea, Eeroe-Shetlaud Channel, twice in Moray Firth; in the North Sea extremely rarely and only during the winter (Tesch 1911 and 1915). — Sonar and Hasvik in West-Finmarken ; Spits- bergen? (Sars 1895). - - Temperatures at stations from the International Marine Investigations oscillate between -f- 0.990 C. and + 11.25 C, but the species is able to endure still higher temperatures, being found all the year round, off West Ireland (Tattersall 1906; Tesch 191 1). - The largest material of this "species" on record in existing literature is that mentioned by Vosseler (1900) in the German Plankton-Expedition, and which comprises 199 specimens (179 . 20 ,'! of "Eulh. bispinosa" + 1858 specimens of "E. bispinosa" + "E. compressa". In all it has been taken at 25 stations, distributed in the following manner: West Greenland Stream (1 stat.) 52.6 N., 46.3 \\\, surf.; Irminger Sea, 10 stations, from 60. 2° N., 22. 70 W., to 60.] X., 36.8 \\\, 400-1)111. (or surf, or 600 0 m.) ; Gulf Stream, 5 stations, from 59° N., 8.50 W., to 59. 90 N., 18.8 W., 400 — 0 m. (or surf, or 1524 m.); Labrador Current, 8 stations, 50. 8l N., 47.3 W., to 42.4 N., 55.7 \V., surf, (or 200 — 0 m. 01 500 om.). 1 station (59 N. 8. 50 W., 1524111.) has yielded 959 spec, of "E.bispinosa" -\-"E. compressa", another (60.] .V, 36.8 W, The Ingolf Expedition. III. 8. 5 34 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 400 — 0 m.) 295 spec, of the same two "species". — Only one station is farther to the south viz. Sargasso Sea 31. 50 N., 45.6° W., 400 — o in. 442 spec. ("E.bisp." + "E. compr."). — The distribution in the Northern Atlantic thus presents the most complete agreement with T. com- pr essa f. compr essa. South of 400 N. it has, as far I can see, besides in the above-mentioned locality from the German Plankton-Exped. only been found 35°io' S., i3°4o' W. (Tristan da Cunha), 1 $ 13 mm. (along with T. compr. f. compr.) (Stewart 1913). See also my paper on the "Thor'-'-Hyperiidea, pt. 2. Fam. Phronimidse Dana. Phronimida (partim) Dana, On the Classification of the Crustacea Choristopoda or Tetradecapoda. - - The American Journal of Science and Arts; ser. 2, vol. 14, 1852, p. 315. Phronimince Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 340 (lit. and syn.). Phronimidce (partim) Stebbing 1888, p. 1342. Vosseler 1901, p. 1. Only one species {Phronima scdcntaria) of this southern family is found in the southern parts of the area. Genus Phronima Latreille. Phronima Stebbing 1888, p. 1346 (lit.). — Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889, p. 342 (lit.). * — Vosseler 1901, p. 1. K. Stephensen, "Thor"-Hyper. pt. 2. ♦25. Phronima sedentaria Porskal. Phronima sedentaria Stebbing 1888, p. 1357, PI. 162 B. * Bovallius, Monograph pt. 1:2, 1889 p. 354 (lit. and syn. ; but not all the literature cited may be referred to this species) ; PI. 16 figs. 1 — 3. Chun, Das Mannchen von Ph. sedent., nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Phronima-Arten ; Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 12, 1889, p. 378 ( I2°27' W., abt. 500 and 1200 m. ; 52°27.6' N., i5°4o' W., abt. 2700 m.; 52°i8.i'N., i5°53.o/ W., abt. 900 m.; 52°2o' N., I5°7.9'W., abt. 275 m.; in all 6 spec, taken 1898 (Walker 1903). -- W. of Ireland 9 St., abt. 170 — > 1800 m., 55 — 1300 m. wire., 36 spec. (Tattersall 1906). — 47°i7>/4' N., n°59' W., surf. ; 47°7'A' W., 9°56' W., surf. ; 47 i52h' N., 22°48*/3' W., surf. ; 44°i •/,' N., i5°3i' W., surf.; 43°26' N., i7°3i' W., in the stomach of Thynnus alalonga; in all 154 spec. (42 $, 112 ?) (Chevreux 1893 and 1900). — 48°243/4' N., 20°38'/2' W., 2200 m., 1.19 — 2.34 night; 47°38'/4' N., 22°i32/3' W., 1300 111., 0.50 pm.; 40°283/4' N., 38°53' W., surf., night; 39°o6' N., 28°29' W., surf.; in all 13 spec. (1 $, 6 ?, 6 jun.) (Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900). — i6°49'N., 25°i4' W., surf. (Stebbing "Challenger"). — Our Zool. Mus. has specimens from the following localities N. of Equator: 500 N., 24°i6' W., 1 9 with embr., abt. 18 111111 ; 470 N., 7°3o' W., 1 (J jun. 13 mm. ; 430 N., 19° W., 1 ." ( — on account of the locality most probably Euth. platyrrhynchus — ) is by Tesch 1911, p. 193 quoted from the Fseroe Channel. Tesch gives the Scottish Report from the Internat. Marine Investigation as his authority; but I have not been able to rind the species in that Report. Distribution. A cosmopolitic species; further see my paper on the "Thor"-Hvperiidea pt. 2. II. Gammaridea. Fam. Lysianassidae Dana. Lysianassidci G. O. Sars 1895, p. 28. — Stebbing 1906, p. 8. This family, one of the greatest within the Gammaridea, is in the "Ingolf" area represented in all by 41 genera, 90 species. 59 species are new to the area, and 5 genera, 27 species out of these are new to science. Genus Trichizostoma Boeck. Trischizostoma G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 29. ■ — Stebbing 1906, p. 12 (lit. and syn.). E. W. Sexton, On the Amphipod Genus Trischizostoma; Proc. Zool. Soc. London 190N, p. 370. Of the 5 species of the genus only 3 are North Atlantic, viz.: T. nicceense Costa (Sexton 1. c. [908, p. 375, with figs.), T. Raschii Esmark & Boeck (see below) and T. longirostre Chevreux (Bull. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris 1919 — 20, p. 575). Only T. Raschii is found in the "Ingolf" area. *2(). Trischizostoma Raschii Esmark & Boeck. Trischizostoma Raschi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 31, 673, PI. 12. nicceense Stebbing 1906, p. 13 (partim). * Raschii Sexton 1. c. 1908, p. 385 (lit. and syn.), PI. XVII fig. 13: Pis. XVIII, XIX tigs. 1 n : Pis. XX. XXI figs. 1 1.;. 15- iS. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf" ; but the "Thor" has seemed one specimen, length 28 mm., S. of Iceland abt. 63° N., 20° W. (15. 7. 1903; the specimen belongs to the Reykjavik Museum). 40 CRUSTACEA MAI.AC0STRACA. V. Distribution. W. Norway from abt. 66° N. to abt. 6o°N. : Hardangerf jord ; the Storeggen-bank, abt. 200 in., "on the skinned body of a newly shot bird" ; Trondhjemsfjord, on the skin of Spinax niger several times; Tjoto (Tjotta) in Nordland (Sars 1. a). — S.W. of Ireland S°°37' N-> ii°I2' W., abt. 450 — 1000 m., in a small net attached to the trawl (Sexton 1. c. p. 375). Genus Acidostoma Norman. Acidostoma G. O. Sars 1895, p. 37. Stebbing, 1906, p. 14 (lit.). Only one species, A. nodiferum n. sp., is found in the "Ingolf'-area. Also the other two species of the genus are North Atlantic, but they are not found in the "Ingolf'-area. *3o. Acidostoma nodiferum n. sp. (Fig. 1). Occurrence. This new species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but was secured by the "Trior". S.W. of the Fseroes : "Thor" St. 78 (12. 3. 1904). 6i°07' N., 9°3o' W. 835m.ispee. (sex?), 5 mm. (type). The present species, as far as may be seen without total dissec- tion, differs from A. obesum (G.O. Sars 1895, p. 38, PI. 14 fig. 2) only in the great notch on the dorsal side of 1. urosome segment ( — the specific name is an allusion to this character — ). On account of the very thick peduncle of 1. antenna the type seems to be an immature J, but there are no calceoli. In ant. 1 only the 5 proximal flagellar joints are kept; accessory flagellum is 5-arti- culate; flagellum of ant. 2 is 5 (?)-articulate. (In a specimen [sex?], 4.5 mm., from (> miles N.K. of Skagen, with well preserved antenna', the figures are: Ant. 1: flagellum 6-articulatc, accessory flagellum 5 joints; in ant. 2 flagellum has 5 joints. —In a specimen jscx?], 4 111111., from "Thor" St. 120, 1^05 [see below] the figures are 4, 6, 6 respect- ively, and in this last-named specimen the rather lone, apical joint of outer ramus of 3. uropod is kept [it is almost totally lost in the type-specimen]). In 2. uropod the peduncle has on the outer side the same large wing that is found in .1. obesum and A. laticorne (G. O. Sars 189$, p. 38 says ". . . . having the basal part very broad"). Distribution. E. of Shetland 6i°i4' N., i°i9' E., 160111. ("Thor" St. 120, 21. 7. 1905), 1 spec. 4 mm.; Skagerak 6 miles N.E. of Skagen, 132 m., clay with fine sand, 1 spec. 4 nun. ("Hauch" St. 58) (spec- imens in the Copenhagen Museum). The species is probably an Atlantic deep-sea species. Genus Euonyx Norman. Euonyx G. O. Sars 1895, p. 116. Stebbing 1906, p. 19 (lit.). All the three described North Atlantic species are found in the "Ingolf" area (and are new to the area). Fig. 1. Acidostoma nodiferum. I — II. Urosome of the type (from "Thor" 1 <>o^| , St. 78). — III. Urosome of specimen from "Thor" 1905, St. 120. CRUSTACEA MACACOSTRACA. V. 41 *3I. Euonyx chelatus Norman. Euonyx chelatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 117, PI. 40 fig 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 19 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. Secured once by the "Ingolf" (but the specimen is too young to be determined with absolute certainty) and once by the "Thor". It is new to the "Ingolf" area. ?\V. of Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 28. 65 17' N., 55°42' W. 791m., temp. 3. 8° C. 1 spec. jun. (determination not certain). S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22. 5. 1904). 6i°i5' X., 9 35' W. 900 m. 4 spec. The sizes are up to abt. 10 mm. Occurrence. West side of Great Britain, from Isle of Skye (W. of Scotland) to Wales, often on Echinus esculentus (Norman 1900, p. 214). Shetland (Bate and Westwood 1869). Norway: Trondhjems Fjord 200 — 300 m., among deep-sea corals, and Vardo (E. Finmark) 100 — 120 m. (Sars 1. a). Between Norway and Shetland 61 14' X., 1 19' E., 160 m. ("Thor" St. 120, 1905; specimen in the Copenhagen Museum). The species is thus probably an Atlantic species. *32. Euonyx Talismani Chevreux (Pig. 2). Enonyx{\) Talismani Chevreux, Bull. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris, 1919, p. 576 (no figs.). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not taken this species: but the "Thor" has secured it from two stations. It is new to the "Ingolf" area. : nyx Talismani Q. The Ingolf Expediiioc 111. 8 42 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12.5. 1904). 6i°7' N., 9°3o' W. 850 m. 1 spec. abt. 7 mm. - 99 (22.5.1904). 6i°i5'N., 9°35' W. 872 — 970 m. 2? abt. 14mm. The specimens agree very well with Chevreux's description, especially as regards the very character- istic p. 2 (Chevreux: gnathopode II). One of the specimens (?) from St. 99 is dissected and in every particular compared with Chevreux's description ; some few supplementary notes are given below. Of the epimeral plates in the metasome only nos. 2 and 3 (not no. 1) end in an acute point. i.Urosome segment is on the dorsal surface glabrous, without any process. The eyes are (in spirit) brownish yellow. In ant. 1 the flagellum and accessory flagellum have in the two great specimens respectively 22 — 22 and 8 — 10 joints (Chevreux: 25 and 11); in ant. 2: 33 — 34 joints (Ch. : 37). Ant. 2 is abt. i'/2 time as long as ant. 1, not "un peu plus longues que les antennes I". The extremely characteristic form of p. 2 may be seen from my fig. The hind edge of 2. joint in p. 6 not even, but crenulate, and the hind comer is abruptly cut off, about as in p. 7 (an indication of the same character is also to be found in p. 5). Of the uropoda the first pair have the peduncle a trifle longer than the rami ; in up. 2 the rami are a little longer than the peduncle, in up. 3 abt. twice as long as the peduncle. Though the dissected specimen is a $ (there are marsupial plates), the inner ramus in up. 3 has a few seta; in addition to the spines. Telson twice as long as the peduncle in up. 3; besides the apical spines there are 3 pairs of rather irregularly situated dorsal spines. Distribution. S. W. of Ireland: 49^5' N., i2°2o' W., 1275— 1180 m ("Thor" St. 93, 25. 6. 1905), 1 (cJ?), abt. 10 mm. — Off Cape Bojador, 698 and 882 m. ("Talisman" St. 70 and 92, Chevreux I.e.). The species is thus a true deep-sea species, 698 — 1180 m. *^^. Euonyx biscayensis Chevreux. Euonyx biscayensis Chevreux, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 117, 1908, p. 1, fig. 1. Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus. vol. 15, pt. 3, 1916, p. no. Occurrence. New to the "Ingolf'-area; taken once by the "Thor" (St. 99, 22. 5. 1904) S. W. of the Fseroes 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W., 900 m., 7 small spec, abt. 5 mm. Remarks. The big specimens (9) from S.W. of Ireland ("Thor" St. 93, 1905) have the following numbers of joints in the antennae: ant. 1, flagellum 14 — 18 (Chevreux: 19, Barnard: 12), accessory flagellum 8—9 (Ch.:?, Barnard: 5); ant. 2 flagellum abt. 40 (Ch. : 33, B.: 16). Distribution. S.W. of Ireland 49°25'N., i2°2o' W., 1180 — 1275 m. ("Thor" St. 93, 25.6.1905), 3 spec, abt. 21 mm. (spec, in the Copenhagen Mus.). — Bay of Biscay 45°02' N., 3°i6' W., 1455 m., n spec, up to 13 mm. (Chevreux 1. c). — S. Africa: Cape Point N.K. by K. ' 4 E-, distant 38 miles, abt. 1400 m., 1 . affinis, as this species was established pre- vious to 0. botkini (1886 and 1897 respectively). The only real difference seems to be the dactylus in p. 2 (gn. 2). This dactylus is in 0. affinis fixed at about the middle of the distal edge of the metacarpus, in 0. botkini closer to the hind corner of the distal edge (v. d. Briiggen 1909, PI. 2 figs. 6 and 20). All other differences seem to be due to difference in age or to simple variation. Especially the hind corner of 3. epimeral plate of the metasome varies to a high degree. In 0. affinis it always has a more or less sharp point; in the type-specimens the shape is as given bj Shoe- maker (1920, textfig. 1, 4) for 0. botkini; v. d. Briiggen gives (1909, PI. 2 fig. 9) tin- apex of a somewhat 48 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. varying form. In 0. botkini the shape varies to a much higher degree, from an angle as in 0. affmis to being about totally missing: "processu postieo lato subrotundato fere obsoleto vel nullo" (Birula 1897; v. d. Briiggen 1909 PI. 2 fig. 24, and Shoemaker 1920, textfig. i, 4). The specimens in the Copenhagen Museum from Greenland and Jan Mayen agree very well with Shoemaker's figs, of 0. botkini, but the dactylus of p. 2 is rather long as in 0. a I fin is (Briiggen 1909, PI. 2 fig. 6), and the telson is about as broad as long, not longer than broad. The hind corner of 3. metasome segment is in the lesser specimens (abt. 10 mm.) acute and rather long as in 0. Normani (Sars 1895, PI. 36 fig. 2), in the greater specimens (abt. 20 mm.) a little shorter and more rounded. A middle-sized specimen (15 mm., from Sabine Island, E. Greenland) is ovigerous; the exact number of eggs cannot be given, but it scarcely amounts to ten. The size of the eggs is colossal: 1.25 x 1.0 mm. Distribution. 0. ajfinis: Kara Sea, the exact locality probably /0°58' N., 65°09' E., 40 m. (type- locality, H.J.Hansen 1886). — Kara Sea 73°27' N., 79°I5' E., and 75^9' N>, 89°35' E., 38 m.; -- and North of Sibiria: New Sibirian Islands abt. 750 N, abt. 1400 — 152° E., 2 stations, 3 — 34 m. (Briiggen 1909). — 0. botkini: Wilkitzky- and Sibirjakov-Islands in the Kara Sea (Jenissei-Bay), brackish water (type-locality, Birula 1897, teste v. d. Briiggen 1909). — Kara-Sea, Jenissei-Bay, Dickson-Harbour at the Kusjkin Island, 4 — 9 m., sandy clay (v. d. Briiggen 1909). -- Collinson Point and Demarcation Point, Alaska, o — 6 m. or from stomachs of fishes (Shoemaker 1920). The species is thus probably a circumpolar arctic littoral species (o — 40 m.) which occasionally may be found in greater depths (162 — 207 m.). ♦39. Onisimus Normani G. O. Sars. Oncsimus Normani G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 106, 686, PI. 36 fig. 2. normani Stebbing 1906, p. 26. Normani Stappers 1911, p. 17, PI. 1 figs. 4 — 5. Occurrence. This species was (new to the "Ingolf" area) four times secured by the "Ingolf" \V. of Greenland. W. Greenland: St. 27. 64°56' N., 55°io' W. 740 m., temp. ;.S". 10 spec, up to abt. 8mm. Taken together with big Actinia. - 28. 65°i7' N., 55°42' W. 791111., temp. 3.50. 3 spec, up to 5111111. - 32. 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m., temp. 3.90. 2 spec, 7 — 12 mm. - 35. 66°i6'N., 55°o8' W. 681m., temp. 3. 6°. 7 spec, up to 7111111. From the same area the Copenhagen Museum possesses some specimens taken by Capt. Wandel 1889: 65°36' N., 56°24' W., 658 m., clay and mud, bottom temp. 3. 2°, from the stomach of Actinia, 2 spec, — and 66°49' N, 56°28' W., 443 m., sand and clay, bottom-temp. 4.40, 1 spec. Remarks. The greatest specimen is 12 mm.; also Stappers gives 12 mm., Sars only 9 mm. The very characteristic uncinate angle on 1. metasome segment is to be found already in specimens of 3 mm. Distribution. Tromso and Christianiafjord, 150 m. (G. O. Sars). — Between Norway and Shetland 6i°4o'N, 3°n'E., 400 m. ("Michael Sars" 15. 7. 1902), 1 spec, (in the Copenhagen Museum). -- Murman CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 49 Sea 70°20° N., 56°36' E., 90 m. (Stappers). — North coast of W.-Taimyr peninsula, "Sarja"-harbour at the Bonnevie-Island, 17 — 20 m, sand with clay and gravel (v. d. Briiggen 1909). — Skagerak 58 20' X., 9V 1'.., 350 m., "Thor" 8. 7. 1907, 2 spec, (in the Copenhagen Museum). The species belongs to the northern parts of the Atlantic basin S. of the ridge, hut i^ also found in the arctic area, 17 — 400 m. Fig. 5. Onisimus (leucopis?), ',' ad. ♦40. Onisimus (leucopis G. O. Sars?) (Fig. .;). Onisimus leucopis G. O. Sars 1885, p. 149, PI. 13 rig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 28 (lit.). Occurrence. The species represented by the present specimen is new to the "Ingolf "-area ; it was taken by the "Ingolf". Between Iceland and Jan Mayen: St. 120. 67 29' N., 11 32'W. 1667 m., temp. : r.o 1 ad. with setiferous marsupial plates, 9 nun. The "Ingolf "-specimen agrees — with the exception of some few differences very well with the single specimen described by Sars; but some additions are to be made, and I give some figures, as Sars lias only given a drawing of the whole animal and of the urus. - The eye could not be found. Ant, 1 : flagellum lias 13 (not 11) joints, and there is ,1 long spine on the The Iugolf-Expedition. HI. 8. 7 5° CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. distal end (median side) of i. and 2. joints. Accessory flagellum has 5 (not 4) joints. Ant. 2: flagellum has 17 (not 16) joints. Oral parts are not described by Sars; but there is (after dissection) a very good agreement with those of 0. Edwardsii (G. O. Sars 1895, p. 105, PI. 36 fig. 1). The most important difference is that the fore margin of the epistomal plate is almost vertical, not somewhat obliquely bent backward. P. 1 — p. 2 "could not be closely examined" in the type specimen, but they "had no appearance of differing in any essential degree" from those in 0. turgidus (G. O. Sars 1885, p. 147, PI. 12 fig. 5). In the "Ingolf'-specimen the coxal plate of p. 1 has almost parallel sides; carpus and metacarpus are of equal length, metacarpus has almost parallel sides and the distal end very obliquely cut off; dactylus has a tooth at about the middle. In p. 2 the metacarpus is abt. 3/4 the length of carpus, with almost parallel sides; dactylus half as long as the distal margin of metacaqms. P. 3 — p. 4 medium heavy; coxal plate of p. 4 almost as in 0. plant its (Sars 1895, PI. 37 fig. 1), but a trifle broader, with hinder expansion obtuse, very slight. In p. 5 — p. 6 (and p. 7 ? ; the distal 4 joints of p. 7 are lost) the 4th joints are very broad. Telson has no central emargination but an incision to abt. */s 0I "the total length, and one pair of apical spines. Remarks. On account of the different shape of the telson it cannot be taken for granted that the "Ingolf "-species is identic with that described by Sars. Distribution. The single specimen described by Sars was taken between Iceland and Norway, 66°8'N., 3°o'E., 1472 m., temp. -f- 1.10, Binoculina-clay, and the species thus belongs to the arctic deep- sea fauna. (ienus Cyphocaris Boeck. Cyphocaris Stebbing 1906, p. 28. Chevreux, Sur les Amphipodes du genre Cyphocaris Boeck recueillis par la Princesse-Alice au moyen du filet Richard a grande ouverture; Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 19, 1916. Four species are found in the Atlantic N. of Equator (vide Chevreux 1. c), but only one, C. anonyx, was known from the "Ingolf'-area, and one species, C. Bouvieri, is new to the area taken by the "Ingolf". All the species are pelagical. 41. Cyphocaris anonyx Boeck (Chart 9). Cyphocaris anonyx Stebbing, 1906, p. 29 (lit. and syn.). micronyx Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 165, PI. 14 fig. 11 (cold. fig.). anonyx Chilton, Transact. Royal Soc, Edinburgh, vol. 48, pt. 2, 1912, p. 464, figs. — . — K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. in. — Chevreux 1. c. 1916, p. 2. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not taken this species; but the "Thor" has secured it 9 times in the "Ingolf'-area. W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 152 (19. 6. 1904). 650 N., 28°io' W. 1240 m. 800 m. wire, 1 spec, and 1000 m. wire, 1 spec. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. V. 51 Chart 9. Cyphocaris anonyx. Localities N. of abt. 500 N. W. of Iceland : "Thor" St. 153 (20.6.1904). 65°2o' N., 27°i2i/j'W. 740111. 810 m. wire. 5 spec. - 154 (21. 6. 1904). 65' 27' N., 27°io' W. 763 m. Sou 111. wire. 2 spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 1S0 (10. 7. 1904). 6i°J4' N., igV)' W. 2160111. 1800 111. wire. 2 spec. - 183 (n. 7. 1904). 6i°3o'N., I7°o8' W. • 20110 in. 1800 m. wire. Abt. 10 spec. - 104 (24.5. 1904). 62°47'N., 15 03' \V. 1950 m. 1500111. wire. 1 spec. N.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 225 (31. 7. 1904). Gjc^' N., 9 24' W. 520 m. 600 m. wire. 1 W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22. 5. 1905). 6i°i5' N., 9 35' \Y. 900 111. 3 spec. The species was known from several localities in the "Ingolf" area : Boeck's type-specimen \\ as secured 30 miles S. E. of Cape Farvel, 540 m., and the "Tjalfe" Exped. collected a numbei of specimens at W. Green- land from 6o° to 64»/a° N., depths of the sea 1040 — 1300111., 400—2000 rn. wire (K. Stephensen, "Tjalfe" 1913, p. 87). At E.Greenland it was taken 7* 1 ;' N., 1(17,1' \\'., 480 m., vertical haul 475 310 m. 7* 52 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. The average size of the specimens is abt. 10 mm. ; Chevreux gives (1916) the maximum sizes as 12 mm. ( 500 (1000 m.), and is commonly taken with > 1000 m. wire. Only in two cases it was taken North of the Ridge: 78°I3' N., i6°3i' W. (E. Green- land), 490 m., vertical haul 475 — 310 m. (Broch & Koefoed in: Due d'Orleans 1909, St. 43), — and 6g°4i' N., I5°4i' E. (the Finmark), 1591 m., temp. 1.20 (Sars 1886). *42. Cyphocaris Bouvieri Chevreux. Cyplwcaris Bouvieri Chevreux, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 319, 1916, p. 4, fig. 2. Occurrence. This species is (new to the area) taken by the "Ingolf". N. of the Faeroes: St. 138. 63°26' N., 7°26' W. 887 m. 1 spec. ( abt. 1200 — 2200 111., abt. 1100 — 2100 m. wire (Tatter- sall 1. c). 2 loc. S. of W. Ireland, > 2600 and 4000 111., 1800 and 2800 111. wire (K. Stephensen 1915, p. 39). Is an Atlantic pelagic deep-sea species. Genus Paracyphocaris Chevreux. Paracyphocaris Chevreux, Bull. Mus. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 32, 1905. Only one species. *45. Paracyphocaris praedator Chevreux. Paracyphocaris prcedator Chevreux, 1. c, 3 textfigs. Occurrence. This very rare deep-sea species was not hitherto known from the "Ingolf" area; 1 spec, was taken by the "Thor". S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 164 (12.(13.) 7- 1903). 62°io'S" N., I9°36' W. 1900 — 2150 111. 1 spec. 9 mm. This specimen, probably a male, does not seem to disagree with the description and figs, given by Chevreux. Distribution. Bay of Biscay 46°i5' N., 7°09' W., o — 3000 m., 1 spec. ; Azores 36°46' N., 26°4i' W., o — 3250 m-. depth of the sea 3620 m., 1 spec. (Chevreux). An Atlantic pelagical deep-sea species. Genus Crybelocephalus Tattersall. Crybelocephalus Tattersall 1906, p. 32. The genus comprises only one species. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. V. 55 *46. Crybelocephalus megalurus Tattersall. Crybelocephalus megalurus Tattersall 1906, p. 33, PI. 3 fig. 1, PI. 5. Occurrence. The "Thor" has taken this species, new to the area, at one single station. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 183 (11. 7. 1904). 6i°3o' N., i7°o8' W. 1S00 m. wire. 4 spec. 5 — 10 mm. Distribution. 50 miles N. by W. of Eagle Island, Co. Mayo, Ireland, Petersen trawl at 2106 m., 2 spec. (Tattersall 1906). — 49°27' N., i3°J3' W., > 2600 m., 2800 m. wire, 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 76, n. 6. 1 K. Stephensen 1915, p. 39). Is an Atlantic pelagical deep-sea species. (ienus Thoriella K. Stephensen. Thoriella K. Stephensen 1915, p. 39. Only one species. 47. Thoriella islandica K. Stephensen. Thoriella islandica K. Stephensen 1915, p. 39, fig. 23. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf"; but the "Thor" has secured a specimen, 19 mm., S. of Iceland 6i°3o' N., i7°o8' W., 1800 m. wire, St. 183 (11. 7. 1904) (K. St., 1. c. 1915; St. 173 in this paper is a misprint for St. 183). It is not found outside of the type-locality. Genus Pseudalibrotus Delia Valle. Alibrotus G. O. Sars, 1895, p. 101. Pseudalibrotus Stebbing 1906, p. 33 (lit.). The genus Pseudalibrotus comprises 5 species in all, viz. 3 (almost exclusively arctic) marine specif s: P. litoralis, P. glacialis and P. Nanseni (for these 3 species see below), and two species from the Caspian Sea P.easpius (Grimm) G. O. Sars and P. platyceras (Grimm) G. O. Sars (literature see Stebbing 1906, p. 34). I have not seen specimens of the two Caspian species myself except for a specimen of P. caspius (Grimm leg. et determ.) in a rather bad state of preservation; but of the 3 marine species the Copenhagen Museum possesses a rather good material, and I give a key to these species. 1 a. Outer ramus of up. 2 deeply indented beyond the middle, terminal part spiniform; a long and heavy spine on the distal end of the broad part of the ramus (Sars 1895, PI. 35, fig. 2 up. 3) . . P. litoralis. 1 b. Outer ramus of up. 2 not essentially different from the inner ramus 2. 2 a. Metacarpus of p. 2 "obliquely truncate at the tip, with the lower corner produced, so as to form, with the extremely small dactylus, a minute chela" (Sars 1900, p. 31, PI. <> fig. (>, 6a).. /'. glacialis. 2 b. Metacarpus of p. 2 rather broad and "transversely truncated at the tip, with the lower corner scarcely produced at all" (Sars 1900, p. 29, PI. 15 fig. r, r a) P. Nanseni. The characters used in this key seem to me to lie the best for determination; they are much better than the coxal plate of p. 1 and the length of the distal part of p. 7 which may vary most considerably. Spec- imens smaller than 4 — 5 mm. can scarcely be determined. — Specimens of the two other species are undubit- ably very often incorrectly determined as P. litoralis (see p. 56). 56 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 48. Pseudalibrotus litoralis Kroyer (Chart 11). Anonyx litoralis Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., 2. Rsekke, vol. 1, 1845, p. 621. littoralis — in Gaimard's Voyage, Crust., 1846, PI. 13 fig. 1. Onisimus litoralis (partim) H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 73. *Alibroins littoralis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 102, PI. 35 fig. 2. Pseudalibrotus litoralis Stebbing 1906, p. 33 (the description, but probably not all the literature is to be referred to this species). Alibrotus — (partim) K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 119. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf". W.Greenland: Kangerdluarsuk (6i°53'N.), "Tjalfe" 28.6.1909, from stomachs of herrings, numerous specimens abt. 10 — 14 mm. -- Ritenbenk 1892, Traustedt leg., 1 spec. abt. 13 mm. — Sakkrak (in the Waigat) 1892, Traustedt leg., 12 spec. abt. 14 — 15 mm. — Thule 1914, P. Freuchen leg., a few greater specimens up to 18 mm., several small ones abt. 10 mm. — Thule, Plankton-net on the shore, 7. 7. 1916, temp. 1° — 2°, Lauge Koch leg., 5 spec. abt. 14 mm. -- The harbour at North Star Bay, 15. 7. 1916, Lauge Koch leg., 2 spec. abt. 14 mm. — Numerous small specimens (abt. 5 mm.) from the two last-named localities probably belong to this species. — "North-Greenland", Rudolph leg., 2 spec. 12 mm. E. Greenland: Odesund (66°io' N.), 10 — 28 m., stony bottom with algae, Amdrup-Exped. 6. 8. 1899, 3 spec: 6, 14, 14 mm. -- Tasiusak (65°37' N.), on the shore, E. Bay leg. 23. 9. 1892, 1 spec. abt. 7 mm. - Jameson Eand 70°2i' N., 22°o8' W., Ryder's Exped. 2. 8. 1891, 7 spec. abt. 12—13 mm., and a number of small spec. abt. 5 mm. — Hurry Inlet 70°5o' N., 22°35' W., 13 — o m., II. Amdrup-Exped. 7. 8. 1900, 2 spec. 14 — 18 mm., and(?) a few small spec. - - The "Danmark"-Exped. St. 17, Stormkap, o — 2 m., 18. 8. 1906, on the shore, numerous spec. abt. 14 mm. - - The "Danmark"-Exp. St. 18 f, Hvalrosodden o — 4 m., 25. 8. 1906, littoral region, soft bottom, 3 spec, abt. 12 mm., 2 spec. abt. 7 mm., and a few small spec. — The "Dan- mark"-Exp. St. 18 g, Hvalrosodden, Dove Bay, o — 4 m., 26.8. 1906, and with mud and stones, 9 spec. 12 — 14 mm. N. Iceland: Husavik, 90 — no m., 1. 6. 1904 ("Thor" St. 128). 1 spec. abt. 14 mm. W. Iceland: BorgarfjorSr, 8 — o m., 20. 5. 1899, R. Horring leg., 2 spec. 15 mm. — Above is given a list of the whole revised material in the Copenhagen Museum. Several additional localities from our area are given in existant literature (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. y^\ K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913 p. 119; Stappers 1911, p. 15; Oldevig 1917, p. 4), but most of these are to be accepted with great reserv- ation (see Remarks). Remarks. Up to 1900, when Sars described two additional species (P. ATa)ist-ni and P. glacialis), P. litoralis was the only known marine species. Several authors (among others H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 74, Ohlin 1895, p. 27) quote that it leads a pelagic life and may be found far from the coast. Revising the material in the Copenhagen Museum I have found that all the specimens which were taken pelagically in greater depths or at great distances from the shore, are to be referred to the two other species. I therefore think that also a great number of the quotations in literature of earlier date than Sars's paper 1900 ( — and perhaps also after that year — ) do not apply CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. V. 57 Chart ii. Pseudalibrotus. P. Utoralis (only localities from the present paper and ('.. 0. Sars [895). X P- Nanscni. j P. glacialis. to this species but to one of the other marine species; very often it is impossible to decide from the literature whether the author has had the true P. Utoralis or any of the other species. The Copenhagen Museum possesses abt. 20 specimens from Spitsbergen, abt. 14 — 15 mm. in length, determined by Kroyer and undubitably his types (H. J. Hansen 1N1S7, p. 74). In the original description Kroyer (1. c. 1845) writes: "This species ... I have found in the Spitzbergen in the harbour of Belsound where it was swimming in great quantities close to the flat shore, so that I was able to take them with my hands, standing on the very shore. ... At deeper water I got only one or two specimens in the dredge.' This agrees very well with the specimens determined by myself (from Greenland, see Occurrence), for a great number of these latter are found under the same conditions, and always rather near the shore. Distribution. Stappers (1911, p. 14) and Oldevig (nuj. p. 5) have given a most elaborate list of localities; but for the reasons given above many of these localities probably are not certain. Yet it seems that we may take it for granted that it is an arctic circumpolar littoral species In addition to tin- localities The Ingolf-Expedilion. III. 8. S 58 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. given by Stappers and Oldevig it is found North of Alaska and off N.W. Canada in several localities (Shoe- maker 1920, p. 7). 49. Pseudalibrotus Nanseni G. 0. Sars (Chart 11 [p. 57].) Pseudalibrotus Nanseni G. O. Sars 1900, p. 26, Pis. IV — V. — Briiggen 1909, p. 9. — Nanseni}, partim, K. Stephensen 1916, p. 278, with figs. Occurrence. "The Ingolf" has not taken this species. W. Greenland: The Davis Straits, surface, Rink, June 1848, 1 spec. ($ without marsupial plates?) abt. 20 mm. — 6o°48' N., 52°32' W., Olrik 1861, 6 spec. abt. 13 — 18 mm. — Bredefjord Sermilik, "Rink" St. 118, 500 m. wire, 2 spec. (K. Stephensen 1. c. 1916, spec. No. 1 [o ad. 14 mm.], No. 3 [$ jun. 14 mm.]). — Bredefjord, "Rink" St. 126, 800 m. wire, 1 spec. 8 mm. E. Greenland: Danmark's 0 {jo°zf N.), Ryder's Exped. VIII 1891, 1 spec. abt. 18 mm. (defective). — Hvalrosodden, o — 4 m., 25. 8. 1906, littoral region, soft bottom, "Danmark"-Exped. St. 18 f., 16 spec. 6 — 14 mm. — Hvalrosodden, Dove Bay, o — 4 m., 26. 8. 1906, sand and clay with stones, "Danmark"-Exped. St. 18 g, 3 spec. abt. 14 mm. N. Iceland: 66°23' N., 2i°2i' W., 108111., 15 and 70 m. wire ("Thor" St. 266, 24. 8. 1904). 1 spec. 15 mm. W. of Iceland: 65°27' N., 27°io' W., 765 m., 50 m. wire ("Thor" St. 154, 20.6. 1904), 2 spec. 7 nun. — ibid. 75 m. wire, 3 spec. 5 — 8 mm. — ibid. 800 m. wire, 2 spec. 7 mm. A certain number of the specimens above have been (incorrectly) determined as P. litoralis in my Conspectus 1913. The species is best characterized by the characters given in the key p 55. Distribution. Abt. 8o° N., 1340 E.; between 84°47' N. and 83°57' N., and between 250 and n° E. "The specimens seem not to have been taken by aid of the tow-net, but on bait hung down from the ship" (Sars 1900). -- Kara Sea 73°27' N., 79°i5' E., 25-om.; Western Taimyr-Peninsula 75°54' N., 92°59' E., surface; Cape Tscheliuskin 77°46'3o" N., io5°n' E., 205 — o m. ; off the Chatanga Bay 75°38' N., H4°n' E., 17 — 0 m. ; South of the New Sibirian Islands 74°i3' N., I5i°36' E., 9 — o m. (Briiggen 1909). — Cape Smyth (Point Barrow), Alaska, pelagic, over 2 m. of water (Shoemaker 1920, p. 7). P. Nanseni thus is a pelagic arctic, probably circumpolar species; it may sometimes be found rather near by the shore, but may also be found over very considerable depths ("Thor" St. 154, 1904: 765 in.). *5o. Pseudalibrotus glacialis G. O. Sars (Fig. 4, Chart 11 [p. 57]). Pseudalibrotus glacialis G. O. Sars 1900, p. 31, PI. VI. Briiggen 1909, p. 9. Nanseni?, partim, K. Stephensen 1916, p. 278, with figs. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" at one single station has taken a young specimen that probably is to be referred to this species. The species is not hitherto mentioned from the "Ingolf'-area, but the Copenhagen Museum possesses specimens from a number of localities, to be enumerated below. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. \ 59 W. Greenland: Mouth of the Davis Straits, Moller 2.6.1843, 3 spec. 8 — 12 mm., | | ad. co 12 mm. Bredefjord Sermilik, "Rink" St. 118, 500 m. wire, 3 spec. (K. Stephensen 1916, spec. No. 2 jun., t6 mm.], Nos. 4 — 5 [young ones, 8 mm.]). — Bredefjord, "Rink" St. 119, 400 m. wire, 1 £ ad. 13 mm. [K. Stephensen 1916, p. 2S4). — 64:46'N., 53°35'W., among see-weed, Moberg leg., 1 3 ad. 13 mm. ?"Ingolf" Si 66°35' N., 56°38' W., 600 m., vertical net 190 — om., 1 spec. abt. 5 mm. (determination not certain). — Baffin-Bay, without special lo- cality, 190 m., Borch 1859, 5 spec. abt. 8 — 14 mm. (inclusive of 3 o ad. 13 — 14 mm.). E. Greenland: PTasiusak (65°37' N.), 6 — 10 m., stony bot- tom with some algae, Amdrup-Kxped. 22. 10. 1898, 3 spec. jun. abt. 6 mm. (determination not certain). — Abt. 74 15' N., i6°2o/ W., 200 — 0 m., E. Greenland-Exped. 10. 7. 1900, 1 spec. — 74°2y' N., 7 55' W., from the "ice-foot", E. Greenland Exped. 7. 7. 1900, 1 $ ad. 12 mm. — "Danmark"-Exp. St. yy (abt. yy° N.), vertical net 20 — o m., 19. 9. 1907, 1 spec. abt. 10 mm. Jan Mayen: 95 — 114 m., clay bottom, E. -Greenland-Exped. 25. 6. 1900, 1 spec. 5 mm. — W. of Iceland: 6$°2y' N., 2y°io'W., 765 m. ("Thor" St. 154, 20.6. 1904), 50 in. wire, I o ad. abt. 12 mm.; ibid. 75 m. wire, ?n spec, up to abt. 11 mm. (determination not certain). N. of Iceland: 66°23' N., 2i°2i' W., 108 m. ("Thor" St. 266, 24. 8. 1904). 15 and 70 m. wire, ? 1 spec. abt. 10 mm. (determination not certain). — Eyarfjoror, Mr. Steincke 1887, 1 spec. 6 mm. Some of the specimens above in my earlier papers were determ- ined as P. litoralis (or P. Nanscni?). Remarks. The species is best recognizable through the char- acters given in the key above p. 55. Sars (1. c.) has only described the V. The J ( — I have dissected a specimen, 12 mm., from the mouth of the Davis Straits, Moller ded. Fig. 4. Pseudalibrotus glacialis $ 12 mm; , 0 . ,. „ , . , ,, ,„, «• , mouth of the Davis Straits, Moller ded. 2. o. 184'. — ) differs very little from the ',. The antenna? are a little ~~" ' 2—6— 1843. longer. In ant. 1 the flagellum has abt. 50 joints (? in Sars' fig.: 22 joints); the accessory flagellum has 4 joints (?: 3). Ant. 2 in the flagellum lias abt. 50 joints | : 24). The uropoda almost as in P. Nanseni (Sars 1. c. PI. 5, figs. 9 — 11), and up. 3 has natatory setae, not "without any marginal seta1" (Sars 1. c. p. 31, PI. 6 fig, 8). The telson has one pair of apical spines (and in the figured specimen, 2 dorsal spines on the left side in addition). Colour. The specimen from the "Ingolf" (St. 32, 66 35' X.. 56 38' W. : the determination not certain) was according to a note by Dr. H. J. Hansen, when the animal was alive, "yellow, almost orange, the eyes high-red". 8* 6o CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Distribution. Between Kairliill and Northern Ronaldsha (Orkney Islands), i e referred to Koroga megalops. There are a few differ- ences from Holmes' single specimen, but they are probably due to difference in size (the "Thor"-specimerj is abt. 8mm. (,jun.?), the type is , with ova, 10 mm.). Upon the whole Holmes' figures and text totally correspond with the present specimen; the only differences are the following ( — the oral parts were not dissected — ): accessory flagellum of ant. 1 has ; (not 4) joints. Flagellum of ant. 2 has 8 (not "about twelve") joints. Metacarpus of p. 1 is abt. 1 '/s time longei than broad, not "quadrate, nearly as broad as long". Metacarpus of p. 2 ovate, not "slightly widening dist- ally". The coxal plate of p. 4 but slightly expanded at the lower part ; Holmes says nothing about this character. The shape of p. 5 — p. 7 may be seen from my figures. The infero-lateral corner of 3. metasome segment right angled, but somewhat rounded at the tip. In up. 3 the inner ramus is only abt. half as long as the outer ramus. I was not able to find the two dorsal spines on the telson (shown in Holmes' fig., not mentioned in his text). Distribution. Funter Bay, bynn Canal (S. of Alaska), abt. 700 m., 1 + with ova (Holmes 1. c). Genus Paralibrotus n. gen. This new genus is very closely allied to Pseudalibrotus, but differs in the simple, not subchelate p. 1. It comprises only one species, P. setosus n. sp. *52. Paralibrotus setosus n. sp. (Figs. 6 — 7). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this new species at two stations at W. Greenland. \Y. Greenland St. 29. 65°34'N., 54 31' W. 128 m., temp. 0.2 . 2 spec. ( shorter strong spines and numerous fine setae; basal lobe broad, with two strong seta; or rather spines, of which the lateral one is very broad at the base; palp broad, with 4 teeth and one seta at the apical end, ami two small denticles on the median side. Mx. 2 with both lobi, but especially the inner one, very broad; both of the lobi have abt. 20 spines. Mxp. with masticatory lobe rather broad, with inner edge crenulated, palp rather heavy, with dactylus as long as the preceding joint. P. 1 medium heavy, coxal plate almost triangular. Carpus rather broad, triangular, broader than metacarpus. Metacarpus with almost parallel sides, with the distal end somewhal concave and the terminal corner somewhat projecting; dactylus long, curvate, with 3 teeth on the inner edge. 1'. 1 has metacarpus 64 CRUSTACEA' MALACOSTRACA. V. Mk.z\ I Fig. 8. Tetronychia abyssah 9. Tetronychia abyssalis. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. V. 65 somewhat shorter than carpus, narrow, with almost parallel sides, 3 — 4 times as long as broad; the distal end somewhat truncate with a little apical tooth, dactylus short. Coxal plates of p. 2- p. 3 long, but not very broad, that of p. 4 much broader with on acute hind lobe and a not very deep excavation on the hind edge. Dactylus of p. 3 — p. 4 rather long. P. 5 — p. 7 almost uniform; the 3 distal joints are lost in all these 3 pairs of pereiopoda (in one side p. 7 is totally kept, but is very little on account of its being in regeneration). Ep. 3 triangular, rounded. Us. 1 has a dorsal impression and a little dorsal process. Up. 1 has long rami of equal length; also in up. 2 the rami seem to be rather long and thin ( — but in the right side only the proximal part of outer ramus is kept, the inner ramus is totally lost; and in the left up. 2 both of the rami are very short and seem to be in regeneration — ). The two up. 3 are not uniform; the rami in the right one are longer than those of the left one. Telson somewhat broader than long, cleft abt. to the middle, and with one pair of apical spines. Remarks. By the shape of p. I— p. 2 the genus seems to be rather closely allied to Normania, but the two genera differ in almost all other regards, especially in the oral parts winch are much stronger in the present genus, and the position within the family seems to be quite uncertain. Distribution. The species is not found outside the single station mentioned above, but would seem to belong to the Atlantic abyssal fauna. Genus Paratryphosites Stebbino;. Paratryphosites Stebbing 1906, p. 42 (lit. and syn.). The genus comprises only one species. 54. Paratryphosites abyssi Goes. Lysianassa abyssi Goes 1866, p. 519, PI. 37 fig. 5. Paratryphosites abyssi Stebbing 1906, p. 43 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not secured this species. It is known from a number of localities in W.Greenland abt. 681/*0 — 73° N., abt. (50) 150 — 500 m. (K. Stephensen, "Tjalfe" 1912, p. 87, and Con- spectus 1913, p. in [Hippomedon abyssi]). Distribution. Labrador (1 spec, in the Copenhagen Mus., Packard ded.). It seems to be a West Greenland arctic species. Genus Orchomene Boeck. Orchomene G. O. Sars 1895, p. 59. Stebbing 1906, p. 44 (lit.). The genus comprises 7 North Atlantic species; only one of these was known from the "Ingoli '-area, and the "Ingolf" has taken two as new to the area. But in addition to these .; species 4 shall lie described below as new to science; thus the area now lias 7 species in all. The species may be determined by dint of the following key. The [in "li Expedition, III. 8. 9 66 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Key to all described species of Orchomene. (the Antarctic species 0. goniops Walker [Amphip. ; National Antarctic Exped., vol. 3, 1907 (1908), p. 12, PI. 3 fig. 6], described from immature [?] specimens, is not included in this list). 1. Epistomal plate acute at the apex 2. Epistomal plate rounded at the apex 3. 2. Epistomal plate with the tip turned upward. 0. similis Chevreux (Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. ^7, 1912, p. 283, figs.) (Bretagne). Epistomal plate with the tip projecting forward O. oxystoma n. sp. (p. 67). 3. Carpus of p. 2 lias the inferior apical comer projecting in a long narrow process with parallel sides 0. tscheryschevi Birula (1909, p. 10, PI. 2 figs. 26 — 29) (Jugor-Scharr). Caqjus of p. 2 has the inferior apical corner short, rounded 4 4. Epistomal plate not (or only very little) projecting in front of the upper lip 5 Epistomal plate highly projecting 8 5. Eyes black (very large) . . 0. Hanseni Meinert (G. O. Sars 1895, p. 681, Suppl.-Pl. 3, fig. 2) (Chris tianiafjord, Kattegat, Hebrides) Eyes not black (or eyes totally missing) 6 6. Eyes L-shaped O. amblyops (p. 67) Eyes very indistinct or totally missing 7 7. P. 7 with numerous distinct (but small) teetli on the hind edge of 2. joint .... 0. Tlwrii n. sp. (p. 68) P. 7 without distinct teeth on the hind edge of 2. joint (hind edge undulated). . . 0. hvvipcs n. sp. (p. 69) 8. Us. 1 with an acute dorsal process 9 Us. 1 with a rounded dorsal process 10 9. No eyes; telson with 4 pairs of dorsal spines 0. facrocnsis n. sp. (p. 70) Eyes imperfectly developed; telson witli 2 pairs of dorsal spines. . 0. pectinata (G. O. Sars 1895, p. 64, 682, PI. 23 fig. 3) (W.-Norway). 10. Hind margin of ep. 3 without distinct teeth. ... 0. batci (G. O. Sars 1895, p. 60 PI. 22) (N.E.-Atlantic). Hind margin of ep. 3 with distinct teeth 11. 11. Epistomal plate very broad 0. crispata (p. 67). Epistomal plate narrow 0. serrata (see below). 55. Orchomene serrata Boeck. Orchomene serralus G. O. Sars 1895, pp. 62, 682; PI. 23 fig. 1, Suppl.-Pl. IV, fig. 1. — • serrata Stebbing 1906, p. 44 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. This species was not secured by the "Ingolf" ; but it was taken at Jan Mayen, "different depths", 26. 6. 1900, by II. Amdrup-Exped., and W. of the Faeroes (S. W. of Myggenaes, close by and N. of the Fsero-Bank), 250 m., by the "Diana" 1902. The "Thor" has taken it S. of Iceland 63°i8' N., 2i°3o' W., 178 m. (St. 176, 8. 7. 1904; specimen in the Reykjavik Museum). From the literature it is known from the following localities in the "Ingolf "-area: between 75°5S' N., CRUSTACEA MAI.ACi iSTKACA. V. 67 i4°o8' W., and 75°59' N., I4°I2' W., 300 m. w. (Due d'Orleans) and "Danmark's Havn" in N. K. Greenland, 19 — 28 m., Delesseriaregion, soft bottom. (K. Stephensen, "Danmark" Exped. [912). Distribution. Norse Island, Spitzbergen (Sars 1895), the Sibirian Polar Sea (Stuxberg), Norway "along the whole coast up to Finmark in moderately deep water", from 57 to 100 m. (Sars 1895). Skagerak, 660 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Museum). It is not known from British waters (see Norman 1900, p. 202). *56. Orchomene amblyops 0. 0. Sars Orchomene amblyops G. 0. Sars 1895, p. 65, PI. 25 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 46. Occurrence. Secured three times by the "Ingolf"; new to the area. W.Greenland: St. 32. 66 °jo' N., 56 38' W. 600 m., temp. 4.20. 1 spec. N. E. Iceland: St. 101: 66°23' N., i2°05' W. ion m., temp. ~ 1.10. 2 spec. N. of the Faeroes: St. 139. 63°36' N., 7°3o' W. 1322 m., temp. ^-0.3°. 2 spec. The "Thor" has secured the species at the following locality. S.W. of the Fseroes: St. 99 (22.5. 1904). 6i"i5' N., 9 35' W. 900111. 2 spec. It was not possible to find any difference between the specimens found in the Arctic and the Atlantic area. Distribution. "In a few localities off the west coast of Norway, and, besides, in the Trondhjem fjord and at Apelvar in Namdaleu." 190 — 380 m. (Sars 1. c). *57- Orchomene (crispata does?). Orchomene crispatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 63, PI. 2_} fig. 2. crispata Stebbing 1906, p. 46 (lit.). Occurrence. The "Thor" (St. 168, 14. 7. 1903) S. of Iceland (63 °i2I/2' N., 20°o6' W., 510111.) secured a young specimen, 5.5 mm. in length, which for the following reasons probably might be determined as the present species: 1. joint in peduncle of ant. 1 almost cylindrical, and 1. joint in flagellum extremely short; metacarpus in p. 1 very long and slender. In some points it differs from the figures given by Sars (especially up. 3 is very short and stout) ; but these differences may probably be declared as youth-characi If the determination is correct, the species is new to the "Ingolf" area. Distribution. Vaderoerne, Bohuslan; Spitzbergen 78° N., 38 m. (Goes 1866). - "In a lew localities off the west coast of Norway and quite recently also in the Trondhjemsfjord. It occurs, as a rule, in very deep water, especially in the region of the deep-sea corals, depths from 100 to 200 fathoms" (G. < ). Sars 1895). *58. Orchomene oxystoma n. sp. (Fig. 10). Occurrence. Taken once by the "Ingolf" in the following locality: W.Greenland: St. 24. 63°o6' N., 56°oo' W. 2258 m., temp. 2.4 '. 1 ; jun. abt. 8 mm. Body rather slender. Lateral corners of the head almost as in 0. pectinata. No eyes. Ant. i : abt. as in 0. serrata v, but flagellum i5(?)-articulate. Ant. 2 abt. half as long as the total length of tin- body, the joints short, without calceoli. Epistomal plate not very prominent, but of a very characteristic, triangular 9* 68 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. form. P. i — p. 2. about as in 0. amblyops. 2 joint in p. 5 — p. 7 narrower than in the other species, evenly rounded at the inferior hind corner. 3. epimeral plate of the metasome with abt. 12 teeth, 6 of them very large (2. epimeral plate without teeth). 1 urosome segment dorsally with a sharply angulate process (not so acute as in 0. pectinata). Up. 3: inner ramus of equal length with the basal joint of the outer ramus, the latter with abt. 8 long ciliae on the inner margin. Telson with 2 (3?) pairs of dorsal spines, cleft abt. to the middle. Remarks. This species is extremely easily recognizable on account of the acute epistome ( — the specific name is an allusion hereto — ) and the process on 1. urosome segment. Distribution. The species seems to belong to the Atlantic abyssal fauna. Fig. to. (hi limnetic oxystoma. *59. Orchomene Thorii u. sp. (Fig. 11). Occurrence. This new species was secured by the "Thor". S.W. of the Fseroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12.5. 1904). 6i°07' N., 9°3o'W. 835 m. Abt. 20 spec. Description of $ with ova, abt. 8 mm. Body rather stout, lateral corners of the head as in 0. amblyops; no eyes. Ant. 1 totally as in 0. batei, but has 9 (not 8) joints in the flagellum. Ant. 2 a trifle more slender than in O. batci, but with an equal number of joints. Epistomal plate very narrow, not projecting, rounded at the tip. Coxal plates of the pereio- poda very great (distal joints of p. 5 — p. 7 are lost in all the specimens). P. 1 : metacarpus longer than 4. — 5. joints together, gradually tapering. In p. 2 the carpus is rather broad distally. P. 5 : coxal plate as deep as broad. P. 7 : coxal plate has the lower Fig. 11. Orchomene Thorii. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 69 edge totally straight; inferior hind corner of basal joint evenly rounded. 3. epimeral plate of the metasome with abt. 14 stout teeth. 1. urosome segment dorsally with a large, rounded-triangular projection. Up. 3: rami narrow, inner ramus of equal length with proximal joints in outer ramus (length of apical joint cannot be given, because it is broken in all + specimens). Telson: cleft extending abt. to the middle; incision not very narrow. The ova very few in number (some of them probably lost) are simply colossal: [.00 X 1.40mm. Description of o jun. The material contains a few g jun. of equal size with + with ova. They differ in no respects from the V with the exception that ant. 2 (ant. 1 is broken) has a great number of very short joints, but the total length of ant. 2 is not greater than in 9- The species belongs to the group with short, narrow, not projecting epistomal plate; it may be deter- mined by the Key (see above p. 66) § 4 seq. *6o. Orchomene laevipes 11. sp. (Fig. 12 partim). Occurrence. This new species was once secured by the "Ingolf". W. of Iceland: St. 95. 65°i4' N., 30°39' W. 1318 m., temp. 2.1°. 2 V abt. 7 — 9 mm. $ 9 mm. (without marsupial plates). Body rather slender. Head shorter than the first mesosome segment ; lateral corners narrow and highly projecting. Eyes colourless and very indistinct. Ant. 1: 1. joint in the peduncle cylindrical, flagellum 8 (9?) -articulate, accessory flagellum abt. s/3 the length of the flagellum, (>-arti- culate. Ant. 2 only a trifle longer than ant. 1, flagellum 8-articulate. Epistomal plate very little projecting. P. 1 — p. 4 almost totally as in O.serrata. P. 5 — p. 7 with almost even hind edge of 2. joint (there are only a few, 5 — 7, extremely small rounded teeth); for this reason I propose the specific name: Icrvipcs). The hinder process on 4. joint is long and broad in p. 5 — p. 6, narrow in p. 7. Hind edge of 3. epimeral plate of the me- tasome with abt. 14 middle-sized teeth. Dorsal side of 1. urosome segment with a rounded projection of the same shape as in 0. Thorii. Up. 3 proportionally short and broad. Telson almost totally as in 0. oxystoma. Remarks. The species is easily recognizable with the cylin- drical 1. joint in the peduncle of ant. 1, and the almost even hind edge of 2. joint in p. 5 — p. 7, es- Fig. i-'. Orchomene Icevipes from "Ingolf" St 95. The two figures below in the peeiallyr in p. 7. left corner are 0. Usvipes? from "Ingolf" St, 70 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 60 A. Orchomene (lsevipes?) (Fig. 12, partim.). Occurrence. The "Iiigolf" has W. of Greenland (St. 78: 6o°37' N., 52°oo' W., 1505 m., between spieulae of sponges) secured a number of specimens (3 spec, up to abt. 8 mm., abt. 50 spec. abt. 5 mm.), which probably are identic with 0. Icevipes. I have dissected the biggest specimen ($ without marsupial plates, 8 mm.) from this station, and it totally agrees with 0. krvipcs except in the following respects. Lateral lobes of the head much broader. Eyes distinct, but ocelli colourless. Ant. 1 : 1. joint in peduncle barrel-shaped as is usually the case, not cylindrical; flagellum 8-articulate, accessory flagellum 4-articulate. P. 5 — p. 7: the dentition on the hind edge of 2. joint is a little more distinct; number of teeth on anterior edge of the same joint is a little greater. Epimeral part of 3. segment of the metasome has abt. 13 middle-sized teeth; the inferior hind corner acute-angled, not almost right-angled. Telsou has 3 (not 2) pairs of dorsal spines. *6i. Orchomene faeroensis n. sp. (fig. 13). Occurrence. The "Thor" has secured 1 3 ad. of this new species. S. W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22.5. 1904): 6l°l5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. 1 J ad., 7 mm. The present species is very closely allied to 0. pectinata, but differs from this species in some few respects. Eyes not visible. Lateral corners of the head and epistomal plate almost totally as in 0. pectinata. (Both pairs of antennae have calceoli). Ant. 1: flagellum > 11 joints (apex is lost), accessory flagellum 5-articulate. Ant. 2 long, > 30 joints in flagellum (apex lost), which is abt. half the length of the body. Pereiopoda almost totally as in 0. pectinata with the single exception, that basal plate in p. 7 is somewhat narrower, especially in the distal part. Epimeral plate of 3. meta- some segment lias abt. 14 small teeth; 1. uro- some segment has a dorsal projection as in 0. pectinata, but apically still more acute. Up. 3 long, with natatory setae on both rami; inner ramus of equal length with proximal joint in outer ramus. Telson long, narrow, with very narrow incision and 4 pairs of dorsal spines (0. pectinata has only 2 pairs). Orchomene sp. The "Thor" has secured a specimen of Orchomene which I have not been able to determine. E. Iceland: "Thor" St. 217 (24. 7. 1904) : 66°i4' N., I2°i3' W. 350 — 550 m. On bait. 1 spec, 7 mm. The specimen is probably $ jun., but it has no marsupial plates. It is very closely allied to 0. serrata, but the head has lateral corners of the shape in 0. amblyops. No eyes. The epistomal plate represents an inter- mediate stage between the shape in 0. serrata and that in 0. pectinata. Up. 3 and telsou totally as in 0. pec- tinata. Orchomene jaeroensis. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 71 Chart 12. Aristias. % A . tumidus, -\ A.microps. Genus Aristias Boeck. Aristias G. 0. Sars 1895, pp.47, 675. Stebbing 1906, p. 49 (lit.). Six species are described in existant literature from the Northern Atlantic. Two of these are found in the "Ingolf'-area, and in addition hereto one species (A. jalcalus) is new to science. 62. Aristias tumidus Kroyer (Chart \z). Aristias tumidus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 40, PI. 18 fig. I. — Stebbing 1906, p. 41) (lit. and syn.). K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 114. Deriugin, Mem. Acad. Sci. Petrograd, vol.34, No. i, ini(>, p. 441, figs. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has only once taken tins species. 72 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. W.Greenland: St. 34. 65°i7' N., 54°i7' W. 105 m., temp. 0.90. 3 spec., one of them with 6 ova 1. 10 X 0.80 mm. We have material, not earlier mentioned in literature, from the following localities. W. Greenland: Egedesminde, abt. 25 spec. ; Jacobshavn, 1 spec.; Godhavn, 4 spec. ; Disco bay, 7 spec, (all these were collected by Traustedt 1892). E. Greenland: Tasiusak (65°37' N.), with dredge under the ice, abt. 45 — 55 m., rocky bottom with many algae, 1. 6. 1899, 2 spec, and 693/40 N., 23'/3°W., 6 m., 25.7.1900, 1 spec. (2. Amdrup-Exped.). Jan Mayen, 105 m., clay, 1 spec. (2. Amdrup-Exped.). In my papers on Greenland (Conspectus 1913, p. 114; N. Stromfjord 1913, p. 66; 1916, p. 277) I have enumerated a number of locahties at W. Greenland abt. 6o° — 72 ^"N., abt. 15 — 100 (325 — 770) m. It was not known from E. Greenland. Distribution (Chart 12). In recent literature it is mentioned from the New Foundland Bank, Spitzbergen, Finmarken, Kara Sea and the Sibirian Polar Sea to N. E. of E.-Taimyr 6 — 90 (217) m. (a detailed list of locahties is given by Oldevig 1917, p. 5); thus it is an arctic (probably circumpolar) littoral species. ♦63. Aristias microps G. O. Sars (Chart 12). Aristias microps G. O. Sars 1895, p. 675, Suppl.-Pl. 1, fig. 2. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 49. Occurrence. This species was five times taken by the "Ingolf", as new to the "Ingolf'-area. W.Greenland: St. 25. 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m., temp. 3. 30. 12 spec. - 28. 65°i4' N., 55°42' W. 791 m., temp. 3.50. 11 spec. — - 32. 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m., temp. 3.90. 6 spec. W. of Iceland: St. 10. 64°24' N., 28°5o' W. 1484 m., temp. 3. 50. 4 spec. S.W. of — - 81. 6i°44'N., 27V W. 913 m., temp. 6.1°. 1 spec. In addition the "Thor" has taken a specimen which perhaps might be referred to this species: ?S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22. 5. 1904): 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. 1 spec. abt. 4111111. Remarks. Regarding the epimeral plate of third metasome segment there is a little disagreement between the description and the figure given by Sars; in the specimens from the "Ingolf" the shape takes up an intermediary position between Sars's text and figure: it is about as in A. mcgalops (Sars 1895, Suppl.- Pl. 2, fig. 1). The eyes could not be seen. The specimen taken by the "Thor" is more deviating. It seems to be $; if it is the /2° W. — ? 84 19 The Faeroes Thorshavn — ? ? 21 Scotland Firth of Forth Scott, see Norman 1900, p. 210 ? ? up to 20 North Norway Magero Copenhagen Mus. ? ? 13 — Tromso Nordgaard 1905, p. 183 1.00 — 1. 40 ? ? — — Norman 1900, p. 209 ? ? II West Norway Trondhjenisf j . Norman 1900, p. 211 ? 5-18 "small" South Norway Skagerrak Copenhagen Museum ? 108 1 1 14 Norway ? Sars 1895, p. 88 ? 37—54° up to 18 The second table contains all the specimens (in the Copenhagen Museum) which may be determined with certainty as to sex (tJ: adult [with calceoli] or young [with long antennae without calceoli]; ?: ad. with large marsupial plates or with ova or embryos, and young ones with small marsupial plates ; it may be seen that the two sexes attain about equal sizes. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. >s3 Table 2. Sizes of th 3 two sexes of Anonyx nugax. Special locality Date Depth (m.) cT(mm.) ?(■>■] Area jun. ad. jun. ad. without ova with ova or embi *." size of the ova (mm.) West Greenland abt. 60° N. (Bredefjord) 27. VII. 30—50 26 — — 26. VIII. 10—15 1 1 13 0.40 X 0.50 — abt. 60° N. (Tunugdliarfik) 2. IX. 14—18 18 — abt. 640 N. (Godthaab) p ;> 25 — abt. 67'/,° N. (N.-Stromfj.) 67°55'N, 540 W. July ? 12 29 from Hippo- glossus 36 (6 — abt. 683/!0 N. (Egedesminde) ? ■> 30—32 — abt. 69° N. (Jacobshavn) ? p .. 33 *i 1.20 X 1.50 — 35 32—33 1.20 X 1.50 — abt. 71° N. (Umanak) ? from sharks 32 — ? ("Fylla") ? ? 26—34 38 29—31 embryos 2 - i mm. East Greenland abt. t^1/,0 N. (Angmagsalik) 14. IX. 17 — 0 36 — (Tiningneketok) ? ? 35 — 693A°N., 23V3°W. 21(27). VII. 6—37 36 24 — abt. 70° N. (Scoresby Sound) 3. VIII. 9—45 36 — abt. 7oVs°N. (Danmarks 0) 5-I- from a seal 32—40 — abt. 770 N. (Damn. Havn) 7.I. 0 — 16 37 — — 8. VIII. 18 2S — — 4. IX. 18-27 42 — — 29. IX. 35 Jan Mayen 28. VI. 100 33 West Iceland Reykjavik ? ? 17 North Iceland Siglufjorflr ? 6—8 18 — Eyjafjoror 1. VIII. 33 15 1. 00 X 1.25 (including embryos) East Iceland Nordfjord iS. V. 75 M — Hofn Bugt 26. VI. 20 20—22 with embryos — Berufjorflr 19. VII. 11 15 0.80 X 1 .00 (including embryos) Polar Deep 63°o7' N., i°38' E. 28. VI. 1200 (from 4° — Motella) off E. Iceland and N. of the Fa?roes ("Ingolf" St. 105, 139— 141) abt. 1300 — 1500 35— 4 1 42 36—41 Spitzbergen Kruyer's types 36 28 North Norway abt. 710 N. (Magero) 30. III. > 12—13 13 abt. 13 Propagation (tig. 17). I. East Greenland. From luist Greenland the Copenhagen Museum possesses a rather great material from Danmarks Havn (abt. 770 N. ; the "Danmark"-Exped.) and from Cape Borlase Warren (abt. 740 N. ; Amdrup-lvxped. 14. VII. kjoo, the anehoring-place). The material from these two places may very well be taken together. The specimens from Danmarks Havn, 22. IX. to 10. X. 1906 may be divided into two groups: 8 14111111. (especially 8 — 10 mm.) and 30 — 46 mm. (especially 40 mm.). Here we have clearly two year-classes, repres- 84 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Sbtc A. ^ fO s m \ .o+o4 1 * * * » » 0 V* % '- , * * « ,° X \ O ^ 0 20 total no. o+o / . 10 / 0 ° \ + - + p without /nans.b/. A / o V* i * * i- \y / ■* J> + T \ / * \ 10 1 \ A \ / * \ / .»" or0.o» . .. 9-/0 .'9-20 29-30 39-W enting the brood from the two years 1905 and 1906. From Cape Borlase Warren 14. VII. 1900 we have only specimens of an inter- mediary size, abt. 12 — 34 mm., especially 20 mm. From the littoral zone of the northern E. Greenland we have one ? without ova, but with great marsupial plates, thus probably recently spent, taken 4. IX. (42mm. .DanmarksHavn), and only 2 $ with ova, taken 8. VIII. (28 mm., Danmarks Havn) and 25. VII. (24 mm., abt. 693/4° N.). These facts may probably be explained in the following manner : the females have eggs the marsu- pium abt. Aug. 1st; then the eggs are hatched, and the em- bryos leave the marsupium (pre- viously Sept. 1st). Abt. Oct. 1st Fig. 17. Sizes of Anonyx nugax from three arctic localities. I \ = East Greenland abt. 740 N. (Cape Borlase Warren), July 14th. I.B. = East Greenland abt. 770 N. (Dan- marks Havn) Sept. 22th to Oct. loth. II. = Kara Sea (without date). Some specimens {he young ones have a length of have been omitted: in I. A. icjad. 28 mm ; in I.B. 3c? jun. 35 —38 mm. and 6$ without marsupial plates 31 — 42 mm.; in II. almost all specimens < 30 mm. ° 10 mm. During the Winter tile growth is very slow, for in the middle of July the length is only abt. 20 ( — 30) mm., but abt. Oct. 1st the length is up to 40 mm. or still more. It cannot be decided with certainty whether the specimens may attain the age of two years. The majority of specimens < 30 (35) mm. can hardly be determined with certainty as to sex. When the two sexes are taken separately we see that adult specimens are very rare ; I am not able to explain why on abt. Oct. 1st we have a great number of young ? (with small marsupial plates) of sizes much greater than the two single $ with ova (taken 25. VII. and 8. VIII. respectively). cT is much more rare and somewhat smaller than $: in the very great material (specimens > abt. 30 mm.) from E. Greenland (see table 2) I have only found 6 25 mm. 1 . up to 48mm. — 74°N. i4-VII:?withsmall mars.pl., 27-35111111. — - 693/4°N. 5-VII:0. with ova 24 111111. — 65V,°N. 14-IX : ? with small mars. pi. )6 mm. W.Greenland abt. 6g°N. 67'/2°N. (Date?)? with great mars. pi. 36 111111. (Date?)? with ova 33 mm. 6o°N. 26- VIII: ? with ova 13 mm N Iceland Eyjafjorflr i-VIII:?(i4 mm.) with ova including embryos E. Iceland Hofn Bugt _vS-VI:7witli embryos 21 mm. — BerufjorQr 19- VII: $with ova 16 mm, — Nordfjord r8-V:gwith great mars. pi. 14 mm. N.Norway i Schneider iS 1000 m.). Very explicit lists of localities are given by Stappers (191 1, p. 10) and Oldevig (1917, p. 9). To these lists some additions may be made. N. of Canada, from i40°5o' W. to Hudson Bay (or Hudson Strait), several localities (Shoemaker 1920, pp. 3 and 26). — Between the Faeroes and Norway 62°i5' N., o°i5' E., 800 m., temp. H- 0.23° C, hard bottom (Grieg 1914, p. 20), and 63°7' N., i°38' E., abt. 1200 m., clay, from the mouth of Motella Reinhardi ("Michael Sars" 28. 6. 1902, cand. mag. Ad. S. Jensen; in our Museum), 1 spec. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 87 Chart 15. Socarnes. • and o S. Vahlii, + and x S. bidenticulatus (• and + localities for the first time quoted in the present paper, o and x localities from the literature). 40 mm. — Skagerak 5/°24' N., 7X5' E., 108 m. ("Thor" 20. 6. 1911), 5 spec, up to 14 mm. (in the Copenhagen Museum) . The locality of Shetland (Norman 1S69, etc.) must be dropped (see Norman iqoo, p. 210: the species in question is Tryphosa nanoides), but the locality of Firth of Forth (Scott 1898) is correct (see Norman 1900, p. 210). Genus Socarnes Boeck. Socarnes G. O. Sars, 1895, p. 43. Stebbing 1906, p. 56 (lit. and syn.). Only two species are known from the area. 70. Socarnes bidenticulatus Bate (Chart 15). Socarnes bidenticulatus G. O, Sars 1885—86, I, p. 136, 276, PI. 12 tig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 56 (lit. and syn.). 88 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Occurrence. W.Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 33. 6y°$y' N., 55°3o' W. 66 m., temp. o.8°. 10 spec, up to abt. 28 mm. E.Greenland: Angmagssalik 19. 6. 1902, 1 spec. 31mm.; Tiningneketok (at Angmagssalik, 1902), 2 spec. 17 mm (Kruuse coll.). — Cape Dan Islands (near Angmagssalik), 13 — 19 m., rocky bottom, almost without algae, 14. 6. 1899, 1 spec. abt. 23 mm.; 693/4° N., 23 V30 W., 6 m., 25. 7. 1900, 1 spec. abt. 22 mm. (II. Amdrup-Exp.). In addition to this material the Museum possesses 1 spec, from Brede Bugt (Jakobshavn), Trau- stedt 1892. — In my papers 1916, p. 65 and Conspectus 1913, p. 108, are given a number of localities at W. Green- land abt. 65 7*° — 78° N., and at E. Greenland abt. yy° N. The depths as a rule are not great, 10 — 50 m. ; only rarely it is found in deeper water. The size is abt. 30 mm. Distribution. Arctic Canada: Bernard Harbour, Northwest Territories, from the stomach of Erignathus barbatus, 5 spec, and Melville Island, Northwest Territories, 13 m., 3 spec. (Shoemaker 1920, pp. 8, 26). The species is probably circumpolar arctic ; it is found from N. W. Canada over Greenland etc. to the New Sibirian Islands. For special localities see Oldevig 1917, p. 10. The depths are as a rule only up to abt. 100 m. The only locality outside the true arctic area is Westfinmarken 70°i3' N., i8°2i' E., abt. 140 m. (Stebbing 1894). 71. Socarnes Vahlii Kroyer. (Chart 15). Socarnes Vahli G. O. Sars 1895, p. 44, PI. 16 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 57 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has only taken this species in 3 localities. W.Greenland: Mouth of Ameralikfjord (Godthaab), 10 — 132m., shells. 4 spec. St. 33. 67°57'N., 55°3o'W. 66 m., temp. o.8°. 1 spec. N. of Iceland: St. 127. 66°33' N.( 20°05' W. 83 m., temp. 5.60. 1 spec. In addition to these specimens the Copenhagen Museum possesses so from the following localities. W.Greenland: Holstensborg, 5 spec; Hunde-Eiland, 1. 7. 1892, 2 spec; Ritenbenk, 6 spec. (Traustedt 1892). — Jan Mayen: different depths, 26. 6. 1900, 4 spec; on carcasses, 26. 6. 1900, 1 spec; 95 — 115 m., 25.6. 1900, 4 spec. (2. Amdrup-Exped., Soren Jensen). - - E.Iceland: Berufjoror, 19 m., stony bottom, "Diana" 19. 7. 1900, 1 spec. (A. C. Johansen), and FaskrudfjorQr, abt. 35 — loom., blue clay, 7.7.1899, 6 spec. (R. Horring leg.). — N. Iceland: Kollafjoror 8 m., and 300 m. (12 m. wire) (G. BarOarson leg.; spec- imens in the Reykjavik Museum). In my Conspectus 1913, p. 109, 1 have given a number of localities at W. Greenland abt. 63° — 70° N. ; at E. Greenland it was found abt. yy° N. The depths are as a rule 10 — 100 m., the sizes up to 14 — 15 mm. Distribution. The species is a boreo-arctic littoral species; it was found from the arctic N. E. America to Franz Joseph Eand. The southern limit is S. W. Greenland, N. and E. Iceland and Haugesund (S. W. -Norway). It was not found in the Kattegat as given by Meinert ("Hauch"s Togter 1890) ; the specimen in question is Orchomene Batci. For special localities see Oldevig 1917, p. 9. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 89 Genus Hippomedon Boeck. Hippomedon G. O. Sars 1895, p. 55. Stebbing 1906, p. 58 (lit. and syn.). 9 species were found in the area; 8 of these are new to the area (5 new to science). 72. Hippomedon Holbolli Kroyer. Hippomedon Holbolli H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 63, PI. 2 fig. 1. — G. O. Sars 1895, p. 58, PI. 21 fig. 2. holbolli Stebbing 1906, p. 58 (lit. and syn.). Holbolli Stappers 1911, p. 6. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has only once taken this species. S. of Jan Mayen: St. 115. 70°5o' N., 8°29' W.( 162 m., temp. o.i°; r spec. 1 spec, was taken S. E. of Sabine Island (E. Greenland), 207 m., by the Second Amdrup-Exped. 10. 7. 1900. In our Museum we possess a number of specimens from Godthaab, 15 — 19 m., and from S. Greenland without special locality, among others Kroyer's type-specimens (see H. J. Hansen 1. c, p. 64 — 65). The species was not known from other localities in the "Ingolf "-area, than the following given by G. O. Sars 1886: Jan Mayen and 2 stations S. of Jan Mayen (70°54' N., 8 24' W., 128 m., temp, -f- o.6°, and 70°58' N., 8°4' W., 357 m., temp. H- o.6°, dark-grey sabulous clay), and N. of the Faeroes 63°22' N., 5°29' W., 2222 m., temp. ~ 1.20. (H. Holbolli var., G. O. Sars 1885, p. 142). Distribution. A (possibly circumpolar) arctic species, very eurybathic, abt. 15 — 2222 m. Spitz- bergen, Nova Zembla, Kara Sea (for special localities see Stappers 1. c. p. 7). — N. of N. W. Canada 7o°i3' N., i40°5o' W., from the stomach of P/ioca hispida, abt. 30 spec. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 3). *^2- Hippomedon denticulatus Bate. Hippomedon denticulatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 56, PI. 20. Stebbing 1906, p. 59 (lit.), non - H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 65, PI. 2 fig. 2 (= H. propinquus G. O. S.). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not secured this species, but the "Thor" has taken a single specimen E. of the Faeroes 6i°3i' N., o°39' W., 196 m. From other localities in the "Ingolf'-area it was not known; the specimens mentioned from \Y. Green- land by H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 65, are in reality H. propinquus (see this species). Distribution. An east-Atlantic species, found from W. Norway (and North-Sea, Skagerrak and Kattegat: specimens in the Copenhagen Museum) to France; Naples. Distribution at the British Isles, see Norman 1900, p. 201. Often it is found in comparatively shallow water. i_: -35 m., but may descend to abt. no — 180 m. (G. O. Sars and specimens in the Copenhagen Museum). The Ingolf Expedition. III. 3. 12 go CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. *74. Hippomedon propinquus G. O. Sars. Hippomedon propinquus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 57, PI. 21 fig. 1. propinqvus Stebbing 1906, p. 59 (lit. and syn.). — dcnticulatus H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 65, PI. 2 fig. 2. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has probably twice taken this species, but the determination is not quite certain (see below). New to the area. ?N. E. Iceland : St. 120. 67^9' N., n°32' W. 1667 m., temp, -i- i.o°. 1 spec. 11 mm. ? — - 103. 66°23' N., 8°52' W. 1090 m., temp, -j- 0.60. 1 spec. 14 mm., and some frag- ments. Hippomedon denticulatus H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 65 is the present species, which was already many years ago corrected on the labels of the material by Dr. H. J. Hansen himself. All these specimens were taken in Greenland, but there is only one special locality: Godthaab, 15 — 19 m., Holboll ded. The "Thor" has secured the species from a number of localities round Iceland; there are also some specimens from the "Diana". N. Iceland: Siglufjor5r, 28 m., 1 spec. ("Diana" 3. 7. 1902). — Hjedinsfjoror, 12 m., 1 spec. ("Diana" 3. 7. 1902). — Skjalfandi-Bugt, 17 — 21 m., 3 spec. ("Thor" St. 207, 21. 7. 1904). — 4 miles W. of Husavik, 80 m., 1 $ with ova 11 mm. ("Thor' St. 147, 1. 7. 1903). E. Iceland: VopnafjorSr 11 — 22 m., temp. 1.8°, black sand, 2 spec. (R. Horring leg. 20. 6. 1899). - Hjeradsfloiu, 28 — 47 m., several spec. ("Thor" St. 219, 29.7. 1904). — 65°4i' N., I4°09' W., 63 m., 6 spec. ("Thor" St. 201, 20. 7. 1904). — ibid., 34 — 41 m., 40 m. w., 2 spec. ("Thor" St. 83, 28. 7. 1906). — 65°4o' N., i4°o8'W., 51 m., 10 spec. ("Thor" St. 188, 26. 7. 1903). S. Iceland: 63°42' N., I7°34' W., 35 — 75 in., 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 196, 17. 7. 1904). — Medalland Bugt, 90 — 70 m., abt. 10 spec. ("Thor" St. 178, 19. 7. 1903). — ?63°46' N., 22°56' W., 150 m., 1 spec. jun. ? ("Thor" St. 171, 2.7. 1904). — 63°i5'N., 22°23'W., 216— 326 m., 3 spec. ("Thor" St. 171). Remarks. In $ the first coxal plate interiorly is much more dilated than in ?. The reticulation on the integuments is extremely indistinct. The determination of the specimens from the "Ingolf" is not quite certain; on the specimen from St. 120 the process on third metasome segment is a little too long and narrow, and the fragments from St. 103 have striolation on the segments. Also the temperatures for these specimens are curious: -=- 0.6° '- i.o°. The average size is 10 — 11 mm. (Sars: ? 10 mm.), but one single 3 from S. Iceland ("Thor" St. 196, 1904) is 14 mm. A $with ova was taken at Husavik (N. Iceland, i.VII.) ; there are scarcely more than 10 ova, their size abt. 0.5 x 0.6 mm. Distribution. Norway: Trondhjemsfjord; "very common on the whole coast of Nordland and Finmark up to Vadso", 38- — 100 m. (Sars 1. c). — 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m., 1 spec, and 2 localities in the Skagerrak into Bohuslan, 470 — 640 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Museum). — Bohusliin (Anonyx Hol- bolli, Bruzelius 1859). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 91 Fig. iS. Hippomedon servatipes. *75. Hippomedon robustus G. O. Sars. Hippomedon robustus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 679, Suppl.-Pl. 3 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 59. Occurrence. New to the "Ingolf "-area ; taken twice by the "Thor", not by the "Ingolf". S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 166 (14. 7. 1903): 62°57' N., I9°58' N., 957 m., two small spec, and St. 171: 63°i5' N., 22°23' W., 216 — 326 m., 1 spec, ri mm. Distribution. Trondhjemsfjord, 94 m. (Sars 1. c). — 53 miles N. by W. '/4 W. of Thyboron Kauai (W. Jylland), 105 — 115111., and 58-54' N., io°37' E., 246 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Museum). *y6. Hippomedon serratipes n. sp. (Fig. 18). Occurrence. Of this species, new to science, the "Thor" has taken one specimen: S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 164 (12 [13]. 7. 1903): 62°io.8' N., I9°36"W. 1900—2150111.. temp. 2.85 1 J juu. abt. 12 111111. Body with back evenly vaulted; first urosome segment slightly produced dorsaUy, about as in //. pro- pinquus. No traces of sculpture could be found. Head seems to be a little shorter than the two first mesosome segments combined (these latter are 92 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Fig. jo. Hippomedon frigidus. somewhat damaged) ; lateral lobes not very narrowly rounded at the apex. No traces of eyes could be found. I. antenna has i. (but not 2.) joint in the peduncle apically somewhat produced; the flagellum has n joints, the first of them as long as the dorsal line of i. joint of the peduncle. Some of the short joints have calceoli. Accessory flagellum as long as i. joint in the flagellum, 5-articulate. 2. antenna 6V2 mm. long, it is: as long as cephalon + mesosome (dorsal line) or 3»/a time as long as ant. 1. Ultimate and penultimate joints of equal length; flagellum has 42 joints. Oral parts not dissected. Coxal plates very broad, especially I. and 4. pairs. Metacarpus in p. 2 broader than in H. denticulatus, about as in H. Holbolli (Sars 1895, PI. 21). Dactylus in p. 3 — p. 4 almost 3/4 the length of metacarpus. The inferior half of hind edge of 2. joint in p. 7 has strong teeth (see fig.) ; the specific name alludes to this character. The projection of the epimeral part of 3. metasome segment short and stout, abt. as in H. robustus (Sars 1895, Suppl.-pl. 3, fig. 1). Apical joint in outer ramus of up. 3 short, abt. '/« as long as the proximal joint. Telson seems to lack dorsal spines. *jy. Hippomedon frigidus n. sp. (Fig. 19). Occurrence. This species, new to science, was once taken by the "Ingolf". N. E. Iceland: St. 102. 66°23'N., io°26' W. 1412 m., temp. 4- 0.90. 1 ? (with marsupial plates), 18 mm. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 93 Body of the usual shape; I. urosome segment dorsally produced into a blunt process. Integuments with an extremely indistinct sculpture of irregular anastomosing striae. Head as long as the two first mesosome segments combined; lateral lobes of the usual form (e. g. H. serratiftes, fig. iS above). No traces of eyes. Ant. i with a little but distinct process at the distal end of i. joint of the peduncle; flagellum io-articulate. Accessory flagellum 4-articulate; the proximal 3 joints in length = 1. joint in flagellum, the whole accessory flagellum in length = 2 first joints in flagellum. Ant. 2: peduncle as long as the whole of ant. 1, 4. joint i1/: time as long as 3. joint; flagellum 40-articulate. P. 1 abt. as in H. reticulatus (see below p. 95); 1. joint narrow. P. 2: metacarpus broad, abt. as in H. Holbolli (Sars 1895, PI. 21 fig. 2 p. 2 x). P. 3 — p. 4 have very long dactyli, abt. 3/4 the length of metacarpus 2. joint in p. 5 — p. 6 with very small, almost invisible teeth at the hind edge; on p. 7 they are a little greater, and the intervals are smaller. Dactyli of p. 5 — p. 7 rather short. The process on 3. epimeral plate of the meta- some not very long, with blunt apex. On 1. urosome segment a very distinct, but blunt dorsal process (abt. as in H. propinquns, Sars 1895, PI. 21). Past pair of uropoda with very broad rami, outer ramus a little longer than the inner ramus; apical joint abt. '/4 as long as proximal joint. Telson with incision to abt. V3 of total length, not very narrow, probably without dorsal spines. Affinities. Of all known species it seems to be the nearest allied to H. serratipcs (see above), but differs i. a. as regards the narrower coxal plate in p. 1, the much more indistinct teeth on 2. joint in p. 7 and the somewhat deviating shape of 3. epimeral plate of the metasome. Although we would regard these differences as sex characters (the single spec, of H. serratipcs is cJ), the two specimens would for zoogeographical reasons not belong to the same species; for H. serratipcs is found S. of Iceland, the present species at N. E. Iceland at negative temperature (hence the specific name). — It is also very closely allied to H. prop/inputs, but differs chiefly in regard to the much heavier form of the 3. epimeral process in the metasome, and also the much heavier up. 3. *78. Hippomedon nasutus n. sp. (Fig. 20). Occurrence. Taken once by the "Ingolf". S. W. of Iceland: St. 85. 63°2i' N., 25°2i' W. 320 m., temp. ? 1 spec. (<3 jun. ?) abt. 12 mm. Of this new species, easily recognizable on account of the blunt process on I. joint of the ped- uncle in ant. 1, the "Ingolf" has taken one single specimen (r? jun.?; short antennae; no marsupial plates could be found). It has a very great resemb- lance to H. serratipcs (see above), Fig. jo. Hippom 94 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Fig. zi. Hippomedon reticulatus. (Sculp. = Sculpture). but differs in the following characters. Ant. i has a long blunt process ( — the specific name is an allusion to this character — ), abt. as long as the two following joints combined; but these latter have no processes. i. joint in the flagellum a little shorter than the accessory flagellum and abt. half as long as the dorsal side of i. joint of the peduncle; flagelluin has 7 short joints. Accessory flagellum 3-articulate ; 1. joint longer than the two others combined. Ant. 2: flagellum 29-articulate. There are no calceoli. 2. joint in p. 6 has a sinus on the upper part of the hind edge; teeth on the hind edge of 2. joint of p. 7 as in the other legs. Epimeral part of 3. metasome segment totally as in H. scrratipes (p. 91). Up. 3: distal joint of the outer ramus V3 as long as the proximal joint. Telson with 2 pairs of dorsal spines. *79. Hippomedon reticulatus n. sp. (Fig. 21). Occurrence. This species, new to science, was secured twice by the "Thor", not by the "Ingolf". S. \Y. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12. 5. 1904). 6i°o8' N., 9°28' W. 820 m. 6 3 14— 17 mm., 5 spec. 6 — 7 mm. — "Thor" St. 99 (22. 5. 1904). 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. 1 3 18 mm., 4 spec. 8 — 12 mm. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 95 Description af c? abt. 17 mm. (from "Thor" St. 78, 1904). Body abt. as in the other species; 1. uro- soine segment very slightly produced dorsally. The surface of the whole of the body and the limbs reticulated ( — the specific name is an allusion to this character — ) ; the bottom of the mesh has very line stria?. Head dorsally abt. as long as the two first mesosome segments combined ; lateral comers as in H. ser- ratipes (p. 91) and H.nasiitus (see above). No trace of eyes. Ant. 1 has no dorsal processes on the peduncle; 1. joint dorsally abt. the length of 1. joint in the flagellum, 3 times as long as 2. and 3. peduncular joints combined. Accessory flagellum has 3 joints of abt. equal length, the first a little longer than the two others. Flagellum 26-articulate, with calceoli. Peduncle of ant. 2 abt. as in H. serratipes ; total length of ant. 2 15 mm. Flagellum with abt. 60 joints (in the distal half of the flagellum highly elongated), most of them with calceoli. Oral parts not dissected. P. 1 : coxal plate not broader than in p. 2, metacarpus rather narrow, dactylus only half the length of the anterior edge of metacarpus. P. 2: carpus twice as long as the metacarpus. P. 3 — p. 4: dactylus only 2/3 the length of metacarpus; coxal plate in p. 4 posteriorly blunt-angled. Dactylus in p. 5 — p. 6 not much shorter than the metacarpus, in p. 7 only abt. ;/3 as long as the metacarpus. Hind edge of 2. joint in p. 5 — p. 6 has only abt. 10 teeth ( — in p. 6 in some specimens a greater number — ), placed with long intervals especially at the middle of the hind edge. Hind edge of 2. joint in p. 7 with strong denticles, especially in the distal half. 3. epimeral plate of the metasome has posteriorly a not very acute process, defined from the posterior edge by an incision (in the young individuals very slightly indicated), which is however not so deep as in H. denti- culatus (Sars 1895, PI. 20). Up. 3 with broad rami; terminal joint in the outer ramus short and broad. Telson abt. 1 ljx time longer than broad, apparently without dorsal spines ; incision very narrow, abt. =/3 of the total length of the telson. Remarks. This species is very easily recognizable on account of the reticulated integuments and the 3. epimeral plate of the metasome. *8o. Hippomedon striolatus n. sp. (Fig. 22). Occurrence. This extremely easily recognizable species which is new to science, was secured by the "Thor". SAY. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22.5.1904). 6115' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. Fragments of 2 specimens, abt. 8 — 13 mm. Description of o (jun. ?, small calceoli) abt. 13 mm. Body of the usual shape. Integuments of the body, of the peduncle of ant. 1, and of the coxal and basal plates with very distinct sculpture of fine parallel striae ( — hence the specific name — ) quite as in H. Holbolli (Sars 1895, p. 59, PI. 21 fig. 2 sculpt.), but still more distinct. Lateral corners of the cephalon acute, as in H. denticulatus (Sars 1895. PI. 20). No trace of eyes. Ant. I- — 2 with relative length of joints almost totally as in H. denticulatus. 1. joint in the peduncle of ant. 1 dorsally a trifle produced, flagellum with 14 short joints, accessory flagellum 4-articulate; ant. 2 abt. 3 times as long as ant. 1, flagellum 50-articulate. Coxal plate of p. 1 not broad, shape as in H. propinquus (Sars 1895, PI. jo fig. 1). P. 1 — p. 4 almost as in the same species; dactylus in p. 3- p. 4 as long as metacarpus. Hind edge of basal plate of p. 5 p. ~ 96 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Fig. 22. Hippomedeon slriolatus. with small teeth which are a little more sharp- pointed in p. 7 than in p. 5 — p. 6; dactyli */3 — 3/4 as long as metacarpus. Fpimeral part of 3. meta- some segment very characteristic: the process of the hind edge is placed somewhat above the proc- eeding and rounded inferior corner from which it is separated by a rounded excavation. Up. 3 with rami abt. 2x/a time as long as the peduncle, very narrow; apical joint in outer ramus V4 as long as the proximal joint. Telson twice as long as it is broad, cleft a little beyond the middle, incision very narrow; 3 pairs of dorsal spines. Remarks. This species is extremely easily recognizable on account of its striolation and the char- acteristic form of 3. epimeral plate of the metasome. Genus Scopelocheirus Bate. Callisoma G. O. Sars 1895, p. 52. Scopelocheirus Stebbing 1906, p. 61 (lit. and syn.). Only one species was found in the area. *8i. Scopelocheirus crenatus Bate. *Callisoma crenata G O. Sars 1895, p. 53, PI. 19 fig. 1. Scopelocheirus crenatus Stebbing 1906, p. 62 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. This species was not known from the area; but the "Thor" has secured one specimen. S. W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 176 (8.7. 1904). 63°i8' N., 2i°3o'W. 178 m. 1 spec. Distribution. "In several places both on the soutli and west coasts of Norway", abt. 40 — -190 m. ; "rather plentifully in the Trondhjemsfjord from dead fishes fastened on the fishermen's lines" (Sars 1. a). — Found in numerous localities round the British coasts; Shetland; west coast of France; Naples (Norman 1900, p. 200). — Skagerak and Kattegat, 30 — 460 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Museum). Genus Uristes Dana. Pseudotryphosa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 83. Uristes Stebbing, 1906, p. 63 (lit. and syn.). The genus comprises only one north Atlantic species. *82. Uristes umbonatus G. O. Sars. * Pseudotryphosa umhonata G. O. Sars, 1895, pp. 83, 686, PI. 29 fig. 2. Uristes umbonatus Stebbing 1906, p. 64 (lit. and syn.). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 97 Occurrence. Secured once by the "Ingolf", three times by the "Thor"; new to the area. W. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 9. 6418'N., 27°o' W. 560 m., temp. 6. 20. 1 3 ad. 19 mm. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171 (16.7. 1903). 6315' N., 20°04' W. 216 — 326 m. 1 a ad. 16 mm. S. W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12. 5. 1904.) 6l°07'N., 9°3o' W. 835 m. temp. 7.720. 2 <3 ad. 9 — 13 mm. — - 99 (22.5.1904). 6l°l5'N., 9°35' W. 900 m. 2 o ad. 12 — 18 mm. All the specimens have great calceoli on the antennae. The size is (9) 12 — 19 mm. (Sars: 11 mm.). 6o°o'N., 5°I3'W., abt. 600 m. (Norman 1900). Distribution. Norway: Bejan (W. of Trondhjem), 56 — 75 m., and Hvitingso (off Stavanger), abt. 280 m. Skagerak, abt. 750 — 800 m. (G. O. Sars 1. c). — W. of Vaderoerne, Skagerak, 470 m. (1 spec, jun. in the Copenhagen Mus.). — An Atlantic deep-sea species. Genus Centromedon (i. 0. Sars. Centromedon G. O. Sars 1895, p. 99. Stebbing 1906, p. 65. Two species were found in the area. 83. Centromedon calcaratus G. 0. Sars. *Anonyx calcaratus G. 0. Sars 1885, p. 142, PI. 12 fig. 3. Centromedon — Stebbing 1906, p. 65. Occurrence. This species was not taken by any Danish Expedition. It was secured once by the Norwegian North Atlantic Exped. between Iceland and Jan Mayen 69°2' N., n°26' W., 1836 m., -f- 1.10 C. (Sars 1. a). Distribution. S. W. of Spitzbergen 75°i2' N., 3°2' E., 2195 m., -:- i.6°, and S. of Spitzbergen 74°54' N., I4°53' E., 1203 m., 4- 1.20 (Sars I.e.). An arctic deep-sea species. *84. Centromedon typhlops G. O. Sars. *Anonyx typhlops G. O. Sars 1885, p. 145, PI. 12 fig. 4. Centromedon typhlops Stebbing 1906, p. 66 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. Only once taken by the "Ingolf"; new to the area. N. E. of Iceland: St. 102. 66c23' N., io°26' W. 1412 m., temp. ~ o.6°. 1 spec. Distribution. Spitzbergen, without special locality [Anonyx cacus, Vosseler 1889, p. 155). - Between Jan Mayen and Finmarken (69°59' N., 6°i5' E., 3127 m., temp. -~ 1.30, and 70 2; ' N., 2°3o' E., 3219 m., temp. -4- 1.20) (Sars 1885). — An arctic deep-sea species. Genus Cheirimedon Stebbing. Cheirimedon G. O. Sars 1895, p. 34. Stebbing 1906, p. 66 (lit.). The genus comprises only one north Atlantic species. The iDgolf- Expedition. III. 8. 13 98 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. ♦85. Cheirimedon latimanus G. O. Sars. *Cheiromedon latimanus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 35, PI. 13 fig. 2. Cheirimedon — Stebbing 1906, p. 67 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. New to the "Ingolf'-area; taken once by the "Ingolf". S. W. of Iceland: St. 78. 6o°37' N., 27°52' W. 1505 m., temp. 4.50. 1 spec. (??, 6 mm.), taken between spieulae of sponges. Distribution. Bukken (at Stavanger, W.Norway), depth not noted (G. O. Sars). (The fam. Lysianassidce will be continued in the next part). Literature. (List of abbreviations used in the present paper) Bate & Westwood 1868: A History of the British Sessile- eyed Crustacea, I-II. Birula 1897: Materialuidlya Biologii i Zoogeographii Prei- mushehestvenns Russikikh mor'ei. II. Hydrozoa, Polychaeta, Crustacea... (Researches on Biology and Zoogeography of the Russian Seas. II. Hydrozoa, Polycha?ta, Crustacea, collected by Dr. Botkine in 1S95, in the Gulfs of the Enisei and Obi). — Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., vol. 2, 1897, pp. 78 — 116. — 1899: Researches... VII (Russian). Note on the Crustacea collected by Dr. A. S. Botkine in 1896 and 1S97 from the Kara Sea and the Region southeast of the Murman Sea. — ibid. vol. 4, 1899 (1900), pp. 418 — 48. Boeck 1870: Crustacea amphipoda borealia et arctica. — Kristiania Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. 1870 (1871), pp. 81 — 284 (1—204). — 1873 — 76: De skandinaviske og arktiske Araphipoder. — Christiania 1873 — 76. Bonnier 1896: Edriophthalmes (Resultats scientifiques de la campagne du "Caudan" dans le Golfe de Gascogne, Aout — Septembre 1895). — Ann. Univ. Lj'on 1896, pp. 527 — 689. Bovalliue 1885: On some forgotten genera among the Amphi- podous Crustacea. — Bihang till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. 11, No. 14, 1885. — 1887 (Syst. list): Systematical list of the Amphipoda Hvpe- riidea. — ibid. Bd. n, No. 16, 1887. — 1887 (Arct. and Antarct. Hyper.): Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids. — "Vega"-Expeditionens vetenskap. iakttag., Bd. 4, 1887, pp. 543 — 82. Bovallius 1887 — 89 (Monograph): Contributions to a Mono- graph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea. Part I: 1 (1887) and part. I: 2 (1889). — Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Atad.s Handl.. Bd. 21, No. 5, 1887, and Bd. 22, No. 7, 1889. — 1890: The Oxycephalids. — Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Sci. Upsal ser. 3, 1890. Brady & Norman 1909, see Norman & Brady. (Broch &) Koefoed 1909: Lists of Plankton in: Due d'Or- leans, Croisiere Oceanographique. . . Belgica dans la Mer de Gronland 190.5; Bruxelles 1909, pp. 15 — 160. v. d. Briiggen 1907: Zool. Ivrgebnisse d. Russ. Exped. nach Spitzbergen. Amphipoda. — Ann. Mus. Zool. St. Peters- bourg. vol 11, 1906 (1907). — 1909: Beitrage zur Kenntniss d. Amphipoden-Fauna d. Russ. Arctis. — Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., ser. S, vol 18, 1909. Buchholz 1S74: Crustaceen. — 2. Deutsche Nordpolarfahrt 1869 — 70 unter Fuhrung des Kapt. Koldewey; vol. 2, WUs Ergebn. 1874, p. 262. Chevreux 1899: Sur deux especes geants d' Amphipodes pro ve- nant des campagnes du yacht Princesse-Alice. — Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 24, 1899, pp. 152 — 58. — 1900: Amphipodes provenant des campagnes de l'Hirondelk- — Res. Sci. Monaco, vol. 16, 1900. — 1903: Note preliminaire sur les Amphipodes de la Fam. des Lysianassidae, recueillis par la Princesse-Alice dans les eaux profondes de l'Atlantique et de la Mediterranee. — Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 28, 1903, pp. 81 — 97. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. 99 Che vreux 1905: ListedesSeinidaedela Princesse- Alice et descrip- tion d'une espece nouvelle. — Bull. Mus. Monaco, Xo. 37, 1905. — 191 1 : Diagnoses d'Amphipodes nouveaux provenant des canipagnes de la Princesse-Alice dans l'Atlantique Nord. ibid. No. 204, 191 1. — 1914: Sur quelques Amphipodes pelagiques nouveaux oil peu connus provenant des Canipagnes de S. A. S. le Prince de Monaco. I. Scinidae. — ibid. No. 291, 1914. — 1919: Revision des Scinidae provenant des Canipagnes de S. A. S. le Prince de Monaco. — ibid. No. 352, 1919. — 1920: Revision des Lanceolidae provenant des Canipagnes de S. A. S. le Prince de Monaco. — ibid. No. 363, 1920. Claus 1879: Die Gattungen und Arten 1 ;. pp. 232—417. Ohliu 1895: Bidrag til Kannedomen om Malacostrakfaunan 1 Baffin Bay och Smith Sound. — Acta Univ. Lundensis Lunds Univ. Arsskrift, vol. 31, 1895, pp. 20 — 65. Oldevig 1917: Die Amphipodeu, Isopodeu und Cumaceen des Eisfjords. Zool. Ergebu. d. Schwed. Exp. uach Spitzbergen 1908, Teil II. 8 Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl , Bd. 54, X*o. 8, 1 u 1 7 Ruijs 1887: Zoolog. Bijdr. t. d. Kennis d. Karazee I. Inleid. en algem. mededeel. — Qijelr t. d. Dierkuude, 14. A3., Sars, G. O , 1S82: Oversigt af Norges Crust. I — Forhandl Vid. Selsk Christiania 18S2 (1883 — i8S5( — 86) : Crustacea I — II. — Norske Nbrdhavs-Fxped [876 -78 (= Norwegian XTorth-AtIantic Exped), vol.6. — (189 1 — (1895: Account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. 1 Amphipoda — 1000: Crustacea. — Xausen, XTorwi"_;ian North-Polar Exped.. Sci. Results, vol. 1, No. 5, 1900 — 1909: Crustacea: Report on the second Norwegian arctic exped. in the Fram 189S — 1902, No. 18, 1909 Shoemaker 1020: Amphipods. — Report of the Canadian Arctic Exped 1913—18, vol. VII, Crust., part, E, [92 Smith, S. I . 1884: List of the Crustacea dreadged on tin of Labrador 1882. Revision of the marine Crust of Labra- dor. — Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus,. vol. o, [884 Stappers 1911: Crustaces malacostraces Du, Campagne arctique de 1907, Bruxelles 1011 Stebbing 18S8: Report of the Amphipoda. Report, Zool.. vol. 20 — 1804: Tlie Amphipoda collected ■luring tin- voyage of "Willem Barents" [880 ^i — Bijdr. t d Dierk., Ail 17. lSo4 — £895: Descriptions of nine new Species of Ampin: Crustaceans from the Tropical Atlantic. -Transact Zool S « London, vol. 1 ;. [895, pp 13* 100 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. V. Stebbing 1904: Biscayan Plankton. Part II. The Amphipoda and Cladocera. — Transact. Linn. Soc, London, ser. 2, Zool., vol. 10, 1904, pp. 13 — 54. — 1906: Amphipoda. I. Gammaridea. — Das Tierreich, vol. 21. Stephensen, K., 1912 ("Tjalfe"): Report on the Malacostraca collected by the "Tjalfe"-Expedition, under the direction of cand. mag. Ad. S. Jensen, especially at W. Greenland. — Vid. Meddel. Naturh. Foren. Kbhv., vol. 64, 1912 (1913). PP- 57— 134> 329- — 1912 ("Damnark"-Exped.) : Report on the Malacostraca, Pycnogonida and some Entomostraca collected by the Danmark-Expedition to North-East Greenland. — Meddel. om Gronland, vol. 45, 1912, pp. 501 — 630. — 191 3 (N. Stromfjord) : Account of the Crustacea and the Pycnogonida collected by Dr. V. Nordmann in the summer of 191 1 from Northern Stromfjord and Giesecke Lake in West Greenland. — ibid. vol. 51, 1913, pp. 53 — 77. — 191 3 (Conspectus): Gronlands Krebsdyr og Pycnogonider (Conspectus Crustacearum et Pycnogonidorum Groenlandise) — ibid. vol. 22, 1913, pp. 1 — 479. — 1915: Isopoda, Tanaidacea Cumacea, Amphipoda (excl. Hype- riidea). — Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expedi- tions 1908 — 10 to the Mediterranean and adjacent Seas, vol. 2, D. 1, 1915. — 1916: ZoogeogTaphical Investigation of certain Fjords in Southern Greenland with special Reference to Crustacea, Pycnogonida and Echiiiodermata, including a List of Alcy- onaria and Pisces. -- Meddel. om Gronl. vol.53, 1916, pp. 229 — 378. — 1918: Hyperiidea-Amphipoda (Lanceolidae, Scinida-, Yibiliidie, Thaumatopsidse). — Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions 1908 — 10 to the Mediterranean and adjacent Seas, vol. 2, D. 2, 1918. Stephensen, K. "Thor"-Hyper. pt. 2: not yet in the press, see above p. 2. Stuxberg 1886: Faunan pa och omkring Novaja Selmja. — "Vega"-Expeditionens Vet. Iakttag., vol. 5, 1886. Tattersall 1906: Pelagic Amphipoda of the Irish Atlantic Slobe. — Fisheries Ireland, Sci. Invest. 1905 pt. 4 (1906). Tesch 1911: Amphipoda. — Bull, trimestriel 1902 — 08, Resume des observations sur le plankton, pt. 2, 191 1 (Conseil per- manent internat. explor. de la mer). — 1915: De Amphipoden der Zuidelijke Noordzee verzameld met de "Wodan". — Rapporten en Verhandel. uitgegeven door het Rijksinst. vor Visscherij onderzoek, Deel 1, Afl. 3, 1915- Vosseler 1889: Amphipoden und Isopoden von Spitzbergen. — Archiv f. Naturgesch., 55. Jahrg., Bd. 1, 1889, pp. 151 — 62. — 1901 : Die Amphipoden der Plankton-Exped., 1, Hyperii- dea 1. — Ergebn. d. Plankton-Exped. d. Humboldt-Stiftung, vol. 2, G, 1 901. — 1903: Amphipoda Hyperiidea, in Lo Bianco: Le pesche abissali. . . Mediterraneo. — Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, vol. 16, 1903, p. 278. Walker 1903: Report on the Isopoda and Amphipoda collected by Mr. George Murray, F. R. S., during the cruise of the "Oceana" in November 1898. — Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 12, 1903. — 1904 : On the Amphipoda. — ■ Report Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, pt. 2, Suppl. Report 17, 1904. — 1909: Amphipoda Hyperiidea of the "Sealark"-Expedition to the Indian Ocean. — ■ Transact. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 13, 1909, pp. 49—55- Woltereck 1909: Amphipoda ("Albatross'-Exped. XVIII). — Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard College, vol. 52, No. 9, 1909. THE INGOLF-EXPEDITION i 895 - 1 896. THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS, AND BOTTOIHTEMPERATURES OF THE STATIONS Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom temp. 1 620 30' 8° 2l' I32 7°2 24 63° 06' 56° 00' 1199 2°4 45 6i° 32' 9° 43' 643 4°I7 2 630 04' 9° 22' 262 5°3 25 63° 3o' 54° 25' 5« 2 5'i 46 6i° 32' 11° 36' 720 3 63° 35' io° 24' 272 o°5 ^3° 51' 53° 03' 136 47 6i°32' 13° 4°' 950 4 4° 45' 35° 05' 176 4°4 35 650 11.' 55° 05' 302 3°6 58 64° 25' 21 1 15 66° 18' 25° 59' 33° -o°75 36 61° 50' 5o:' 21' M35 l°5 19 6y 00' n t6' 3io -01 16 65° 43' 260 58' 250 6° I 37 6o° 17' 54° 05' 1715 i°4 00 i-'l 17 62° 49' 26° 55' 745 3°4 38 59° 12' 51° 05' ' 1870 i°3 ,,1 55 18 61° 44' 30° 29' 1 1 35 3°o 39 620 00' 22° 38' 865 2°9 63 1 19 6o° 29' 34" 14' 1566 -' 1 40 620 00' 21° 36' 845 3°3 <»3 4°o 20 580 20' 40° 4S' 1695 i°5 41 61° 39' 170 10' 12 (5 2°0 104 1 21 g8c 01' 44° 45' 1330 2°4 42 6i°4i' 10° 17' o°4 65 22 58° 10' 48° 25' 1845 '1 43 6i° 42' IO° II' "1 - 00, 1 128 23 60° 43' 560 00' only the Plftnkteu-Net 11-pd 44 6i° 42' 9 ;,,' 545 3°° Depth Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. 620 06' Long. W. 220 30' in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station N, Lat. N. Long W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. 68 843 3°4 92 64° 44' 32° 52' 976 I°4 „s 68° 27' 8°20' 1060 — i°o 69 620 40' 22° 17' 589 3°9 93 64° 24' 35° 14' 767 l°46 119 67° 53' 10° 19' 1010 — i°o 7° 630o9 22° 05' 134 7°o 94 64° 56' 36° 19' 204 4°i 120 67° 29' n° 32' 885 — i°o 71 63° 46' 22° 03' 46 65° 31' 30° 45' 213 121 66° 59' 13° 11' 529 ^=7 72 63° 12' 23° 04' 197 6°7 95 65° 14' 300 39' 752 2°I 122 66° 42' 1 40 44' "5 i°8 73 620 58' 23° 28' 486 5°5 96 65° 24' 29° 00' 735 I°2 123 66° 52' 15° 40' 145 2°0 74 620 17' 24° 36' 695 4°2 97 650 28' 27° 39' 45° 5°5 124 67° 40' 15° 40' 495 — o°6 6i° 57' 25° 35' 761 98 650 38' 26° 27' 138 5°9 I25 68° 08' 1 6° 02' 729 — o°8 6i° 28' 25° 06' 829 99 66° 13' 25° 53' 187 6°i 126 67° 19' 15° 52' 293 -o°5 75 6i° 28' 26° 25' 780 4°3 100 66° 23' 14° 02' 59 o°4 I27 66° 33' 20° 05' 44 5°6 76 60° 5o' 260 50' 806 4°l 101 66° 23' 12° 05' 537 -o°7 128 66° 50' 20° 02' 194 o°6 77 60° 10' 26° 59' 95i 3°6 102 66° 23' io° 26' 750 -o°9 129 66° 35' 23° 47' 117 6°5 78 60° 37' 270 52' 799 4°5 103 66° 23' 8° 52' 579 — o°6 I30 63° 00' 20° 40' 338 6°55 79 6o° 52' 280 58' 653 4°4 104 66° 23' 7° 25' 957 — i°i 131 630 00' 19° 09' 698 4°7 80 61° 02' 29° 32' 935 4°o 105 65° 34' 7° 3i' 762 — o°8 132 63° oo' 17° 04' 747 4°6 Si 61° 44' 270 00' 485 6° 1 106 65° 34' 8° 54' 447 — o°6 133 63° 14' 11° 24' 230 2°2 82 61° 55' 270 28' 824 4°l 65° 29' 8° 40' 466 134 62° 34' 10° 26' 299 4°I 83 62° 25' 280 30' 912 3°5 107 65° 33' io° 28' 492 -o°3 135 62° 48' 9° 48' 270 o°4 62° 36' 26° 01' 472 108 65° 30' 12° OO' 97 i°i 136 63° 01' 9° 11' 256 4°8 62° 36' 25° 3o' 401 109 65° 29' 13° 25' 38 i°5 137 63° 14' 8° 31' 297 -o°6 84 620 58' 25° 24' 633 4°8 no 66° 44' 11° 33' 781 — o°8 138 63° 26' 7° 56' 47i — o°6 85 630 21' 25° 21' 170 in 67° 14' 8° 48' 860 -o°9 139 63° 36' 7° 3o' 702 — o°6 86 65° o3'0 23° 47'» 76 112 67° 57' 6° 44' 1267 — i°i I40 63° 29' 6° 57' 780 — o°9 87 650 02's 23° 56'2 no "3 69° 3i' 7° 06' 1309 — i°o I4I 63° 22' 6° 58' 679 — o°6 88 64° 58' 24° 25' 76 6°9 114 70° 36' 7° 29' 773 — 1°0 I42 63° 07' 7° 05' 587 — o°6 89 64° 45' 270 20' 310 8°4 "5 70° 50' 8° 29' 86 0°l M3 62° 58' 7° 09' 388 -o°4 90 64° 45' 29° 06' 568 4°4 116 70° 05' 8° 26' 371 -o°4 I44 62° 49' 7° 12' 276 i°6 91 64° 44' 31° co' 1236 ,. 117 69° 13' 8° 23' 1003 — i°o ¥ THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME HI. 9. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI (AMPHIPODA. II.) B^ K. STEPHENSEN. WITH 31 FIGURES AND 16 CHARTS IN THE TEXT AND A LIST OF STATIONS, -♦•<>»J?tR<>" COPENHAGEN. 'RINTED BY BIANCO I. UNO. 1925. Ri .i.!\ from the Press June the 19th 1925. Co n tents. (* indicates that the species is new to the area). II. GAM MA RIDE A Fain Lysianassidce Dana Genus /'; yphosella Bonnier 86 Tryphosella abyssi Norman i Jenus Tryphosa Boeek 87 Tryphosa nanoides (I,illjl> ?) ( '. (> Sars . . *8S. oxystoma n sp *8g. I) iangula n. sp yo. Schneideri K Steph *gi. abyssalis n, sp *92. insignioides n. sp *o ; rolundata 11 sp 04. pusilla 1 '.. 0. Sars 94 a. pusilla G. O. Sars? *95. — Herringi Boeck Genus Ew ytkenes S. I Smith 96 Eurythenes gryllus (Lichtenstein) Mandt Genus TmetonyA Stebbing *o; I' in,' loii \'\ iii 11 1 iis G. O. Sars 98. i inn/, 1 (i Fabricius *99 similis G. (J. Sars 99 a. similis G. O. Sars? *ioo. — cceculus G. O. Sars *ioi. orchomenoides n. sp *io2. trionyx n. sp * [03. grai ilipes 11. sp *io4. longichela 11 sp Genus 7"j vphositt •■ 1 '. 0 Sars *log. Tryphosites alleni Sexton *io6 longipes Bate Genus Lepidepecreum Bate & Westwood 107. Lepidepecreum umbo Goes *io8. typhlops Bonnier *iog. serralum 11 sp Genus Lepidepei reopsis n. nen *i 10. Lepidepei reopsis biloba u. sp Genus Pachychehum 11 gen * 1 1 1 I'm hvi In /nun Davidis n. sp Pagi OI OI 01 OI OI o: 03 04 04 06 06 08 08 oS 09 09 10 11 1 1 1 1 '3 14 U 14 14 15 15 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 H) 19 21 21 Genus On homenella G. O Sars 122 112. Orchomenella gi o, nl, 1 mil, , 1 H J Hansen... 122 1 1 ; miiiiilii Kroyer 12 ; * 1 1 4. (?) abyssalis a. sp 124 * 1 15 /,,/', Bonnier 124 ('.en 11s ( h, homenopsis < '. 0. Sars 12s *n6. Orchomenopsis abyssorum Stebbing 125 * 1 1 7. triangulus 11 sp 125 *i iS. ,,hiii:,i r, 0. Sars: 1 ' Genus Katius Chevreus 126 1 19. Katius obesus Chevreux 126 I'am Stegocephalida Dana 127 Genus Stegocephalus Kroyer 128 120. Stegocephalus in/lulus K royer 120 Genus Phippsiella Schellenberg 130 *i2i. Phippsiella similis (G 0 Sars) 131 *I22. mi 11 1 urn 11 sp 1 ;' Genus Stegocephalopsis Schellenberg 132 12; Stegocephalopsis ampulla (l'hipps) 132 i",en us Phippsia Stebbing *i-'l Phippsia 1, mini Schellenberg 133 Cenus Stegocephaloides G (i Sars 133 *I25. Stegocephaloides auraius (G " Sarsi 134 Genus Stegocephalina n. gen 134 *i2o. Stegocephalina Tngolfi 11 sp iii Genus Metandania u. gen 136 * 1 2 7 . Metandania islandica n. sp 1 36 Genus Andaniella G. O. Sars 1 37 128. Andaniella pectinata G. O. Sars 137 Genus Andaniexis Stebbing 13s *i2o. Indaniexis abyssi (Boeck) 13s Fa 111. A in/; in, i,l,, Boeck 1 ;s Genus Ampelisca Kroyer 13s 1 |o Ampelisca Eschrichtii Kroyer 138 1 , 1 inn, 10, ephata l.illj b M> *i.;2. — latipes n sp 1 I-' 1 i odontopta 1 G. O Sars 143 1 ■ 1 gibba G. O. Sars 144 *I35' Ampelisca amblyops G. O. Sars . . 136. — aquicornis Bruzelius. '137 spinipes Boeck. 138. — compacta Norman.. Genus Byblis Boeck 139. Byblis Gaimardii (Kroyer).... T40. abyssi G. O. Sars ♦141. — crassicornis Metzger. . . ♦142. — minuticomis G. O. Sars. Genus Haploops Lilljb 143. Haploops tubicola Lilljb *I44 '45 * 1 4 f , *I47 ♦148 IcBvis Hoek — setosa Boeck robusta G. O. Sars vallifera n. sp — similis n. sp Fam. Hattstoriidee Stebbing (= Pontoporeiidts G <> Sars) Genus Priscillina Stebbing 149. Priscillina armala (Boeck) C.eims Pontoporeia Kroyer 150. Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer ( lenus Urothoe Dana *i5i. Urothoe elegans Sp. Bate Fam. Phoxocephalida G. O. Sars Genus Phoxocephalus Stebbing 152. Phoxocephalus Holbolli (Kroyer) *I53. tenuipes n. sp Genus Leptophoxus G. O. Sars T54. Leptophoxus jalcatus G. O. Sars 1 lenus Paraphoxus G. O. Sars 155. Paraphoxus a ulatus (G. O. Sars) Page 144 145 I46 146 M7 147 149 149 149 150 150 151 152 '54 154 156 156 156 '57 157 '57 .58 '58 '59 '59 '59 160 161 161 162 162 Page Paraphoxus sp 163 Genus Harpinia Boeck 163 156. Harpinia mucronata G. O. Sars 163 *I57. bidentata n. sp 163 "15s. crenulata (Boeck) 164 *I59. — trenuloides n. sp 165 160. serrala G. O. Sars 166 161. propinqua G. O. Sars 166 *i62. antennaria Meinert 166 163. — plumosa (Kroyer) 168 *K>4. Irmuata G. O. Sars 168 165. — abyssi G. O. Sars 169 [66 latipes Norman 169 *n>7. • ■ lavis G. O. Sars 170 * 1 1 >S. < iirtipes n. sp 170 Genus Harpiniopsis 11. yen 171 * 1 '"i Harpiniopsis similis n. sp 171 Fam. Amphilot hida <",. (). Sars 172 Genus Amphilochus Sp. Bate 172 ♦170 Amphilochus manudens Sp. Bate 172 * 1 7 1 tenuimanus Boeck 173 Genus Amphilochopsis n gen 173 * 1 72 Amphilochopsis hamatus n. sp 174 Genus Gitanopsis G. O. Sars 175 173. Gitanopsis bispinosa (Boeck) 175 174. inermis G < > Sa rs 175 *i 75. an tica G. O. Sars 176 Genus Stegoplau G. O, Sars 176 *i 70. Stegoplax longirostris G. O. Sars 176 Fam. Leucothoida (Dana) G 11 Sars 177 Genus Leucothoi Leach 177 177 Leucothoi spinicarpa (Abildgaard) 177 Crustacea Malacostraca. VI. By K. Stephensen. VI. The order Amphipoda, part 2. Gammaridea. Fam. Lysianassidae Dana. (Continued from vol. Ill, 8, 1923). Genus Tryphosella Bonnier. Tryphosclla Bonnier, Bull. Sci. France Belgique, vol. 24, 1903, p. 170. Stebbing 1906, p. 67. The genus has only one northern species. 86. Tryphosella abyssi Norman. Tryphosclla abyssi Norman 1900, p. 205, PI. 6 figs. 16 — 20. Occurrence. A single specimen was taken 6o°i9'N., 7°io' W., in the cold area of the Fseroe Channel, abt. 1100m. (Norman I.e.); the species has not been found by any Danish expedition. Genus Tryphosa Boeck. Tryphosa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 75. — Stebbing 1906, p. 68 (lit. and syn.). The genus Tryphosa comprises 15 species (4 of which are new to science) from the Atlantic N. of Equator with adjacent waters (Arctic seas, the Mediterranean) ; a number of species were besides described from other waters, especially from the Antarctic and Subantarctic seas. The species T. nugax Holmes (Amphipods; Harriman Alaska Exped., vol. 10, 1904, p. 234, tigs.) is probably not to be referred to the present genus, for in p. 1 the eoxal plate is not tapering toward the apex, and the carpus and metacarpus are very long and strong. The remaining 14 species may be determined by the following key. Inferior hind corner of 3rd epimeralplate of the metasome has a tooth table I. Inferior hind corner of 3rd epimeralplate of the metasome rounded or square, at all events not produced into a distinct tooth table II. Table I (see above). 1. Epistomal plate projecting in front of anterior lip 2. Epistomal plate not projecting 3- The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 9. I I 102 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 2. Epistomal plate rounded at the apex T. nanoides G. O. S. (No. 87, p. 102). Epistomal plate acute triangular T. oxystoma n. sp. (No. 88, p. 103). 3. Lateral lobes of the head acute T. triangula n. sp. (No. 89, p. 104). Lateral lobes of the head rounded 4. 4. Eyes distinct, but (in spirits) colourless; telson with 2 — 3 pairs of dorsal spines.. T. Schneideri K. St. (No. 90, p. 104). Eyes wanting; telson with one pair of dorsal spines T. abyssalis n. sp. (No. 91, p. 106). Table II (see above). 1. 1st urosome segment without any distinct dorsal process, at most with a blunt carina 2 1st urosome segment with a distinct (as a rule acute) dorsal process 5 2. Eyes wanting 3 Eyes present 4 3. Telson with 4 pairs of dorsal spines T. insignioides n. sp. (No. 92, p. 106) Telson with 2 pairs of dorsal spines. . T. insignis Bonnier (1896 p. 619, PI. 36 fig. 1; Stebbing 1906, p. 69) 4. Epimeral plate of 3rd metasome segment acute-angled; rami of up. 3 shorter than peduncle . T. minium Chevreux (Mem. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 23, 1910, p. 174, text fig. 4, PI. 8 figs. 1 — 14, 29) Epimeral plate of 3rd metasome segment almost quadrate; rami of up. 3 longer than peduncle . T. Sarsi Bonnier (G. O. Sars 1895 (7". nana) p. 76, PI. 27 fig. 1, (T. Sarsii) p. 684; Stebbing 1906, p. 70) 5. Lateral lobe of the head drawn out into a tooth . . T. angulata G. O. Sars (1895, p. 78, PI. 28 fig. 1 Stebbing 1906, p. 70) Lateral lobe of the head not drawn out into a tooth 6 6. Epimeral plate of 3rd metasome segment rounded T. rotundata 11. sp. (No. 93, p. 108) Epimeral plate of 3rd metasome segment quadrate or a little acute-angled 7 7. Eyes large; telson has 3 pairs of dorsal spines 8 Eyes wanting; telson has (one or) no pairs of dorsal spines . . T. pusilla G. O. Sars (No. 94, p. 108) 8. P. 2 has metacarpus much broader than carpus and ending in a projecting angle. . T. compressa G. O. Sars (1895, p. 685, Suppl. pi. IV, fig. 2; Stebbing 1906, p. 71). P. 2 has metacarpus not broader than carpus and not ending in a projecting angle. . T. Horringi Boeck (No. 95, p. 109). Trypkosa-species belonging to table I. ♦87. Tryphosa nanoides (Lilljb. ?) G. O. Sars. (Chart 16). ? Anonyx nanoides Lilljeborg 1865, p. 25, PI. 3 figs. 32 — 34. Tryphosa — G. O. Sars 1895, p. 79, PI. 28 fig. 2, p. 684. — Stebbing 1906, p. 71 (lit. and syn.). non — — H. J. Hansen 1887, p. yy. non — — K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 125. Occurrence. This species is new to the "Ingolf'-area; in fact all reports in the literature from CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. o r>sch V 71 n a rioides Chart 1 6. Tryphosa nanoides, O T. Schneideri Onh spec- imens seen by the author. this area (H. J. Hansen 1887; K. Stephensen 1. e. 1913) do not apply to this species, but to 1 . Schneideri (No. 90, p. 104; see also my paper Tromso Museums Arshefter 43, 1920 [1921], No. 5, p. 5— It was not secured by the "Ingolf"; but the "Trior" has taken it S.W. of Iceland (St. 171 63°i5' N., 22°23' \V., 216 — 326 m., 6 spec, and St. 283 [31-8-1904] W. of Gejrfugleskser, 100 m. wire, 1 spec), and Mr. B. Ssemundsson has presented our Museum with abt. 10 spec, from the same waters (Grindavik, from a fisherboat, June — July 1891). Distribution. The Copenhagen Museum possesses 2 specimens taken by the "Thor" N.E. of Shetland (St. 120 [21-7-1905], 6i°i4' N., I0ig' E., 160 m.) , and one specimen from the Skagerrak ("Thor" St. 285 [14-10-1904], 44 miles N.W. by N. of Hojen, 660 m.). The Museum in Bergen possesses specimens seen by myself from the middle of Karmsundet off Koppervik (S. of Haugesund, S.W.Norway), 108 m., 1 spec, and the North Sea 55°55' N., iriy' E., 80 m., temp. 6. 70, 1 spec. (K. Stephensen] c. 1921, p. 8). G. O.Sars (1895) mentions it from the west coast of Norway, abt. 100 — 200 m. ; but his locality "off the Finmark coast" probably ought to be referred to T . Schneideri. The distribution cannot be determined on the basis of the literature on account of T. nanoides being confused with T. Schneideri. All the specimens seen by myself are from the boreal Atlantic; the depths are 80 — 660 m. *88. Tryphosa oxystoma n. sp. (Fig. 2J,). Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf"; but in a tube with "Anonyx gulosus" from Greenland without special loca- lity was found a single female with ova, 6 mm. — In the epistomal plate overhanging the anterior lip this new species agrees with T. nanoides (in all other described species the epistome is not overhanging the anterior lip; the epistome has not been described in T.kergueleni Stebbing and T. piisi/Ia G. O. Sars) ; hut in 1'. nanoides the epistome is apically rounded, in the present species it is triangular, acute, and the specific name is an allusion to this essential. Head almost as long as first mesosome segment; lateral lobes rounded triangular, abt. as in T. nanoides. Eyes could not be found. In ant. 1 flagelhmi has n joints and is abt. i1 \ time as long as peduncle; accessory flagellum 4-articulate, as long as the proximal 5 joints of flagellum. Ant. 2 only a trifle longer than ant. 1, flagellum 1 1 -articulate. Epistomal plate acute triangular, overhanging the uppe: lip. .1* Fig. 23. Tryphosa oxystoma. 104 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. P. i has the usual shape, coxal plate triangular as in T. Schneideri; carpus and metacarpus long and slender, metacarpus obliquely truncate, not transversally cut off as in T. nanoides. P. 2 has carpus i1/2 time as long as metacarpus. P. 4 has coxalplate shaped as in T. Schneideri, narrower than in T. nanoides. Ep. 3 has hind edge almost straight, under edge a little curved upwards, in fero-lateral corner forming a blunt, rounded process. Us. 1 deeply impressed dorsally, with a rounded carina. Up. 1 — 3 short and heavy, up. 3 especially so, inner ramus being a little longer than the short proximal joint of outer ramus. Telson a little longer than peduncle of up. 3, very deeply cleft, with only two pairs of dorsal spines. *8g. Tryphosa triangula 11. sp. (Fig. 24). Occurrence. Not taken by the "Ingolf", but the "Thor" has secured it S.W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171 (1903) : 63°i5' N., 22°23' W., 216 — 326 m. 4 J ad. 7 mm. ■ Head abt. as long as 1. mesosome segment. Eyes long, rather narrow (under edge not quite distinct), in spirits colourless. Lateral lobes rather narrow, regularly triangular ( — for this reason I propose the specific name triangula —). Antennae with calceoli. Ant. 1 has peduncle very stout, half as long as flagellum; flagellum 13-articu- late, accessory flagellum 5-articulate. Ant. 2 much longer than ant. 1, flagellum 20-articulate. Epistomal plate not projecting in front of upper lip, but very large and almost circular. P. 1 with coxalplate triangular; metacarpus a trifle shorter than carpus, obliquely truncate. P, 2 and p. 5 — p. 7 almost as in T. insignioides (see p. 107). P. 4 with coxalplate very long and nar- row. Ep. 3 in the inferior hind corner produced to a short, blunt, rather large point; under edge only very little curved upwards towards this point. Us. 1 dorsally with only a very low, arched process. Up. 3 very long and slender, with natatory setae on both rami ; inner ramus as long as the two joints in outer ramus taken together. Telson long and narrow, twice as long as peduncle of up. 3, tapering toward the apex, incised almost to the base, with two pairs of dorsal spines. — This species is very easily recognizable on the triangular lateral lobes of the head, the long narrow coxalplate of p. 4, the shape of ep. 3, the low dorsal process on us. 1, and the long narrow telson with only two pairs of dorsal spines. Fig. 24. Tryphosa triangula. *9o. Tryphosa Schneideri K. St. (Chart 16, p. 103 ; figs. 25—26). Tryphosa Schneideri K. Stephensen, Tryphosa Schneideri, an Amphipod from Northern Norway, new to Science (Fam. Lysianassida). — Tromso Museums Arshefter 43, 1920 (1921), No. 5, with figs. nanoides H. J. Hansen 1887, p. jy. K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 125. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. I05 The present species is very easily distinguished from T. nanoid.es (No. 87, p. 102), especially by its very broad, almost semicircular epistomal plate; but till 1921 the two species were confounded, and all spec- imens from the "Ingolf'-area, called T. nanoidcs in the literature (H. J. Hansen 1887; K. Stephensen, Con- spectus 1913) are in reality to be referred to T. Fig. 25. Tryphosa Schneideri? J from Cape Borlase Warren (but urop. 2 — 3 are $). Schneideri. Occurrence. Only once taken by the "In- golf": W. Greenland: St. ,54: 65 17' N., 54°i7' W., 104 m., 1 spec; but the Copenhagen Museum pos- sesses specimens from a number of localities in W. Greenland from abt. 6o° N. to abt. 730 N. : Brede- fjord, "Rink" St. 32, 35 — 37 m., 1 spec. (K. Stephen- sen 1916, p. 286: T. nanoidcs}) — Sukkertoppen, 4 — 6 m., "Fylla" 1886, Th. Holm leg., 1 spec. — Uper- nivik, the harbour, abt. 20 m., stones with algse, "Fylla" 1886, Th. Holm leg., 7 spec. — In addition we have from old times a number of specimens from Greenland without special locality. — The following specimens are probably to be referred to the present species. Cape Borlase Warren (E.Greenland, abt. 73 Vs" N.), on the anchorage, II. Amdrup-Kxped. 14-7-11)00, 23 ad. 11 — 12 mm., 3? (2 with ova abt. 9 — 10 mm., 1 without ova, abt. 8 mm.). — Jan Mayen, "different depths", II. Amdrup- Exped. 1900, Soren Jensen leg., 2 $ ad. (with calceoli) 8 mm. - The specimens from Cape Borlase Warren (fig. 25) differ from the type specimens in the following characters. Eyes quite invisible. Ant. 1 in $ has fla- gellum 17-articulate, accessory flagellum 5 — 6-articulate (in the case of being 5- articulate the two proximal joints have coalesced). In + with ova the figures are 12 and 5 respectively, and the first joint in flagellum only abt. */3 as long (in ,; " 3 as long) as first joint of peduncle. Ant. 2 in $ abt. i1/., time as long as ant. 1, fla- gellum with zy joints; in ? abt. as long as ant. 1, flagellum 13-artieulate. P. 2 almost chelate, metacarpus being strongly produced at apex and forming a little chela with the minute finger, and metacarpus is somewhat tapering in the distal end. Ep. 3 has hind edge not at all or at most a trifle convex, with infero- lateral corner produced into a short upturned or rounded process, situated at the end of the strongly upturned under edge. Up. 2 — 3 extremely heavy. Up. 2 reaches to apex of up. 3; peduncle extremely stout and compressed; abt. i1 2 — 13/4 time as long as the rami; outer ramus a little longer than inner ramus. Up. 3 very short, without natatory seta1; outer ramus abt. t1/2, inner ramus abt. 1V4 time as long as peduncle; in ? apical joint of outer ramus is abt. as long as the proximal joint, in c? it is abt. half as long. Telson very broad, with 2 pairs of dorsal spines. The presenl specimens are much larger than the type-specimens, and the disagreement may probably be due to difference in size. Fig. 26. Tryphosa Schneideri? c? from Jan Mayen. io6 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. The specimens from Jan Mayen (fig. 26) differ from the types in the following characters [& ad., cS mm.). Ant. 1: flagellum 18-articulate, accessor}' flagellum 2/5 as long as flagellum, 6-articulate. Ant. 2: twice as long as ant. 1, flagellum 32-articulate. Pereiopoda exactly as in the specimens from Cape Borlase Warren, with the exception that metacarpus in p. 2 is not so highly setose. Ep. 3 exactly as in T. nanoid.es (G. O. Sars 1895, PI. 28 fig. 2), hind corner not turned upward as in the type-specimens of T. Schneideri. Us. 1 with the dorsal process at the hind end a little more abrupt than in the type. Up. 3 has rather long setose rami; inner ramus reaches to the end of proximal end of outer ramus. Telson somewhat longer than peduncle of up. 3, with fissure almost to the base, and 3 — 4 pairs of dorsal spines. Distribution. Some places near Tromso, N. Norway, 5 — 60 m. (K. Stephensen I.e. 1921, p. 7). The species is probably a (boreo-) Arctic littoral species. *9i. Tryphosa abyssalis n. sp. (Fig. 27). Occurrence. This new species was once taken by the "Ingolf" S. of Jan Mayen: St. 113: 69°3i' N., 7°o6' W., 2465 m., -f i.o°. 1 spec. ($ jun.?), 5111m. As the siDecimen was not dissected I can below only give such details as may be seen without dissection. Head as long as first mesosome segment, lateral lobes rounded triangular. Eyes could not be found. Ant. 1 has flagellum somewhat longer than peduncle, 9-articulate ; acces- sory flagellum half as long as flagellum, 4-articulate. Ant. 2 not longer than ant. 1, flagellum 9-articulate. Kpistomal plate not projecting in front of upper lip, but very large. Coxal plates of pereiopoda seem to be of the usual shape. P. 1 has carpus and metacarpus of equal length, metacarpus obli- quely truncate. P. 2 rather robust, carpus abt. i73 time as long as metacarpus. P. 4 with coxal plate rather long and narrow, with broad hind lobe. P. 3- — p. 7 rather feeble. Ep. 3 with triangular hind lobe, apex a little projecting. 1. urosome segment has dorsally a rounded triangular process. Up. 3 has rami of equal length, outer ramus with very long apical joint. Telson a little longer than peduncle of up. 3, with one pair of dorsal spines; seems to be cleft almost to the base. The short antennae, but especially the dorsal process of us. 1, the short telson (with only one pair of dorsal spines) , and the short and heavy up. 3 are almost as in T.pusilla (No. 94a, p. 108, if the determination of the specimen from "Ingolf" St. 120 is right) ; but the lateral lobes of the head, up. 2 and ep. 3 are some- what different from the said species. Fig. 27. Tryphosa abyssalis. Tryphosa-species belonging to table II. *92. Tryphosa insignioides n. sp. (Fig. 28). Occurrence. This new species was not taken by the "Ingolf"; but the "Thor" has secured it from two localities. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. IO7 S.W. of the Faroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12-5-1904) : 6i°07' N., 9 30' W. 835 m. 6 spec. St. 99 (22-5-1904) :6i°i5'N.,9°35'W. 872 — 970m. abt. iospec. (typi ? with ova, 6 mm. Head a little longer than 1. mesosome segment, lateral lobes triangular. No eyes. Ant. 1 has flagellum i1/* time as long as peduncle, 10-artieulate ; accessory flagellum > 4 joints (apex lost). Ant. 2 somewhat longer than ant. 1, flagellum 13-articulate. Epistomal plate almost circular, but not at all projec- ting in front of upper lip. P. 1 with coxal plate triangular, meta- carpus and carpus narrow, of abt. equal length, metacarpus obliquely truncate. P. 2 has car- pus abt. i3/4 time as long as metacarpus ; meta- carpus rather narrow, with a little process, forming, together with the dactylus, a sort of chela. P. 4 with coxal plate not very long, with a rather large hind lobe. Shape of p. 5 and p. 7 may be seen from my figs. Ep. 3 with hindcorner rather long and narrow, abt. as in T. insignis (Bonnier 1896, p. 619, PI. 36 fig. 1 ;/) ; for this reason I propose the specific name insignioides. Us. 1 has a blunt dorsal carina. Up. 3 with rami rather narrow ; inner ramus a little longer than peduncle, reaches a little beyond distal end of proximal joint of outer ramus. Telsou narrow, a little longer than peduncle of up. 3; incision very deep, almost to the base; 4 pairs of dorsal spines. — ; ad. with calceoli, 5 mm. Differs from . only in the an- tennae. Ant. 1 has flagellum n-articulate, 1. joint very long; ac- cessory flagellum 4-articulate, half as long as flagellum. Ant. 1 abt. 1V2 time as long as ant. 1, flagellum 15-articulate. — The species has a long, narrow hind lobe on ep. 3 as in T. insignis, without any special projection or point, but differs from this latter among other things in the narrower lateral lobe of the head, the longer coxal plate of p. 4, the dorsal projection of us. 1, and especially the longer telson with 4 (not 2) pairs of il Fig. 29. Tryphosa rotundata V ovig. spines. Fig. z8. Tryphosa insignioides ? ad. (except ceph. c?). I08 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. *93. Tryphosa rotundata n. sp. (Fig. 29). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not secured this species; but it was taken by the "Thor" at two Stations. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 166 (14. 7. 1903) : 62°57' N., I9°58'W. 957 m. 1$. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22. 5. 1904) : 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. Abt. 30 spec, including several $ with ova and 5 fo^' N., 54 28' \\"., 53 m., 1 spec. ("Fylla"). - Store Helle- fiskebanke, 24 miles W.S.W. of Rifkol, 39 111., from the stomach of a halibut, 2 spec. (Generallaege Borne- mann ded.). E. Greenland: Tasiusak, under the ice, abt. 50 — 60 m., rocky bottom with main algae, 14. 6. 1 2 spec, and ibid., abt. 40 — 60 111., 20.5. 1899, 4 spec. (Amdrup-Exped.). — Cape Dan (Ammassalik), abt. 20 — 30 m., rocky bottom with a few alga-, 17.6. 1899, 2 spec. (Amdrup-Exped.). -- 67°03' N., 27 8'W., 376 m., 2 spec. (Wandel leg. 1879). — Danmarks < >, 1 spec. (E. Bay leg.). — Cape Borlase Warren, en the anchoring place, 14. 7. 1900, abt. 100 spec. (Amdrup-Exped.). E. of Iceland: 66°ii' N., I2°i3' W., 350 — 550 m., on bait, 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 217, 24. 7. 1904). S. of Iceland: 62 To. 8' N., 19^36' W., 1900 — 2150 m., 3 spec. ("Thor" St. 164, I2[i3]. 7. 1903). S.W. of the Faeroes: 6i°o6' N., 9°2l' W., abt. 420 m., temp. 7. 8°, on bait, several hundred spec. ("Michael Sars", Ad. S. Jensen leg.). S.E. of the Faeroes: 6i°3i' N., o°3g' W., 196 m., 5 spec. ("Thor" St. 121, 21. 7. 1905). According to the existing literature it was known from the following localities in the "Ingolf "-area : E.Greenland 75°58' N., i4°o8' W., 300111. (Grieg 1909). --W.Greenland, see K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 119. — Iceland (Goes 1866). — Fseroe Channel (Norman 1900, p. 211). Distribution. A circumpolar(?) boreo-arctic species, which is as a rule found in the littoral zone, but it may also be found at very great depths, down to 3230 111. ("Ingolf" St. ^y). It was found from Green- land to Franz-Joseph's Land and the Kara Sea and to the South to the Acores (a long list of special localities see Stappers 1911, p. 12). — For British distribution see Norman 1900, p. 211. -- 43°52' N., 1T22 W., 1674 m. (Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 28, 1903, p. 97) — Also found at Alaska and N.W. Canada (Shoemaker 1920, p. 8). *i)'). Tmetonyx similis G. O. Sars. Hoplunyx similis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 93, PI. ^ fig. 1. Tmetonyx — Stebbing 1906, p. 76. Occurrence. This species was, as new to the "Ingolf'-area, taken three times by the "Thor", not by the "Ingolf". S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 166 (14. 7. 1903): 62°57' N., i9°58' W., 957 m. 1 spec. S.W. of the Faroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22.5.1904): 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W., 900111. 7 spec. "Thor" St. 78 (12. 5. 1904): 6i°7' N., 9°3o' W., 835 m. Several spec. Distribution. "It would seem to occur along the whole West coast of Norway, at least up to the Trondhjemsfjord, in depths varying from 50 to 150 fathoms". Also found in the outer part of the Sogne- fjord (G. O. Sars 1. a). — 6o°57' N., 3°42' E., 358 111., temp. 6.1°, 2 small spec. ("Michael Sars", Ad. Jensen leg.); Skagerrak, 4 localities, 108 — 280111., and Kattegat, 2 localities 20 — 34 m. (specimens in the Copen- hagen Museum). — Scotland (Stebbing I.e.). — Kung Carl's band (Spitzbergen), 8—12 m Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin vol. 11, 11)24, P- 1')7)- 114 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 99 a. Tmetonyx (similis G. O. Sars?) Occurrence. E. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 102: 66°23' N., io°26' W. 1412 m., temp. ^-0.6°. 1 spec. (??), 13 mm., 1 spec. 7 mm. ?W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12. 5. 1904): 6i°07' N., 9°3o' W. 835 m. 1 spec. 6 mm. These specimens vary from the typic form in the following points : lateral corners of the head not distinctly angular at the tip; coxal plate of p. 1 a little expanded toward the apex; telson has two pairs of dorsal spines, situated as in T. albidus (Sars 1895, PI. 33 fig. 3). In the lesser specimen from "Ingolf" St. 102 the hinder process of 3. epimeralplate of the metasome is very large. It ought to be stated that the true T. similis was never found in areas with negative temperature. *ioo. Tmetonyx caeculus G. O. Sars. Hoplonyx cceculus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 98, PI. 35 fig. I. Tmetonyx — Stebbing 1906, p. 76. Occurrence. The "Thor" has taken this species (new to the "Ingolf "-area) in only one locality: S.W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171 (2.7.1904): 63°46' N., 22°56' W. 150 m. Several specimens. Distribution. Trondhjemsfjord, at Lexviken, abt. 270 m. (G. O. Sars I.e.). ■ — 7 stations in Skagerrak, 350 — 660 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). *ioi. Tmetonyx orchomenoides n. sp. (Fig. 31, II, see p. in). Occurrence. This species which is new to science, was secured once (two times?) at W. Greenland by the "Ingolf". W. Greenland: St. 35: 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m., temp. 3.6°. 1 ? ad. (with marginal setae on the marsupial plates) 14 mm. ? St. 37: 6o°i7' N., 54°05' W. 3230111., temp. 1.40. 1 spec. General appearance totally as in T. cicada. Lateral lobes of the head and the eyes have abt. the same form as in T. similis (Sars 1895, PI. 33 fig. 1). Ant. 1: flagellum iS-articulate, accessory flagellum 6-articulate. Ant. 2: flagellum 26(?)-articulate. Epistomal plate very highly projecting of a form almost as in the genus Orchomenc. Pereiopoda have the same form as in T. cicada with the exception that the coxal plate in p. 1 is a trifle tapering distally the hind lobe of the coxal plate in p. 4 is deeper, and p. 5 relatively longer (abt. as long as p. 6 — p. 7). Epimeral part of third metasome segment as in T. cicada. In up. 3 the rami are long and narrow, inner ramus reaches to the middle of the apical joint of the outer ramus. Telson long, narrow, with rounded sides, deeply cleft, with 4(?) pairs of dorsal spines. *io2. Tmetonyx trionyx n. sp. (Fig. 31, III, see p. in). Occurrence. This new species was taken once by the "Thor" S.W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 176 (8. 7. 1904): 63°i8' N., 2i°3o' W. 178 m. 1 spec. (??) abt. 11 mm. Body rather robust. Head only a trifle longer than the first mesosome segment. Lateral lobes abt. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 1 15 as in T. cicada, but with apex rounded. Eyes abt. as in T. cicada. In ant. 1 flagellum is 12-articulate (first joint very short), accessory flagellum 5-articulate ; in ant. 2 flagellum is 18-articulate. Epistomal plate seems (without dissection) to be as in T. similis (Sars 1895, PI. 33 fig. 1). Coxal plate of p. 1 apically somewhat expanded, caqjus and metacarpus of equal length; dactylus very characteristic: on the fore edge there is a rather big tooth, dactylus thus has 3 teeth ( — for this reason I propose the specific name trionyx, it is: with 3 claws — , see fig. 31, III). P. 2 — p. 7 almost totally as in T. cicada with the exception that the coxal plate of p. 4 has a rather high hind-projection of the same shape as in T. orchomenoides (see fig. 31, II). Epimeral part of third metasome segment, up. 3 and telson (with 1 pair of dorsal spines) as in T. leucophthalmus (Sars 1895, PI. 34 % I)- This species is most easily recognizable on the 3 claws on dactylus of p. 1. *i03. Tmetonyx gracilipes n. sp. (Fig. 31, IV, seep. in). Occurrence. This new species was taken by the "Ingolf" N. of the Faeroes: St. 139: 63°36' N., 730' W. 1322 m., temp, -f o.6°. 1? 12 mm. Body not very stout. The species is very closely allied to T. cicada, but differs in the following points. Ant. 1 : flagellum 12-articulate (first joint very short), accessory flagellum 5-articulate. Ant. 2: flagellum 17-articulate. P. 1: coxal plate rather broad, expanded toward the apex. P. 4: coxal plate abt. as in T. orchomenoides (fig. 31, II). P. 5 coxal plate very broad, abt. ixji time as broad as basal plate. Epimeral part of 3. metasome segment totally as in T. similis. Up. 3 (fig. 31, IV) very narrow, feeble, apical joint of outer ramus almost half as long as proximal joint. Telson (fig. 31, IV) rather long, deeply cleft, with 2 pairs of dorsal spines. On account of the narrow and feeble up. 3 I propose the specific name gracilipes (in spite of this limb being still more feeble in T. cceculus). *I04. Tmetonyx longichela 11. sp. (Fig. 31, V, see p. 111). Occurrence. This new species was once taken by the "Ingolf". S.E. of Iceland: St. 78: 6o°37'N., 2j°$2' W. 1505111., temp. 4. 5°. 1 3 with calceoli abt. 10 mm. Body not very slender. Head with triangular lateral lobes, totally as in T. similis (Sars 1895, PI. 33 fig. 1) ; eyes small and undistinct. Ant. 1: flagellum 21-articulate, accessor}- flagellum 6-articulate. Ant. 2: flagellum 3o(?)-articulate. Calceoli on both antenna?. Epistomal plate would seem (without dissection 1 to have a shape abt. as in T. si)iiilis. P. 1: coxal plate short, broad, tapering toward the apex; carpus ami metacarpus (fig. 31, V) of equal length, very long and narrow, metacarpus abt. as in the genus Tryphosa. Hinder lobe of the coxal plate of p. 4 (fig. 3i,V) rather deep, rounded at the apex. Epimeral part of 3. metasome seg- ment almost as in T. lencophtlialmits (Sars 1S95, PI. 34 fig. 1). Up. 3 with long, narrow rami, inner ramus reaches to the middle of the apical joint of outer ramus. Telson very long, narrow, with very deep incision and only one pair of dorsal spines. The specific name alludes to the very long carpus and metacarpus in p. 1. n6 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Genus Tryphosites G. 0. Sars. Tryphosites G. O. Sars 1895, p. Si. — Stebbing 1906, p. yj. The genus comprises only two northern species. *i05. Tryphosites alleni Sexton (Chart 18). Tryphosites alleni Sexton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol.7, 1911, PI. 14. Occurrence. This species, which is new to the "Ingolf'-area, was not taken by the "Ingolf", but twice by the "Thor" S.W. of the Faeroes. "Trior" St. 78: 6i°7'N., 9°3o' W., 12. 5. 1904. 835 m. Abt. 50 spec. ■ — St. 99. 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W., 22. 5. 1904. 900 m. 2 spec. The sizes are up to 10 mm. Distribution. W. of Ireland, 375 m., and Bay of Biscay 48°7' N., 8°I3' W., abt. 460 m. (Sexton I.e.). *io6. Tryphosites longipes Bate. (Chart 18). Tryphosites longipes G. O. Sars 1895, p. 81, PI. 28 fig. 3, PI. 29 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. yj (lit.). Occurrence. New to the "Ingolf'-area; it was not taken by the "Ingolf" Faeroes: Bordovik, 23. 5. 1901, abt. 13 — 18 m. (donator?). 5 spec. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78: 6i°07' N., 9°3o' W. 12. 5. 1904. 835 m. 3 spec. Between the Faeroes and Norway: "Thor" St. 120: 6i°i4' N., i°i9' E. 21. 7. 1905. 160 m. 11 spec. — — St. 121: 6i°3i' N., o°39' W. 21. 7. 1905. 196 m. 2 spec. Most of the specimens were 7 — 8 mm. ; but 3 were larger: 13 mm ("Thor" St. 120, 1 spec), 14 — 15 mm. ("Thor" St. 121, 2 spec). Distribution. Norway: "off the coast of Norway this is one of the most common Lysianassidae, often occurring in considerable depths varying from 20 to 100 fathoms"; the whole of Norway up to the Varanger Fjord (Sars 1. c). Besides: Floro and Hardanger- fjord, down to abt. 265 m., and Vadso in East Finmark (Norman 1900, p. 208). — North Sea, Skagerrak, northern Kattegat, 34 — 246 (660) m (Collections in our Museum). — Great Britain: Norman (1900, p. 207) gives a number of localities round the coasts of Scotland (and from Durham); besides: S. of Rockall abt. 800m., and several loca- lities S.W. of Ireland (only once he gives the depth, 200 m.). "T. lon- gipes alone is found in shallow water. The other form (7". alleni) is only found in very deep water, and the two forms together in interme- diate depths" (Tattersall, teste Sexton 1911, see T. alleni above). — W. Chart 18. Tryphosites. • T. alleni. (The lo- cality W. of Ireland not noted exactly). — or. longipes. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. "7 of France: Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay, abt. 55 — no m. (Norman 1900). "Elle habite la cote occi- dentale de France, par des profondeurs tres faibles; je 1'ai draguee dans la baiedu Croisic (South coast of Bretagnc) par 6 m; et par 15 in.". Further: 3 localities from 4647' N., 6 121 ./ \Y., to 411 ;i X., 6 52' \\\, depths 136, 166 and 180 m. (Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 24). — Mediterranean: Naples (Sars 1. c), and between Messina and Stromboli (38:3/' N., I3°05' F.), 1210 111. (Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 28, 1903, p. 96). Genus Lepidepecreum Hate & Westwood. Lepidepecreum G. O. Sars 1895, p. 112. Stebbing 1906, p. 78. 5 species were described in the literature. The "Ingolf'-area has 3 species, one of which is new to science. 107. Lepidepecreum umbo Goes (Chart 19). Lepidepecreum umbo G. O. Sars 1895, p. 115, PI. 39 fig. 2. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 80 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. This species was not secured by the "Ingolf", but it has been taken by other expe- ditious or collectors in the "Ingolf'-area. N. Iceland: "Thor" St. 128, Husavik, 1. 6. 1904. 90 — no m. 2 spec. 8 — 9111111. St. 147, ibid. 1. 7. 1903. 80 111. 1 spec. 8 mm. E. St. 35, Seydisfjoror. 24. 5. 1903. 90 111. 2 spec. 10 mm. St. 192, Reydarfjordr. 31. 7. 1903. 132 m. 1 spec. 9111111. St. 51, ibid. 30. 4. 1904. 130 111. 1 spec. 9 mm. Faskrudfjoror, blue clay, abt. 38 — 95 m. R. Horring leg. 7. 7. 1890. 6 spec. 5 — 11 mm. Berufjoror, the mouth. 100 — 77 m., clay. "Diana", Dr. A. C. Johansen, 24.7.1900. 1 spec. 5 mm. Between Iceland and the Fseroes: 63°I5' N., 9°35' W. 518 m. C. F. Wandel leg. 1891. 1 spec. 11 mm. From the "Ingolf'-area it was known from F. of Iceland 6436' N., 1022' W., 547 m., : 0.3 , dark- grey clay (St. 48 of the Norwegian North Atlantic Fxped., Sars 1. c. 1895). The average size of the spec- imens, mentioned above, is 8 — 11 mm. The maximum length, given in the existant literature, is 11 mm., but Olde- vig (1917, p. 10) enumerates a number of specimens from Spitzbergen with the enormous length of up to 14 — 18 mm. Distribution. "Stenotherme Kaltwasserform mit . . . unbedeuten- der Verbreitung ausserhalb des ark- The [ngolf-Expedition. Ill g- C'hart ni. Lepidepecreum umbo, • localities for the first time mentioned in the present paper. 0 localities from tin- literature. n8 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. tischen und boreoarktischen Gebietes, hauptsaehlieh in Wasser von negativer und niedrich positiver Temp, bis + 30 C. vorkommend" (Oldevig 1917, p. 51). Almost circumpolar arctic: found throughout about the whole arctic area except Greenland (see Oldevig pp. 10 — 11); in the boreal area only at Lofoten and Nord- land, 20 — 190 m. (see Oldevig 1. c). The depths are, as a rule, very great, 25 — 630 m. (Oldevig p. 50) ; the bottom was almost always clay. Thus it appears to be an arctic deep-sea form, which occasionally may be found in lesser depths in adjacent water, when the temp, is not higher than abt. 3° C. *io8. Lepidepecreum typhlops Bonnier. Lepidecrepeum(\) typhlops Bonnier, Ann. Univ. Lyon 1896, p. 621, PI. 36 fig. 2. Lepidepecreum — Stebbing 1906, p. 78. Occurrence. This species was new to the "Ingolf'-area secured by the "Thor" St. 99, S.W. of the Faroes 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W., 900 m., 22. 5. 1904, 12 spec. 4 — 7 mm. Distribution. Bay of Biscay 44°i7' N., 4°38' W., 950 m., 1 spec, and 44°36' N., 4°25' W., 650 m., 2 spec. (Bonnier). *io9. Lepidepecreum serratum n. sp. (Fig. 32). Occurrence. Taken once by the "Ingolf", once by the "Thor". S.W. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 85: 63°22' N., 25°2i' W., 320 m. 1 5 7 mm. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99: 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W., 22. 5. 1904. 900 m. 3 $: 5, 8 and 8.5 mm. Fig. 32. Lepidepecreum serratum. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. VI. Iig The present species is more closely allied to L. umbo (see above) than to any of tin- other known species (see Stebbing, Tierreich 1906, pp. 78 — No). From L. umbo it differs chiefly in having large teeth on the dorsum from 5. mesosome segment to 1. urosome segment, the very acute 1. joint in ant. 1, and tin- place of umbo. Description. y 8.5 mm. ("Trior" St. 99; 3 was not found). Body very robust, back strongly curved. Total integument covered with microscopical grooves. Dorsal carina very high, especially posteriorly. From 5. mesosome segment to 1. urosome segment all the segments dorsally have a rather large tooth at the bind edge ( — hence the specific name — ), turned somewhat upward especially in the two hindmost segments in question. In the metasome the first segment is rounded at the inferior hind corner, the two hindmost segments almost right angled. Telson i1/, time as long as broad at the base. Cephalmi has the same length as 1. mesosome segment; lateral corners rather acute. It was impossible to find any traces of eyes. In ant. 1 the 1. joint has a long acute process, half as long as the total joint. The two following joints not produced; flagellum has 8 joints and is abt. the length of 1. segment of the peduncle. Accessory flagellum has 3 joints, is abt. the length of 1. joint of flagellum. Of ant. 2 nothing is to be said; the end of the flagellum is lost. The oral parts were not dissected; epistome seems to be quite as in /.. umbo. Coxal parts of pereiopoda very deep; the 4 anterior have abt. the same form as in L. umbo except in 4. pair, where the incision in the hind edge is not so deep as in L. umbo. P. 1 — p. 2 have the same form as in L. umbo ; attention is called to the fact that carpus in p. 2 is highly expanded, as also in L. umbo. V. 3 — p. 4 long and slender, with two strong spines (a shorter and a longer) in the distal end of metacarpus. In p. 5 the epimeral part is about quadratic, and the lower hind edge with a process abt. 1/3 as long as the following joint. Umbo rather little, placed at the superior hind corner of the epimeral plate, not in the centre. The shape of p. 6 — p. 7 may be seen from the figures; merus rather expanded in p. 5 — p. 7. The uropoda have the usual form; up. 3 have very nearly the same form and the same spinose armature as in L. umbo. Genus Lepidepecreopsis n. gen. On this new genus, see below under L. biloba n. sp. *no. Lepidepecreopsis biloba n. sp. (Figs. 33, 34). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured some specimens at a single station. W. of S.Greenland: St. 36: 6i°5o' N., 56' 21' W. 2702 m., temp. 2.00. 6 spec. 2.5 — 4.5 mm. Description of y with marsupial plates, 4.5 mm. General appearence rather approaching Lepidepecreum. Body stout, somewhat compressed, but without dorsal carina (except on mts. 1 and us. 1). Head almost the length of mss. 1, lateral lobes rounded triangular. No traces of eyes could be found. Ant. 1 abt. 1V2 time as long as head (dorsal line); 1. joint of peduncle compressed, but with no apical projection as in Lepidepecreum; flagellum 5-articulate, as long as peduncle; accessory flagellum 3-articulate, as long as 2 proximal joints of flagellum. Ant. 2 abt. as long as ant. 1, flagellum 5-articulate, as Ion- as the distal two peduncular joints combined. 120 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Fig. 33. Lepidepecreopsis biloba. $ (a(l- ') 4-5 mm. Epistomal plate broad, rounded, almost circular. Md. abt. as in Menigrates (Sars 1895, p. no, PI. 38 fig. 1), but palp is longer, more slender, and is attached off the centre of the molar expansion, not proximally to the latter. On mx. 1 — 2 and mxp. nothing special to observe; the form may be seen from the fig. P. 1 has coxal plate broad, roun- ded triangular; 2. joint abt. as long as the remaining part; metacarpus abt. 3/4 the length of carpus, obliquely truncate. P. 2 very slender, carpus i3/4time as long as metacarpus, not distally expanded; metacarpus in connection with the short heavy dactylus forms a chela; at the distal end 3(?) rows of strong setae. P. 3 — p. 4 rather slender, dactyli abt. 2/3 as long as metacarpus; coxal plate of p. 4 rounded at the anterior ventral corner, not especially broad. Coxal plates of p. 5 — p. 6 with hind corner a little deeper than broad, dactyli longer than half the length of metacarpus. Hind corners of 1. metasome segment rounded rectangular; 2. segment: almost rectangular; 3. segment triangular. 3. meta- some segment and 1. urosome segment have each a highly compressed, lobate rounded dorsal process, and 1. urosome segment has besides a deep impression. No dorsal process on 2. — 3. urosome segments. Up. 1 has rami long, slender; outer ramus abt. as long as peduncle, inner ramus a little shorter. Up. 2 abt. as up. 1, but a little shorter and heavier. Up. 3 short and strong, without natatory setae; outer ramus abt. as long as peduncle, apical joint as long as the proximal ; inner ramus a little shorter than outer ramus. Telson a trifle longer than peduncle of up. 3, with convex sides, cleft abt. to the base, with 2 pairs of dorsal spines. Remarks. According to the key in Stebbing 1906 (pp. 9 — II) this species should Fig. 34. Lepidepecreopsis biloba. . i and the very slender p. 2. On account of the general appearance being abt. as in Lepidepecreum, I pro- pose the generic name Lepidepecreopsis; the specific name biloba is an allusion to the two dorsal processes Genus Pachychelium n. gen. About this new genus, see under Pachychelium Davidis. *iii. Pachychelium Davidis n. sp. (Fig. 35). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured a single specimen of this very easily recognizable species at one Station W. of Greenland: St. 27: 64°54' N., 55°io' W. 740 m., temp. 3.80. 1 spec. 3.5 mm. Description. Length 3.5 mm. The specimen is perhaps not mature; sex cannot be given with certainty, for there are neither calceoli nor marsupial plates. The body has a rather slender appearance, which is especially due to the rather small coxal plates. The back is evenly rounded. Cephalou abt. as long as 1. mesosome segment; lateral lobes rather long and narrow, rounded in Fig- 35. Pachychelium Davidis. the apex. No traces of eyes could be found. The two pairs of antennae are of equal length. Ant. 1 extremely heavy, abt. 21/., time as long as the head; 1. joint of peduncle abt. as long as broad, as long as the two next joints combined. Flagellum 4-articulate, 1. joint on the lateral sick- as long as the three next joints. Accessory 122 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. flagellum 2-articulate, as long as the lateral side of i. flagellar joint; i. joint abt. 4 times as long as 2. joint. Ant. 2 has flagellum very short, with 4 joint. Oral parts were not dissected out. Coxal plates small: 1. plate a little longer than deep, 2. — 4. plates abt. as deep as long, 5. — 7. plates much longer than deep. P. 1 extremely strong; 2. joint tapering towards the proximal end; carpus is, as far it can be seen, reduced to a sort of lamina covering a part of the proximal end of the ovular, very large metacarpus, which forms, together with the long curvate dactylus, a subchelate hand. In p. 2 metacarpus is abt. twice as long as carpus and has a long, strong spine on the under edge at some distance from the distal end; metacarpus has its two sides almost parallel; at the distal end 4 strong spines are fixed; dactylus ex- tremely diminutive. P. 3 — p. 4 of the usual shape, 4. joint somewhat protruded in the distal end of the fore edge, dactylus rather strong. Coxal plate of p. 4 has on the hind edge only a very little excavation. P. 5 — p. 7 have 2. joint almost circular, without real denticles on the hind edge; 4. joint rather broad, highly protruded on the distal end of the hind edge; dactylus as in p. 3 — p. 4. Ep. 1 and ep. 3 evenly rounded, ep. 2 with the hind corner almost quadrate with a little denticle and with the fore corner almost lobate (also the fore corner of ep. 3 has a lobe, but not so large as in ep. 2). Urosome segments dorsally evenly rounded. Up. 1 — 3 short and strong (especially the two last pairs), and without spines on the rami (except for the small spines on up. 3 at the distal end of 1. joint). Up. 1 has rami of equal length, a little shorter than peduncle. Up. 2 has rami as long as peduncle. Up. 3 has inner ramus laminate, a trifle longer than I. joint of outer ramus. Telson entire, ovate-quadrate, without spines. Remarks. The present genus is most easily recognizable at its extremely thick ant. 1, very strong p. 1 and very small coxal plates lending the whole animal much more the appearance of a Pliotid, than of a Lysianassid. The generic name is derived from rrr^rc (= strong), and chela, and is due to the strong metacarpus of p. 1; the specific name Davidis is an allusion to the locality (in the Davis Strait). Genus Orchomenella G. 0. Sars. Orchomenella (partim) G. O. Sars 1895, p. 66, 683. Stebbing 1906, p. 81. 4 species were found in the area, one of them (0. abyssalis) is new to science. [Orchomenella pinguis Boeck (G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 67, 683, PL 24 fig. 2; Stebbing 1906, p. 82) is erroneously given from N. Stromfjord (K. Stephensen 1913, p. 66; the specimen in reality is O.minuta), and with ? from Tuuugdliarfik in S. Greenland (K. Stephensen 1916, p. 286; this specimen is possibly a defective 0. minuta). The species was never found in the "Ingolf'-area.] 112. Orchomenella groenlandica H. J. Hansen. Orchomenella groenlandica G. O. Sars 1895, p. 70, PI. 26 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 83. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf". From W. Greenland Dr. V. Nordmann has secured 1 spec, in Northern Stromfjord, 16 m., and 1 spec, was taken by Traustedt 1892 near Holstens- CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 123 borg. On the east coast of Greenland it was taken by the East-Greenland Expedition 25. 7. 1900: Turner Sound, 6 m., 1 spec. From earlier time it was known from Sukkertoppen, 27 — 37 m., stone-bottom, and Egedesminde, 19 — 37 m. (H. J. Hansen 18S7, p. 73); "Danmark"s Havn, 19 — 28 m., Delesseria-region, soft bottom, several spec. (K. Stephensen, Danmark-Exped. 1912, p. 528). Distribution. N.Norway: Mehavn near Nordcap, and Vardo, j8 — 94 m. (G. O. Sars I.e.). 113. Orchomenella minuta Kroyer (Chart 20). Orchomenella minuta G. O. Sars 1895, p. 66, 683, PI. 24 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 82 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not secured this most widely distributed littoral species. From Iceland the Copenhagen Zool. Museum possesses the species from a number of localities (the spe cies is new to Iceland). W. Iceland : Faxebugt, mouth of Kollafjoror, 18 m., 1 spec, 3. 8. 1901, collector ? ; ? Onun- darfjordr, 21 — 23 m., clay with a few stones and some red and brown alga?, a few small specimens (W. Lund- beck leg. 14. 5. 1893). — N. Iceland: Nordfjoror near Skagestrandsbugt, 9 — 11 m., 1 spec. ("Diana" leg. 22. 7. 1902); Thorshofn, 8 — 9 m., from flatfishes in nets, several spec. ("Beskytteren", Otter- strom). — E. Iceland : Bakke- fjoror, black sand, 22 — 28 m.. Chart 20. Orchomenella minuta. • localities tor the first time mentioned in the present paper. a few small specimens ("Di- O localities from the literature. A locality at the east corner of New Foundland is out- side the chart to south west. ana" St. 8, 14. 6. 1900, A. C. Johansen leg.); 65°4i' N., 14 09' W., 63 m., 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 201, 20. 7. 11)04) • SeySisfjorSr off Brimnses, 75 m., clay, 1 spec. (A. C. Johansen leg. n. 6. 1900). In the literature the species is mentioned from almost the whole of the west coasl of Greenland to abt. 760 N., and from abt. 700 N. at the east coast (for special localities see my Conspectus nil.;, p. 124- — 25, and my paper 1916, p. 285); it lives, as a rule, in rather shallow water, rarely deeper than at 50 60 m. Distribution. An arctic eireumpolar littoral species; the southernmost Idealities are New Found- land and 0resund (hardly more southern waters, see Norman £900, p. -'04 Tryphosa minuta ). For special localities see Oldevig 1917, p. n — 12. N. of N.W. Canada (Shoemakei [920, p. 7). 124 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. *ii4. Orchomenella (?) abyssalis n. sp. (fig. 36). Occurrence. This new species was taken by the "Ingolf" at one station. W. of Greenland: St. 24: 63°o6' N., 56°oo' W. 2258 m., temp. 2. 40. 3 spec. 6 — 7 mm. Description of a specimen, 7 mm (sex?). Body slender. Head a trifle shorter than dorsal line of the two first mesosome segments combined. No eyes. lateral corners rather stout and broad. Ant. 1 : flagellum 9-articulate, the first joint not much shorter than the first joint in the pe- duncle, the two last joints extremely short ; accessory flagellum long, 4-arti- culate. Ant. 2 only a trifle longer than ant. 1, flagellum n(io?)-articulate. Epistomal plate almost not at all pro- jecting. Mandibles abt. as in Orcho- menopsis (coarser than in Orchomene), but with a little notch apically for the fixation of the palp which is fixed a trifle apically to the middle. On mx. 1 there is nothing to remark. Mx. 2 rather broad, as in Orchomenella (ciliata, Sars 1895, PI. 25, 2 m.2); also mxp. abt. as in Orchomenella (ciliata, ibid. fig. 2 mp.). Pereiopoda very slender, but metacarpus of p. 1 very stout. Coxal plate of p. 1 apically somewhat tape- ring. Coxal plates of p. 5 — p. 7 rather small, even in p. 5 considerably shorter than the basal plate. Basal plates in p. 5 — p. 7 rather narrow. Pvpimeral part of 3. metasome segment rounded, totally without teeth. 1. urosome segment with a sharp-pointed process. Telson rather long, cleft beyond the middle, without dorsal spines. Remarks. This species is easily recognizable on account of the stout metacarpus of p. 1 and the little coxal plate of p. 5. With some doubt I have referred the species to the genus Orchomenella (on account of mx. 2 and mxp.) ; the very powerful metacarpus in p. 1 agrees better with Orchomenopsis. The specific name (abyssalis) alludes to the considerable depth, in which the species was found. Fig. 36. Orchomenella (?) abyssalis. *ii5. Orchomenella laevis Bonnier. Orchomenella Icevis Bonnier 1896, p. 617, PI. 35 fig. 4. — Stebbing 1906, p. 81. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at two stations. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. VI. 125 W. of Greenland: St. 25: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m., temp. 3. 30. 4 young specimens, 2 — 3 mm. - 32: 66°35'N., 56°3(> fig. 1); the legs, especially p. 1 and the carpus in p. 2, are somewhat stouter than in 0. obtusa. Other disagreements I have not been able to find without dissection. The Ingolf-E.vpedition. III. 9. 17 126 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. *n8. Orchomenopsis (obtusa G. O. Sars?). Orchomenopsis obtusa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 74, 684, PI. 26 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 85. Occurrence. This species was never anteriorly known from the "Ingolf'-area; the "Ingolf" has secured one single specimen which perhaps may be determined as this species. ?S.W. of Iceland: St. 78: 6o°37' N., 27°52' W. 1505 m., temp. 4.50. 1 $ with embryos abt. 10 mm. The determination is not quite certain ; for the lateral corners of the head are not quite so bluntly rounded as shown by Sars ( — they have about the same shape as in Tryphosa Horringi 3 [Sars 1. c, PI. 27 fig. 2] — ), and chela in p. 1 is extremely stout and short; but otherwise the agreement with 0. obtusa would be very good. Distribution. Trondhjemsfjord 188 m., and Jelso in Stavangerfjord, 753 m. (Sars I.e.). — Kri- stianiafjord off Tonsberg, 150 m. (Dansk Biolog. Station leg. 9. 7. 1914), 2 spec, 9 — 12 mm., and Skagerrak 44 miles N.W. by N. of Hojen, 660 m. ("Thor" St. 285, 14. 10. 1904), 1 small spec, (these specimens are in the Copenhagen Museum). Genus Katius Chevreux. Katius Chevreux, Bull. Mus. Oceanogr. Monaco, No. 35, 1905, p. 5. The genus comprises only one species. 119. Katius obesus Chevreux. Katius obesus Chevreux, 1. c. 1905, pp. 1—5, 3 figs. Occurrence. This species was only once taken by the "Ingolf", viz; Between Greenland and Iceland: St. 12: 64°52' N., 33c05' \V., 1965 m. 1 spec, abt. 33 mm. The "Thor" secured the species from 3 localities: S. of Iceland: St. 180: (10. 7. 1904) 6i°34' N., I9°05' W. 2160 m. 1800 m.w. 3 spec, 9- — 14 mm. - 183: (11. 7. 1904) 6i°3o'N., i7°o8' W. > 2000 m. 1800 m.w. 7 spec, 8' — 19 mm. - 285: (1. 9. 1904) 62°49'N., i8°46' W. Depth below surf.? 1 spec, 18 mm. The "Tjalfe"-Exp. took a number of specimens at W. Greenland, 5 localities, 6oc07' N., 48°26' \V\, to 64°i4' N., 55°55' W., 839 — 1600 m., 1200 — 2000 m.w., and at E. Greenland 58°o8' N., 39°24' W., 500 m.w. (K. Stephensen, "Tjalfe"-Exp. 1912, p. 89). The sizes of these specimens were abt. 10 — 20 mm. The specimen from the "Ingolf" seems to be ? jun., there being small marsupial plates of a size abt. as figured in Thoriella islandica (K. Stephensen 1915, fig. 23). Below will be given the disagreements with Chevreux's description and figures; but these disagree- ments are probably only due to difference in age, Chevreux's specimen measuring only 12 mm. In lateral view the specimens are much more curvate than shown by Chevreux ; especially the fore-end is highly curvate (quite as in Thoriella islandica, see K. Stephensen 1915, fig. 23), the result being that the head is placed almost at the ventral side. For this reason the specimen cannot be measured exactly; the given measure (33 mm.) is taken along the lateral side. Dorsum is compressed and has a not mediocre carina CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 127 from 2. — 3. mesosome segment to 1. urosome segment; tins carina is most distinct at the hinder segment and is not to be found in specimens < 13 — 14 mm. Each segment protrudes a little from the succeeding one, especially in the metasome and urosome. The epimeral plates 1 and 3 in the metasome are as drawn by Chevreux; No. 2 is rounded with a little tooth at the inferior hind corner. Ant. 1 a little longer than head + 1. mesosome segment, but much shorter than head ■[ the two first segments. Flagellum consists of at least 16 joints; the accessory flagellum has 7 or 8 joints and is hall as long as flagellum. Ant. 2 is abt. il/z time as long as ant. 1 ; flagellum has abt. 32 joints. The oral parts were not dissected. P. 2 (Chevreux: gn. 2) is much longer and more slender than in Chevreux's specimen. In p. 3— ]>. 7 (Chevreux : p. 1 — p. 5) the merus is much heavier than in Chevreux's spec. In p. 5 the 2. joint has on the hind edge abt. 5, in p. 6 abt. 10 and in p. 7 abt. 15 teeth. In p. 3 — p. 4 the curvate dactylus can work against a strong spine at the distal end of the metacarpus (Chevreux 1. c. fig. 3 C) ; such a spine is not found in p. 5 — p. 7. The dactylus in p. 3 — p. 7 is slightly grooved at the concave side (Chevreux 1. c. fig. 3 C). Colour. On the label are written the colours of the living animal: whitish, a little hyaline; the eyes white with a pink hue; the oral parts a little greenish. On Parasitism see K. Stephensen 1915, p. ^7- Distribution. An Atlantic deep-sea species; it is taken with (300) 1200 — 3000 m.w. 3 stations S.W. of Ireland (Tattersall 1906 and K. Stephensen 1915). 36°i7' N., 28°53' W., 3410 m., o — 3000 m.w. (Chevreux 1. a). — Also found in the northern Pacific Ocean: 55°i3' N., I40°2i' W., surf. (Shoemaker 1920). Fam. StegOCephalidae Dana. Stegocephalida G. O. Sars 1895, p. 196. Stebbing 1906, p. 88. Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 11, 1924, p. 197. The systematics of the family needs a revision; but this cannot possibly be done till many more species are known. Several of the species have been removed from one genus to another, and then again to a third, and when in recent years an author had a number of species at hand, he altered the position of the species within the genera (Stebbing 1906, Briiggen 1906 [1907] and 1909, Schellenberg 1924). If all the new genera will prove to be valid, most of them will at all events be very closely allied. In the following I have followed Schellenberg (1924), as his system seems to be the best. Only in one point Schellenberg is not right, viz. when he writes that Stegocephalopsis (Phippsia) ampulla has only one joint in palp of mx. 1. Schellenberg himself has not, as ma}- be seen from his paper, had the species in question, and his source is probably Briiggen 1909 (in Briiggeu's fig. 14, pi. 3. the appendage is erroneously called mandible). But Stebbing 1906 describes it (genus Phippsia) as having 2 joints, and an enormous specimen from E. Greenland, dissected by myself, also had 2 joints. The genera with mandible denticulate and telson cleft (it is the genera revised by Schellenberg) i7» 128 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. are always divided by the number of joints in the palp of mx. i (i or 2 joints) and the shape of second joint of p. 6 (expanded or not expanded) ; but also other characters seem to be of generic value. Sars (1895) has given good analyses of the oral parts of Stegocephalus inflatus and Phippsia (Aspidoplenrus) gibbosa; and in order to have the relation between the genera made clear I have dissected all the species at my disposal. Good characters I have found in the oral parts; upon the whole they have the same shape in the several genera, but there are differences (besides in the palp of mx. 1) in mx. 2 and mxp. The result is given in the key below. 1 a. Second joint of palp of mxp. has distal inner corner elongate (Sars 1895, pi. 71 fig. 1 mp.) (2. joint of p. 6 not expanded; palp of mx. 1 biarticulate, shorter than outer lobus; setae on outer lobus of mx. 2 as long as or longer than outer lobus, hook-shaped, bifid at apex) Phippsia (Aspidoplcums) (gibbosa + romeri). 1 b. Second joint of palp of mxp. has distal inner corner not elongate (as in Stegocephalus inflatus, Sars 1895, pi. 69, mp.) 2. 2 a. Palp of mx. 1 biarticulate 3. 2 b. uni-articulate 4. 3 a. Second joint of p. 6 expanded (coxal plate of p. 4 covers only the next coxal plate; setae on outer lobus of mx. 2 only abt. half as long as outer lobus, with a single hook at apex (totally as in 5. inflatus [G. O. Sars 1895, PI. 69, m2]) Phippsiclla (Stegocephalus) (similis + minima n. sp.). 3 b. Second joint of p. 6 not expanded; (coxal plate of p. 4 covers the two next coxal plates; setae on outer lobus of mx. 2 straight, without any hook at apex, only abt. 1/3 — 1ji as long as outer lobus) Stegocephalopsis (Phippsia) (ampulla). 4 a. Second joint of p. 6 not expanded 5. 4 b. expanded ; (setae on outer lobus of mx. 2 at most half as long as outer lobus, with a single hook at apex) Stegocephalus (inflatus). 5 a. Second joint of p. 6 has hind corner acute; (oral parts not elongate; setae on outer lobus of mx. 2 abt. as in Stegocephalus (see above) Stegocephaloides (auratus + christianiensis) . 5 b. Second joint of p. 6 has hind corner rounded (oral parts, especially upper lip, somewhat elongate (fig. 39) ; setae on outer lobus of mx. 2 as long as outer lobus, straight, without any hook at apex) Stcgocephalina (Ingolfi, n. gen. n. sp.). 9 genera are found in the "Ingolf "-area ; only one genus (Phippsiella) is represented by two species, all the others only by one. 7 species are new to the area; 3 of these (and two genera) are new to science. Genus Stegocephalus Kroyer. Stegocephalus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 197. — Stebbing 1906, p. 90. The genus has, as defined by Stebbing 1906 with corrections of Schellenberg 1924, only one species, to be mentioned below. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. VI. 129 120. Stegocephalus inflatus Kroyer (Chart 21). * Stegocephalus inflatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 198, PI. 69. — Stebbing 1906, p. 91 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. Taken at a few stations both by the "Ingolf" and by the "Trior". Davis Straits: "Ingolf" St. 34. 65*17' N., 54°i7' W. 104 m. 1 spec. - 33- 67*57' N-> 55°30' W. 66 m. Temp. 0.8°. 271 large and 18 small spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171. 63°I5' N., 22*23' W. 216 — 326 m. 4 spec. - 176. 63°i8'N., 2i°30'W. 8.7.1904. 178 in. 2 spec. Chart 21. Stegocephalus inflatus. Several localities lie outside the Chart to north east and south west. N. of the Faeroes: "Ingolf" St. 138. 63*26' N., 7*56' W. 887 m. Temp. ~ o.6°. Abt. 30 spec. - 140. 63°29'N., 6°57' W. 1469 m. Temp. ~ 0.90. 3 spec. - 104. 66*23' N., 7*25' W. 1802 m. Temp. 4- 1.10. 1 spec. N. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 124. 67*40' N., 15*40' W. 932 m. Temp. -:- 0.6*. 1 spec. In addition to this material our Museum possesses some specimens from a number of localities in the "Ingolf'-area, not mentioned in the literature. W. of Iceland: 65*57' N., 27*0' W. 633 m. Temp. 0°. Capt. Wandel leg. 1891. 1 spec. E. Greenland: Angmagssalik, Kruuse leg. 7. 8. 1902, 1 spec, and W. Thalbitzer leg. 1905 — 06, 1 spec. — Tasiusak (at Angmagssalik), Kruuse leg. 1902, 2 spec, and 10 — 37 m., stony bottom with alga-, 14. and 17. 5. 1899, 2. Amdrup-Exped. 6 spec — Cape Dan, 19m., rocky bottom almost without algse, Amdrup-Ex] 14. 6. 1899, 1 spec. — Tiningniketok, Kruuse leg. 1902, 1 spec. - Turner-Sound 25. 7. moo, 6 in., 5 spec, and 130 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Ryder's Sound 25. 7. 1900, 6 m., abt. 10 spec; Cape Hope (mouth of Seoresby Sound) 21. 8. 1900, 228 m., clay with stones, 1 spec. (E. Greenland Exped. 1900, Soren Jensen leg.). — Danmark's 0 (Seoresby Sound), Aug. 1891, H. Deichmann leg., 3 spec, and ibid. 19 m., stony bottom with algae, 16. 3. 1902, E. Bay leg., 1 spec. — Danmark's Naes (Seoresby Sound), 13 — 33 m., E. Bay leg., 1 spec. S. of the Faeroes: 6i°23' N., 4°2i' W. 950 m., clay, temp. -^0.4°, Capt. Wandel leg. 1890, 2 spec. E. of the Faeroes: 62°43' N., i°26' E. 800 m., temp. 30, 23.6.1902, "Michael Sars" (Ad. Jensen), 1 spec. — The species is known from a number of localities at W. Greenland abt. 60 ° — abt. 78° N. (K. Ste- phensen 1916, p. 286 and my Conspectus 1913, p. 133) and from E. Greenland abt. 70 ° — abt. 780 N. (see my Conspectus 1913, p. 133 — 34). — W. of Jan Mayen, 481 m., temp. ■+■ 0.30 (G. O. Sars 1886). — Faeroe Channel 6o°9' N., J°i6' W., abt. 900 m. (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol.6, 1900, p. 33). Size. The size varies from abt. 20 to abt. 47 mm.; the specimens from true arctic localities attain the largest measures. At W. Greenland the most common size is abt. 25 mm., only a few are larger: N. Stromfjord 400 — 410 m., -7-0.7°, 1 spec. 32 mm. 66°45' N., 56°23' W., abt. 300 m. ("Tjalfe" St. 370), 1 spec. 30 mm., and 66°42' N., 56°i2' W., abt. 230 m. ("Tjalfe" St. 397), 1 spec. 34 mm. Bredefjord, 85 — 140 m. ("Rink" St. 134), 1 spec. 32 mm. Specimens from E. Greenland are abt. 30 mm., but a specimen from Cape Hope (mouth of Seoresby Sound), 228 m., is 44 mm. In the Icefjord (Spitzbergen) it can be 43 mm. (Oldevig 1917) ; our largest specimens from the Kara Sea are 47 mm. On the other hand, Norwegian specimens are only 25 mm. (Sars 1895) and specimens from the Skagerrak abt. 20 mm. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). Distribution. The species is arctic and boreo-arctic and probably circumpolar; for special localities see Stappers 191 1, p. 28, Oldevig 1917, p. 14, Shoemaker 1920, p. 9 and Schellenberg 1924, p. 200 (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol.11: localities N. and N.E. of Spitzbergen). In the Atlantic the southern limit is Woods Hole S. of Cape Cod, Massachusetts (East American localities see Kunkel, State of Connecticut, State Geological and Natural Hist. Survey, Bull. No. 26, Hartford 1918, p. 61), S. Greenland, S. Iceland, the Faeroe Channel and Skagerrak (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). In the Pacific the southern limit is Japan, Sea of Okhotsk, and Bering sea (Shoemaker 1920). Kroyer's type-specimens are still in the possession of our Museum. Genus Phippsiella Schellenberg. Phippsiella Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. n, part 2, 1924, p. 199, 200. As defined by Schellenberg the genus has two species, P. similis (No. 121) and P. minima n. sp. (No. 122) ; see also the key above. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 131 *i2i. Phippsiella similis (G. O. Sars). Stcgoccpluilus similis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 200, pi. 70 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 91. Phippsia — v. Briiggen 1906 (1907), p. 221, figs. Phippsiella — Sehellenberg 1. c. 1924, p. 200. Occurrence. This species was (new to the area) secured by the "Ingolf" at four stations. Davis Straits St. 27: 64°54'N., 55°io' W. 740 m. Temp. 3. 8°. 4 spec, (in a sponge). - 28: 65°i4' N., 55°42' W. 791111. Temp. 3.50. 12 spec, (some of them found in sponges) . N.E. of Iceland: St. in: 67°i4' N., 8°48' W. 1620 in. Temp. ~ 0.90. From the stomach of Lycodes frigidus along with Gonatus. 1 y with large marsupial plates, 21 mm. St. 112: 67°57' N., 6°44' W. 2375 m. Temp. -M.10. 1 + with embryos, 21mm. (there are totally 4 embryos, abt. 1.75 mm. long). Remarks. The specimens agree upon the whole very well with v. Briiggen 's corrections (1907, p. 221) to G. O. Sars's original description. A few corrections are to be made to the existing descriptions of the species, as regards the specimens from N.E. of Iceland. Epistome has a very slight longitudinal carina. Accessory flagellum of ant. 1 is longer than in the Atlantic and Norwegian specimens, covers the proximal half of 2. joint of flagellum. In p. 1 carpus is as long as metacaqous (not shorter), and epimeral plate of p. 4 is deeper than drawn by Sars; v. Briiggen does not mention these 4 characters. As in my specimens from the Skagerrak (and v. Bniggen's specimens) they have no teeth on the hind edge of 3. epimeral plate of metasome. The arctic specimens are much larger than the Atlantic: Spitzbergen (v. Briiggen): 2S mm., N.E. Iceland ("Ingolf"): 21 mm., Davis Straits ("Ingolf"): 11 — 12 mm., Norway (G. O. Sars): 12 mm., Skagerrak (specimens in our Zool. Museum) : g mm. A '+ from the Skagerrak ("Thor" St. 2S5, 14. 10. 1904) 9 mm., has four embryos, abt. 1 mm. long in the natural curved position. Distribution. Spitzbergen 8o°35' N., 7°iq' E., clay, 724 m., 1 spec. (v. Briiggen). - Norway: Tjoto (off the Nordland coast) and at Rodberget (Trondhjemsfjord), among Lophohelia prolifera (G. 0. Sars 1895). — Skagerrak, 310 — 660 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zoological Museum). *i22. Phippsiella minima n. sp. (Fig. ^y). Occurrence. This new species was secured by the "Ingolf" W.Greenland: St. 27: 64°54' N., 55°io' W. 740 m. Temp. 3.8°. 2 spec. 2.5 mm. ?N. of the Faroes: St. 139: 63°36' N., 7°3o' W. 1322 m. Temp. H- o.6°. 1 spec. 2111111.? Description of a specimen 2.5 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 27). The specimen is perhaps not quite adult. Body rather slender, general appearance about as A ndaniexis abyssi (Sars 1895, PI. 71 ti^. 2). Antenna' subequal, with very few joints in the flagella (apices are lost); thus ant. 1 bears a certain resemblance to 132 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Fig. 37. Phippsiella minima (in the fig. of mx. 1 the inner lobus was omitted). the genus Stegocephaloides, but this is perhaps due to the spec- imen not being fully adult. Upper lip very long; epistome almost without keel. Inferior lip, man- dibles and maxillipeds as in Steg. in flatus. In mx. 1 palp is bi- artieulate, as long as outer lobus, and with 3 setse at the apex. Mx. 2 is totally as in Phippsia gibbosa (Sars 1895, PI. 71 fig. 1), but the seta? at outer lobus are shaped as in S. inflatus (ending in a single hook, not bifid). Side plate 4 very deep, but not very long; hind lobe covers only side plate 5. 2. joint of p. 6 expanded, but narrower than that of p. 7 ; both have rounded hind corners. Epimeral plate of 3. metasome segment has hind corner rounded; the very minute notch is probably due to accidental damage. Uropoda long, narrow; telson longer than peduncle of urop. 3, cleft to abt. three fourth of the length. The specific name is an allusion to the very minute size. Genus Stegocephalopsis Schellenberg. Stegocephalopsis Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 11, part 2, 1924, p. 199, 200. As defined by Schellenberg 1. c. the genus only comprises S. ampulla (Phipps) and possibly the Indian species S. {Stegocephalus) globosus Walker (Trans. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, Zool., vol. 12, 1909, p. 329, PI. 42 fig. 2). — See also the key above (p. 128). 123. Stegocephalopsis ampulla (Phipps). Cancer ampulla Phipps, Voyage toward North Pole 1774, p. 191, PI. 12 fig. 3. Phippsia — Stebbing 1906, p. 89 (lit. and syn.) Stegocephalus — v. Briiggen 1909, p. 14, PI. 1 fig. 1, PI. 3 figs. 11 — 19. StegocephAlopsis — Schellenberg 1. c. p. 200. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but we have a specimen ($ with embryos, 58 mm) secured by the East Greenland-Exped. 26. 7. 1900 (Soren Jensen) in Turner Sound (E. Greenland, abt. 693/4°N.), 225 m.. stones. From of old we possess a ? with large marsupial plates, 56.5 mm., from Greenland without special locality (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 88). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. i 13 Distribution. Is a true arctic, probably circumpolar species. 76°3?' N., 147 27' I'.., 47 m., clay, 1 $ with young 53 mm. (v. Briiggen 1909). — Bernard harbour, Northwest Territories (Canada), from stomach of Erignatkus barbatus, 1 spec. (Shoemaker 1920). — 6/°7' N., I73°24' W., 17 — 28 m. (Stuxberg, "Vega"- Exped. vol. 1, 1882, p. 713). Genus Phippsia Stebbing. Phippsia Stebbing 1906, p. 89 (partim). Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 11, part 2, 11)24, P- T99. 20°- As defined by Schellen- berg 1. c. and by the key above (p. 128) the genus only comprises P. romeri and P. {Aspidoplcurus) gibbosa ; only the first-named species is found in the area. *I24. Phippsia romeri Schellen- berg (Fig. 38). Pliippsia rSmeri Schellenberg 1924, p. 197, figs. Occurrence. This species was not taken by the "Ingolf"; but our Museum possesses a single specimen from the following lo- cality (it is new to the area). E. Greenland: 72°4o' N., 20°io' W., 190 m. 26. 7. 1891. H. Deichmanu leg. 1 $ ovig. (with 3 large ova) 6 mm. Remarks. Upon the whole the specimen agrees very well with Schellenberg's descrip- Fig. 38. Phippsia romeri. tion; as my figures were drawn long before I received Schellenberg's paper, I have kept them all. Telson is in my specimen cleft, but there is no gap between the two halves. Distribution. N. of Spitzbergen, 8i°2o' N., 190 E., 1000 m. ; 1 ? with embryo (Schellenberg 1 c Genus Stegocephaloides G. 0. Sars. Stegocephaloides G. O. Sars 1895, p. 201. Stebbing 1906, p. 91. The genus comprises two northern and three southern species ; only one is found in the " Ingoli -area. The lugulf-Expedition. 111. y. iS 134 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. *i2S. Stegocephaloides auratus (G. O. Sars). Stegocephaloid.es auratus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 203, PI. 70 fig. 3. — Stebbing 1906, p. 92. Occurrence. The species was taken three times by tin- "Thor" (not by the "Ingolf") and is new to the area. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171. 63°I5' N., 22°23' W. 216 — 326 m. 4 spec. S. of the Faroes: - 78. 12.5. 1904. 6i°o8' N., 9°28' W. 820 m. Abt. 35 spec. — - 99. 22. 5. 1904. 6ici5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. Abt. 25 spec. Distribution. Norway: Sunde (Hardangerfjord), Magero (W. off Trondhjemsfjord), Bejan (outer part of Trondhjemsfjord), 150 — 375 m. (G O. Sars 1895). - Skagerrak, four times, 310 — 640 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). Genus Stegocephalina n. gen. General appearance almost as in Stegocephalus, but the genus is characterised by a number of good characters: Antenna 1 — 2 have very few joints and are equal in length; 1. joint of fiagellum of ant. 1 half the length of the whole of the antenna. Upper lip, mandibles and the two pairs of maxilhe rather long and narrow; palp of 2. maxilla uni-articulate. The lobes of inferior lip end in two dentiform projections (not one). Palp of maxillipeds extremely narrow. On the oral parts see also the key above (p. 128) and the description of 5. Ingol/i (below). Inferior edge of coxal plate of p. 4 evenly curved. P. 1 — p. 2 subequal, rather narrow. Dactyli of p. 3 — p. 7 very short. Coxal plate of p. 6 much deeper than those of p. 5 and p. 7, basal joints expanded both in p. 6 and p. 7. Hind corners of 4. joints in p. 6 — p. 7 very long, cover tin- whole of the next (5.) joints. All 3 pairs of uropoda subequal, with the rami subequal in length and uniarticulate. Telson triangular, deeply cleft, without spines. ♦126. Stegocephalina Ingolfi n. sp. (Figs. 39-40). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this new species at one station. S.W. of Iceland: St. 78: 6o°37' N., 27°52' W. 1505 m. Temp. 4.50. 1 ?ovig. 9mm., 1 spec. jun. 6mm. Description of $ ovig. , 9 mm. Body very robust. Cephalon has a little rostrum and the lateral lobes bluntly acute. No traces of eyes could be found. First segment of mesosome as long as 5. — 7. segments ; these 4 segments are longer than 2. — 4. segments. 1. and 2. epimeral plate of metasome evenly rounded; 3. plate triangular, rounded, without teeth, but with Fig. 39. Stegocephalina ingolfi. a few setae on the under margin. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 135 Ant. i — 2 equal in length. Ant. i: i. joint of peduncle as long as the two next joints combined; flagellum almost I1/., time the length of peduncle, i. joint longer than peduncle; the 3 next joints very short (flagellum has totally only 4 joints). Accessory flagellum only half as long as peduncle. Ant. 2: peduncle longer than flagellum; the two distal peduncular joints equal in length; flagellum 8-articulate. Upper lip bilobate, narrow, symmetrical, narrowly cleft to abt. J/4 of the length, with seta? (and two canals?) on the lobes. Inferior lip almost as in Stegocephalus (Sars 1S95, PI. 69), but with a narrow (not broad) sinus, and Fig. 40. Stegocephalina Ingotfi. with the lobes ending in 2 dentiform projections (not 1). Mandibles tapering towards the apices, with the cutting edges dentate and situated almost longitudinally; right nid. has abt. 10 teeth, Kit md. abt. 15. and the long accessory lamella abt. 20. Mx. 1 rather narrow, basal lobe with 5 dentate setae at the apex, ma- stigatory lobe with one ciliated seta and 7 — 8 pectinate seta.'; palp uni-articulate, narrow, reaches abl to the apex of mastigatory lobe, with 3 ciliated seta; at the apex. Mx. 2 with inner lobe triangular with ciliated seta; at the apex, and the proximal seta; simple; outer lobe narrow, at the apex with abt. 10 long slender setae, ciliated at the points, but not hatchet-shaped. Mxp. in general shape abt. as in Stegocephalus (Sai> 1895, PI. 69), but palp extremely slender. Inner lobe has at the apex 4 long and strong ciliated set.e, two spa- tuliform or spoon-shaped teeth, and an oblique series of abt. 14 short, heavy seta1. P. 1 has carpus narrow, shorter than metacarpus. P. 2 abt. as p. I, but still narrower. 1' I36 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. very short dactyli. 4. coxal plate overlaps only coxal plate 5 (not 6.). Coxal plate 6 very deep, abt. as deep as the broad, ovate basal joint of the leg. 4. joint of p. 6 — p. 7 very broad and with the hind corner covering the next (5.) joint. Basal joint of p. 7 almost twice the length of that of p. 6, ovate, with evenly rounded hind corner. Urop. 1 — 2 with rami shorter than peduncle and with very few spines; urop. 3 with rami longer than peduncle, without spines. Telson only a little longer than the breadth at the base, cleft abt. to the middle. The type $ has abt. 15 ova, ca. 0.6 mm. in length. The species is very easily recognisable, especially with the short, few-jointed antennae and the long, narrow oral parts. Genus Metandania n. gen. The species Metandania islandica (see below) is probably to be taken as the type of a new genus characterised especially by the combination of the following characters: mandibles dentate only on the median corner; maxilla 1 with palp long, broad, uni-articulate ; pereiopod 6 has 2. joint broad; telson cleft. Antenna? short, with a few joints in the flagella. Accessory flagellum of ant. 1 long. Epistome has a rather broad, vertical lamella; upper lip almost symmetrical, with a little central notch. Lower lip with rather broad lobes; these are very much dehiscent, and this character does not seem to be due to accidental damage or to pressure under the cover-glass. Mandibles with cutting edge not denticulate (only a few minute teeth on the median corner) ; accessory lamella of left md. very little, with extremely small teeth. Maxilla 1 — 2 broad; palp of mx. 1 broad, heavy, longer than outer plate, uni-articulate. Mx. 2 as in Andaniexis abyssi (Sars 1895, PI. 71 fig. 2), but outer lobe a little broader. Maxillipeds, inner plate very broad, with median corner elongate; outer plate not reaching to the end of 2. joint of palp. Pereiopod 1 much heavier than p. 2. P. 4 has coxal plate not very broad, overlapping only coxal plate of p. 5, not that of p. 6. P. 6 — p. 7 have basal joints expanded. Uropods 1 — 3 with rami subequal, uni-articulate. Telson ovate-triangular, acute at the apex, cleft to the middle. *I27. Metandania islandica n. sp. (Fig. 41). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this new species at one station: W. of Iceland: St. 95: 65°i4' N., 30°3g' W. 1318 m. Temp. 2.10. 1 ? jun. abt. 7 mm. Description of $ jun., abt. 7 mm. The type-specimen is a young $, for there are small marsupial plates without marginal setse (see the fig. of p. 4). Skin rather soft. Body somewhat slender; back evenly curved, not very abruptly deflexed in front; general appearance about as in Andaniopsis nordlandica (Sars 1895, PI. 72 fig. 3). Rostrum very little; lateral corners of the head small, rounded. No traces of eyes could be found. Antenna 1: 1. joint of peduncle as long as the two next combined; flagellum has only 4 joints, the first of them as long as peduncle; accessory flagellum 3/4 as long as 1. flagellar joint. Ant. 2 only a trifle longer than ant. 1, the two distal joints almost equal in length; flagellum has 7 joints. Oral parts, see above. Pereiopod 1 heavier than p. 2, coxal plate very broad; carpus and metacarpus almost equal length. P. 2, coxal plate narrow toward the apex, rounded ; metacarpus a trifle longer than carpus. P. 3 — p. 7 have CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 137 long dactyli. P. 4 has coxal plate not very broad, under edge evenly curved, backward expansion not very deep, overlapping only coxal plate 5. 2. joint of p. 6 broad, with almost parallel edges, hind corner almost right-angled. P. 7 somewhat shorter than p. 6, with 2. joint broad, hind edge dentate, almost evenly curved. 1. and 3. epimeral plates of metasome have hind corners rounded, 2. plate has hind corner almost right-angled ; none of them have teeth. Uropod 1 has rami shorter than peduncle, urop. 2 has rami and peduncle almost equal length, in urop. 3 rami are shorter than peduncle; urop. 1 — 2 have a few spines, urop. 3 totally unarmed. Telson ovate-triangular, acute at the apex, shorter than pe- duncle of urop. 3, cleft to the middle. Fig. 41. Metandania islandica. Genus Andaniella G. 0. Sars. Andaniella G. O. Sars 1895, p. 210. Stebbing 1906, p. 93. The genus comprises only one species. 128. Andaniella pectinata G. O. Sars. Andaniella pectinata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 211, PI. 72 fig. 3. Stebbing 1906, p. 93. Occurrence. The species was taken once by the "Ingolf" and once by the "Trior". S. of Jan Mayen: "Ingolf" St. 116. 70°05' N., 8°26' W. 700 m. Temp, -f 0.43. 1 spec. E. Iceland: "Thor" St. 48. 29.4. 11)04. Reyuarfjordr 62°o7' N., 13 561 './ W. 140 m. 1 spec. It is known from Egedesminde (W. Greenland), in Molgula conchilega (H. J. Hansen 18S7). Distribution. Norway: Varangerfjord at Vadso; a few places at the west coast of Norway; Trond- hjemsfjord; 38 — 115 m., among Hydroida and Polyzoa (G. O. Sars 1895). - Spitzbergen without spi locality, on Corella borealis (Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol.11, 1924, p. 200). 138 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Genus Andaniexis Stebbing. Andania G. O. Sars 1895, p. 206. Andaniexis Stebbing 1906,^.94. The genus has only one species. *i29_ Andaniexis abyssi (Boeck). Andania abyssi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 207, PI. 71 fig. 2, PI. 72 fig. 1. Andaniexis — Stebbing 1906, p. 94. Occurrence. The species was two times secured by the "Ingolf" and is new to the area. Davis Straits: St. 28. 65°i4'N., 55°42' W. 791m. Temp. 3. 50. 1 spec. - 32. 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m. Temp. 3.90. 1 spec. Distribution. S. of Rockall 56°26' N., I4°28' W., abt. 200 m. (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. ^). - "In several places off the west coast of Norway, and northwards to the Lofoten Islands, as also in the Trondhjemsfjord". Christianiafjord. Abt. 375 to abt. 750 m. (G. O. Sars 1895). — 63°io'N., 5°o'E., 763 m., temp. ~ i.o°, sabulous clay; 66°4i' N., 6°59' E., 640 m., temp. -^0.9°, coarse clay; 67°24' N., 8°58' E., 827 m., temp. + 1.0°, clay (G. O. Sars [886). - Taken 5 times in the Skagerrak. 350 — 660 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). — N. of Spitzbergen 8i°2o' N., 20°3o' E., 1000 m. (Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. n, 1924, p. 200). Fam. AmpeliSCidae Boeck. Ampeliscidce G. O. Sars 1895, p. 162. — ■ Stebbing 1906, p. 97. The family comprises 3 genera; all these are known from the area, represented by totally 19 species, 3 of which are new to science. 1 1 species are new to the area. Genus Ampelisca Kroyer. . I mpelisca G. O. Sars 1895, p. 164. — Stebbing 1906, p. 98. 9 species were found in the area ; 4 of these are new to the area, and one of these four is new to science. 130. Ampelisca Eschrichtii Kroyer. (Chart 22, partim). Ampelisca Eschrichtii G. O. Sars 1895, p. 174, PI. 61 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 100, 721. Stappers 1911, p. 19, 23, PI. 1 figs. 1, 9, 14 — 16. Chilton: The Identity of the two Amphipods, Ampelisca eschrichtii, Kroyer, and A. macrocephala, Liljeborg, considered from an antarctic point of view. — The Journal of Zool. Research, vol. 2, 1917, pp. 75 — 93. CRUSTACEA MAT.ACI ISTRACA. VI. I \9 Chart 22. Ampelisca. • and O A. Esckrichtii (• localities for the- first time quoted in the- present paper, O localities from the literature The locality lie- Caribou, Labrador (Holmes 1905) not noted). + A. macrocephala (several East American localities are outside the chad t<> south west) Occurrence. The species was secured at numerous localities by the "Ingolf", the "Thor", and by several collectors. W.Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 28, 65°I4' N., 55°42"W. 791m. Temp. 3.5'. 1 spec. - 27. 6554'N., 55°io' W. 740 m. Temp. 3.80. 1 spec. — — - 35. 65°i6' N., 55°o5' W. 682 m. Temp. 3. 6°. 1 spec. - 32. 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m. Temp. 3.9 . <> spec. - 15. 66ci8'N., 25°59' W. 611 111. Temp. : 0.75 . 1 spec. - 85. 6.p2i'N., 25°2i' W. 320 m. 2 spec. - 128. 6650'N., 20°02'W. 367 m. Temp. o.6°. 2 spec. - 147. (1.7. 1903). 4 miles W. of Husavik, 80 m. 3 spec. — — — - 128. (1.6. 1904). Husavik, 90 — iicim. 2 spec. F„ . — - 41). (30. 4. 1904). ReySarfjorSr, 95 m. 1 spec N.W. Iceland : s.w. N. "Thor' I40 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. E. Iceland: "Thor" St. 48. (23.4.1904), ibid. 140 m., 4 spec, and St. 51 (30.4.1904), ibid., 130 m., 3 spec. "Ingolf" - 59. 65°n'N., ii°i6'W. 585 m. Temp. -fo.l0. 2 spec. - 4. 64°o7'N., ii°I2' W. 446 m. Temp. 2. 50. 6 spec. - 58. 64°25' N., I2C09' W. 397 m. Temp. 0.8°. Abt. 15 spec. In addition to the specimens enumerated above we possess the species from a number of localities not mentioned in existant literature. E. Greenland: 0desund (abt. 66°io' N.), 10 — 30 m., stony bottom with algae, Amdrup-Exped. 6. 8. 1899, 1 spec; E. Greenland-Exped. 10. 7. 1900, St. I (abt. 700 N. ?), 200 m., Soren Jensen, 5 spec. — W. Greenland: Akudlek (68°io' N.) 1892, Traustedt, 1 spec. — N.E. Iceland: 66°32' N., I5°i5' W., 135 m., Gemzoe 1904, 1 $ ovig., and 66°39' N., I4°50' W., 190 m., Gemzoe 20. 6. 1904, 2 spec. — E. Iceland: Faskrudfjoror, 40 — 100 m., blue clay, R. Horring 7. 7. 1899, 3 spec. From E. Greenland it is known from abt. 741/2° N., and from W. Greenland abt. 6o° N. to abt. 720 N. (see my Conspectus 1913, p. 201, and my paper on S. Greenland fjords 1916, p. 293). It is quoted by Norman (1900, p. 343) from the Faeroe Channel, 235 m. Size. The size can vary to a certain degree; specimens from true arctic localities are larger than those from more southern areas. W.Greenland (Akudlek): 22 mm.; E.Greenland (abt. 70°?): 32 mm.; E. Iceland ("Ingolf" St. 4) : 23 mm.; N. Iceland (Husavik) : 27 mm.; S. Iceland ("Ingolf" St. 85): 20 mm.; Kara Sea: 28 mm. ; S. of Nova Zembla: 30 mm. (Stappers 1911) ; Norway: up to 25 mm. (G. O. Sars 1895) ; Icefjord (Spitzbergen) : 35 mm. (Oldevig 1917). On the synonymy and literature on A. Eschrichtii and A. macroccphala . Sars 1895 and Steb- bing 1906 write that A. macrocephala has setae on the dorsal side of the telson, and that A. Eschr. is devoid of these setae. But this is not right; Stappers 1911 has clearly shown (with figures) that both species haw- such setae, but the number can vary. Stappers has also shown that the two species are good species, in spite of several authors taking them to be synonymous. I am myself able to subscribe this : though our Museum possesses several hundred specimens (from the northern hemisphere) I have never been in doubt as to the determination. In his most elaborate paper 1. c 1917 Prof. Chilton writes on New Zealand specimens that "it seemed to me very difficult to continue to consider these as two separate species". If Chilton is right, the synonymy should comprise also a number of other species (see Chilton 1. c, p. 87). But it is very improbable that the (two) species should be identic with that (those) found in northern waters, for bipolarity was, as far as I know, never proved as to any/ Crustacean; the single locality' of intermediate position known is Monterey Bay (California), 85 — 280 m. (A. macroccphala. Holmes 1908, p. 510, fig. 19). A close examination of a large material from both hemispheres will no doubt make it clear that the northern and southern species are not identic, but possibly very closely allied. Distribution. 1. Northern hemisphere. Extremely widely distributed in the arctic and boreo- arctic area; possibly circumpolar. For exact localities se Stappers 1911, p. 19, and Oldevig 1917, p. 15; but some additions are to be made. Gulf of St. Lawrence (S. I. Smith, teste Norman 1900, p. 343). — W. of Shannon, Ireland, 52°25' N., n°4o' W., 170 m.; 48°5o' N., nc09' W., 1375 m. (Norman 1900, p. 343). — CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 141 Dolphin and Union Strait (off Cockburn Point), Northwest Territories, abt. roo ra., mud with pebbles but no algae; Port Burwell, Ungava (South side of Hudson Strait) (Shoemaker 1920, pp. g, 27). - Spitzbergen, several loc. (Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol.11, 1924, p. 201). The southern limit in the Atlantic is determined by the following points: Gulf of St. Lawrence and Grand Manan; South Greenland; South Iceland, the Faeroe Channel and Bergen in W, Norway. South of this line it is only known from two points S. and S.W. of Ireland (see above). ?2. Southern hemisphere (partly after Chilton 1917; for references to literature see Chilton 1. c, p. 92). Port Jackson (E. Australia), 63 m., 21 mm. (A. acinaces; Stebbing 18S8, p. 1036, PI. 101 — 02; Stebbing 1906, p. 108, hgs. 25 — 26; Stebbing 1910 A, p. 635). — New Zealand (,-1. acinaces'?, Chilton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1906, p. 268 [I have not had access to this paper]; "not unfrequently found washed up on the ocean beach, Dunedin, often in considerable numbers (.1. acinaces G. M. Thomson 1902, p. 464). -- New Zealand: (A. Chiltoni Stebbing 1888, p. 1042, PI. 103; Chilton 1905 (1906), p. 267 [Auck- land, 40 — 100 fms.]). -- New Zealand (A. Eschrichtii; Chilton 1917 and Chilton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 52, 1920, p. 6). — S. Africa, several loc, 45 — 88 m. (A. Chiltoni Stebbing 1908, p. 69, and 1910 B, p. 451 ; spec, up to 23 mm.). Antarctic area: Port Foekroy, chenal de Roosen, 60 — 70m., 1 $ > 12 mm. (not stretched) (.4. Bouvieri, Chevreux 1913, p. 96). — ibid., 1 spec. 13 mm., and Baie Marguerite, 200 m., 1 $ 15 mm. {A. Esch- richtii, Chevreux 1913, p. 96). — Baie de Biscoe, ile Anvers, no m., 1 ? ovig. 22 mm. (A. Eschrichtii, Chev- reux 1906, p. 20, fig. 11). 131. Ampelisca macrocephala Lilljb. (Chart 22, partim). Ampelisca macrocephala G. O. Sars 1895, p. 172, PI. 60 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 101. Stappers 1911, p. 22, PI. 1 figs. 2, 10 — 13. Eschrichtii (partim) Chilton 1917 (see under .1. Eschrichtii). macrocephala Kunkel, The Arthrostraca of Connecticut; — State af Connecticut, State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, Bull. No. 26, Hartford 1918, p. 02, fig. limicola Stimpson, in Verrill, Am. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 10, p. 38 (teste Kunkel, 1. c. above, p. 63). Occurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf". It is known from half a score of localities at W. Greenland abt. 6o° — 700 (77V20?) N-. I0 — 5° m- (see m>' Conspectus 1913. p. 202 and my papers on Greenland fjords 1913, p. 67 and 1916, p. 243) and from two localities at K. Greenland abt. 73 - 76s , X . 10 — 180 m. (my Conspectus 1913, p. 202). As far as I know it was never found at Iceland or at the Faeroes. Remarks. On the possibility of being synonymous with A. Eschrichtii, see the latter species The size is as a rule 14 — 15 mm. (. ovig.); the largest specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. .Museum is 18 mm. (from Jugor Scharr). Distribution. A boreo-arctic, possibly circumpolar species, distributed at all events from the east side of Baffin Pand (77°io' W.) to Jugor Scharr (abt. 60° E.). 1. North Atlantic with adjacent waters. For special localities sr<- Stappers 1011. p. 25; but a The Ingolf-Expcdition. Ill 9. 19 142 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. few additions are to be made. British waters : The Mineh ; 25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth, abt. 65 m. ; Isle of Skye; Isle of Cumbrae; Port Erin, Isle of Man; off Bull Rock, S.W. Ireland; St. Andrews (Norman 1900, p. 341). — 57°2o'N., 5°E., 50 m., clay, Andrea leg. 1867, and Danish waters, at all events to the northern end of the Store Belt, 20 — 50 — 150 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). ■ — Several localities off the coast of Connecticut; "the species seems to be confined almost entirely to muddy bottoms, and is abundant in eel-grass"; depths 7 to 10 m. (Kunkel I.e. 1918, p. 63). The southern limit in the Atlantic lies close to New York, S. Greenland, (not found at Iceland), Kattegat to the Belts, North Sea N. of abt. 550 N., and S.W. Ireland. 2. Additionary localities. The literature contains some additionary localities (see below); but as they are in no connection with the area mentioned above, they must probably be taken with due caution. - Monterey Bay, California, 85 — 280 m. (Holmes 1908, p. 510, fig. 19). - - Falkland Islands (Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1914, p. 357)- — ?New Zealand (Chilton I.e. 1917). — Antarctic area: without special locality ("Tube A"; Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., vol.29, T9°3> P- 53. PI- 9 figs ■ 58 — 61), and Coulman Isl., 190 m., 2o 18 mm. (Walker, Amphip. Nat. Antarct. Exped. 1901 — 04, vol.3, 1907, p. 18). ♦132. Ampelisca latipes n. sp. (Fig. 42). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has taken this species (new to science) at two stations. W. of Greenland: St. 25: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m. Temp. 3.3°. 1 spec, 6 mm. - 32: 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m. Temp. 3.90. 2 spec. 4 and 7 mm. This new species is rather closely allied to A. macrocephala and A. Eschrichtii; but it differs from the first-named species by the under edge of the cephalon being convex, not concave, and by the hind edge of 3. epimeral plate of the metasome being not bisinuate, — and from the second species by having the penultimate joint of p. 7 not narrower than the preceding (5th) joint. The specific name is an allusion to the broad p. 7. Description of a specimen, 7 mm., from st. 28 (sex?). As the species is very closely allied to A . macrocephala, I shall only mention the disagreements from the said species. Cephalon as long as the 3 first segments, but does not protrude anteriorly to the first pair of coxal plates; tip somewhat obliquely truncated, under edge convex; eye lenses small, but distinct. Hind edge of 3. epimeral plate of metasome not bisinuate, but the middle of the hind edge protrudes a little. A very little dorsal process on 1. urosome segment present. Antennae 1 — 2 almost totally as in A. macrocephala. P. 1 has metacarpus rather broad, ovate. P. 2 has metacarpus a little heavier than in A . macroceph. P. 3 — p. 4 have dactylus longer than the two preceding joints combined; coxal plate of p. 4 almost totally as in A. macr. P. 7 has 2. joint not distinctly truncated, but more evenly rounded at the hind edge; 3.- — 6. joints rather broad; dactylus as long as preceding joint, narrower, with curved apex. Uropoda resemble those of A. macr.; the small differences may be seen in the fig. Telson rather narrow, cleft almost to the base, with one pair of apical spines, but without dorsal spines. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 143 Fig. 42. Ampelisca talipes. 133. Ampelisca odontoplax G. O. Sars. Ampelisca odontoplax G. O. Sars 1895, p. 176, PI. 61 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 103. Occurrence. The species was taken by the "Ingolf" at two stations. W. of Iceland: St. 10: 64°24' N., 28°5o' W. 1484111. Temp. 3.5 '. 1 spec. 5111111. S. - 40: 62°oo'N., 2i°36' W. 1393 m. Temp. 3. 30. 1 spec. 4.5111m. It is known from 6i°io' N., 2°2i' W., 650 m. (between the Faeroes and Shetland ; Norman 1900, p. 343) . Remarks. Probably there is no doubt as to the correctness of the determination of the specimens from the "Ingolf", though there are some single deviations from the description given by Sars; but these disagreements are probably due to the small size of the specimens (4.5— 5 nun.; Sars: 18 111111). The single important deviation is that the dorsal tooth on first urosome segment is not acute though it appears so in lateral view; in reality it is a flat tongue which rises a little from the coalesced 2. — 3. urosome segments. But we possess a single specimen (with the locality Norvegia occidentalis) determined by G. O. Sars himself; this specimen is only 7 mm. in length, and the tooth has exactly the same shape as in the "Ingolf'-specimens. Distribution. Western Norway: Helgeland 66°49'N., 12'08'K., 2(10111.. 0.2 . grey clay (G. O. Sars 1885); Hasvig (W. Finmark), abt. 250 m., and Bejan (in the outer part of the Trondhjemsfjord) (G. 0. 19* 144 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Sars 1895). — Off Midto Lighthouse, Hardanger Fjord, 275 — 340 m., and Rodberg in the Trondhjemsfjord, abt. 475 — -560 m. (Norman 1900, p. 343). ♦134. Ampelisca gibba G. O. Sars. Ampclisca gibba G. O. Sars 1895, p. 171, PI. 59 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 101. Occurrence. This species was taken (new to the area) at a few stations by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". W.Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 25. 63°3o'N., 54°25' W. 1096 m. Temp. 3.30. 1 spec. — - 28. 65°i4' N., 55°42' W. 791m. Temp. 3. 50. 1 spec. - 35. 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m. Temp. 3.60. 4 spec. S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171. 63-15' N., 22°23'W. 216—326111. 3 spec. - 166. (14. 7. 1903). 62°57'N., ig°58' W. 957 m. Abt. 15 spec. "Ingolf" St. 6. 63°43'N., I4°34' W. 169 m. Temp. 70. 2 spec. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78. 6i°7' N., g°3o' W. 835 in. (12.5. 1904). Abt. 10 spec. The specimens have a size up to 10 mm. Distribution. Norway, from the south coast to the Trondhjemsfjord, 100 — abt. 300 m. (Sars 1895). — Skagerrak N. of Skagen, 160 — 190 m., and eastern Kattegat, 56 m.; 6i°i4' N., i°i9' E., 160 m. ("Thor" St. 120, 21. 7. 1905), abt. 20 spec, (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). — ■ S.W. Ireland, abt. 1350 m., and W. of Clew Bay, Ireland, 800 — 2300 m. ; Guernsey; outside entrance to English Channel, abt. 3200 m. (Norman 1900, p. 342). ? *i35. Ampelisca amblyops G. O. Sars (Fig. 43). Ampclisca amblyops G. O. Sars 1895, p. 180, PI. 63 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 105. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured the present species at 4 stations W. of Greenland, 600 — 1096 m. If the determination is right, the species is new to the area. W. of Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 25: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m. Temp. 3. 30. 6 spec, including 2$ with embryos, 5 mm. - 28: 65°I4'N., 55°42' W. 791m. Temp. 3.5°. Abt. 15 spec, up to 7 mm. - 35 : 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m. Temp. 3.6°. Numerous spec, up to 5 mm. - 32: 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m. Temp. 3.9°. Numerous spec, up to abt. 6 mm. Remarks. The determination of the present specimens is not certain, for there are some disagree- ments from Sars' description; if the "Ingolf" species is not identic with that of Sars, the two species are at all events extremely closely allied. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. M5 Description of a spec, 7111m. (sex?), from stat. 28. The deviations from Sars' specimens are the following. Ant. 1 is too short, covers only the first fifth (not abt. the half) of the flagellum of ant. 2; the two first flagellar joints are of equal length (2. joint not abt. twice the length of 1. joint). It is almost Fig. 43. Ampelisca amblyops? impossible to trace the limits between the flagellar joints of ant. 1 — 2. The lower hind corner of coxal plate of p. 4 is almost rectangular (in A. amblyops more evenly curved) and dactylus is too short. Basal plate of p. 7 too narrow; dactylus only a trifle shorter than the preceding joint. These characters do not seem to me to justify the establishing of a new species; for perhaps they are due to the specimens not being adult ; yet it must be noted that two $ with embryos (only 5 mm. in length, from st. 25) seem to agree totally with the other specimens. Distribution. W. Norway: Trondhjemsfjord at Vennaes; S. Norway: off Hvalor in the outer part of Christianiafjord; in both places the depths were abt. 200 — 300 m. Bohuslan (G. O. Sars 1895). -- Off Cape Finisterre 43°i2'5o" N. — 43°i2°i5" N., n°53'3o" W. — 11 52' W., 363 — 510111., 1 spec. (Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 44). 136. Ampelisca sequicornis Bruzelius. Ampelisca eequicornis G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 177, PI. 62 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 106. Occurrence. The species was taken at a few stations by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". W. of Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 35. 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m. 3.6°. 1 spec. S mm. W. of Iceland: - 98. 65 jN' N., 2b°2j' W. 260111. 5.90. 2 spec. 8- 11 nun. S.W. of - 85. 63'25'N., 25°2i' W. 320111. 2 spec. 8- 11 nun. I46 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. S.E. of Iceland: "Ingolf" St. 6. 6^43' N., I4°34' W. 169 m. f. 1 spec. 5 mm. S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 78 (12. 5. 1904). 6i°07' N., 9°3o'W. 835 m. 3 spec. 8— 10 mm. It is known from S.E. of the Fseroes 6o°i4' N., 4°3o'W., 550 m. (Norman 1900, p. 344). Distribution. "Along the whole south and west coasts of Norway, and northwards up to the Lofoten Isles", 100—375 m. (Sars 1. c. ; Norman 1900, p. 344). — British waters: Shetland; Isle of Skye; Guernsey; off Bundoran, Ireland; off May Island, Firth of Forth (Norman 1900, p. 344). *i37. Ampelisca spinipes Boeck. Ampelisca spinipes G. O. Sars 1895, p. 173, PI. 60 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 106. — Stappers 1911, PI. 1 fig. 3. Kunkel, The Arthrostraca of Connecticut. — State of Connecticut, State Geological and Natural Hist. Survey, Bull. No. 26, Hartford 1918, p. 64, textfig. Occurrence. The species was taken (new to the area) by the "Thor". S.E. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 120 (21. 7. 1905). 6i°i4' N., i°i9' E. 160 m. 1 spec. 8 mm. Distribution. European west coast from the Lofoten Isles to the Bay of Biscay; northeastern coast of U. S. A. The special localities are as follows. "Several localities, both off the south and west coasts of Norway, and northwards to the Lofoten Isles (Rost)"; depth 60 — 190 m. (G. O. Sars I.e.). — 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m. ("Thor" St. 3, 30. 4. 1903), 1 spec, and several localities in the North Sea, Skagerrak and Kattegat, (x3)33 — 640 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zoological Museum). — British waters, numerous localities (Norman 1900, p. 341). — Holland (Hoek, teste Chevreux 1900). — Guernsey (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. y, vol. 20, 1907, p. 364). — From the English Channel to the Bay of Biscay; 47°i93/4' N., 5°25' W., 19 m.; 46°47'N., 6°i21/2'W., 136 m.; 46°27'N„ 6°3o' W., 166 m. (Chevreux 1900, p. 41). North eastern coast of U. S. A. : several localities at Massachusetts and Connecticut, "quite abundant, being very common on sandy, gravelly, and muddy bottoms, and among eel-grass"; abt. 20 m. (Kunkel 1. c. 1918). 138. Ampelisca compacta Norman (Fig. 44). Ampelisca compacta Norman, Proc. Royal Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 688. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 109. Occurrence. Norman's type specimen, the single specimen hitherto known, was taken S. of the Faeroes 59°37' N., 7°i9'W., 968 m., temp. 46.50 F. The "Ingolf" has not secured the species; but the "Thor" has taken a specimen which probably is to be referred to the present species. ?S. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 166. 14. 7. 1903. 62°57'N., I9°58' W. 957 m. 1 ? ovig. 10 mm. Remarks. Most probably the specimen from the "Thor" does belong to Norman's species; but Norman does not mention all details of any importance as to the determination, and there are also a few CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 147 Fig- 44. Ampelisca compacta? disagreements from Norman's description (Norman has no figures). Below are given some remarks on the "Thor"-spec- imen compared with the de- scription of the type-specimen. Cephalon as long as the 3 first mesosome segments com- bined. Dorsal impression of first urosome segment has the same shape as in .-1. tenuicornis $ (Sars 1895, pi. 58 fig. 1), but there is no keel. P. 1 about as in A . tenuicornis, but fore corner of coxal plate is somewhat more protruded, and hind corner has a free tooth (x in my fig.), but this tooth (which is also found in p. 2 — p. 3) is very indistinct and not bent outward as in A. odontoplax (Sars 1895, pi. 61 fig. 2). P. 2 rather narrow, carpus twice as long as metacarpus, daetylus abt. 2/5 the length of metacarpus. P. 4: coxal plate has hind margin evenly curved, merus rather broad. On p. 5 — p. 6 there is nothing to remark. P. 7: daetylus abt. 3/4 the length of metacarpus (Norman: half the length). Urop. 2: outer margin of outer ramus has not two spines and is not (?) minutely crenulated. Telson ovate, rather narrow, cleft almost to basis, each lobus has two spines at apex, but probably no dorsal spines. Distribution. The species is not found outside the two localities mentioned above. Genus Byblis Boeck. Byblis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 182. — Stebbing 1906, p. in. Four species are to be recorded from the area; only one of them was known from the area before. 139. Byblis Gaimardii (Kroyer). (Chart 23). Byblis Gaimardi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 183, PI. 64, — gaimardii Stebbing 1906, p. 113. Occurrence. The species was only two times taken by the "Ingolf". W. Greenland: (without number) : Ameragdla in the bottom of Ameralik (0403' N.), mud, 22. 7. 1895. 2 small spec. E. of Iceland: St. 58. 64°25' N., i2°09' W. 397 m. Temp. 0.8°. 2 spec, (i ovig. 19 mm.). In addition we possess from the "Ingolf'-area a number of specimens from the following localities not mentioned in the literature. i4y the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition outside the north and west coasts of Norway: (>; To' N., 5°o' Iv, 76,; in., -:- 1.0 , sabulous clay; 66 41' X., 6 59' E., 640 111., ~ 0.90, coarse clay; 71 25' N., I5°4i' E., 1134 m., - i.o°, clay (Sars 1885). Thus it belongs to the deep area of the Polar Sea. *i4i. Byblis crassicornis Metzger. Byblis crassicornis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 188, PI. 66 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 114. The species was (new to the area) secured at two stations by the "Ingolf". W. of Greenland: St. 32. 66°j5' N., 56°38'W. 600111. 3.90. 5 spec, up to abt. 6 mm. S.W. of Iceland: St. 78. 6o°37' N., 27°52' W. 1505111. 4.5 ". 2 spec. Distribution. W. and S. Norway: Jtederen (S.W. Norway), abt. 200 in.; Hvalor (mouth of Chri- stianiafjord) ; Hvitingo (in Bukkenfjord N. of Stavanger) ; 200 — 300 m., muddy bottom (G. O. Sars 1895). - 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 111. ("Thor" St. 3, 30. 4. 11)03), 3 spec. (incl. a v with ova) (spec, in the Copen- hagen Zool. Mus.). *i42. Byblis minuticornis G. O. Sars. Byblis minuticornis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 190, PI. 66 rig. 3. — ■ serrata Stebbing 1906, p. 114 (partim). non S. I. Smith, in Verrill in: Report U. S. Fish Commission for 1871 — 72 (1874), p. 561. non — — Kunkel, State of Connecticut, State Geological and Natural History Survey, bull. No. 26, Hartford 1918, p. 67, rig. 10. Occurrence. The species was (new to the area) taken at two stations by the "Ingolf". N. of Iceland: St. 126. 67°i9' N., i5°52' W. 552 m. Temp, -f 0.5°. 3 spec, up to 9 mm. N. of the Faeroes: St. 139. 63°36'N., 7°3o' W. 1332 m. Temp, -f o.6°. Abt. 25 spec, up to 8 mm. Remarks. Stebbing (1. c.) considers the species of Smith and Sars as synonymous, but this must be wrong, among other things because the species of Smith lias distinct eyes and that of Sars is blind (I have not had access to Smith's original description, but Kunkel has given an elaborate description accompanied by figures). The specimens I have at hand agree very well with Sars' description and figures. Distribution. The Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition (C. ( ). Sars 1885) has taken the species at the following 6 localities. N.W. of Spitzbergen 711 59' X., 5 40' Iv, 830 111., : t.o . clay. YV. and X. of Norway bj'To'N., 5°o' E., 763111., -f 1.00, sabulous clay; (>(> 41' X., 0 '59' E., (140111., : 0.9 , coarse clay: 67°24' N., 8°58'E., 827 m., -^ i.o°, clay; 68 06' X , 9 44' lv, 1151) 111.. : 1.3 . clay; 71 25' X., 15 41 E., 1 1 34 111., -i- i.o°, clay. The species belongs to the deep area of the Polai Sea The Ingolf-Expedition. III. g. i5o CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Genus Hap loops Lilljb. Haploops G. O. Sars 1895, p. 191. — Stebbing 1906, p. 116. 6 species were found in the area; 4 of them were not hitherto known from the area (2 are new to science) . 143. Haploops tubicola Iyilljb. (Chart 24). Haploops tubicola G. O. Sars 1895, p. 192, PI. 67. — Stebbing 1906, p. 117. /' H. tijibico* Chart 24. Haploops tubicola. • localities for the first time quoted in the present paper. -|- localities from the literature. (Numerous localities lie outside the chart). Occurrence. The species was secured at a number of stations both by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". W.Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 28. 65°i4' N., 55°42' W. 791m. Temp. 3.50. 1 spec. - 35. 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m. Temp. 3.60. 6 spec. - 32. 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m. Temp. 3.90. Abt. 10 spec. — - 25. 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m. Temp. 3.30. Abt. 10 spec. E. East Greenland Exped. 20. 7. 1900. Cape Dalton 16 — 20 m. Soren Jensen. 1 spec. W. of Iceland: 65°39' N., 28°25' W. 1041m. Stones and shells, temp. 5.8°. "Fylla" 12. 7. 1888. Ryder. 1 spec. S.W. "Ingolf" St. 8: 63 "56' N., 24°4o' W. 256 m. Temp. 6.00. 1 spec. S. "Thor" St. 171. 63°i5' N., 22°23' W. 216—326 m. 1 spec. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 151 S. of Iceland "Thor" St. 167. 63°5' N., 20°7' W. 557 m. 14. 7. 1903. 1 spec. 166. 62°57'N., 19-58' W. 957 m. 14. 7. 1903. 1 spec. Vestmanna-eyar, 92 m., clay. "Diana" 28.6.1900. A. C. Johansen. Abt. 10 sp N. "Ingolf" St. 126. 67°i9'N., 15 52' \V. 552111. Temp. -.- 0.5 . 4 spe - 127. 66°33' N., 20°05' W. 83 m. Temp. 5. 6°. 1 spec. - 128. 66 '50' N., 20°02' W. 367 m. Temp. 0.6 . 3 spec. E. Bakkifjordr, 38 — 50 m., clay with sand. 14. (>. 1900. "Diana". A. C. Johansen. 3 spec. "Thor" St. 49 (30.4.1904): Reyoarfjoror, 95111. 2 spec. S.E. "Ingolf" St. 6. 63°43' N., I4"J4' W. 169 m. Temp. 7.0 '"'. 4 spec. - 58. 64°25'N., i2°09'W. 397 m. Temp. o.8°. 1 spec. N. of the Faroes: "Ingolf" St. 138. 63°26' N., y°^6' W. 887 m. Temp. -4-0.6 . 2 spec. In my Conspectus 1913, p. 203, and in my papers on N. Stromfjord 1913, p. 67 and on S. Greenland 1916, p. 294, are given a number of localities at W. Greenland from abt. 6o° — jy' N., and two localities at E. Greenland abt. 6g1/2° — 741/4° N. The depths may vary to a high degree, from 10 to over 1000 m. The temperatures vary (when noted) from -=- 0.50 to 5.90. The size is up to 16 mm. (? ovig. from N. Stromfjord in W. Greenland). Some tubes from W. Greenland (N. Stromfjord, 380111.) are 7 X 12 mm. in diameter; the wall in only 1 mm. heavy, and the outer side is quite even. Distribution. A circumpolar boreo-arctic species; for special localities see Oldevig 1917, p. 17. The southern limit is in the Atlantic at Bay of Fundy (S. I. Smith, teste Norman 1900, p. 345), S. Green- land, S. Iceland, and W. France; it is also found in the Adriatic (Pesta, Zool. Anzeiger vol. 51, 1920, p. 34, 2 figs.). In the Pacific it is found in Monterey Bay (S. of San Francisco) 120 — 130 m. (Holmes, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 35, 1908, p. 518). To the localities enumerated by Oldevig 1917 must be added Dolphin and Union Strait (off Stapylton Bay), Northwest Territories, abt. 50 — 60 111. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 9). ♦144. Haploops laevis Hoek (Chart 25, partim). Haploops Icrvis Hoek 1882, p. 61, PI. 3, fig. 31. — Stebbing 1S94, p. 19, PI. 3. — 1906, p. 117. Occurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf"; but Dr. Y. Nordmann has secured a specimen in Northern Stromfjord (at Holstensborg, W.Greenland), St. 11 D, 1911, 360—380111., (sex?, abt. 12 mm.). It is new to the "Ingolf'-area. Distribution. The find of the species at W.Greenland was totally unexpected, for it was only known from the Barents Sea and the Polar Sea N. of Asia, abt. 371/2° — 1511/.,0 E., abt. 69' . :;' 3 X . 6 — 100(275) m. For exact localities see Stebbing 1894 p. 19, v. d. Briiggen [909 p. m, and Stappers 1911, p. 27. 20* 152 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. T H. laivis +//. robusia. o H.seiosa. Chart 25. Haploops lavis, H. robusta and H. setosa (• localities for the first time mentioned in the present paper, 0 localities from the literature). 145. Haploops setosa Boeck (Chart 25, partim). Haploops setosa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 194, PI. 68 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 117. forma sarsii Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 11, part 2, 1924, p. 201. Occurrence. The species was taken at a number of stations 1))- the "Ingolf" and the "Tlior". W.Greenland: ? "Ingolf" St. 36. 6i°5o' N., 56°2i' W. 2702 m. Temp. 1.5°. 1 spec. 4111111. - 24. 63°o6' N., 56°oo' W. 2258 m. Temp. 2.8°. 1 spec. 8 mm. - 35. 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m. Temp. 3.60. 2 spec. - 32. 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m. Temp. 3.90. 10 spec, (up to abt. 16 mm.). E. E. Greenland-Exped. 1900: Hurry Inlet, 19 m., clay. 21. 8. 1900. Soren Jensen. 3 spec, (up to 16 mm.). 1900: St. I (abt. 70° N.), 10. 7. 1900. 200 m. Soren Jensen. 1 abt. 17 mm.) ; the differences from the smaller specimens are probably due to the size. Several of the large spec- imens at my disposal agree very well with Schellenberg's description. Distribution. "Several places, both off the south and the west coasts of Norway, and north- wards to the Lofoten Isles"; abt. 200 — 600111. (Sars 1895). ■ — Off the west and north coasts of Norway: bi;o'N., 3 37' lv, 3,77 in., 5. 90; <>b 41' N., (V50/K., (qom.. : 0.9 ; <>(> 49' N., i2°o8' E., 200 m., 6.2 ; 6g046'N., 16-15' I*,., 1187m., -v 0.70; 67°56'N., 411'F., 1423,111., 3- 1.40; 68°6'N., 0 44' U ., 1150111.. 3 1. 30. Barents Sea 70"^' N., :,2 35' lv, 271 111., 1. 9 ; 71 42' N., :,y 1' E., 271 m., ; 1.4 . Between Norway and Beeren Eiland 7227' N.. 20 51' lv, 3,41) m., ,).^ : J2 =,X N., 21 51' E., 408 m., 1.5 . W. oi Beeren Eiland 73 47' N., 14 21' lv. 1403 m., 3- 1.4'": 74 54' N., 14 53' lv. 1203, m., 3- 1.2 . W. of Spitzbergen 78 02' N., 9°25'E., 761111., 0.8° (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 64). -- Storfjord, Spitzbergen, 5 localities, 69 13,1 m. Briiggen 1907, p. 220). -- Barents Sea 74 °io' N., 23'20'lv, 400111.; 72 32 '; N., 3' .'.'i.S lv. 225111. (Hoek 1882, p. 60). — Kara Sea, west of the mouth of the ( >bj (St. :K\) (Stuxberg [882, p. 781 Our Zoological Museum possesses specimens from the following localities off the southern Norway: 61 40 N., 154 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 415 m., "Michael Sars" 15. 7. 1902, Ad. Jensen, abt. 10 spec, and 6o°57' N-> 3°42' E., 358 m., 6.10, "Michael Sars", Ad. Jensen, 1 spec; 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m. ("Thor" St. 3, 30. 4. 1903), 3 spec, and 3 loc. in the western Skagerrak. -- Great Britain: off Skate Island, Loch Fyne, 190 m.; off the south-west of Ireland, 1375 m.; west of Shetland, 400 — 550 m. (Norman 1900, p. 345). "Albatross" St. 2055 (where?; Holmes 1904(1905), p. 525). A locality in the Mediterranean (the island Pantellaria, Norman 1900, p. 346) must be taken with due caution, and some specimens from the Bay of Fundy, by S. I. Smith determined as the present species, probably belong to H. tubicola (Norman 1900, p. 346). *i46. Haploops robusta G. O. Sars. (Chart 25, partim; see above p. 152). Haploops robusta G. O. Sars 1895, p. 195, PI. 68 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 118. Occurrence. Dr. V. Nordmann has taken a specimen (q, abt. 15 mm.) of the species in Northern Stromfjord (at Holstensborg, W. Greenland), St. 3 A, 191 1, 325 — 330 m., -=- o.i°; it is new to the "Ingolf'-area. The specimen differs from Sars's original description in having a tooth at the hind corner of the epimeral part of 3. metasome segment. Distribution. The find mentioned above is not quite unexpected, for it is found at Grand Manan, Bay of Fundy, and "Albatross" St. 2572 (where?; Holmes 1904 [1905], p. 525). Otherwise it was only known from the Barents Sea or close outside its limits. The exact localities are as follows. Off the coast of Finmark, without special loc, 1 spec (G. O. Sars 1895). - Storfjord (Spitz- bergen), 3 stations, 69.5 — 139 m. (v. d. Briiggen 1906 [1907], p. 220). -- 6 localities abt. 72°— 753/4° N., i53/4°— 533/4°E., 125—330111. (Stebbing 1894, p. 18). *I47. Haploops vallifera n. sp. (Fig. 45). Occurrence. This new species was taken by the "Ingolf" at the following 4 stations. W. of Iceland: St. 95. 65°i4' N., 30°3g' W. 1318 m. Temp. 2.1 °. Abt. 10 spec, (types). S.W. of - 81. 6i°44' N., 27°oo' W. 913 m. Temp. 6.10. 1 spec. - 84. 62°58'N., 25°24' W. 1192 m. Temp. 4. 8°. 1 spec, several tubes. S. of - 64. 62°o6' N., i9°oo' W. 1960111. Temp. 3.10. 3 spec. Description of a specimen (sex?) of 7.5 mm. from st. 95. Though none of the specimens seems to lie mature, they are undubitably representatives of a new species, as in a number of good characters they differ themselves from all species hitherto known, especially the walls across the hind edges of 2. to 5. (or more of the) mesosome segments, the acute coxal plates of p. 2 — p. 3, the remarkable coxal plate of p. 4, and the short inferior hind lobe of basal plate of p. 7 (not covering any part of the next joint.) Body rather robust; back vaulted, with two small dorsal setae on each segment from 3. mesosome segment to the coalesced 2. — 3. urosome segments. 1. mesosome segment has quite even back; 2. to 5. (or 6.) segment has a wall across the hind part of the dorsal side (the specific name is an allusion here to), and sometimes there are also small warts. CRUSTACEA MAI,ACOSTRACA. VI. 155 Cephalon as long as the two first mesosome segments combined and has the same shape as in //. setosa; there are no traces of eyes. Epimeral parts of the 3 metasome segments have hind corners rounded. 1. and 2. — 3. urosome segments have rounded dorsal projections. The 2 pairs of antennae are of equal length, Fig. 45. Hiiploups vallifera not much longer than half the body. Ant. 1 has 1. peduncular joint somewhat shorter, 2. joint somewhat longer than cephalon; flagellum twice as long as peduncle, consists of abt. 17 joints. Ant. 2 has the two distal peduncular joints of almost equal length (abt. the length of 2. peduncular joint of ant. 1); flagellum has abt. 14 joints. P. 1 — 4 a little more slender than in H.tubicola, p. 5—') somewhat more robust. 1. joint of p. 1 narrow, tip narrowly rounded ; I. joint of p. 2 — p. 3 much shorter, acute. P. 3— p. 4 have dactyli not longer than metacarpus. 1. joint of p. 4 has a very remarkable shape; it is deeper than long and has the inferior fore corner acute rounded at apex, with very short hind lobe (recalls on the species H. abyssorum Chev- reux [Bull. Inst. Monaco, No. 117, 1908, p. 6, tig. 4], that in other characters is quite different). 1'. 5- p. 6 have inferior hind corners of carpus very short, almost not at all elongated ; metacarpus long, dactylus curved, strong, very short. P. 7 has 2. joint as long as rest of the leg, tapering distally, with an excavation on the hind edge; inferior hind lobe very short, not longer than rest of the joint. 4. joint (merus) has almost parallel sides, almost twice as long as the breadth, with inferior fore corner a little elongated. Carpus a trifle shortei than merus and not much narrower, with inferior fore corner strongly elongated, reaching abt. to the middle of metacarpus. Dactylus shaped almost as a 8-figure, narrowed at the middle. 156 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Urop. i has rami as long as peduncle; urop. 2 has outer ramus as long as peduncle, inner ramus somewhat longer. Urop. 3 has rami abt. 3 times as long as peduncle; inner ramus has two spines, outer ramus has natatory setae. Telson broad, ovate, cleft almost to base. ♦148. Haploops similis n. sp. (Fig. 46). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has taken this new species at one station. W.Greenland: St. 36. 6i°5o' N., 56°2i' W. 2702 m. Temp. 1.50. 1 spec, (sex?), 4.5 mm. Description. The present specimen is rather closely allied to H. vallifcra; but it differs in several characters from equally-sized specimens of the named species, so that there cannot be any doubt that it is really another species. Differs from H. vallifera in the following points. Head as long as the 3 first mesosome segments. Dorsal surface evenly rounded, without walls, but with dorsal setae on the segments except no. 1. Epimeralpart of 3. (and probably also of 1. — 2.) metasome segment has hind corner almost quadrate with a little tooth. Dorsal side of urosome almost totally even. Coxal plate of p. 1 distally widened. Coxal plate of p. 2 — p. 3 roun- ded at apex. Coxal plate of p. 4 has a longer hind process. Carpus of p. 5 — p. 6 has distal hind corner elongated. P. 7 has distal hind comer of basal joint elongated, so that it covers the whole of the next joint ; distal fore corner of merus elongated; dactylus short, with almost parallel sides. Urop. 1 has inner ramus shorter than outer ramus; in urop. 2 the rami are equal length; inner ramus of urop. 3 has only one spine. Telson ovate, cleft to the middle; has 2 setae at apex of each of the lobi, hut then' does not seem to be other setae. Fig. 46. Haploops similis Fam. Haustoriidae Stebbing (= PontoporeiidcB G. O.Sars). Pontoporeiidce G. O. Sars 1895, p. 121. Haustoriida Stebbing 1906, p. 118. The family comprises 8 genera with numerous species (the genus Argissa is by Stebbing 1906 [p. 276] removed to the fam. Tironidce, by Walker 1904 to a new fam., Argissidce [see Stebbing 1906, p. 722]); only 3 genera, each with one species, are found in the "Ingolf "-area. Genus Priscillina Stebbing. Priscilla G. O. Sars 1895, p. 125. Priscillina Stebbing 1906, p. 126. The genus comprises only one species. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTKACA. VI. 157 14c). Priscillina armata (Boeck). Priscilla armata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 126, PI. 42. Priscillina — Stebbing 1906, p. 126. Occurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf"; it is only known from two localities \Y. of Greenland viz, Davis Strait without special locality, and 68 (><)' N., 56 32' W., sand, 90 m. (II. J. Hansen 1887, p. 84). Distribution. Boeck's types were possibly found in Sondfjord, W. Norway, but the locality is not certain. ■ — Banks peninsula, Bathurst inlet, Northwest Territories, from stomach of Gadus sp., 1 spec. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 10). Genus Pontoporeia Kroyer. Pontoporeia G. O. Sars 1895, p. 122. Stebbing 1906, p. 127. Only one species, P. femorata Kr., is known from the "Ingolf'-area. 150. Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer (Chart 26). Pontoporeia femorata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 123, PI. 41 rig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 128. Occurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but it has been secured by several collectors in the area. W. Greenland: Egedesminde, clay, 12.8. 1890, Bergendal leg., numerous spec. Ekalugsuit (Egedesminde district), Bernburg ded. 1 spec. E. Tiningniketak, clay between brown algae, 2 spec, and ibid. 10 — 20 m., 18. 9. 1902, several small spec. ; Kruuse leg. Danmarks O, clay, 6 — 10 in., 5. 4. 1892, 1 spec, and 16 — 18111., q. 8. 1891, 1 spec ; E. Bay leg. Cape Dalton, 18 — 21 111., several spec. (E. Greenland-Exped. 20. 7. 1900, Sorer) Jensen). N.E. Iceland: 66°n.2' N., I5°4' W. 60 m. Fine black sand. 12.8. 1904. "Beskytteren". 1 spec. Vopnafjoror, 12 — 23 m., black sand. Temp. 1.8 . 20. 6. 1899. R. Honing leg. 1 spec. o5°4i' N., 14 °0()' \V. 34 — 41 m. Young-fish trawl. 40111. wire. "Thor" St. 83 28 7. [906. g spec. It is known from the western coast of Greenland from abt. 6i° N. to abt. 73 N., and from a few localities at E.Greenland, abt. 70" N. to abt. 77° N. (see my Conspectus 1913, p. 127. and my papers on Greenland fjords 1913, p. 66 and 1916, p. 286). Distribution. The species is arctic (and boreo-arctic) and possibly circumpolar; for special localities and the depths see Oldevig 1917, p. 18; it is also found Barnard Harbour, Northwest Territories The [ngolf-ExpeditioQ. 111. g. 158 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 10). The southern limit in the Atlantic is as follows: New England, S. Greenland, N.E. Iceland and the Finmark (with two single finds at the west coast of Norway). But it is outside this area very common from Bo- huslan through the Da- nish waters and the whole of the Baltic to the Aland Islands and pene- trates the Gulf of Finland. This occurrence is not easily explained ; see N. v. Hofsten, Glaciala och subarktiska relikter i den svenska faunan (Po- pular naturvetenskaplig revu [Stockholm] 1913, p. 109, with chart, and Sven Ekman in Revue der ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hydrogr., vol. 8, 1918, p. 321 seq., with chart Chart 26. Ponlopore'ia femorata. • localities for the first time quoted in the present paper O localities from the literature. A single locality in the northern part of the strait between I, a- (p. 326). - brador and New Foundland is outside the chart. The arctic specimens are much larger than the boreal ones: E. Greenland (Cape Dalton, ¥ with marsupial plates) 17(18?) mm., W. Greenland abt. 15 mm., N.E. Iceland 10 — 11 mm., Danish waters 7 — 9 mm. Genus Urothoe Dana. Urothoe G. O. Sars 1895, p. 137. — Stebbing 1906, p. 128. Only one species is found in the area. •151. Urothoe elegans Sp. Bathe. Urothoe norvegica G. O. Sars 1895, p. 138, PI. 47. elegans Reibisch, Wiss. Meeresuntersuch., Abt. Kiel, N. F. vol.8, 1005. p. 161. — Stebbing 1906, p. 131. Occurrence. The species is new to the area; it was taken by the "Ingolf" at one station. S.E. of Iceland: St. 6. 63°43' N., I4°34' W. 169 m. Temp. 7.00. 3 spec. Possibly some specimens taken by the "Thor" are also to be referred to this species: ?S.W. of the Faeroes: "Thor" St. 99 (22.5.1904), 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. 4 spec. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Distribution. An east-Atlantic species, found from West Finmark to Senegal; also found in the Mediterranean. The specific localities are as follows. Norway from Christianiafjord to West Finmark, abt. 40 to abt. 200 111. (Sars 1895). — Northern North Sea 53 miles N. by W. of Thyboron, 105- 115 m., and Katt< 22/2 miles S.S.W. of Trindelen, 34 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). — North Sea, 8 localities abt. 523/4°— 5 ; o(>' N., 56"oo' W. 2258111. Temp. 2.4 ". 9 spec. l62 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Distribution. "Several places off the south and west coast of Norway, as also in the Trondhjems- fjord and off the Nordland coast", muddy bottom, 57 — 375 m. Haugesund; in the Christianiafjord rather abundant; Bohuslan (G. O. Sars 1. c). — 15 miles NNE. of Skagen, 235 m., clay (specimens in the Copen- hagen Zool. Museum). Genus Paraphoxus G. 0. Sars. Paraphoxus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 148. Stebbing 1906, p. 137. 155. Paraphoxus oculatus (G. O. Sars) (Chart 28). Paraphoxus, oculatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 149, PI. 51. — Stebbing 1906, p. 137. Occurrence. The species was secured by the "Ingolf" at 5 stations. W. of Greenland: St. 27: 64°54' N., 55°io' W. 740 m. Temp. 3.80. 1 spec. - 28: 65°i4'N., 55°42'W. 791m. Temp. 3. 50. Abt. 20 spec. - 32: 66°35'N., 56°38'W. 600 m. Abt. 20 spec. N. of Iceland: St. 128: 66°5o' N., 20°02'W. 367 m. Temp. 0.6 '. Abt. 15 spec. E. - - 58: 64°25'N., I2°09'W. 397 m. Temp. o.8°. 1 spec. The Copenhagen Zool. Museum further possesses a specimen from E. Iceland: Fask- rudfjordr, 95 — 38 m, blue clay, 17. 7. 1899, R. Horring leg. The species is not new to the "Ingolf"- area, for the type was taken at the shore of Jan Mayen (Sars 1885, p. 155), and it is also known from W. Greenland: 7i°io' N., 58°56' W., 377 m., clay (H. J. Hansen, 1887, p. 86). Distribution. "Along the whole coast of Norway, in moderate depths from 20 to 100 fathoms, muddy bottom. The most sou- thern locality where I have met with it, is Far- sund, the most northern, Vadso. In the Trond- hjemsfjord .... rather abundant at a depth of about 100 fathoms" (G. O. Sars 1895). — 15 miles NNE. of Skagen, 235 m, clay (specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). - - Also found at France and in the Mediterranean (Chevreux, teste Stebbing 1906). — St. Magnus Bay (Shetland), and 7 miles off Bradda Head (Isle of Man), abt. 60 m. (A. M. Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5, 1900, p. 335). Chart 28. Paraphoxus oculatus. • localities for the first time men- tioned in the present paper. O localities from the literature. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. id; Paraphoxus sp. Occurrence. \V. of Greenland: "Iugolf" St. 32: 66 35' N., 56°j8' W. 600 m. 3.9°. 5 spec. jun. 3 mm. Remarks. The present specimens take an intermediate position between /'. oculaius (see above) and P. maculatus Chevreux (Chevreux, Resultats Camp. Sci. Monaco, vol. 16, 1900, p. 34, pi. 10 fig. 5; Chev- reux, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 23, 1910 (1911), p. 187.pl. 10 tigs. 12—13); hut as they are not adult, I dare not enter on any determination nor description of them. Genus Harpinia Boeck. Harpinia G. O. Sars 1895, p. 150. Stebbing 1906, p. 140. 14 species are described from the northern Atlantic with adjacent seas (Stebbing E906 has 11 north Atlantic species; in addition 3 are described later, viz. H. brevirostris Chevreux, Bull. Mus. d'Hist. Nat. Paris, 1919, p. 578; //. Delia Vallei Chevreux, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 23, 1910 (1911), p. 190, pi. 11 figs. 1 — 8; H. latipcs Norman (see below, p. 169). 9 out of these will lie mentioned in the present paper (4 as new to the area), and in addition 3 species are new to science. 156. Harpinia mucronata G. O. Sars. Harpinia mucronata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 157, PI. 54 rig. 3. Stebbing 1906, p. 141. Occurrence. The species was taken four times by the "Ingolf"; the localities are as follows: N. of Iceland: St. 124: 67°4o'N., I5°40' W. 932m. -h- o.6°. 3 spec. - 126: 67°i9'N., 1552' W. 552 m. -^-0.5°. Abt. 20 spec. - 128: 66°5o'N., 2o°o2' W. 367 m. o.6°. 1 spec. N. of the Faeroes: St. 138: 6j°26' N., 7°56'W. 887 m. ~ o.6°. 2 spec. The Copenhagen Zool. Museum further possesses specimens from the following localities in E. Green- land (abt. 703/4° — 721/3° N.), secured by Soren Jensen during the R. Greenland Expedition in 1900: Hurry Inlet, 95 m., 10. 8. iqoo, 1 spec, and Forsblads Fjord 95 — 170 m., 30.8.1900, 1 spec. The species is possibly known from W. of Greenland 7i'Jio' N., 58°56' \V., abt. 375 m., clay (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 87). I have not seen the specimen, as it belongs to the Museum of Stockholm, and H. J. Hansen says that his determination is not quite certain; but from his notes it is not quite excluded that it really is H. bidentata (see no. 157 below). Distribution. S.W. of Beeren Eiland 71 25' N., 1541'K., 1134 m., 1-1.0°, and E. of Vardo 70 36' N., 32°35' E., 271 m., + 1. 90. (G. O. Sars 1885). — The great fishing-banks in the North Sea (G. < V Sars iNi)5). — Bay of Taimyr 7<) 5<)'3o" N., 100 i<)V>"" E., 28 m., clay with stones and sand (Briiggen 1909, p. 21). *i57. Harpinia bidentata n. sp. (Fig. 48). Occurrence. This new species was taken by the "Ingolf" at a single station. W. of Greenland: St.2N: 65 14' N., 55 42' \\T. 791 m. Temp. 3.50. Abt. is sp< 164 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Description of ? with large marsupial plates, 5 mm. Body not very robust. Cephalon as long as the 3 first segments, hood projecting beyond peduncle of ant. 1. Metasome not setose at dorsal surface. Third metasome segment has under edge somewhat concave; hind corner has a long dentiform projection, and lateral side has 6 setae. Ant. 1 not very thick; flagellum has 5 joints, accessory flagellum 4 joints. Ant. 2 has fourth peduncular joint provided with several strong curved spines (and some plumose setae) ; fifth joint has one curved spine. Flagellum has 5 joints; the 3 first joints have distal end (ventral side) somewhat projecting. P. i- — p. 5 as in H. plumosa (Sars 1895, PI. 52), but p. 3 — p. 4 a little heavier, especially 3. — 4. joints. Also p. 6 is as in the said species, but second joint has hind edge somewhat concave (totally as in H. mucronata, Sars 1895, PI. 54 fig. 3). P. 7 has second joint provided with 4 small and 2 large serrations (specific name is an allusion to this character) ; dactylus very long, as long as the two pre- ceding joints combined. Urop. 3 has rather broad rami ; inner ramus acute, as long as proximal joint of outer ramus; apical joint very short. Telson has broad rounded lobi, with one pair of small apical setae. Remarks. The species is extremely easily recog- nisable by the two large dentitions on second joint of p. 7. It is not excluded, that H. J. Hansen's specimen of H . mucronata from \V. Greenland (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 87) really belongs to this species (see H. mucronata, above). Fig. 48. Harpinia bidcntata. *i58. Harpinia crenulata (Boeck). (Fig. 49, II— IV). Harpinia crenulata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 158, PI. 55 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 141. Chevreux, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 23, 1910 (1911), p. 189, PI. 10 figs. 14 — 15. Occurrence. The species was taken by the Ingolf at three stations. : 65°i4'N., 55°42'W. 791m. 3.50. 2 spec. : 66°35'N., 56°38' W. 600 m. 3.90. Abt. 20 spec. : 63°30' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m. 3.3°. 2 spec. In addition we possess a couple of specimens taken by the "Diana" 1900: ?S. Iceland: Vestmanna eyar, abt. 130 m., clay (Dr. A. C. Johansen leg.). 2 spec. Remarks. The determination of the specimens (?) quoted above is not quite certain, for they differ from the typical form as described and drawn by G. O. Sars 1. c, in the following characters. P. 6 not in all specimens ( — it is often lost — ) as long as in the typical form. P. 7 : the apical serrations ?W. of Greenland : St. 28 ? — - 32 ? ■ • - 25 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTKACA. VI. I65 of 2. joint are more or less rounded triangular (fig. 49, III), not hi- or tripartite. Urop. 3 exactly as in //. ere- nuloides (see below) : 1 or even no spine on outer side of outer ramus. The single o (disseeted ; from "Ingolf" St. 32) differs from the typical form in having no denticle on hind edge of third epimeral plate of metasome (fig. 49, IV). As all the specimens quoted above are from W. Greenland and Iceland, and the typical form is from Fig )•> Harpinia I // crenuloides (o from "Ingolf" St- 78, V from "Ingolf" St (_•). II // crenulata V ovig 3.5 mm., from ,,Hauch" St 58 (Skagerrak, o milts NNK. of Skagen, 1 |0 m ) 111 H. crenulata? ,, "Ingolf" St. 32 IV //. crenulata? ■'. "Ingolf" St |2 Eastern Atlantic (Norway to Mediterranean), the Atlantic has probably two different varieties: an eastern with bi(tri)partite serrations on coxal plate of p. 7, and a western with simple triangular serrations. In tig. 40. II I have given some figures of a typical specimen ( , ovig., 3.5 mm., from the Skagerrak ["Hauch" St. 58 : 6 miles NNE. of Skagen, 130 m.]) for comparison with H. crenuloides n. sp. (see below). Distribution. Eastern Atlantic from northern Norway to Bay <>f Biscay; tor special localities see Chevreux I.e. 1910 (i<)ii). Mediterranean: Villefranche, Ajaccio, Cannes, Bone 75 111. (Chevreux I.e.). The depths are as a rule up to abt. 200 m., but the species may be found at much greater depths: 950 m '" 'l'1' Bay of Biscay (44°I7' N., 4 ;o 35' N\, 56 ;N' W. doom. Temp. ; y W. of Greenland: St. 25: 63 30'N., .54 25' W. 1096m. Temp. 3, ; . Abt. 10 spec. - 28: 05 14'N., 55°42' W. 791 111. Temp. 3.5 . Numerous spec. - 32: <>(> 35' N., 56 38' W. 600 m. Temp. ;.<) . Numerous spec. - 35: (15 iO'N., 55°05' W. 682 m. Temp. 3.6 . Abt. 10 spec N.W. Iceland: Dyrafjoror, 20.5. 1895. 38m., mud. 6 small spec. Isafjordr, 31. 5. 1895. 38 m. 1 little spec. S. of Jan Mayen: St. 115: 7050' N., 8°29' W. 162 m. Temp. o.i°. Numerous spe< In addition the Museum possesses some specimens from the following localities. N. Iceland: Skagestrandsbugt, 225 m., mud. 2.9°, Wandel 1890, 3 spec. AxarfjorQr, 22 miles from Randanses, 37 m., stones and sand, z'S.y. 1903, 1 spec. - - N. K. Iceland: PBakkafjoror, black sand, 23 27111., "Diana" 14.6. 1900, A., C. Johansen, 6 spec. -- S. E. Iceland: Breiddalsvik, 11 111., mud and black sand, "Diana" 19. 7. 1900, A. C. Johansen, numerous spec. - S. W. Iceland: 63 46' N., 22 50' W. 150 111. "Thor" St. 171, 2. 7. 1904. 5 spec. - The Fseroes: Klaksvig, 19 — zy m., 2j. 5. 1899. Th. Mortensen. 4 spec. Remarks. The determination of the specimens quoted above is not quite certain. Upon the whole they agree very well with the description and figures given by G. O. Sars 1. c. ; but they differ in the post- antennal corner of the head not being as long as in the typic specimens; the hind corner of the coxal plate of p. 7 is more acute, and the hind corner of the epimeral part of third metasome segment is too short, often not much longer than in H. propinqua (G. O. Sars 1. c, pi. 54 fig. 2). There are no setae on the dorsal (hind) side of the distal joints of p. 6 (only spines at the distal end of the joints). These disagreements are presumably too small to establish a new species, but possibly they might serve to establish a (western, non-European) variety. On the synonymy and on the types. H. ncglecta G. O. Sars is synonymous with H. antennaria Meinert. Meinert's types (all from the Kattegat) unfortunately do not exist. ( me of the types (from "Hauch" St. 406) does not belong to the present species, but is H. crcnulata .]. The two other types are lost. The one was from W. of the lightship Kobbergrunden, 17 111., fine sand ("Hauch" St. r8), but the tube was empty; the second was from the lightship Trindelen in N. by W. :1 , W., 5.7 miles, 60 111., clay ("Hauch" St. 2 but here the tube was broken and the specimen not to be found. Distribution. Chevreux has (Mem. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 23, 1910 (1911), p. ion, with figs.) realised that the Mediterranean specimens (Delia Valle, Fauna u. Flora Golf. Neapel, vol. 20, 1893, p. 747, figs.) belong to another species which he calls H. Delia Valid, and this species is found from the southwest coast of France to Naples (Chevreux 1. a). On account of the earlier confusion both with H.plumosa Kr. and with //. Delia Vallei Chevr. it is impossible to give the exact distribution; but it seems to be distributed along the western Europe from the northern Norway (Vadso) to the mouth of la Gironde (Chevreux 1. c). In these waters it is no doubt the niosl common of all the species of the genus, and the depths are abt. 50 300 111. In Danish waters it penetrates the Kattegat to the Oresund (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum, and W. Bjorck imA, and in the North Sea it is found at numerous localities (Reibisch 1005). 22* l68 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 163. Harpinia plumosa (Kroyer). Harpinia plumosa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 157, ?1. 52. Stebbing 1906, p. 144. Occurrence. This species was not secured by the "Ingolf", and the Copenhagen Zoological Museum possesses only a single specimen secured after the publication of H. J. Hansen's paper on the West Green- land Crustacea 1887, viz. Northern Stromfjord (W.Greenland), 12- — 29 m., V. Nordmann leg. 1911 (St. 8). H. J. Hansen (1. c. 1887, p. 86) enumerates a number of W. Greenland localities from Godthaab (abt. 640 N.) to abt. 710 N., depths 10 — abt. 400 m. ; but the greater part of this material belongs to the Swedish Riksmuseum, Stockholm, and I have not seen it. Thus only few tubes, belonging to the Copenhagen Museum, remain, viz. Greenland without special localities (inclusive numerous specimens being undubitably Kroyer's types), and Godthaab, Moller ded., and Godthaab 11 — 19 m., Holboll ded. It seems to be the single common litoral species in Greenland. H. J. Hansen also mentions a specimen from 66°32' N., 55°34' W., 190 m., "Fylla" 3. 7. 1884, stones with hydroids without algae, Th. Holm leg.; but this specimen belongs probably to H. antennaria (no. 162), and the same applies (not without any doubt) to the specimens from the Kara Sea, 95 m., recorded by H. J. Hansen 1886 ("Dijmphna") p. 217. Remarks. The species was up to 1871 the single species of the genus; but no adequate descriptions with figures of other species were given till G. O. Sars 1891 (1895) wrote his excellent paper on the Norwegian Amphipods. In this work Sars established at least 3 new species anteriorly confounded with H. plitmosa (viz., H. neglecta [= H. antennaria Meinert], H. pectinata and H. propinqua), and this is the reason why all literature up to 1891 (1895) is to be applied with due caution. No doubt G. O. Sars (1895, p. 153) is right in saying, that "the form generally recorded by other authors as H. plumosa is evidently not that species, but H. antennaria" . Several of tin- specimens in the Copenhagen Museum have a few setae on the dorsal side of the metasome. Distribution. Probably the species is an arctic litoral species; but on account of the confusion with other species (see above) it is impossible to give the exact distribution. Sars (1895) gives the distribution as follows: Greenland, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, Kara Sea (but this is not correct; see above), the Sibirian Polar Sea, east coast of North America. *i64. Harpinia truncata G. O. Sars. Harpinia truncata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 157, pi. 55 lig. 1. — ■ Stebbing 1906, p. 144. Occurrence. Taken by the "Ingolf" at a single station; new to the area. N. of Iceland: St. 126: 67°i9' N., I5°52' W. 552 m. Temp. ~ 0.50. 2 small spec. Distribution. Vennaes in the Trondhjemsfjord, abt. 200 — 300 m. ; Bohuslan (Sars 1. c). — North of Skagen 58°54' N., io°37' E., 246 m. (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 165. Harpinia abyssi G. O. Sars (Cart 29). Harpinia abyssi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 160, PL 56 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 144. Occurrence. This species was secured by the "Ingolf" at 14 stations. W. of Greenland: St. 24: 63°o6' N., 56°oo'W. 2258 m. Temp. 2. 40. 2 spei - 36: 6i°5o'N., 56°2i' W. 2702111. Temp. 1.5°. r spec. W. of Iceland: St. 10: 64 24' N., 28°5o' W. 1484m. Temp. 3. 50. 1 spec. S. of Jan Mayen: St. 116: 70 05' X., 8 26' W. 700111. Temp. -; -0.4 '■'. 1 spec. - 117: hi) 13'X., 8°23' W. 1889 m. Temp. fi.o . 2 spec X. of Iceland: St. 124: 07 40' X., i5°4o' W. 552 m. Temp. -^-0.6 . 4 spec. - 126: 67' 19' X., i5°52' W. 552 m. Temp. -:- 0.5 '■'. 1 spec. X.E. of — - 101: 66 2)' X., I2°05' W. 1011 111. Temp. -:- 0.70. 1 sj.ee. - 102: 66' 23' N., io°26' W. 1412 m. Temp. — o.i) . 7 spec. - 103: (in 2]' X., 8°52' W. 1090 m. Temp. H- o.6°. 7 spec. - 119: 67 53' X., 10 :K)' \Y. 1900 m. Temp. ■+■ 1.0 . 5 spei - 120: 6729'X., n°32' W. 1667 m. Temp, -f 1.0°. j spec. X. of the Faroes: St. 138: 63 26' X., 7°56' W. 887 m. Temp, -f o.6°. 1 spec. - 139: 63'36'N., 7°3o' W. 1322 m. Temp, -f- 0.6°. 6 spec. In addition our Zoological Museum possesses 3 specimens from E. Greenland: 69 "25' N., 20 1' W., 300 m., stones and clay, E. Bay leg. 17. 8. 1892. All specimens at my disposal are \ . The species is not new to the area; for G. O. Sars (in the Norwegian North-Atlantic Exped. 1 records it from 3 localities within the limits of the area viz., S. W. of Jan Mayen (St. 240) 69 02' N., n°26'W., 1836m., ^-1.1°, Biloculina clay; N. of the Faeroes (St. 40) 63':22' X., 5 29' W., 2222 m., -f- 1.20, Biloculina clay, and E. of Iceland (St. 51) 65^53' X., 7°i8'\V.. 2127 m., -f 1.10, Biloculina clay. Distribution. In addition to the three localities quoted above, Sars I. c. 1885 records it from 12 stations in the deep area of the Po- lar Sea (see Chart 29), abt. 16 E to 12° W., abt. 63° — 750 X., depths 640 — 2030 (2222) m., Chart 2u Harpinia abyssi. • localities for the lirst time mentioned ill the present paper. 0 localities from the literati -T- 1.0 r i. 4°. — Close to the Faeroe Bank, abt. 400 111., 6o°3i' X., 9 18' W. (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nal Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5. 1900, p. 3 ;8). 1 m> Harpinia latipes Norman. Harpinia latipes A. M. Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5. 1900, p. 338, fig. 170 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Occurrence. This species was not secured by the "Ingolf"; the type specimen (other specimens are not known) was taken on the "Holtenia"-ground, N. N. E. of the Butt of Lewis (S. S. W. of the Faeroes), 59°34' N., 7°i8' W., abt. 1000 m. (Norman 1. c). *j.6y. Harpinia laevis G. O. Sars. Harpinia Icevis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 161, PI. 56 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 145. Occurrence. The species was taken at a single locality by the "Ingolf". S. W. of Iceland: St. 78: 6o°37' N., 27°52'W. 1505 m. Temp. 4.50. 2 spec. Distribution. Western Norway: Hardangerfjord and Trondhjemsfjord, abt. 100 — 200111., muddy bottom (G. O. Sars I.e.). — Rodberg (in the Trondhjems fjord), 38 — 75 m. (A. M. Norman. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 5, 1900, p. 338). — Kattegat: the lighthouse of Anholt in N. b. W. ' 2 \Y., 13 miles, 27 m., sand with clay (specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). - - S. of Rockall 5626' N., I4°28' W., abt. 200 m. ; 7 miles W. of Niarbyl, Isle of Man, 85 111., mud (A. M. Norman 1. a). *i68. Harpinia curtipes 11. sp. (Fig. 50). This new species was secured by the "Ingolf" at a single station: S. W. of Greenland: St. 38: 5g°i2' N., 5i°05' W. 3521 m. Temp. 1.30. 4 spec, up to abt. 2 mm. Description of a specimen (sex ?), 2 mm. Body rather robust and quite glabrous (without setae) above. Hood of cephalon covers only the two proximal joints of peduncle of ant. 1. Epimeral plate of third metasome segment has hind corner evenly rounded, without any denticle. Antenna' rather slender; ant. 1 has 5 joints in flagellum and 3 joints in the very short accessory flagellum. Ant. 2 has 4 joints in flagellum and a pear- shaped process (.v in the fig.) on ventral side of 4. peduncular joint. P. 1 — p. 2 moderately heavy; coxal plate of p. 1 not distally widened as in the other species, but has fore corner rounded, obliquely cut off. Coxal plate of p. 4 almost totally devoid of any excavation in hind edge. P. 5 narrow, without nata- tory setae. P. 6 has 2. joint not tapering, and is not very slender; dactylus broken. P. 7 especially character- istic: 2. joint enormous, proceeds beyond the rest of the very short appendage ( — the specific name is an allusion to this very short pair of pereiopoda — ), ovate, with a few undistinct serrations on hind edge. Urop. very short, heavy, urop. 3 totally without spines or setae (except two apical spines on peduncle). Telson broad, with lobi rounded at apex, and seems to lack setae. Fig. 50. Harpinia curtipes. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 171 Remarks. The peculiar shape of p. 7 renders the species very easily recognisable from all other species. Genus Harpiniopsis n. gen. The genus which I have established, yet with some doubt, is very closely allied to genus Harpinia, but differs in the long, multiarticulate ant. 2 of .;. In , I am not able to trace any difference from the said genus. Oral parts (of $) agree very well with the diagnosis of those of the genus Harpinia given b\ Sars (1895, p. 151) except that palp of mxp. has dactylus not very short, and is fixed at the very apex of the preceding joint (not proximally of the apex, as drawn by Sars, PI. 52). *i6<). Harpiniopsis similis n. sp. (Fig. 51). Occurrence. This new species was secured by the "Ingolf" at the following localities. W. of Greenland: St. 32: b<> 35' N., 50 ;N' \Y., 600 m. Temp. 3.9°. Abt. 35 spec. 1;, .) (types). S. of Jan Mayen: St. 116: 7005' N., 8 _>(>' \Y. 700 m, Temp. : 0.4 . 1 spec. (?). N. of the Faroes: St. 1 38 : 63 2b' N., 7 50' YV. 887 m. Temp. ~ 0.6°. 1 spec. jun. N. of Iceland: St. 124: 07 40' N., 15 40' YV. 932m. Temp. -: o.6°. 1 ;. 1 ., 1 jun. - 126: (i/'n/N., 1552'YV. 552 m. Temp. -=- 0.5 . Abt. 5 ,. - 128: 66 50' N., 20°02' W. 7,67 m. Temp. o.6°. Abt. 25 y, 1 ?. N.E. of - 103: 66°23'N., 8 "52' YV. 1090 m. Temp, -f- 0.6°. 5 .. Description of , ovig., 6 mm. (from St. 32). Has the same general appearance as Harpinia antennaria (see above, no. 162), but differs in the following characters. !/<■ . ball), " Pig ,i Harpiniopsis similis I72 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Body quite glabrous above (without setae). Postantennal corner of cephalon not as long as in the said species. Epimeral part of third metasome segment lacks the lateral setae. Ant. 1 has 5 flagellar joints and 4 joints in accessory flagellum. Ant. 2 has only 4 flagellar joints. P. 1 — p. 3 almost as in the said species. P. 4 has coxal plate short, with under (ventral) edge evenly rounded. P. 6 rather short, with very few spines; dactylus longer than the preceding joint. P. 7 has the usual shape, but the serrations (abt. 10) on hind edge of coxal plate are rounded, not acute. Urop. almost as in H. antennaria, but rami of urop. 3 have no spines or setae, and inner ramus covers the proximal half of apical joint of outer ramus. Telson short, broad, has only one pair of setae. y°xq' N., I5°52' W. 552 m. -: 0.5°. g j spec. S.W. of — -81: 61 44' N., 27°oo' W. 913 111. 6.1 . 2 spec. In addition we possess the species from the following locality. ?N. E. Greenland: X of Stewart Land, abt. 300 111., 28. 5. 1900, Soren Jensen leg., 1 very little spec, determination not certain. It is new to the area. Distribution. Nordland : Tjoto and Selsovik (S. of Bodo) ; W. Norway: Christiansund, Mosterhavn in the Hardangerfjord, Hvitiugso. 200 — 400 in., especially among deep-sea corals (G. < >. Sars 1. c.) — Cumbrae , Firth of Clyde; Spurm Head, Yorkshire (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol.6, 1900, p. [4). Genus Amphilochopsis n. ijen. The present genus is very closely allied to Amphilochus, but is characterised especially in having the molar of the maxillae well developed (but not very large) and in having only one joint in the palp of maxilla 1. Maxilla 2 is normal. Maxillipedes have fourth joint o\ the palp rather long. See further the descrip- tion of .1 . hamulus. The Ingolf-ExpeditioD. [II. q. 174 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. A-i'2~^CK *IJ2. Amphilochopsis hamatus n. sp. (Fig. 52 — 53). Occurrence. This new species was taken by the "Ingolf" at 7 (3) stations. W. of Greenland: St. 24: 63°o6' N., 56°oo' W. 2260 m. 2.4°. 5 spec. - 36: 6i°5o'N., 56°2i' W. 2702 m. 1. 50. 2 spec. ?W. of Iceland: St. 10: 64°24' N., 28°5o'W. 1484 m. 3.50. 1 spec. ?S.W. of — - 78: 6o°37'N., 27°52'W. 1505 m. 4.50. 1 spec. ?S. of - 54: 63°o8'N., i5°4o' W. 1301m. 3.90. 1 spec. S. of Jan Mayen: St. 116: 70°05' N., 8°26' W. 700 m. 4- 0.40. 1 spec. ?N. of the Faroes: St. 138: 63°26'N., 7°56' W. 887 m. ~ o.6°. 1 spec. In addition we possess the species from S. of Jan Mayen 70°32' N., 8°io' W., 880 m., clay with small stones, 27. 8. 1891, H. Deichmann leg., 2 spec, (the types): 1 '+ with marsupial plates 6 mm., 1 jun. 4 mm. Description of $ wit h marsupial plates, 6 mm., from 70°32' N., 8°io' W. Body not very slender. Cephalon abt. as in Amphilochoides odontonyx G. O. Sars 1895, PI. 75 fig. 2. Eyes without colour preserved. Kpimeral plate of third metasome segment has hind corner rounded quadrate, with a very little tooth. Ant. 1 — 2 equal size, moderately long. Ant. 1 has first peduncular joint almost cylindrical, second joint abt. equal length, tapering distally and ending in a process covering at least 2/3, sometimes more than the whole of the next joint which is very short and which sometimes lias a similar, but shorter process. Flagellum as long as second + third peduncular joints combined, 7 (8)-articulate. Ant. 2: last joint of peduncle somewhat shorter than penultimate one ; flagellum 7- articulate, as long as penultimate peduncular joint. P. 1 almost as in Amphilochiis manudens. Also p. 2 very nearly as in the said species, but differs in having a long pro- cess on under edge of fourth joint (in some of the specimens it is somewhat shorter, see fig. 53, P 2 x), and coxal plate is more evenly rounded distally. P. 3 — p. 7 almost as in Ampli. maiutdcns, but a little heavier, and dactyli somewhat longer (the 3 distal joints of p. 5 and p. 7 are lost) Fig. 5, Amphilochopsis hamatus. (Y. 2X is of A. hamulus' from ■'Ingolf" St. 78). Mx.2 Fig. 52. Amphilochopsis hamatus. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 175 and fourth joint of p. 5 — p. 7 have a long distal process. Urop. 1 abt. as in .1. manudens. Urop. 2 has strong spines both on peduncle and on the short outer ramus. Urop. 3 exceeding urop. 1 in length, totally devoid of spines; rami almost equal length, only abt. z/3 as long as peduncle. Telson extremely long, reaches to end of urop. 3. Some of the specimens (those in the list above marked with ?) are somewhat different from the type described above: the hook in fourth joint of p. 2 is shorter (rig. 53, /' 2 ), and also telson is somewhat shorter; but otherwise they agree with the type. The species is very easily recognisable from Amphilochns manudens especially in having the long process on second (and sometimes also on third) peduncular joint of ant. 1, in having a long hook on fourth joint of p. 2 (the specific name is an allusion to this), and in having telson reaching the end of urop. 1 and urop. j. Genus Gitanopsis (i. (). Sars. Gitanopsis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 22 3. Stebbing 1906, p. 153. All the three north Atlantic species have been found within the limits of the area. 17;. Gitanopsis bispinosa (Boeck). Gitanopsis bispinosa G. < ). Sars 1895, p. 224, PI. 76 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 154. Occurrence. This species was not secured by the "Ingolf", but it is known from W. Greenland: 66°3o'N., 54°5o'\Y., 73 m., stones without algae, numerous Balanidae (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 88). Distribution. Several places at the south and west coast of Norway: Lofoten Isles (the fishing place Skraaven), Christianssund, Hardangerfjord, Haugesund, Christianiafjord; 100 — 200 m. (G. < >. Sars 1. a). - Blackwater-foot, Arran Island (Firth of Clyde), abt. 40 m., sand and mud (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 36). — West coast of France (Chevreux). 174. Gitanopsis inermis G. O. Sars (Chart 30, partim; see above p. 173). Gitanopsis inermis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 225, Pi. yy fig. 1. Stebbing 10,06, p. 154. Amphilochus oculatus H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 89, PI. 3 fig..; Stebbing 1906, p. 152. 4- A. manudens + Git. inermis K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, pp. 13 Occurrence. This species was taken by the "Ingolf" at 2 >tatinns. W. of Greenland: St. 25: 63 "30' N., 5425' \\". 1096 m. 3.3 . 1 spec. - 26: 63°57' N., 52°4i' W. 64 m. 0.6°. 1 spec. In addition we possess the species from the following localities. Hurry Inlet (H. Greenland abt. 71 N .), 38 m., Soren Jensen 21. 7. 1900, 1 spec. Jan Mayen, 100 m., 28. 6. 1900, Soren Jensen, 2 spec. - 9 miles E. of Iceland, yz m., "Diana" St. 42. 18. 6. [898, R. Horring, 2 spec. 2.)* 176 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. I have dissected a spec, of "Amphilochus oculatus H. J. H." determined by Dr. H. J. Hansen, and the oral parts clearly show that the said species belongs to the genus Gitanopsis. It must be taken for granted that the species is identic with G. incrmis, for the appendages show the closest possible agreement with this species. That H. J. Hansen has established it as a new species must be due to the fact that the eye-pigment was preserved and thus much darker than in the other specimens. The species resembles very much Amphi- lochus manudens (a number of specimens in our Museum have been erroneously determined as this species, see below), but may be recognised especially in having the telson much longer. The species is known from the following localities in the "Ingolf" area. W. Greenland : Lille Karajak- fjord (Vanhoffen 1897). — 66°3o' N., 54°5o' W., 75 m., stones without algae, numerous Balanidae, and Godt- haab, abt. 75 — 113 m., on Sertularice with Metopa-sp. (Amph. manudens, H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 89). — Sukkcr- toppen, 10 — 19 m., among algae, and Godthaab, 47 111., stones with algae (Amph. oculatus, H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 89). ■ — Bredefjord St. 61, 12.5 — 13 m., and St. 66, 9 — 11 m. (Amph. manudens, K. Stephensen, 1916, p. 286). - E.Greenland: Hekla Havn, 10 — 23m. (Amph. oculatus, II. J. Hansen 1S95, p. 127). Distribution. North Norway : Vadso, abt. 60 — 100 m. (G. O. Sarsl. c). — Cullercoats, Northumber- land (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 36). *i75. Gitanopsis arctica G. O. Sars. Gitanopsis arctica G. O. Sars 1895, p. 227, PI. jj fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 155. Occurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but it lias been taken I'., of Iceland: Faskruofjordr, 38 — 95 m., blue clay, R. Hdrring 17. 7. 1899, 1 spec. II is new to the area. It has also been taken in the Bredefjord (S. Greenland) : St. 89, 16 — 17 m., 31. 7. 1912, K. Stephensen, 3 spec. Distribution. S. of Nova Zembla 70°2o' N., 56°36' E., 90 m., 1? 4111111. (Stappers 191 1, p. 30). — Vadso in the Varangerfjord, rather abundant (Sars 1. a). Genus Stegoplax G. 0. Sars. Stegoplax G. O. Sars 1895, p. 232. — Stebbing 1906, p. 158. The genus comprises only the species mentioned below. ♦176. Stegoplax longirostris G. O. Sars. Stegoplax longirostris G. O. Sars 1895, p. 232, PI. 79 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 159. Occurrence. The species was secured by the "Ingolf" at two stations; it is new to the area. S. W. of Iceland: St. 78: 6o°37' N., 27^52' W. 1505 m. 4.50. 1 spec. - 81: 6i°44'N., 27°oo' \Y. 913 m. b.i . 1 spec. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. 177 Distribution. 3 localities at W. Norway: Sunde in the Hardangerfjord, Trondhjcmsfjord, off the Lofoten Isles; depths abt. 300 — 600m. (G. O. Sars I.e.). Fam. LeuCOthoidae (Dana) G. 0. Sars. Leucothoidce G. O. Sars 1895, p. 2S1. Stebbing 1906, p. 161. Barnard, Ann. Mus. South Africa, vol. 15, 1916, p. 148 (lit.). The family has in the "Ingolf" area only one genus with one species. Genus Leucothoe Leach. Lcucothoe G. O. Sars 1895, p. 282. Stebbing 1906, p. 163. Chilton, Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 48, pt. 2, 1912, p. 478 (lit.). Barnard, 1. c. 1916, p. 148 (lit.). Only one species is known from the "Ingolf" area. 177. Leucothoe spinicarpa (Abildgaard) (Chart 31). Lcucothoe spinicarpa, L. articulosa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 283, PI. 100, PI. 101 rig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 165. Chilton 1. c. 1912, p. 478 (lit. and syn.). — — Barnard 1. c. 1916, p 148 (lit. and syn.). Occurrence. The species was taken by the "Ingolf" at 6 stations. W.Greenland: St. 25: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096111. ^.] . 1 spec. - 32: 66°35'N., 56°38' W. 600 m. 3.90. 1 spec. mouth of the Ameralikfjord (Godthaab), io- — 130 in., shells, "Ingolf" 23. 7. 1895. I little spec, determination not certain. W. of Iceland: St. 95: 65°i4' N., 30°39' W. 1318 m. 2.10. 5 spec. S. W. - 78: 6o°37'N., 27°52'W. 1505 m. 4.50. 6 spec. S. E. - 6: 63';43' N., i4°34' W. 169 m. 7.0°. 1 spec. In addition we possess the species from the following localities round the coasts of Iceland: Skage- strandsbugt (N. Iceland), abt. 215 m., mud, 2.90, Capt. Wandel 1890, 1 spec. ; E. Iceland : 64 58' X.. 1.; 25' \Y.. 76 m., "Thor" St. 27 (16. 5. 1903), 2 spec. — S. W. of Iceland: 63.18' N., 2i°3o' W., 17S in., "Thor" St (8. 7. 1904), 1 spec. It is known from W. of Greenland 68°o8' N., 5^47' W., 320 111., stony clay (II. J. Hansen 1887, p, Distribution. A list of the North Atlantic localities is given by Norman (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 46) ; all his localities N. of abt. 500 N. are noted on my chart 31. Hut if Chilton (I.e. 1912) 178 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VI. Chart 31. Leucothoe spinicarpa (north Atlantic localities). • loca- lities for the first time mentioned in the present paper. O loca- lities from the literature. and Barnard (1. c. 1916) are right in their lists of synonyms, the species has a much wider distribution and seems to be cosmopolitan, found even in the Antarctic area (for special localities see Chilton 1. c. and Barnard 1. a). Posterior to Barnard's paper of 1916 the following localities have appeared. Abrolhos Islands (W. of Australia): Wooded Island, Easter Group, and Sandy Island, Wallaby Group (Tattersall, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., vol. 35, 1922, p. 6). — Tasmanian coast and Eastern Slope, Bass Strait; 40 miles west of Kingston, South Australia, 56 111. (Chilton, Biological Res. of the F. I. S. "Endeavour" 1909 — 14, vol. 2, 1921, p. 59). — Port Jackson, Tasmania, Port Denison, Andaman Islands; "I have seen specimens from many localities on the east and south coasts of Australia, and from Tasmania and New Zealand" ; Hawaiian Islands (Chilton, Rec. Austral. Mus., Sidney, vol. 14, 1923, pp. 85 — 88). THE INGOLF-EXPEDITION i 895 — 1 896. THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS, AND BOTTOMTEMPERATURES OF THE STATIONS Depth Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. LOIlg.W. in Danish Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. IyOUg.W. in Danish Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish Bottom- temp. fathoms fathoms fathoms 1 620 30' 8° 21' 132 7°2 24 63° 06' 56° 00' 1 199 2°4 45 61° 32' 9° 43' 643 4°I7 2 63° 04' 9° 22' 262 5°3 25 63° 30' 54° 25' 582 3°3 46 6i°32' 11° 36' 720 2°40 3 63° 35' io° 24' 272 °°5 03° 51' 53° 03' 136 47 61° 32' 13° 40' 95° 3°23 4 64° 07' ii° 12' 237 2°5 20 63° 57' 52° 41' 34 o°6 48 61° 32' 15° 11' 1 1 50 3°I7 5 64° 40' 12° 09' 155 64° 37' 54° 24' 109 49 62° 07' 15° 07' 1 120 2°9I 6 63° 43' M° 34' 90 7°° 27 64° 54' 55° lO- 393 3°S 5° 62° 43' 15° 07' 1020 3°i3 7 63° 13' 15° 41' 600 4°5 28 65° 14' SS0 42' 420 3°5 5i 64° 15' 14° 22' 68 7°32 8 63° 56' 24° 40' 136 6°o 29 65° 34' 54° 31' 68 0°2 52 63° 57' 13° 32' 420 7°87 9 64° 18' 2 70 00' 295 5°8 3° 66° 50' 54° 28' 22 i°o5 53 63° 15' 15° 07' 795 3°°S 10 64° 24' 2S0 50' 788 3°5 31 66° 35' 55° 54' 88 i°6 54 63° 08' 15° 40' 691 3°9 11 64° 34' 31° 12' 1300 i°6 32 66° 35' 56° 38' 3i8 3°9 55 63° 33' 15° 02' 316 5°9 12 64° 33' 32° 37' 1040 °°3 33 67° 57' 55° 30' 35 o°8 56 64° 00' 15° 09' 68 7°57 13 64° 47' 34° 33' 622 3°o 34 65° 17' 54° 17' 55 57 &3° 37' 13° 02' 35° 3°4 M &4° 45' 35° 05' 176 4°4 35 65° 16' 55° o5' 362 3°6 5S 64° 23' 12° 09' 211 o°8 15 66° 18' 25° 59' 33° -o°75 36 61" 50' 56° 21' M35 •°5 59 65° 00' u° 16' 310 — o°i 16 65° 43' 26° 58' 250 6° 1 37 6o° 17' 54° 05' I7r5 i°4 60 65°09' 12° 27' 124 o°9 17 62° 49' 26° 55' 745 3°4 38 59° 12' 5i° 05' 1S70 i°3 61 65° 03' 13° 06' 55 °°4 18 61° 44' 300 29' 1135 3°o 39 62° oo' 22° 38' S65 2°9 02 630 18' 190 12' 72 7°92 19 60° 29' 34° M' 1566 2°4 40 62° 00' 21° 36' 845 3°3 63 62° 40' 19° 05' 800 4°o 20 58° 20' 400 48' 1695 i°5 41 6i° 39' 17° IO' 1245 2°0 64 62° 06' 19° 00' 1041 3° 1 21 58° 01' 44° 45' I330 2°4 42 6i°4i' IO° 17' 625 ..'■. 65 6i° 33' 19° 00' [089 3°o 22 58° 10' 48° 25' 1S45 i°4 43 01° 42' IO° II' &45 o°o5 66 6i° 33' 20° 43' 112S 3°3 23 6o° 43' 5 6° 00' PlHtiklon-Net II 61° 42' 9° 36' 545 4°S 67 6] ' ,0 22° 30' 075 3°o Depth Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. 68 620 06' 22° 30' 843 3°4 92 64° 44' 32° 52' 976 i°4 118 68° 27' 8° 20' 1060 — i°o 69 62° 40' 22° I7' 589 3°9 93 64° 24' 35° M' 767 i°46 119 67° 53' io° 19' 1010 — i°o 70 63° 09 22° 05' 134 7°° 94 64° 56' 3<3° 19' 204 4°i 120 670 29' 11° 32' 885 — i°o 71 63° 46' 22° 03' 46 65° 31' 3°° 45' 213 121 66° 59' 13° n' 529 -o°7 72 63° 12' 23° 04' 197 6°7 95 65° M'. 3°° 39' 752 2°I 122 66° 42' 14° 44' "5 i°8 73 62° 58' 23° 28' 486 5°5 96 65° 24' 290 00' 735 I°2 123 66° 52' 15° 40' M5 2°0 74 62° 17' 24° 36' 695 4°2 97 650 28' 27° 39' 45o 5°5 124 67° 40' 15° 40' 495 — o°6 61° 57' 25° 35' 761 98 65° 38' 260 27' 138 5°9 125 68° 08' 16° 02' 729 — o°8 61° 28' 25° 06' 829 99 66" 13' 25° 53' 1S7 6° 1 126 67° 19' 15° 52' 293 -°°5 75 61° 28' 26° 25' 780 4°3 100 66° 23' 14° 02' 59 °°4 127 66° 33' 20° 05' 44 5°6 76 6o° 50' 26° 50' 806 4°i 101 66° 23' 12° 05' 537 -o°7 128 66° 50' 20° 02' 194 o°6 77 6o° 10' 26° 59' 951 3°6 102 66° 23' 10° 26' 75° -o°9 129 66° 35' 23° 47' 117 6°5 78 6o° 37' 27° 52' 799 4°5 103 66° 23' 8° 52' 579 ,, «, I30 63° 00' 20° 40' 338 6°55 79 60° 52' 280 58' 653 4°4 104 66° 23' 7°25' 957 — I°i 131 63° 00' 19° 09' 698 4°7 80 6i° 02' 290 32' 935 4°o i°5 65° 34' 7° 31' 762 — o°8 132 63° 00' I7° 04' 747 4°6 81 61° 44' 27° 00' 485 6° I 106 65° 34' 8° 54' 447 — o°6 '33 63° M' 11° 24' 230 2°2 82 61° 55' 270 28' 824 4°i 65° 29' 8° 40' 466 134 62° 34' io° 26' 299 4°i 83 620 25' 280 30' 912 3°5 107 65° 33' io° 28' 492 -^>°3 135 62° 48' 9° 48' 270 °°4 62° 36' 26° 01' 472 108 65° 30' 12° oo' 97 i°i 136 63° 01' 9° n' 256 4°8 620 36' 25° 30' 401 109 65° 29' 13° 25' |8 i°5 137 63° 14' 8° 31' 297 — o°6 84 62° 58' 25° 24' 633 4°8 no 66° 44' "° 33' 781 — o°8 138 63° 26' 7° 56' 47i — o°6 85 63° 21' 25° 21' 170 in 67° 14' 8° 48' 860 -^>°9 139 63° 36' 7° 30' 702 — o°6 86 65° 03',, 23° 47'« 76 112 67° 57' 6" 44' 1267 — i°i 140 63° 29' 6° 57' 780 -o°9 87 65° 02'8 23° 56', no 113 690 31' 7° 06' 1309 — i°o 141 63° 22' 6° 58' 679 — o°6 88 64° 58' 24° 25' 76 6°9 "4 7°° 36' 7° 29' 773 — i°o 142 63° 07' 7°°5' 587 — o°6 89 64° 45' 270 20' 310 8°4 115 70° 50' 8° 29' 86 o°i M3 62° 58' 7° 09' 388 -o°4 90 64° 45' 290 06' 568 4°4 116 7<>° o5' 8° 26' 37i -°°4 144 62° 49' 7° 12' 276 i°6 91 64° 44' 310 00' 1236 3°i 117 69° 13' 8C23' 1003 — i°o THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME III. 10. RHIZOCEPHALA. BY H. BOSCHMA. 17 FIGURES AND i MAP IN THE TEXT, AND A LIST OF STATIONS. C( )PENHAGEN. PRINTED BY BIANCO I.UNO. [928 Ready from the I'ress April the 14th 192S. CONTENTS Introduction i Family Peltogastrida Lillj 3 Genus Peltogaster Rathke 4 Peltogaster paguri Rathke 4 sulcatus Lillj 6 Genus Trachelosaccus n. g. io Trachelosaccus hymenodorce Sars io Family Sacculinida Lillj.. 13 Genus Sacculina Thomps. .... 14 Sacculina carcini Thomps 14 inflata Leuck. 15 atlantica Boschma. . 15 Genus Drepanorchis Boschma 16 Drefianorchis neglecta Fraisse: 16 Family Lemaodiscida n. fam. 17 Genus Lernceodiscm Muller 18 Lern. The visceral mass consists for the greater part of the ovary in which the eggs are lying in groups or strings (fig. 4/, g). In the middle region of the body the colleteric glands are found to the left and the right of the visceral mass. These glands are very simply built and very little branched. They consist of a RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION pouch-like cavity surrounded by an epithelium of cylindrical cells. In some specimens the cavity is divided into two or more parts. The testes (fig. 4 /) are found in the dorsal region. For the greater part they consist of a more or less straight tube which passes at the posterior extremity into the vas deferens. The posterior part of the testes and especially the vasa deferentia are strongly coiled as clearly results from transverse sections (fig. 4 g). Bv this peculiarity of 5»? the male genital organs the species Peltogaster paguri always can be distinguished from P. sulcatus. Usually the external form of the parasites gives a sufficient clue for their identification but in doubt- ful cases the form of the vasa deferentia may give definite proof. There is a mediterranean form of Peltogastcr which is des- cribed as P. curvatus by Koss- mann ('73). In its general shape this parasite is very similar to P. paguri. Duboscq ('12) maintains that the mediterranean form is a Fig. 3. Peltogastcr paguri from Eupagurus Bernhardus, Fredcrikshavn, Kattegat. Internal cuticle with retinacules. X 380. distinct species characterized by small papillse on the extremities of the mantle. Guerin-Ganivet fn) also regards P. curvatus as a species distinct from P. paguri. In this case the larvae furnish definite proof that the two forms are distinct species: the nauplii of P. curvatus (cf. Smith, '06) and those of P. paguri (cf. Nilsson-Cantell, '21) present striking differences, especially in the shape of the frontal horns. Peltogaster sulcatus Lillj. Peltogaster: Lmdstrom 1855, Chrevreux and Bouvier 1892. Peltogastcr sulcatus: Lilljeborg 1859, i860 a, b, 1864, Kossmann 1872, Malm 1881, Sars 1890, Weltner 1897 a, Smith 1906, Hoek 1909, Stephensen 1910, Guerin-Ganivet 191 1, Nilsson-Cantell 1921, 1926, Monod 1923. microstoma: Lilljeborg 1859, z^° b, 1864, Kossmann 1872, Malm 1881, Sars 1890, Weltner 1897 a, Guerin-Ganivet 1911. tau: Hesse 1864. paguri: Hesse 1866. albidus: Hesse 1868, Kossmann 1872, Giard 1873, Weltner 1897 a. Chlorogaster sulcatus: Duboscq 1912, Guerin-Ganivet 1912. microstoma: Duboscq 1912. The greater part of my material of the parasites belonging to this species was living on Eupagurus RHIZOCEPHAI,A OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION cuanensis, a few only on Anapagurus chiroacanthus, as may be seen in the following list. All the specimens enumerated here belong to the collection of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum, on Eupagurus cuanensis (Thomps.) : Kattegat, Dr. Joh. Petersen: Stat. 24, 2 hosts with 7 and 5 ex.; Stat. 69, 8 ex. on one host; Stat 202 (?), 7 ex. on one host; Stat. 474, 5 ex. on one host. IySes0, Kattegat, 20 m, Collin, 14 ex. on one host. Kattegat, off L,aeso, P. Kramp, 6. VIII. 1023, 4 ex. on one host. Hirtsholm, Kattegat: L. Lund. VII. 1866, 2 hosts with 4 and 6 ex.; Feilberg, VII. 1866, 3 ex. Frederikshavn, Kattegat: Dr. Th. Mortensen, VII. 1903, 8 ex. on one host; VI. 1905, 4 ex. on one host; K. Stephensen, 1909, 4 ex. on four hosts; K. Stephensen, 1909, 30 ex. on seven hosts. on Anapagurus chiroacanthus (Lillj.): Kattegat, Dr. Joh. Petersen: Stat. 431, 2 ex. on one host; Stat. 473, 1 ex. host unknown : Steenstrup's collection, without further data, 6 ex. detached from the host. Generally the animals belonging to this species are easily identified on account of their slender external form (fig. 2 g, h) and by the fact that they usually occur in many specimens on one host. The stalk is found at about the middle of the dorsal surface, usually somewhat nearer to the posterior extremity. The mantle opening often has the shape of a narrow pore or a small slit (in the form described as Peltogaster microstoma) ; generally it is wider and situated at the top of a little tubular expansion of the mantle. The mantle is much thinner than that of P. paguri, not so strongly muscular. Only surrounding the mantle opening there is a strongly developed sphincter (fig. 4 c). The external cuticle of the mantle is smooth and thin. On the internal cuticle I did not find retinacula, though probably they will exist also in this species. The visceral mass of young specimens is crowdedly filled with eggs (fig. 4 a1). In older specimens in which the eggs are found in the mantle cavity the ovary is less strongly developed, it then consists of scat- tered groups or strings of eggs (fig. 41/, b). The colleteric glands have approximately the same shape and structure as in Peltogaster paguri, they are simple or slightly divided (fig. 4 a, d). The testes are more or less straight tubes of fairly good size, situated in the dorsal part of the visceral mass (fig. 4 e). They terminate in a short vas deferens which bends to the right or left surface of the visceral mass without coiling. Sections through the posterior part of the body in the vicinity of the genital openings therefore contain the vas deferens of each side only once (fig. 4 b). The specimens of the "Ingolf" area all belong without any doubt to Peltogaster sulcaliis, a common species of the Scandinavian seas. Parasites of the same shape as P. sulcatus which also live gregariously on one host are found in many other parts of the world. In the mediterranean region similar animals have been found which are described by Kossmann ('y^) as Peltogaster longissimus. It is not certain whether this species has to remain separated from P. sulcatus or not; Guerin-Ganivet ('n), who has examined this form, retains it, at least for the present time, as a distinct species. Another of the described species which bears a great similarity to P. sulcatus is /'. socialis from Brazil, described by Miiller ('63). It certainly was an animal of approximately the same shape as I', sulcatus, RHIZOCEPHAEA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION coUeter'tc aland mantle cavity ■nantlc cnesiuta left testi left coll, a tat i J -talit Testis ritjht coll.cjl. left teslii itfht testis rnjht uas c/efcrens Fig. 4. a, Peltogasler sulcatus, transverse section through the colleteric glands, X 30; b, Peltogaster sulcatus, transverse section through the testes in the neighborhood of the male openings, X 30; c, Peltogaster sulcatus, transverse section through the anterior region, X 30; d, Peltogaster sulcatus, transverse section through the colleteric glands, X 30; e, Peltogaster sulcatus, same specimen as c, transverse section through the testes, X 30; /, Peltogaster paguri, transverse section through the colleteric glands, X 20; g, Peltogaster paguri, same specimen as /, transverse section through the posterior part of the visceral mass, X 20. All these specimens were parasites from Eupagurus cuanensis from different parts of the Kattegat. but its anatomy is completely unknown. According to Smith ('06) all these described species are forms of one valid species only. In his monograph he uses the names Peltogasler socialis as well as P. sulcatus also for the mediterranean form P. longissimus. On Plate I of Smith's work a specimen of Eupagurus meticulosus with parasites is drawn. According to G u e r i n - G a n i v e t (' 1 1 ) the parasites of this hermit crab have to be called RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION Peltogaster longissimus. Smith names it P. socialis, using therefore the name of the Brazilian form for the neapolitan specimens. In the text (Smith, '06, p. no), however, this author argues that there are only two valid species of Peltogaster (P. paguri and P. sulcatus) among all the described forms. The gregarious parasite then has a right to the name Peltogaster sulcatus. Weltner ('97 a) also uses the name Peltogaster socialis for specimens from Naples, and refers to spec- imens from Bohuslan (west coast of Sweden) called by him P. sulcatus. Smith ('06) records that Peltogaster sulcatus is also known as a parasite of Ligclla gracilis and affinis from Valparaiso. Already in 1855 mention was made of these parasites by Kroyer, who calls them Peltogaster gracilis. Kroyer's article on Rhizocephala seems to be quite forgotten in later years; probably on account of its being written in the danish language. It contains, however, a number of observations on animals of this group which are now regarded as unknown (cf. also in the following part of the present paper the chapter dealing with Sylon). If really P. gracilis is the same species as P. sulcatus the species should be named P. gra- cilis when the rules of priority are strictly obeyed. Hesse has given new names to parasites closely resembling P. sulcatus and which in all probability also were representatives of this species. The drawing of Peltogaster tan by Hesse ('64) gives sufficient evidence for this opinion; moreover the specimens lived gregariously on one host. In a following article Hesse ('66) identifies specimens of the same external form as P. sulcatus (till 17 were found on one host) with Peltogaster paguri. Two years later yet another article of the same author appeared dealing with similar parasites. In this article Hesse ('68) identified his Peltogaster tau with P. paguri, and described a similar, though smaller form as Peltogaster albidus. There is, however, hardly any possibility that these "species" are anything else than Peltogaster sulcatus. Giard ('73) had the opinion that P. albidus Hesse was the same species as P. socialis Muller, and perhaps also the same as P. sulcatus Lilljeborg. Giard does not state the reason why he identities Hesse's specimens from the French coast with Brazilian forms instead of uniting them with the Scandinavian species. Peltogaster microstoma, which was regarded by Lilljeborg ('59) as a species distinct from P. sulcatus, was found in later years byMalm ('Si) and Guerin-Ganivet ('11). Malm already expressed his doubts as to the validity of this species and states that the differences of this form with P. sulcatus are very inconspicuous. Guerin-Ganivet retains it, at least for the present, as a distinct species. In the same article this author gives a figure of the larva of P. microstoma, which shows hardly any difference from that of P. sulcatus. According to Nilsson-Cantell ('21) this is a further argument in favor of the opinion that the two species described by Lilljeborg in reality are two forms of one valid species only. In the literature the following hermit crabs are mentioned as hosts of Peltogaster sulcatus (including P. microstoma): Eupagurus cuanensis, Anapagurus chiroacanthus, and A. /avis (Lilljeborg, '59 and many other authors). If Peltogaster longissimus also belongs to the forms of P. sulcatus the following mediterranean hosts have to be added : Eupagurus prideauxi and E. excavatus, including the variety meticulosus of the latter (cf. Guerin-Ganivet, 'n). The Ingolf-Exptdition III. 10. 10 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION Genus Trachelosaccus n. g. Body ovoid, at the posterior extremity with a long, slender stalk, which is bent towards the ventral surface. Mantle opening at the dorsal surface, in the anterior half of the body. Mesentery rather broad, extend- ing from the mantle opening to the stalk. Colleteric glands paired, in the anterior region of the visceral mass. Testes paired, at the dorsal surface of the visceral mass; vasa deferentia directed towards the ventral surface, male genital openings in the posterior part of the mantle cavity. The only species of this genus which is as yet known is the animal described bySars ('79, '85) as Sylon hymenodorce. Sars's specimens were found on Hymenodora glacialis and among the material of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum there are a number of parasites on the same shrimp, which can without any doubt be identified with the species described by Sars. Trachelosaccus hymenodorae (Sars). Sylon hymenodora: Sars 1879, 1885, Giard 1888 b, Weltner 1897 a, Smith 1906. The specimens which I have examined are from the following locality: "Ingolf", Stat. 113 (69°3i' N., 7°o6' W.), 2356 m, 4 ex. on 2 hosts. Sars ('79) gave a short diagnosis of a species named by him Sylon hymenodorce ; in a following publica- tion (Sars' 85) the same species is more fully described. Especially the latter publication contains sufficient data of the structure of the animals and the figures of this publication (Sars, '85, PI. XX, figs. 16 and 17) give a distinct idea of the external form of the species. The comparison ot the specimens of my material with Sars' description does not leave any doubt as to their identity with this author's Sylon hymenodorce. Sars gives the following diagnosis of the species: "Body oval, sac-like, anterior part abruptly instricted, forming a slender, somewhat inflexed proboscis, or neck, issuing obliquely from the trunk itself. Disc of attachment surrounded by a horn-coloured, inspissated margin. Genital orifices close together, in the middle of the body, and on the side turned from the proboscis. Colour a lightish pink. Length (including proboscis) 12 mm" (Sars, '85, p. 253). With some modifications owing to a different manner of orientation of the parasites we may apply this diagnosis at once to the specimens collected by the "Ingolf". Fig. 2 i and / represent a specimen of Tra- chelosaccus hymenodorce, seen from the left side and from the ventral surface. The external form of the parasite drawn in this figure completely fits in with the diagnosis cited above. Sars regards the extremity where the stalk is found as the anterior region ; in the present paper this extremity is called the posterior part as it cor- responds morphologically with the posterior region of Peltogaster. One statement in the diagnosis cited above is not in accordance with the drawings of the parasite given by S ars ('85, figs. 16 and 17). The "genital orifices" are described as lying close together. In the genus Sylon, a form which was well known to S ars , two mantle openings are present. These openings were considered at his time to be the genital openings. As Sars consequently expected to find two of these openings in this "new species of Sylon" , he described them as lying close together. A glance at the figures of the type specimen of Sylon hymenodorce proves that there is one unpaired mantle opening at the surface directed from the host. This opening is the unpaired mantle opening which in my specimens occupies exactly a corresponding place (fig. 2 i, j). RHIZOCEPHAEA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION I I Between the mantle opening and the stalk there is visible a slight ridge at the surface of the mantle. Below this ridge the testes are found, as was already stated by Sars. This ridge is clearly visible in Sars' figures and also in fig. 2 j of the present paper. The only specimen on which Sars based his description of Sylon hymenodom was collected by the Nor- wegian Expedition to the North Atlantic (1876 — 78), between Norway and Iceland from a depth of about . month cjicning ^llctcric qLatid testis Fig. 5. Trachelosaccus hymenodorcs . a, transverse .suction through tin- mantle opening and the colleteric gland specimen, transverse section through the testes, . 30; 1 , same specimen, transverse se< tion through the posterior part . ^£~ ■*£' ^s. I published in another paper (Boschma, '27). -W*^ a^^*==H\^\'T\ x\ / -^-~ ^ ^V The appendages of the external cuticle possess small ^^r3^ "S^*^ A ' ^^"i\ \ If *s^ hairs, which may be regularly distributed all over the surface ^_^k. ^ ^ vV^ S^ jllfV*. ^^%\^r (cf. Boschma, '27, fig. 4 h), or they are found especially at the ^^^^o^ V t \- ff^ \.A extremity of the papillse. Then the proximal part of the appen- ft ^ A V ^_ * ^n WvTr^ViJ j\ >^ dages still possesses some hairs but at the apex a whole bundle ^ Fig. 6 Sacculina atlantica. Appendages of the ex- is found (he. 6). ternal cuticle of the mantle, seen from above, X 300. There is another peculiarity, which I have found among the species of the genus Sacculina in .S'. atlantica only. As already remarked in my former paper, the external cuticle of this species is comparatively thick (about 25 — 30 /<). In the region of the mantle opening, how- ever, this thick cuticle suddenly passes into a much thinner part with less than half of the thickness oi the cuticle which covers the greater part of the body. Consequently the mantle opening is surrounded by a more or less circular area which is covered by a very thin external cuticle. Vox further particulars on this species I refer to the above cited article. l6 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION Genus Drepanorchis Boschma. Mesentery incomplete : not reaching the mantle opening. Testes of curved shape, running along the mesentery. One species of this genus, D. neglecta, occurs in the "Ingolf" area. It is a common form and I could examine a great number of specimens. Drepanorchis neglecta (Fraisse). Sacculina neglecta: Fraisse 1877. phalangi: Hoek 1878. stenorhynchi: Malm 1881. — fraissei: Giard 1886. Drepanorchis neglecta: Boschma 1927. Testes long, their extremity in the anterior part of the body (the mantle opening is the anterior pole of the body). Colleteric glands in the anterior part of the lateral surface of the visceral mass. External cuticle with small papillae (average length 8 ju), which are covered with hairs. Retinacula with 4 to 10 barbed spindles of circa 12 fi length. All the specimens from the "Ingolf" area which I had at my disposal are from the collection of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum. The chief data concerning this material are found in the following list: on Macropodia rostrata (L,.) : "Thor", Stat. 275, 10. X. 1904, Kattegat, 9 m, 1 ex. Kattegat, Dr. Joh. Petersen, 1884 — 86: Stat. 71, 1 ex.; Stat. 115, 1 ex.; Stat. 167, 1 ex.; Stat. 225, 1 ex.; Stat. 227, 4 ex.; Stat 262, 1 ex.; Stat. 280, 1 ex.; Stat. 302, 1 ex.; Stat. 311, 3 ex.; Stat. 312, 3 ex.; Stat. 330, 1 ex. ; Stat. 336, 1 ex. ; Stat. ^7, 1 ex. ; Stat. 338, 2 ex. ; Stat. 339, 1 ex. ; Stat. 458, 2 ex. Kattegat, Dr. Joh. Petersen: off N. Ronner, 20. IX. 1884, 8m, 2 ex.; off N. Ronner, 20. IX. 1884, 14m, 2 ex. ; off Trindelen, 20. IX. 1884, 20 m, 5 ex. ; off Dseso, 20. IX. 1884, 14 m, 1 ex. ; off L,aeso, 20. IX. 1884, 17 m, 1 ex. ; 1883 — 86, 10 ex. ; northern part of Kattegat, 1899, 3 ex. Frederikshavn, Kattegat, Jungersen and Petersen, n. XI. 1884, 25 ex. Frederikshavn, Kattegat, Bundgarn, 28. VII. 1877, 2 ex. Hirtsholm, Kattegat, Feilberg, VII. 1866, 1 ex. Kattegat, 2 ex. Denmark, 1 ex. on Inachus dorsettensis (Penn.) : Kattegat, Dr. Joh. Petersen: Stat. 317, 1884, 1 ex.; off Trindelen, 20. IX. 1884, 32 m, 1 ex.; off Kobbergrun- den, 20. IX. 1884, 16 m, 1 ex. Without data, 2 ex. on one crab. In the smallest specimen in the collection the mantle opening is still closed, the measurements of this specimen are: breadth 1 mm, heigth 1 mm, and thickness 0.5 mm approximately. The testes and the colleteric glands of this specimen, from which sections were made, are already distinctly visible. RHIZOCI'.PHAT.A OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 17 v / OJICJUliy ® @© e«? stalk -ffir- — ZST J ^^ rhjht code/eric cjlaitd inetnt/e encumcj Fig. 11. a, Lernaodiscus ingolfi, transverse section through the left testis and vas deferens, X 15; 6, same specimen, trans- verse section through the right testis and vas deferens and the left colleteric gland, X 15; c, same specimen, transverse section through the right colleteric gland, X 15; d, specimen of fig. 8 g, h. Somewhat obliquely transverse section through the stalk and the vasa deferentia, X 15; e, diagrammatic figure of the first specimen, seen from the dorsal surface. The lines a, b, and c correspond with the sections drawn in figs. a-c. In figs, a-d the dorsal surface is found at the lower part of the figures, cf. fig. 10, note. The visceral mass is of rather irregular shape, it is attached to the mantle along a broad space at the dorsal surface, forming there the mesentery. At the other side the mesentery is much shorter as always in Lernceodiscus, the ventral part of the mesentery exists only in the posterior part of the animal (tig. 1 1 a). The colleteric glands are very small and difficult to find. They have a roundish form and their lumen is very narrow (fig. 11 b, c). In the epithelium of the colleteric glands no folds are present: it consists of a smooth layer of cylindrical cells. These glands are found at each side of the median plane, both nearer to the dorsal than to the ventral surface. The testes are rather short tubes which have a narrow lumen (fig. n a, b). The vasa deferentia are The Iugolf-Expedition. III. 10. 4 26 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION very strongly coiled. In some specimens the walls of the different coils of the vasa deferentia remain separated from each other (fig. II d), in other specimens these parts are strongly pressed against each other and have partly fused. Then the whole of each vas deferens constitutes a rather strong tube with an irregularly coiled lumen (fig. n a, b). The male openings may be found at the right side of the median plane (fig. n e) or one of each is found in each half of the body (fig. n d). These openings are comparatively wide, they are situated at the extremity of a small papilla. This new species may be easily distiguished from all other species of Lernceodiscus in which the anatomy is known by the structure of its colleteric glands and vasa deferentia. All other species of the genus have colleteric glands with a wide lumen and more or less straight or only slightly curved vasa deferentia. Lernceodiscus ingolfi is, in consequence of its parasitism on Munida tenuimana, found only in the deeper parts of the sea. The specimens of this species from the Skagerak probably also were collected at a depth of more than 400 m, for according to Stephen sen ('10) M. tenuimana is a common form in the Skagerak at a depth of 390 — 660 m. Family ClistOSaCCidae 11. fam. Body elongate or ovoid, long axis parallel to long axis of host. Stalk at the dorsal surface (the region where the visceral mass is united with the mantle). Mantle opening at one extremity, developing at a rather late stage. Colleteric gland unpaired, branched, in the posterior part of the visceral mass. Testis unpaired, with a left and a right vas deferens in the anterior part. The only known representatives of this family are the animals named byLilljeborg ('60 a) Clistosaccus paguri and Apeltes paguri. In my material there are specimens of both forms named by Li 11 j eborg; the study of these forms proved, however, that they belong to the same species. Lillj eborg's data on the anatomy of these animals and Smith's ('06) notes on the anatomy of Clistosaccus give sufficient evidence for this view. Moreover the study of my material yielded some details which complete the descriptions of these former authors. Lillj eborg's largest specimen of the form without mantle opening, named by him Clistosaccus paguri , measured 5 mm in longest diameter. In the interpretation of the internal organs I_,il lj eborg made som mis- takes. In his fig. 17 a central body is visible in the visceral mass. This central body is called in the cited paper the ovary. Surrounding the central body there is a mass of tube-like expansions, which were probably regarded by Ivillj eborg as egg-tubes lying in the mantle cavity. The study of a number of immature specimens of Clistosaccus from my material revealed that as long as the mantle opening is wanting eggs are never found in the mantle cavity. The mass of tubes therefore was the ovary and the central body the testis. Interpreted in this way the anatomy of this specimen is in complete conformity with that of my specimens (cf. fig. 1 e). In the same paper Lillj eborg described another species, viz., Apeltes paguri. One specimen only was found, an animal of elongate form attached with a broad stalk to its host. At the anterior region there was a wide mantle opening, whilst according to Lillj eborg at the posterior part of the body also a narrow opening existed. The latter was closed at the inner part, but Lillj eborg found a distinct tube with a chitinous sheath at the outer part. In the description of the inner organs the data concerning the testis are of special interest. RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 27 This organ forms an ovoid body with two short vasa deferentia at its anterior part, directed towards the right and the left side. Lilljeborg remarks further that the vasa deferentia are surrounded by loose tissue. Among my material there are a number of specimens of elongate form which closely fit in with Lillje- borg's description of Apcltcs pagan. The only difference is that no tube-like posterior opening occurs in the mantle. Probably Lill j eborg's specimen formed in this respect an exceptional case and, moreover, the tube in the type specimen being closed its occurrence cannot be of great importance. The anatomy of the specimens which correspond to the form Clistosaccus paguri is quite alike to that of the specimens which resemble in every detail to Apcltcs paguri according to Li 11 j eborg's description. The form and the structure of the testis with the vasa deferentia and the situation and structure of the col- leteric gland in both forms is the same, the only difference is found in the presence or absence of a mantle opening. The study of the inner anatomy consequently proves beyond any doubt that the two species described by Lilljeborg are different stages of one species only, Clistosaccus being the younger form, Apcltcs the older, mature form. Smith ('06) also gave some particulars of the anatomy of Clistosaccus. He discovered the peculiar structure of the colleteric gland. In general his figures of transverse sections reveal the same anatomical details as the figures of the present paper. In his diagrammatic figure (Smith, '06, PI. 8, fig. 5) the testis, however, is represented too long. Concerning the orientation of the parasite Smith named the extremity of the visceral mass where the colleteric gland is found the anterior end. In older specimens as those studied by Smith the mantle opening develops at the other extremity and consequently the colleteric gland lies at the posterior part of the visceral mass. There is another point in which I do not agree with Smith's state- ments. According to this author the mesentery is thin; in all the specimens of my material of which sections were made, however, the visceral mass is united with the mantle along a broad region, constituting thereby a very broad mesentery. Genus Clistosaccus Lillj. The characteristics of this genus are the same as those of the family. Only one species of the genus Clistosaccus is known ; it occurs in the northern part of the atlantic region. Clistosaccus paguri Lillj. Clistosaccus paguri: Lilljeborg i860 a, b, 1S64, Malm 1881, Weltner 1897 a, Smith 1906, Stephensen 1910. Apcltcs paguri: Lilljeborg i860 a, b, 1864, Malm 1881, Sars 1890, Weltner 181)7 a. Smith 1906, Stephensen 1910. In the material of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum a large number of specimens of Clistosaccus paguri is present. Besides this material I could study a number of specimens from the Amsterdam Zoological Museum. The chief data of this material are given in the following list : on Eupagurus pubesccus (Kr.) : "Thor", Stat. 99, south west of the Faeroes (6i°i5'N., 9 /o'W.), --■ V. 1904, (170m, 1 ex. "Willem Barents", Arctic sea (68°59' N., 42°5o' E.), 188;, 1 ex. (coll. Zool. Mus. Amsterdam). Jakobshavn (Greenland), Traustedt, 1892, 2 ex. on one host. Egedesminde (Greenland), Traustedt, 1892, 1 ex. 28 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION Greenland, Steenstrup's collection, 2 ex. on one host. Greenland, Rudolph, 1 ex. Vattames (Iceland), H. Jonsson, 6. VII. 1898, 18—36111, 1 ex. Steenstrup's collection, without further data, 6 ex. on 3 hosts. on Eupagurus Bemhardus (L.) : Trangisvaag (Faeroes), Fjelstrup, 21. IX. 1887, 1 ex. Myggenses, Faeroes, J. Metzelaar, 8. VII. 1920, 10 ex. on four hosts (coll. Zool. Mus. Amsterdam). Skagerak, F. Johansen, VII. 1901, 2 ex. on one host. Kattegat, Dr. Joh. Petersen, Stat. 60, 4 ex. on 2 hosts; Stat. 89 (off Lasso), 20. IX. 1884, 17 111, 1 ex.; Stat. 458, 1886, 5 ex. on 3 hosts. Kattegat, off Aalbaek, Collin, 1 ex. Hornbaek (0resund) , 20 — 70 m, 3 ex. on one host. Besides the data found in the literature cited above in which the parasites are referred to under the names Clistosaccus and Apeltes there are in different papers a number of statements from which we may conclude that Clistosaccus has been found by many other investigators. In many cases specimens of Clistosaccus have been confounded with Peltogastcr paguri and are men- tioned under this name. Kroyer ('42) found at Spitzbergen parasites on Eupagurus pubcsccns, which, according to his description, were very similar to Peltogaster; the species of the genus Peltogastcr, however, do not occur as far to the north, as results from the abundant material I have examined. We may therefore safely conclude that these specimens from Spitzbergen belonged to the genus Clistosaccus. During the second cruise of the Willem Barents Expedition (1879) a Rhizocephalid 011 Eupagurus pubescens was collected at Stat. 12 (7i°o6' N., 50°20' E., depth circa 110 m). Hoek ('82) identified this spec- imen as Peltogastcr paguri, but the locality again lies too far to the north for this species. I have examined a specimen of another cruise of the "Willem Barents" (1883), collected not far from the locality in which Hoek's specimen was found (cf. the list of specimens above). From this specimen sections were made; the structure of the internal organs clearly proves that it belongs to the species Clistosaccus paguri. Some records of Peltogastcr from the American Atlantic region probably also are the result of incorrect identification of the parasites. S. I. Smith (84, a, b) mentions that a specimen of Peltogastcr paguri was found on Eupagurus pubescens off Labrador; in all probability this parasite again was a Clistosaccus. Whether the parasite called P. paguri by Packard ('66) was correctly identified or not cannot be decided, for this specimen was collected off Maine and here Peltogastcr paguri as well as Clistosaccus may occur. The younger specimens of Clistosaccus paguri consist of a closed ovoid body which is attached with a broad stalk to the host (fig. 12 a, b, c) . In the course of further growth the long axis of the parasites enlarges and a slit -like mantle opening develops at the anterior extremity (fig. 12 e). The animals may attain a con- siderable size before the mantle opening appears: the specimen of fig. 12 e, in which apparently the mantle opening is but recently formed, had already attained a length of 23 mm. In other specimens of much smaller size already a distinct mantle opening is found (cf. fig. 12 d, which represents a specimen of 8 mm greater diameter). The larger specimens usually have a more elongated form (fig. 12 g-j), whilst often the anterior RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION and the posterior part of the body have a more or less curved shape. In the animals of this species which have a well-developed mantle opening often eggs or larva? are found in the mantle cavity. Already rather small specimens may contain fully developed larvae. Of the figured specimens those of fig. 12 d and g contained an abundancy of larvae in the mantle cavity. The form of these larvae will be described further on. As a result of the elongate form which is acquired by the older specimens of Clistosaccus paguri this Fig. 12. Clistosaccus paguri. a, from Eupagurus pubescens, Steenstrup's collection, lateral surface, < 7.256, from Eupagurus Bernhardus, Kattegat, lateral surface, >; 4.8; c, the same, dorsal surface; d, from Eupagurus pubescens, Greenland, lateral surface. X 4; r from Eupagurus Bernhardus, Faeroes, dorsal surface, x 1.6; /, the same, lateral surface; g, from Eupagurus pubescens, "Thor". 6l°l5' N., 9°35' W., 970 m, dorsal surface, . 3 2; h. from Eupagurus Bernhardus, Kattegat, lateral surface, X 2. 4; i, from Eupagurus pubescens, Greenland, lateral surfai • X 3-2;/, the same, dorsal surface. In all figures the mantle opening is indicated with 0 (or the anterior part with X) and the stalk with s. species has often been confused with specimens of Peltogaster. Some instances where in all probability t Ik- animals were incorrectly identified are dealt with above. Clistosaccus paguri has been found on the following hermit crabs: Eupagurus Bernhardus (Lilljeborg, 'boa, Malm, '81), Anapagurus chiroacanthus and A. forbesi (Sars, '90). The specimens in my material for a large part were parasites of Eupagurus pubescens, on which the species probably was found already by K rover ('42). The mantle of Clistosaccus paguri is rather thick and muscular. In young specimens (fig. [3 d) the transverse musculature has not yet developed, but these muscles are clearly visible m sections of older spec- imens (fig. 13 a-c). The mantle is covered by an external cuticle, the thickness of which in large specimens may attain 40 //.. The surface of the external cuticle often is somewhat wrinkled or provided with shallow- grooves; distinct appendages, as they occur on the cuticle of many species of Sacculina, cannot be found in 3° RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION right vas deferens testis mantle cavih visceral mass mantle ca viti/ colleteric J' iinuutc \cdJtrrvaL cuticle Fig. 13. Clistosaccus paguri. a, from Eupagurus pubescens, Greenland, transverse section through the anterior part, X 20; 6, same specimen, transverse section, slightly nearer to the posterior region, X 20; c, same spec- imen, transverse section through the posterior part, X 20; d, from Eupagurus pubescens , Kattegat, transverse section through the posterior part, X 3°- Clistosaccus. To the naked eye the mantle of Clistosaccus has a very smooth appearance, especially in spec- imens which have not yet a mantle opening. The internal cuticle of the mantle is very thin, retinacula could not be detected. Probably they are wanting in this species, for owing to the large size of many specimens a sufficient portion of the internal cuticle could be easily obtained. Especially in the larger specimens the mantle contains a great number of lacunae. In young specimens there is a -very narrow mantle cavity (fig. 13 d), but in the course of further development it becomes much wider (fig. 13 a-c). The visceral mass is attached to the dorsal surface by a rather broad mesentery, which in the region of the stalk becomes still broader. It has quite a different structure from that in the Sacculinidae, where it is a real mesentery. In Clistosaccus the mesentery can be compared with that in Peliogaster, though it is not so broad as in the latter genus. RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION .',1 The visceral mass in most specimens is crowdedly filled with eggs. Under the surface of the visceral mass a strong layer of muscles is found and also between the groups of eggs and around the testis here and there a few muscles are present. In the anterior region there exists a large lacune below or in the mesentery (fig. 13 a, b). The visceral mass contains in its anterior part the testis and in the posterior region the colleteric gland. The ovoid form of the the testis with its two short vasa deferentia was already known to Billj eborg, who gives a fairly good figure ('60 a, PI. IX, fig. 45). In Smith's diagrammatic figure ('06, PI. 8, fig. 5) the testis is drawn far too long ; the vasa deferentia were unknown to S m i t h. The place of the testis in the visceral mass is indicated correctly in this author's fig. 7 of the same plate. Pill j eborg has not found the colleteric gland; this organ in Clistosaccus was discovered by Smith, who published a drawing of a section in the region of this gland ('06, PI. 8, fig. 6). Smith's specimens were young animals (identical with I/illj eborg ' s Clistosaccus paguri) . The spec- imen of which the sections of fig. 13 a-c of the present paper were made was an older stage (identical with Pilljeborg's Apeltes paguri). In these figures the mantle cavity is much wider than that of Smith's figure and that of the specimen of fig. 13 d ; the latter also is from a young specimen without mantle opening. The colleteric gland has a rather complicated structure. It is composed of a number of lobes (six in fig. 13 d) which diverge from a common centre. These lobes are directed towards the surface of the visceral mass and towards the anterior pole. Their extremity again is divided into smaller lobes and these are visible in sections at a little distance from the posterior end of the visceral mass (fig. 13 c). Each of the lobes of the colleteric gland contains a large number of tubes in which the product of the gland is secreted (the dark colored parts in the figures). In some specimens the opening of the colleteric gland is to be seen at the posterior part. It is, however, closed by a kind of plug consisting of rather thick layers of chitin. Probably this is removed when the products of the gland are extruded from its interior. I^specially in younger specimens the colleteric gland is distinctly visible, in older specimens it often degenerates and looses its structure. The testis is a rather short, wide, sac-like body in the anterior part of the visceral mass (cf. fig. 1 e). As already remarked by Smith ('06) this organ shows no signs of hypertrophy, which is rather exceptional among Rhizocephala. In its anterior region the testis has two short vasa deferentia. In the greater part of the specimens studied by means of sections no distinct lumen can be found in these genital ducts. They usually consist of a thick mass of connective tissue and muscles between the testis and the surface oi the visceral mass (fig. 13 a, b). Probably the lumen originates only at the time when the eggs are extruded from the ovary into the mantle cavity. Often a distinct plug of chitinous matter is visible in the centre of the extremity of the vas deferens, e. g. in fig. 13 <7. By means of this plug the male genital openings remain com- pletely closed, in all probability till the lumen of the vasa deferentia has been formed. In Sacculina according to Delage ('84) the male genital openings are closed with chitin till the eggs in the mantle cavity have to be fertilized; probably in Clistosaccus a quite similar arrangement exists. Older specimens of Clistosaccus usually cannot be easily distinguished from Peltogaster paguri. The external form is very much alike, though sometimes Clistosaccus is much more slender and elongate than Peltogaster (cf. fig. 12/;). The microscopical study of sections, however, at once decides the question. When 32 RH1ZOCF.PHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION larvae are present in the mantle cavity, which occurs very exceptionally, the identification of the parasite gives no trouble at all. It is generally believed that in the literature there are no statements on the larvae of Clistosaccus. Smith ('06) as well as Ho ek ('09) agree in this point. There are, however, a few remarks in papers by Kroyer ('42, '55), from which in my opinion we may safely conclude that this author already has seen the larvae of Clistosaccus and knew that they are different from those of Sacculina and Peltogaster. Among the material of the Rhizocephala studied by Kroyer there were certainly a number of spec- imens belonging to Clistosaccus paguri. He remarks that he found often in Spitzbergen a parasite on Eupagurus pubescens (Kroyer, '42). Now Peltogaster paguri does not occur so far to the north; all the data in the literature concerning localities of this parasite in the arctic region in reality refer to specimens of Clistosaccus which were mistaken for Peltogaster. This view is exposed more elaborately in another part of the present paper and instances of such erroneous identifications are mentioned there. But Kroyer also has studied the larvae of Clistosaccus. I conclude this from the following part of a later paper by the same author: "Hos tre Arter har jeg iagttaget Embryoner, naemlig hos to Peltogaster- Arter og en Sylon. Embryonerne hos den ene Peltogaster-Avt — P. gracilis — der hidrorer fra Chili, staemme omtraent overens med Udviklingsformen af Pachybdeila, saledes som Cavolini afbilder den. De to andre Arter er derimod betydeligt forskjaellige fra disse, men indbyrdes omtraent ensdannede. Skulde jeg s6ge at forklare dette overraskende Faenomen, vilde jeg maske finde det ikke ganske usandsynligt, at de to forste Former kunde vaere Udtrykket for en tidligere Periode i Fosterlivet, de to sidste for en senere" (Kroyer, '55, p. 130). The larvae of Pachybdeila ( = Sacculina) described and figured by C a v ol i n i (Memoria sulla Generazione dei Pesci e dei Granchi, Napoli, 1787) were nauplii. I have not seen Cavolini's paper but his figure of the nauplius is also rep resented in a publication by Eilljeb org ('59, PI. HI, fig. 51). K r 6 y e r stated that the larvae of his Peltogaster gracilis were of approximately the same type as Cavolini ' s larvae of Sacculina. Among the material of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum there are a number of specimens of Kroyer 's Peltogaster gracilis which were collected at Valparaiso in 1841. In all probability these are the specimens on which Kroyer made his observations. In some of these nauplius larvae are present which have approximately the same structure as those of Peltogaster paguri and which consequently are of the same general type as the larvae of Sacculina. Kroyer knew the larvae of three species of Rhizocephala: one of these (that of Peltogaster gracilis) was a nauphus, the other two, however, were in a later stage of development (cf. the remarks cited above). These further developed larvae both again were approximately of the same type. One of the two species was Sylon hippolytes, and, as is described in a later part of the present paper, the larvae of Sylon develop in the egg membrane to the cypris stage. The remaining species of Rhizocephalid of which Kroyer knew the larvae therefore was a form in which the larvae leave the eggs at the cypris stage. In the species of the genus Peltogaster a definite nauplius stage occurs; this stage is not found in Clistosaccus and I therefore conclude that one of the species which Kroyer classified in the genus Peltogaster in reality was Clistosaccus paguri. As already stated above, Kroyer has studied specimens of Clistosaccus from Spitzbergen, and some of these may have contained the cypris larvae. RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC KliGlON Fortunately a few specimens of Clistosaccus in my material contained near- ly fully developed embryos in the egg membranes and these are already provided with six appendages at each side of the abdomen (fig. , v ° Fig. 14. a, Clistosaccus pagun irom hupagurus pubescens, rhor , 61 15 N.. 9 35 \\ , 970 m. Larva 14 a)- The larva.1 soon would in the egg membrane, taken from the mantle cavity, X 300; //, Sylon hippolytei from Spirontocan have hatched for thev DOS- lll,l'l'"'>''- "Thor", Stat. 171, 1901. Larva in the egg membrane, taken from the mantle cavity, • sess already all the peculiarities of the cypris stage. The size of the larvae is about 175 //, with the exception of the appendages little is to be seen of their structure. In the anterior region a pair of antennae is found and in the posterior part the pleopods. These have at their extremity strong swimming hairs. They do not have an eye or a pigmented spot in the anterior region of the body. The general shape of the larvae of Clistosaccus does not differ in important details from that of the cypris larvae of Sacculina (cf. Delage, '84) and from those of the genus Lepas. Family Sylonidae n. tarn. Body ovoid, long axis parallel to long axis of host. Stalk at the dorsal surface (the region where the visceral mass is united with the mantle). Two mantle openings, developing at a rather late stage, in the anterior part of the dorsal surface, left and right of the median plane. Colleteric gland unpaired, in the posterior part of the visceral mass, at the ventral side. Testes unknown. The structure of the animals belonging to the genus Sylon is so strikingly different from that of the other Rliizocephala that there is sufficient reason to place these parasites into a separate family. The nearest allies of the Sylonidae probably are the Clistosaccidae. Especially the colleteric gland in both families has a great deal of conformity, and, moreover, in both families this organ is unpaired and lies at the posterior extremity of the visceral mass. The Sylonidae differ in many respects from the Clistosaccidae also; the chief characteristics by which the Sylonidae maybe distinguished from the Clistosaccidae (and from all other Rliizo- cephala) are the presence of two mantle openings and the absence of every trace of male genital organs. Complemental males perhaps may occur, but they have never been found. This familv contains one genus which is hitherto found in the arctic region only. Genus Sylon Kroyer. The characteristics of this genus are the same as those of the family. Parasites of this genus were first found on Spirontocaris pusiola by Kroyer ('4^). who gives a short description of their external form; his accompanying figure (Tab. V, fig. 110,1) leaves no doubt as to the nature of the parasites. Some years afterwards Kroyer ('55) founded the generic name Sylon. The specimens belonging to this genus occurring on different hosts were soniewh.it different of shape, but K royer was con- The Ingolf-Expcdition. III. 10. 5 34 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION vinced that they all belonged to one species, for which, however, no specific name is given in the cited paper. The fact that Kroyer never gave a specific name to any form of Sylon was mentioned also by Sars ('70). This fact is of interest as Giard ('88 b) created new names for certain forms of Sylon not living on Spirontocaris pusiola, because he thought that Kroyer had described the parasite of this shrimp as Sylon hippolytes. The following list gives a summary of all the forms of Sylon hitherto mentioned in the literature and the names given to these parasites. A similar list is found in the monograph on the Rhizocephala by Smith ('06). Some mistakes found in Smith's list are amended here and the data of later publications are added. A number of specimens examined by Smith are among the material of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum. Host Name of parasite Locality Observer Spirontocaris lilljeborgi (= Hippolyte securifrons) Pandalus annulicornis (= P. brevirostris) Spirontocaris borealis Spirontocaris (Hippolyte) pusiola Spirontocaris spinas Spirontocaris (Hippolyte) polaris Spirontocaris (Hippolyte) incerta Sclerocrangon minutus Hippolyte sp. Pandahls dance Spirontocaris (Hippolyte) jabricii Sylon hippolytes M. Sars Sylon pandali M. Sars "Sylon hippolytes Kr." Sylon schneideri Hoek = Sylon hippolytes Giard Sylon challengeri Hoek Sylon hippolytes M. Sars = Sylon daniellseni Giard Sylon sp. Drobakfjord, Norway, 70-210 m Drobakfjord, Norway, 45-1 rom Davis strait (66°59' N. 55°27' W.) 100 m Kvsenangsfjord, Norway Tromso, Norway Norwegian coast off Halifax (Nova Scotia) ( '.reenland Hardangerfjord, Norway, 450m Arctic Sea Puget Sound, Pacific coast Puget Sound Puget Sound Frederikshaab, Greenland Friday Harbor, San Juan Ar- chipelago, Pacific coast M. Sars ('70). M. Sars ('70). Norman ('77). Kroyer ('42). Schneider (' 84). Weber ('84), Hoek ('88). i-,. O. Sars ('90). Smith ('06). Stephensen ('10). Bate ('88), Hoek ('88). Smith ('06). M Sars ('70). Weber ('84). Harrington and Griffin ('97). Caiman ('98). Caiman ('98). Smith ('06). Potts ('12). RHIZOCEPHAI/A OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION [5 The species "Sylon hymenodone" is not enumerated in the list, for this species belongs to a quite different genus (Trachelosaccus, cf. under Peltogastridae in the present paper). The first specific name given to a parasite of the genus Sylon was Sylon hippolytes. This name is used by Sars ('70) for the parasites of Spirontocaris lilljeborgi and Sp. polaris. In Sars's paper the name of this species is written in the following manner: "Sylon hippolytes (Kroyer) M. Sars". The name Kroyer was placed by Sars after the specific name probably on account of the fact that Kroyer had established the genus Sylon, for Sars himself remarks that K royer never gave a specific name to any form of Sylon. Probably tin- use of this double name behind the specific name "hippolytes" was the reason that Giard ('88 b) substitutes for Sylon hippolytes the names S. sarsi and 5. daniellseni. Giard was convinced that a species of Rhizocephala could not infest more than one species of host (theory of the "specificite parasitaire"). From Sars's manner of using two names of authors behind the name Sylon hippolytes he concluded that this was the name used by Kroyerforhis parasites. As these were found on Spirontocaris pusiola Giard restricted the name S. hippo- lytes for the parasites on Sp. pitsioln only, and, according to his theory of the specificity of the parasites the specimens described by Sa rs belonged to two different species, viz., S. sarsi and S. daniellseni. Shortly before Giard's paper appeared Hoek ('88) had described Sylo)i schneideri, the parasite of Spirontocaris pusiola. According to Giard the name given by Hoek was to be changed into Sylon hippolytes, but, as remarked above, even if Giard's theory were to be upheld, in this case he certainly made an error. If Giard's theory of the specificity of the parasites could be maintained in the genus Sylon the fol- lowing names would remain valid: Sylon hippolytes M. Sars on Spirontocaris lilljeborgi, Sylon pandali M. Sars on Pandalus annulicornis, Sylon schneideri Hoek on Spirontocaris pusiola, Sylon challengeri Hoek on Spirontocaris spinas, Sylon daniellseni Giard on Spirontocaris polaris. The specificity of the parasites, however, is merely a conviction of Giard's, the result of his study of parasites belonging to quite other groups, especially parasitic Isopods. As may be seen in the following part of this paper there is no sufficient reason to give different specific names to representatives of the genus Sylon occuring on different hosts. The external form of these parasites and their internal structure is on the whole quite similar. The differences found between specimens of Sylon from different hosts are not larger than those existing among specimens parasitising individuals of the same species of shrimp. Owing to the lack of differences in their morphological characters in the genus Svlon no distinction between different species can be made which is based on sound premises. Therefore in my opinion Smith ('06) is righl in uniting all the described species of Sylon into one species. This species has to retain the name Sylon hippolytes M. Sars. There is, however, one restriction to Smith 's conclusion. The anatomical investigation of specimens in my material belonging to the species Sylon hymenodorcB proved that this species is quite .1 different form. I have described my material of this species in the former half of the present paper and have established for it the new name Trachelosaccus. Its internal structure reminds strongly of that found in Peltogaster and allied genera. 5* 36 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION Sylon hippolytes M. Sars. Sylon hippolytes M. Sars 1870, Norman 1877, Giard 1888 b, G. O. Sars 1890, Smith 1906, Hoek 1909, Stephen- sen 1910. — pandali M. Sars 1870. — schneideri Hoek 1888. — challengeri Hoek 1888. — sarsi Giard 1888 b. — daniellseni Giard 1888 b. A rather extensive material of specimens of this species from the Copenhagen Museum and a few from the Amsterdam Museum were at my disposal. The following list gives the chief data of this material concerning the localities, collectors, etc. on Spirontocaris pusiola (Kr.): Kristianssund, Norway, 5 ex. Tromso, Norway, M. Weber, 1883, 5 ex. (collection Zool. Mus. Amsterdam). on Spirontocaris lilljcborgi (Dan.) (= Hippolyte securifrons Norm.): "Ingolf", Stat. 33, Davis Strait (67°57' N., 55°30' W.), 63 m, 1 ex. "Ingolf", Stat. 129, between Iceland and Greenland (66°35' N., 23°47' W.), 210 m, 1 ex. "Thor", Stat. 171, 2. VI. 1901, south of Iceland (63°46'N., 22°56' W.), 150 m, 1 ex. "Thor", Stat. 24, 13. III. 1903, Skagerak, 200 m, 1 ex. "Thor", 23. III. 1906, Skagerak, 200 m, 1 ex. "Thor", 12. IV. 1907, Skagerak, 2 ex. Skagerak, Dr. Joh. Petersen, 1897, Stat. 18, 2 ex. Skagerak, Dr. Joh. Petersen, 27. VII. 1897, Stat. 57, 191 m, 1 ex. Skagerak, Dr. Joh. Petersen, 1897, Stat. 60, 173 m, 1 ex. Egedesminde (West Greenland), Bergendal, 8. VIII. 1890, 70 m, 1 ex. Egedesminde, Bernburg, 23. X. 1903, 1 ex. on Spirontocaris fabricii (Kr.) : Frederikshaab (Greenland), "Fylla", 17. VIII. 1886, 18 m, 1 ex. Kobbermineoen, Julianehaab District (Greenland), Bernburg, 23. X. 1903, 3 ex. Nanortalikfjord or Iichtenaufjord (Greenland), Bernburg, IV. 1906, 1 ex. Bredefjord (South Greenland), "Rink", Stat. 97, 27. VII. 1912, 30 — 50 m, K. Stephensen, 1 ex. on Spirontocaris spinus (Sow.) ( = Hippolyte sowerbei Leach) : Godhavn (Greenland), Holboll (from Steenstrup's collection), 3 ex. Ikertok Fjord (Greenland), "Fylla", 1886, 54 m, 1 ex. West Greenland (66°56' N., 54°45' W.), 43 m, 1 ex. Greenland, 11. II. 1896, 3 ex. on Spirontocaris polaris (Sab.) : RHIZOCKPHAI.A OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 37 East Greenland, "Danmark", Stat. 65, Danmarks Havn, 25. VIII. 1907, 9 — 18 m, 1 ex. Angmagssalik, East Greenland, 13. VII. 1922, ca. 45 m, Hedegaard, 1 ex. The shape of the animals belonging to the species Sylon hippolytes is subject to rather little variation. In general the younger specimens (tig. 15 /, g) have a spheroidal form, whilst older specimens obtain an Fig. 15. Sylon hippolytes. a, from Spirontocaris pusiola, Tromso, Norway, dorsal surfao 1; . the same, lateral surface; c, from Spirontocaris pusiola, Kristianssund, Norway, dorsal surface, ■ [o 0, mantle opening; s, stalk; d. the same, lateral surface; e, from Spriontocaris lilljeborgi, "Ingolf", Stat. i Jo (66 35' N., 23°47' W., 210m), dorsal surface, x 5; /. from Spirontocaris spinas, West of Greenland (66 56' N , 54°45' W.). lateral surface, x 6 ; g, from Spirontocaris spinus, Greenland, dorsal surf ace, ■ 8; A, from tocaris lilljeborgi, Skagerak, dorsal surface, X 5; i, the same, lateral surface; ;, from Spin ' iri Greenland, lateral surface, X 5; ft, the same, dorsal surface; /, from Spironlo, n is polai is, ' ireenland, dorsal surface, X 4 0, mantle opening; s, stalk; m, the same, lateral surface In all figures (except fig ', where the anterior part is directed towards the right) the left part is the anterior region of the animals 38 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION ovoid shape (fig. 15 c, k). In many specimens the posterior part is evenly rounded; in others (fig. 15 c) the posterior part is narrower and separated from the other part of the body by shallow grooves. These differences may occur among specimens living on the same species of shrimp. They have therefore no systematic value, probably they are due to the pressure of the appendages of the shrimp against the parasite. M. Sars ('70) already describes this lateral groove in Sylon hippolytes (he did not find it in his species Sylon pandali). Ac- cording to Sars this groove might be an indication of segmentation, the posterior smaller part being then the head or cephalothorax of the animal. Sars thought that the stalk was the mouth of the animal, he consequently called the part where the lateral grooves may occur the anterior region of the body. Besides the slight differences in shape there are considerable differences in size. The parasite of fig. 15 e has more than twice the size of the specimen of fig. 15 a and still these two parasites have about the same age as may be concluded from their internal anatomy. In both specimens the mantle openings aie fully developed and the mantle cavity is filled with developing eggs. Probably this difference in size is due to the fact that the parasites were living on hosts of different size. The specimen of fig. 15 e lived on Spirontocaris lilljeborgi, a shrimp of good size, whilst the specimen of fig. 15 c was found on Spirontocaris pusiola, a much smaller species. In Sacculina the same observations can be made: a species of this genus living on hosts of different sizes usually has smaller or larger dimensions in correspondence with the different sizes of the hosts. In young specimens of Sylon hippolytes no traces of mantle openings are visible (fig. 15 g). In slightly further developed animals they gradually appear, first as round whitish spots at each side of the median plane (fig. 15 k, I). Then the mantle openings are not yet formed, but in these spots they develop. Transverse sections of this region in animals as represented in fig. 15 k, I show that the two chitinous layers of the mantle are approaching one another; but the places where the mantle openings will originate are still closed with tissue (cf. fig. 16 d). Still older specimens of Sylon have mantle openings with a distinct lumen (fig. 15 a, c, e). Then the openings are clearly visible as dark spots in the anterior part of the body. Now the eggs attain their full development and soon the larvae leave the mantle cavity through the mantle openings. Afterwards the mantle collapses more or less, it looses its smooth appearance and becomes strongly wrinkled (fig. 15 h, i). In these older specimens usually also the whole of the visceral mass is strongly reduced. Especially the col- leteric gland then is hardly discernable from the other part of the visceral mass. The first description of the anatomical characters of Sylon is given by Hoek ('88). Up to this time the structure of these parasites was only incompletely known from the notes published by Kroyer ('42, '55) and Sars ('70), in which not many details of the internal organs were described. Hoek ('88) studied specimens of Sylon hippolytes on Spirontocaris spinas (this parasite was called by Hoek. Sylon challengeri) and on Spirontocaris pusiola (Sylon schneideri Hoek). This author's account contains a number of interesting facts on the internal structure of Sylon. He remarks that in young specimens the mantle openings are closed and figures a section in which the place is visible where they will develop. The ganglion is described and figured in this publication for the first time. One of the figures (fig. 1 of PI. CL,) represents a very accurate drawing of a section of the colleteric gland in a rather young specimen ; the tubes of this organ which are surrounded by a well defined epithelium are clearly visible. KIII/.()Ci;riI.\I.A OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 19 From H o e k ' s drawings I concludethat his specimen of "Sylon challengeri" was rather young ; probably the mantle openings had not yet developed. Hoekdid not find these openings but he expressed his opinion that they might have existed in the lost part of the parasite, which was somewhat damaged when he re- ceived it. One statement of Hoek, however, certainly is incorrect. In a specimen of Sylon on Spironto* pusiola he found an organ which lie calls the testis (Hoek, \S8, PI. CI,, figs. 5, 6). It is true, this organ has quite another structure than the colleteric gland of the parasite of Spirontocaris spinas drawn in this author's mantle, opcnunj visceral mass cvllclcri^ qlaruL visceral mass colleteric aland m an lie ca 1 'itu Fig. 16. Sylon hippolytes. a, from Spirontocaris fabricii, Greenland, transverse section through the mantle openings, X -?o; b, same specimen, part of a transverse section somewhat nearer to the posterior part, X 30; c, from Spirontocaris p. 'Inns. "Danmark"s Havn, E. Greenland, part of a transverse section through the posterior region, x 5"; , 17 a, h) ; it then contains a large number of lacunae and consists for the greater part of a kind of connective tissue between which some muscles are to he seen. At this stage the mantle cavity has strongly enlarged, not only on account of growth of the mantle, but also as a result of the contraction of the visceral mass from which the eggs are removed. The ganglion is found at the dorsal surface, in the vicinity of the mantle openings, somewhat further to the posterior region. It has a globular form (tig. id b). Previously this organ was already found by II oek ('88) and Smith ('06). The structure of the colleteric gland varies according to the age of the parasites. In young specimens (fig. 16 c) it contains a great number of tubes with coiled lumen. Many of these tubes contain the product The Ingolf-Expedition. III. 10. 6 42 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION of secretion of the gland. The tubes are surrounded by an epithelium with rather high cells. At this stage the colleteric gland touches the visceral mass and the mantle without leaving any cavity between these organs. At a somewhat more advanced stage of the parasite around the colleteric gland a cavity develops. This takes place in the specimens in which the mantle openings are almost formed and in which at the same time the mantle cavity begins to develop. In such specimens (figs. 16 c, 17 c) the colleteric gland still possesses a great number of tubes, often with clearly visible contents of secretion. The lateral and ventral parts of the colleteric gland then are surrounded by a cavity, which is contained in the visceral mass, for the muscular layer of the visceral mass forms the wall of this cavity at the ventral side. At the dorsal surface the gland is connected with the visceral mass, often projecting at this spot into the latter. As soon as the eggs are found in the mantle. cavity the colleteric gland obtains quite another structure. Glandular tubes with products of secretion then no more can be discerned, usually the structure is more or less indifferent (fig. 17 b). The surrounding cavity disappears completely. The gland still may show a number of lacunes and in the ventral region sometimes a part of different structure exists, probably con- sisting of more or less chitinous matter. This part, which is clearly visible in fig. 17 b, may perhaps represent the chitinized remains of the orifice of the gland, which then could be regarded as the oviduct. In still older specimens the colleteric gland has hardly any structure at all (fig. 17 a) ; it usually remains visible by its greater affinity to stains as compaired with the visceral mass. In these old specimens the colleteric gland is strongly reduced in size and is found as a wrinkled mass at the ventral surface of the visceral mass. In different specimens therefore the colleteric gland may have a quite different structure. I first thought that possibly the structure of this gland might give a clue to distinguish different species in the genus Sylon. The structure of this organ, however, is very much alike in corresponding stages of growth of Sylon from different hosts, whilst the differences in structure depend only on the age of the parasites. The drawings of figs. 16 and 17 are made from sections of specimens of Sylon from different hosts; as there are no constant morphological characters by which different species can be distinguished, all the specimens belonging to this genus have to be united into one species which must be called Sylon hippolytes. In two rather complete works on Rhizocephala (Smith, '06, Hoek, '09) concerning the larval stages of Sylon we find the remarks that the nauplius are unknown and that probably also never mention was made of the cypris of this Rhizocephalid. There are, however, in the literature some notes on the larvae of Sylon, but these seem to be completely forgotten. Already in 1842 Kroyer states that he found in the eggs of a parasite on Spirontocaris pusiola (according to the description and the figure this parasite was a Sylon, though this name is not used in the cited article) well developed larvae which were provided with swimming legs. In a later publication (Kroyer, '55) the larvae of Sylon are defined as being different from those of Pcltogaster gracilis and probably constituting a later stage of development (cf. the cited lines ofKroyer's article in the chapter of the present paper dealing with Clistosaccus). Kroyer's statements, though very vaguely describing the differences between the larvae found by him in different Rhizocephalids, indicate clearly enough that this author has seen the larvae of Sylon as early as 1842. I have not seen the fully developed larvae of Sylon, but in three specimens of my material, all of which were parasites of Spirontocaris lilljeborgi, the mantle cavity contained embryos in an advanced stage RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 4 ; of development (fig. 14 b). These embryos have a strongly developed antenna and rudiments of six pleo at each side of the posterior part. The pleopods bear long swimming hairs. The embryos were still in the egg membrane and consequently the larva of Sylon hippolytes develops at once to the eypris stage; a nauplius does not occur in this genus. It is an interesting fact that in both of the arctic genera of Rhizocephala, Clisto- saccus and Sylon, the embryos develop in the egg membrane to the eypris stage. This is another case of pro- tection of the brood, which occurs in so many arctic animals. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. Concerning the distribution of the Rhizocephala in the "Ingolf" area the chief peculiarity is that in the northern region only two common species of this group occur, viz., Clistosaccus paguri ami Sylon hippo- lytes. The most northern locality from which Clistosaccus is known is Spitzbergen, Sylon is known to occur as far north as Tromso, but probably it may be found in the more northern area also. The two species of the genus Pcltogastcr are reported from the south and west coast of Norway (Sars, '90) ; they certainly will not occur much farther to the north. A species which probably will be found in the extreme north also is Trache- losaccus hy mc notion? , which hitherto is known from two localities between Greenland, Iceland, and Norway (see chart). Species of the genera Trachelosaccus, Clistosaccus and Sylon are known from the arctic region only. The species of the other genera, viz., Pcltogastcr, Sacculina, Drepanorchis, and Lcrmcodiscus, are found espec- ially in moderate and warmer seas. Their northern limit is the southern part of the "Ingolf" area. As a matter of fact the area of distribution of a certain Rhizocephalous parasite lies within the region of distribution of its host. But though this is one of the chief factors, it is not the only factor. Pcltogastcr paguri and Clistosaccus paguri both may live on Eupaguriis Bcrnhardus. This species of hermit crab occurs all along the atlantic coast of Europe and in all these localities it may be infested with Pcltogastcr (this parasite is known from the Danish, German, Dutch, British, and French coasts). On the other hand it may be found infested with Clistosaccus in the northern part of its area of distribution only (Kattegat, Faeroes, coast of Norway). The latter parasite is restricted to the colder seas, where it is found usually on Eupaguriis pubescens; in the southern part of its area of distribution it may also infest the other species of hermit crab. The Danish waters thus form a region in which species that have their largest distribution in the colder seas [Clistosaccus, Sylon) as well as species which inhabit moderate seas (Peltogaster, Sacculina, Drepanorchis, Lernceodiscus) occur. Pcltogastcr sulcatus, as P. paguri, is a species which is found along the Atlantic coast (it is known from the coast of France and from the Canary Islands). Its northern limit of distribution is the wesl coasl of Norway. Trachelosaccus hymenodorce probably is found on Hymenodora glacialis only. This parasite may live in the northern part of the Arctic Sea also, for its host has been collected at a latitude of 78 N. (cf. Bate, '88). At present, however, this parasite is known only from the two localities indicated on the chart. The Sacculinidse are found in the moderate and warmer seas. The common species, Sacculina carcini, occurs at the Atlantic coasts and in the Mediterranean Sea. It is recorded from the west coast of Norway, which in all probability is its most northern limit. In the Danish waters it is a very common spei 44 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION - zooo-\- ■ — 3000 ■ \- 1000 --r ■ D Trachelosaccus;%Sacc. atlaitiicct; AAA Ctistosaccus ; %oSylon ,■ +lcr/i.cnoo/f/ Chart indicating the localities of a number of Rhizocephala in the "Ingolf" area. The squares denote the localities of Trachelosaccus hymenodorcc, the black one that of the type specimen, the other that of the specimens dealt with in the present paper. The triangles indicate the localities of Clislosaccus paguri; of these the black ones give the localities cited in the literature and the white ones those of the specimens dealt with in the present paper. The triangles with a dot in the centre are placed at the local- ities (or approximately there) from which in the literature Rhizocephalids have been mentioned under the name Peltogaster, but which, however, in all probability belonged to Clistosaccus. The black circles indicate (some of them approximately) the localities of Sylon hippolytes mentioned in the literature (as far as concerns the "Ingolf" area); the white circles give the localities of this parasite quoted for the first time in the present paper. The locality of Sacculina atlantica is marked with an asterisk ; those of Lern&odiscus ingolfi (as far as concerns the "Ingolf ' area) are indicated with crosses. Sacculina inflata is known from Heligoland and from Danish waters (cf. also Stephensen, 'io). The species of the genus Hyas are found as far south as the English Channel and it therefore remains possible that S. inflata will occur much farther southward than is hitherto known. The crab Dorhynchus thomsoni occurs as far north as the Faeroes; consequently it is quite possible that its parasite Sacculina atlantica also will live as far north as that region. This parasite probably also occurs much farther south than the locahty recorded in the present paper. RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 45 Drcpanorchis neglccta has been found off the Norwegian coast (Sars, '90) ; this is the most northern locality of the species. It is frequently found in the Danish waters, it occurs also at the French coast and is one of the common species in the Mediterranean Sea. Each of the species of the genus Lernceodiscus is known from a number of localities farther south than the "Ingolf" area. Lernceodiscus galathece occurs in the Mediterranean Sea, and off the Atlantic coast of France and England. It is also rather frequently found in the Kattegat (cf, the list of specimens in the present paper) and it is reported from the Norwegian coast. Lernceodiscus munidce is known from the coast of Norway, Danish waters, and off the French coasl (Guerin-Ganivet, '11). The third species of the genus, L. ingolfi, is known from the three localities indicated on the chart of the present paper. Probably, however, the range of distribution of L. ingolfi is much greater. Guerin-Ganivet ('11) records a parasite on Miuiida icnuimana from a locality off the African coast. It is not quite sure that this parasite belonged to the species Lernceodiscus ingolfi, but if we take this for granted, the species has a much wider distribution than is hitherto known. As already remarked above Clistosaccus paguri is an arctic species which lives as far south as the Kattegat. The same holds true for Sylon hippolytes. The latter is known as a parasite of shrimps which are distributed throughout the arctic area. Some of these occur off the Norwegian coast and in the Kattegat, and Sylon may be found in these regions as a parasite of those species of shrimps [Spirontocaris pusiola and 5. lilljcborgi). The vertical distribution of the Rhizocephala of the "Ingolf" area is given in the following list, which is based on the data from the literature and on those of the material from the Copenhagen Zoolo- gical Museum. Peltogaster paguri: shallow water (o — 18 m, but probably also in somewhat deeper water). sulcatus: 0 — 106 m (P. microstoma, cf. Guerin-Ganivet, '11). Trachclosaccus hymenodorce: 2356 — 3350 m. Sacculina carcini: o — 35 m. inflata: shallow water. atlantica: 1180 — 1275 m. Drcpanorcliis neglccta: o — 32 m, probably also in somewhat deeper water. Lernceodiscus galathece: shallow water, o — 24 m. Guerin-Ganivet ('11), however, mentions specimens of L. galathece on Galatlica dispcrsa from 400 — 1710 m. munidic: 150m; according to Guerin-Ganivet ('10, '11) also till 400111. ingolfi: 410 — 1438 m. Clistosaccus paguri: usually in shallow water; sometimes in deeper water (Hoek, '82, ca. 120 m, "Peltogaster paguri" from the Arctic Sea; "Thor", Stat. 99, 1904, 970m). Sylon hippolytes: 9 — 200 m. Some of the species are found especially in shallow water and only exceptionally in deeper water, This group contains the species of the genus Peltogaster and the Sacculinidae (excepl Sacct 'ina Other species may inhabit the shallow water zone as well as the deeper regions, e. g., Clistosaccus paguri 46 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION and Lernceodiscus galathece, which a few times only were taken from deeper water but are known to occur frequently in the shallow water region. Sylon hippolytes lives at various depths between 9 and 200 m. The localities in which this species is found in comparatively shallow water are those from the colder seas; in the southern part of its area of distribution the species is found in deeper water only. The depth of 400 m at which a specimen of Lernceodiscus munidce is found probably will represent approximately the greatest depth at which this parasite may occur. Its host (Munida bamffica) usually is not found in such great depths. The other species of the genus Lernceodiscus, L. ingolfi, is a true deep sea animal, for its host, Munida tenuimana, has never been found in shallow water. The two remaining species of the "Ingolf" area, Trachelosaccus hymenodorce and Sacculina atlantica, are known from depths of over 1000 m only. These species were the first real deep sea Rhizocephala known to science (cf. Sars, '85; Smith, '06). Resuming the data given above we may conclude that in the North Atlantic region two elements of the fauna are found: species which have their greatest distribution in the arctic region, and species which also occur farther to the south. True arctic species are Clistosaccus paguri and Sylon hippolytes (and probably Trachelosaccus hymenodorce) ; all the other species occur also off the more southern part of the Atlantic coast. For Sacculina atlantica there are no data on its distribution besides the only locality known, but probably it will be found later also farther to the south. In the region of the Norwegian coast and the Danish waters representatives of the two groups are found together, those of the group with southern distiibution as well as those of the arctic forms. Off Greenland, where the water is much colder, the representatives of the more southern fauna are wanting. For the same reason we may in my opinion safely conclude that the animal collected off Labrador, which was mentioned by S. I. Smith ('84 a, b), was not a Peltogasler, but a specimen of Clistosaccus. Postscript. The manuscript of the present paper was completed about a year ago. After it had been sent to Copenhagen two papers on Rhizocephala have appeared which at least partially deal with species occurring in the North Atlantic area. In one of these papers (P. Kriiger, Cirripedia. Die Tierwelt der Nord- und Ostsee, herausgegeben von G. Grimpe und E. Wagler, Teil Xd. Leipzig, 1927) the species Sacculina carcini, Peltogastcr paguri, and P. sulcatus are enumerated as occurring in the North and Baltic Seas. When this paper appeared little was known of the distinctive characters in the Saeculinidae, and the author consequently was convinced that all the Saeculinidae of these seas belonged to Sacculina carcini, a view previously expressed by Smith ('06). On page Xd 11 of Krii ger's paper Peltogastcr is described as having the stalk at one extremity; this statement is erroneous, for in this species the stalk is found approximately in the median part of the body, somewhat nearei to the posterior extremity than to the anterior pole. According to Kriiger the occurrence of Lernceo- discus, Triangulus, Sylon, and Clistosaccus in the North and Baltic Seas is still doubtful (1. c, p. Xd 6, foot note) ; the present paper shows that these forms indeed are represented in the region. Moreover the genera RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 47 Clistosaccus and Sylon had already previously been recorded from the Kattegat and the Skagerak (cf. Lillje- borg '60 a, Sars, '70). The second paper (H. Boschma, Bemerkungen fiber Rhizocephalen des Golfes von Neapel. Publ. Stat. Zool., Napoli, Vol. 8, 1927) deals with some mediterranean Rhizocephalids. In this paper Pdtogaster curvatus is regarded as a distinct species on account of the peculiar structure of its larvae. Pdtogaster longis- sinuis is placed in the synonymy of P. sulcatus, as its internal anatomy does not differ in any respect from that in the latter species. 48 RHIZOCEPHALA OF THE NORTH ATLANTIC REGION Literatu re. Bate, C. Spence, 1888: Report on the Crustacea Macrura collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 — 76. Zool. Chall. Exp., Part 52. van Beneden, P. J., 1861: Recherches sur la Faune Littorale d.e Belgique. Crustaces. Mem. Ac. Roy. Belg., T. 33. Bonnier, J., 1887: Catalogue des Crustaces Malacostraces re- cueillis dans la Baie de Concarneau. Bull. Scient. du Nord de la France et de la Belgique, (2), iome annee. Boschma, H., 1925: Rhizocephala of Curacao. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, Afl. 25. — 1927: liber europaische Formen der Gattung Saccidina. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f. Syst, Bd. 54. Caiman, W. T., 1898: On a Collection of Crustacea from Puget Sound. Ann. New York Ac. Sc., Vol. n. Chevreux E., and E. L. Bouvier, 1892: Paguriens. Voyage de la Goelette Melita aux Canaries et au Senegal, 1889 — 1890. Mem. Soc. Zool. de France, T. 5. Delage, Y., 1884: Evolution de la Sacculine (Sacculina carcini Thomps), Crustace endoparasite de l'ordre nouveau des Kentrogonides. Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. (2), T. 2. - 1886: Sur le Systeme Nerveux et sur quelques autres points de l'Organisation du Pellogaster (Rathke). Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen. (2), T. 4. Diesing, C. M., 1850: Systema Helminthum. Vol. 1. Vindobonie. Duboseq, O., 1912: Sur les Peltogastrides des Cotes de France Peltogaster (Chlorogaster) Pruvoti n. sp., Pellogaster {Chloro- gaster) Delagei n. sp., Septosaccus Cuenoti n. g., n. sp. Arch Zool. Exp. Gen. (5), T. 9, Notes et Revue. Fraisse, P., 1877: Die Gattung Cryptoniscus Fr. Mueller. Inau- gural Dissertation, Wiirzburg. (also in: Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, Bd. 4, 1878). Gerbe, J., 1862: Sur les Sacculina. Extrait d'une Iettre de M. J. Gerbe, adressee a M. Van Beneden. Bull Ac. Roy. Belgique (2), T. 13. Giard, A., 1873: Sur les Cirripedes Rhizocephales. C. R. Ac. Sc. Paris, T. 77. - 1886: De lTnfluence de certains Parasites Rhizocephales sur les Caracteres sexuels exterieurs de leur Hote. C. R Ac, Sc. Paris, T. 103. - 1888 a; La Castration Parasitaire, Nouvelles Recherches. Bull. Scient. de la France et de la Belgique, (3), Vol. 1. - 1888 b. ■' Description de Sylon challengeri n. sp., par le Dr. P. P. C. Hoek. Analyse Critique. Bull. Scient. de la France et de la Belgique, (3), Vol. 1. Guerin-Ganivet, J., 1910: La Repartition Geographique du Triangulus munides Smith, Rhizocephale parasite des Especes du Genre Mvnida Leach. Trav. Sc. du Lab. de Zool. et de Phys. Marit. de Concarneau, T. 2. Guerin-Ganivet, J., 191 1: Contribution a l'Etude systematique et biologique des Rhizocephales. Trav. Sc. du Lab. de Zool. et de Phys. Marit.de Concarneau, T. 3. - 1912: Les Peltogastrides du Musee Oceanographique de Monaco. Trav. Sc. du Lab. de Zool. et de Phys. Marit. de Concarneau, T. 4. Harrington, N. R. and B. B. Griffin, 1897: Notes upon the Distribution and Habits of some Puget Sound Invertebrates. Trans. New York Ac. Sc, Vol. 16. Hesse, 1864: Memoire sur des Crustaces Rares ou Nouveaux des Cotes de France. 4me article. Sacculinides. Ann. Sc. Nat., (5), Zool., T. 2. - 1866: Observations sur des Crustaces Rares ou Nouveaux des Cotes de France, iome article. Peltogastres et Saceulini- diens. Ann. Sc. Nat., (5), Zool., T. 6. - 1868: Observations sur des Crustaces Rares ou Nouveaux des Cotes de France. I4me article. Description de deux Sacculinidiens, d'un Peltogastre, d'un Polychliuiophile et de deux Cryptopodes nouveaux (suite). Ann. Sc. Nat., (5), Zool., T. 9. Hoek, P. P. C, 1878: Carcinologische Aanteekeningen. Bij- dragen tot de Kennis der Noordzee-Fauna. Tweede Jaarver- slag omtrent hit Zoologisch Station der N. D. V. Tijdschr. Ned. Dierk. Ver., Dl. 3. - 1882. Die Crustaceen, gesammelt wahrend der Fahrten des "Wilkin Barents" in den Jahren 1878 und 1879. Niederl. Arch f. Zool., Suppl.-Bd. 1. - 1888: Description of Sylon challengeri, n. sp., a Parasitic Cirripcd. Appendix A in: Report on the Crustacea Macrura collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873 — 76, by C. Spence Bate. Zool. Chall. Exp., Part 52. - 1909: Die Cirripedien des nordischen Planktons. Nordisches Plankton, 8. Kollmann, M., 1909 a: Notes sur les Rhizocephales. Arch. Zool. Exp. Gen., (5), T. 1, Notes et Revue. - 1909 6; Remarques sur quelques Rhizocephales et speeiale- ment sur Lernaodisius. Ann. Sc. Nat., (9), Zool., T. 10. Kossmann, R., 1872: Beitrage zur Anatomie der schmarot- zenden Rankenf ussier. Verh. med. phys. Ges. Wiirzburg, N. F., Bd. 3. (also in: Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, Bd. 1, 1874). 1873: Suctoria und Lepadidae. Untersuchungen iiber die durch Parasitismus hervorgerufenen Umbildungen in der Familie der Pedunculata. Habilitationsschriit, Wiirzburg. (also in: Arb. zool.-zoot. Inst. Wiirzburg, Bd. 1, 1874). Kroyer, H., 1S42: Mouografisk Fremstilling af Sla?gten HippO- lyte's nordiske Arter. K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Naturvid. og Math. Afh„ Deel 9. RHIZOCHPHALA OF Till. NORTH ATLANTIC REGION 49 Krdyer, H, 1855: Nogle Bemaerkninger offl en hojst ufuldstaen- digt bekjsendt Kraebsdyrgruppe. Overs K. Dansk. Vidensk Selsk. Forh i Aaret ic.55. Kriiger, P., 1914: tjber ostasiatiscbe Rhizocephalen. Abh. II Kl. K. Ak. Wiss Miinchen, Suppl.-Bd 2 Leslie. G. ;iinl W. A. Herdman. 1881 : The Invertebrate Fauna of the Firth of Forth Proc. Roy, Phys. Sue Edinburgh, Vol.6 Leuekart, R., 1 i> 5 <_) : Carcinologisches Arch £ Naturg., 25. Jahrg., Bd. i. Lilljeborg. W., 1859: Les Genres Liriope et Peltogaster, II Rathke. Nova Aeta Reg. Soc Scient Upsal., (3), Vol ; [860a: Supplement an Memoire siir les Genres Liriopt et Peltogaster, H Rathke Nova Acta Reg Soc. Scient. I'psal . (3), Vol. 3. 18606: Oru de parasitiska Crustaceerna Liriope och Pello- 1 ter, II. Rathke. Arsskr. K. Vetensk. Societ. Upsala, 1. Arg. 1864: Memoire sur les (ienres Liriope et Peltogaster Rathke Ann Si Nat , (5), Zool , T 2. Lindstroin, G., [855: Om I.arven till en Art at Slagtet Pelto- gaster. Of v. K Vetensk, Ak. Forh., Arg. 12. (Stockholm). Malm, A. W , 1881: Om Cirripedcr funua vid IJohuslaus Rust Goteborgs Naturhistoriska Museum, zool.-zoot. Afdelnin- garna, ; Arsskrift. Monod, T., 1923: Notes carcinologiques (Parasites et Coinmen- saux) Hull. Inst Oceanogr., No 427. Muller, P., 1862: Die Rhizocephalen, eine neue Gruppe schma- rotzender Kruster, Arch f Naturg., 28 Jahrg., lid 1. [863: Die zweite Entwickelungsstufe der Wurzelkrebsi Arch. f. Naturg., 29. Jahrg . Bd. 1. Norman, A.M., 1N77: Crustacea. Tuuicata, Polyzoa, Echino- dermata, Actinozoa, Forarninifera, Polycystina, and Spon- gida. (in: Preliminary Report of the Biological Results of a Cruise in H M. S "Valorous" to Davis Strait in 1875, by J.Gwyn Jeffreys). Proc. Roy. Soc. London, Vol.25 Nilsson-Cantell, C A. io-'i: Cirripeden-Studien. Zur Kennt- nis der Biologie, Anatomic und Systematik dieser Gruppe. Zool. Bidrag fr.m Uppsala, Bd 7 [926: tjber Veranderungen der sekundaren Geschlechts inerkmale bei Paguriden durch die Einwirkung von Rhizo- cephalen. Arkiv for Zoologi, Bd. t8 A Packard, AS, Jr., 1866: Observations on the Glacial Pheno- mena of Labrador and Maine, with a View of the Recent Invertebrate Fauna of Labrador. Mem. Boston Soc Nat Hist., Vol. 1. Pott i, F \ . iou Mycetomorpha ,1 new Rhizocephalan a Note on tin Sexual Condition oi >ol |ahrb. Al.t i Syst , Bd , Rathke, II . 1842 Beitrage zui hendeii Anatomic una Physiologie Rcisebemerkungen aus Skandinavien N- Schr. Naturi I U . 1 cm, i Bd 1843 Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens Nov, Ad I. eo]' -Car Nat Cur . T i_\ Sars, G 11. 1879 Crustacea ' 1 Pycnogonida . • . Xor\ [877 78 collecta Arch Math Naturvid Bd a 1885: Crustacea, I Den Norske Nordhavs-Expedi 1876 1878 [890 Oversigt at Norges Crustaceer med forelobig maerkninger over de nve eller mindre bekjendte Arter II (Branchiopoda-Ostracoda-Cirripedia). Forh, i Vidensk.-Selsk. i Christiania, Aar 1 Sars. M., [870 Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna. II. Crustacea Nyt Magaz 1 Naturv Bd. 17. Selbie, C M , ioji The Deca] Reptantia of the Coast of Ireland Part II. Paguridea Fischeries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., I'l.'i. I Schneider, J Sparre, [884: Undersogelser af Dyrelivet i de Arktiske Fjorde, II Crustacea og Pycnogonida indsamlede i K\ icnangsfjorden. 1881. Tromso Museums Aarshefter, 7. Smith, G., iooo; Rhizocephala Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel, jo Monographic [915: The Genus Lernaodiscus (F"r Muller, [862) Jour. I. inn Soc London, Zool, Vol. 32 Smith. S. I , 1884 a List of the Crustacea dredged on tin- Coast of Labrador by the Expedition under the Direction of W. A Stearns, in 1882 Proc 1". S. Nat. Mus . Vol, 6. 18846/ Review of the Marine Crustacea "I Labrador Proc. P. S. Nat Mus., Vol. o. Stephensen, K [910 Storkrebs I Skjoldkrebs. Danmarks Fauna, 9 Thompson, J V., 1836: Natural History and Metamorphosis of an Anomalous Crustaceous Parasite oi 1 the Saccu Entomological Magazine Vol. 3. Weber, M , [884: Die Isopoden, gesammelt wahrend der 1 'Irs "Willem Barents" in das Nordliche Eismeer in den Jahren 1880 und is^i Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, Ail io Weltner, W., 1897a: Verzeichnis der bisher beschriebenen Cirripedienarten. Arch f. Nature . Jahrg 1 so lid. 1. 18976 Die Cirripedien Helgolands Wissensch Meeresunl N. F.. Bd. 2. The Ing'II Expediti. n III. 1,. THE INGOLF-EXPEDITION i 895 — 1 896. THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS, AND BOTTOMTEMPERATURES OF THE STATIONS Depth Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. I.ong.W in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. I.at. N. I/Ong.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom temp. 1 620 30' 8° 21' 132 7°2 24 63° 06' 56° 00' 1 199 A 45 6i° 32' 9° 43' D43 4°>7 2 63° 04' 9° 22' 262 5°3 25 63° 3°' 54° 25' 5S2 3-3 46 6i° 32' U° 36' 720 2°40 3 63° 35' io° 24' 272 o°5 63° 51' 53° 03' 136 47 6i° 32' 13° 40' 95° 3°23 4 64° 07' 11° 12' 237 2°5 26 63° 57' 52° 41' 34 o°6 48 61° 32' 15° 11' 1150 3°I7 5 640 40' 12° 09' 155 64° 37' 54° 24' 109 49 62° 07' 15° 07' 1120 2°9I 6 63° 43' 14° 34' 90 7°o 27 °4° 54' 55° 10' 393 3°8 5° 62° 43' 15° 07' 1020 1°'! 7 63° 13' 15° 41' 600 4°5 28 65° M' 55° 42' 420 3"5 51 61° 39' 17° 10' 1245 2°0 64 62° 06' 1*1 ' 00' 1041 3°i 21 58° 01' 44° 45' 1330 2°4 42 61° 41' io° 17' 625 o°4 65 &'°33' 19° 00' 1089 3°o 22 5S° 10' 48° 25' 1S45 i°4 43 6i° 42' 10° 11' 645 o°o5 6C 6i° 33' 20° 43' 1128 3°3 23 60° 43' 56° 00' I'l/ii.klon-Net 44 61° 42' 9° 36' 545 4 8 67 61° 30' 22° 30' 975 3°° Depth Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W. 8° 20' in Danish fathoms Bottom - temp. 68 62° 06' 22° 30' 843 3°4 92 64° 44' 32° 52' 976 i°4 118 68° 27' 1060 — i°o 69 62° 40' 22° 17' 589 3°9 93 640 24' 35° 14' 767 i°46 119 67° 53' io° 19' IOIO — i°o 70 630 09' 22° 05' 134 7°° 94 64° 56' 3G° 19' 204 4°i 120 67° 29' n° 32' 8S5 — i°o 71 630 46' 22° 03' 46 65° 31' 3°° 45' 213 121 66° 59' 13° "' 529 -°°7 72 63° 12' 23° 04' 197 6°7 95 65° 14' 30° 39' 752 2° I 122 66° 42' . O / '4 44 115 i°S 73 620 58' 23° 28' 486 5°5 96 65° 24' 29° 00' 735 I°2 123 66° 52' 15° 40' M5 2°0 74 62° 17' 24° 36' 695 4°2 97 650 28' 2 7° 39' 45° 5°5 124 67° 40' 15° 40' 495 — o°6 6i° 57' 25° 35' 761 98 65° 38' 26° 27' 138 5°9 125 68° 08' 1 6° 02' 729 — o°8 6i° 28' 250 06' 829 99 66° 13' 25° 53' 187 6° 1 126 67° 19' 15° 52' 293 -°°5 75 6i° 28' 26° 25' 780 4°3 100 66° 23' 1 40 02' 59 °°4 127 66° 33' 20° 05' 44 5°6 76 6o° 50' 26° 50' 806 4°i ior 66° 23' 12° 05' 537 -°°7 128 66° 50' 20° 02' 194 o°6 77 6o° 10' 26° 59' 951 3°6 102 66° 23' io° 26' 750 -o°g 129 66° 35' 23° 47' 117 6°5 78 60° 37' 27° 52' 799 4°5 103 66° 23' 8° 52' 5 79 — o°6 130 63° 00' 20° 40' 338 6°55 79 6o° 52' 280 58' 653 4°4 104 66° 23' 7°25' 957 — i°i 131 63° 00' 19° 09' 698 4°7 So 6i° 02' 290 32' 935 4°o i°5 65° 34' 7° 3i' 762 — o°8 132 63° 00' 17° 04' 747 4% 81 61° 44' 27° 00' 485 6°i 106 6.5° 34' 8° 54' 447 — o°6 133 63° M' 11° 24' 230 3 2°2 82 6i° 55' 270 28' 824 4°i 65° 29' 8° 40' 466 '34 62° 34' io° 26' 299 4°i 83 62° 25' 28° 30' 912 3°5 107 65° 33' io° 28' 492 -o°3 135 62° 48' 9° 48' 270 °°4 620 36' 260 01' 472 108 65° 3°' 12° 00' 97 i°i 136 63° 01' 9° I.' 256 4°8 62° 36' 25° 30' 401 109 650 29' 13° 25' 38 i°5 137 63° M' 8° 31' 297 — o°6 84 62° 58' 25° 24' 633 4°8 no 66° 44' "° 33' 78l — o°8 '38 63° 26' 7° 56' 471 — o°6 85 63° 21' 25° 21' 170 in 670 14' 8° 48' 860 -o°9 139 63° 3°' 7°V 702 — 0% 86 65° o3'„ 23° 47'« 76 112 07° 57' 6°44' 1267 — i°i 140 63° 29' 6° 57' 780 -o°9 87 650 02'3 23° 56'». no 113 69° 31' 70 06' 1309 — i°o 141 63° 22' 6° 58' 679 — o°6 88 64° 58' 24° 25' 76 <3°9 114 70° 36' 7° 29' 773 — i°o 142 63° 07' 7° 05' 587 — o°6 89 64° 45' 270 20' 310 8°4 "5 7°° 5°' 8° 29' 86 o°i M3 62° 58' 7° 09' 388 -°°4 90 64° 45' 290 06' 568 4°4 116 7<>° 05' 8° 26' 371 -o°4 144 62° 49' 7° 12' 276 1 "6 91 64° 44' 31° 00' 1236 3°i 117 69° 13' 8° 23' 1003 — i°o THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME III. 11. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII (AMPHIPODA. III.) BY K. STEPHENSEN WITH 28 FIGURES AND 20 CHARTS IN THE TEXT, AND A LIST OF STATIONS. COPENHAGEN. PRINTED BY BIANCO LUNO A S [931. Ready from the Press February the 24th 193 « Contents. * indicates that the species is new to the area Page II. GAM MA RIDE A 179 Fam. Stenothoida (Boeck) Stebbing (incl. fain. Me- topidce Stebbing) 179 Genus Metopa Boeck 179 17S. Metopa robusta G. O. Sars 180 179. sinitata <">. O. Sars 180 180. bruzelii Goes 181 *i8i. — palmata G. O. Sars 182 182. — clypeata (Kroyer) 183 183. — alderi (Sp. Bate) 183 *i84. — spectabilis G. O. Sars 184 1S5. (aftVuiwa H. J. Hansen 184 186. — norvegica (Lilljeborg) 186 ♦187. boecki G. O. Sars 186 *i88. leptocarpa G. O. Sars 187 "189. nordmanni a. sp 187 pusilla C. O Sars 188 190. longicornis G. O. Sars 188 ? — rubroviltala G. O. Sars 189 *?i Sars?) 201 *207. — carinata u sp 201 *2o8. — quinquedentata a. sp 203 Genus ( ressina n. .yen 204 •209, ' ressina monocuspis n. sp 204 Fam. Colomastigidts (Chevreux) Stebbing 206 ('.enus 1 olomastix (.'.rube 206 210. Colomastix pusilla ('.rube 206 Fam. LaphystiidtB G O. Sars 207 Genus Laphystius (Lafystius) Kroyer 207 *2ii. Lapkystius slurionis Kroyer 207 Fam. Laphystiopsidee Stebbing 208 Genus Laphystopsis G. O. Sars 20S *2i2. Laphystiopsis planifrons G. 0 Sars 208 Fam. Acanthonotozomalidtz Stebbing 208 Genus Ipkimedia Rat like 208 *2ij. Iphimedia obesa Rat like 208 Genus Odius Lilljeborg 209 214 Odius carinalm (Sp Hate) 210 Genus Acanlhonotozotna Boeck 210 215. Acanthonotozoma serratum (O. Fabricius) . . 210 216. cristatum J C. Ross) .... 211 217. inflatum (Kroyer) 211 Fam. Pardaliscida (Boeck) G 0 Sars 212 ( '.enus Pardalisca Kroyer 213 21S. Pardalisca tenuipes G 0 Sars 213 219, CUSpidala Kroyer 213 220. abyssi Boeck 214 [abyssi Boeck 213 Genus Nicippe Bruzelius 215 221- Nicippe tumida Bruzelius 21s Genus Halice Boeck 210 222 I lain 1 abyssi Boeck 210 Genus Pardaliscoides Stebbing 21- * 11 \ ' Pardalisi oides Stebbing 217 Genus Synopioides Stebbing 210 Page *224- Synopioides tertia n. sp 219 Genus Pardaliscella G. O. Sars 220 ♦225. Pardaliscella boecki (Malm) 220 Fam. Lilljeborgiidce Stebbing 221 Genus Lilljeborgia S p. Bate 221 *226. Lilljeborgia brevicornis (Bruzelius) 221 *22;. fissicornis (M. Sars) 222 Genus Idunella G. O. Sars 225 228. Idunella csquicornis G. O. Sars 225 Fam. OedicerotidcB (Boeck) Sparre Schneider .... 225 Genus Pontocrates Boeck 226 *22euus Leplamphopus G. O. Sars 278 278. Leplamphopus longimanus (Boeck) (non G O. Sars) 279 *279. sarsi Vanhoffen 280 •280. (?) paripes n. sp 280 Genus Calliopius Lilljeborg 282 281. Calliopius laviusculus (Kroyer) 282 1 .< nus Cleippides Boeck 286 282. Cleippides quadricuspis (Heller) 286 283. — tricuspis (Kroyer) 288 •284. — bicuspis n. sp 289 Genus Haliragoides G. O. Sars 290 ♦285. Haliragoides inermis (G. O. Sars) 29° Crustacea Malacostraca. VII. By K. Stephensen. VII. The order Amphipoda, part 'A. Gammaridea. Fain. Stenothoidae (Boeck) Stebbing. (incl. fam. MetopidtC Stebbing) StenothoidcB G. O. Sars 1895, p. 234. Stebbing 1906, p. 192. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 129. Metopidce Stebbing 1906, p. 171. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 125. The family Metopidce was established by Stebbing 1899 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 4, p. 210) ; the fam. disagrees with the fam. Stenothoidee in only very small characteristics, especially in the oral parts, and .Stebbing himself says (1906, p. 171) that "the adjustment of this family is involved in much difficulty". This is no doubt right ; and as the two families are at all events extremely closely allied, and as, besides, the line of separation does not seem to me to be a natural one, I propose to cancel the fam. Mct<>pidrsted leg. 1908; specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). 180. Metopa bruzelii Goes (Chart 32). Metopa Bruzelii G. O. Sars 1895, p. 261, pi. 92 fig. 1. (partim) H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd., ser. 4, vol. 9, 1887, p. 97, pi. 4 fig. 2c, d. Proboloides bruzelii Stebbing 1906, p. 188. Occurrence. As the species has been confused with M. sinuate (see G. O. Sars 1. c), I give a com- plete list of the whole revised material in the possession of the Copenhagen Zoological Museum. The "Ingolf" has secured the species at 3 (4?) localities. W.Greenland: Bredefjord, 9 — 11 and 12.5 — 13 m. (K. Stephensen leg. 22(-23)-7-i9i2). 63°27'N., 52°4i'W., 64 m., temp. o.6° "Ingolf" St. 26). — The mouth of the Ameralikfjord (Godthaab), 10 — 140 m., shells ("Ingolf" 23-7-1.Ni/5!. Godthaab, deep water (abt. 75 — 110m.), among Sertulariae (Holboll leg.; numerous specimens) . ^Sukkertoppen, between "roots" of Laminaria.'. (cand. med. S.Hansen leg. 1895). — 66°35'N., 55°54'W., 166 m., temp. i.6° ("Ingolf" St. 31). ? 67°4' N., 54°28' W., 60 m., stones without algae ("Fylla" 1S-7-1884). Egedesminde (Traustedt leg. 1892). Godhavn, stony bottom, 200 m. (Dr. E. Reisinger leg. 17-7-1926). Proven, the harbour, 10 — 20 m., stones with algse ("Fylla" 1886, Th. Holm leg.). E. Greenland: PDanmarks 0 (E. Bay leg. 1891). ? Hurry Inlet, 40 111. (E. Greenland Exped., Soren Jensen leg. 21-7-1900). N. Iceland: Grimsey, 30 m. ("Diana" 20-6-1884). N.E. Iceland: Hornet in N. 74 15., 70 m. ("Diana" St. 42, 18-6-1898, R. Horring leg.). N.W. Iceland: PDyrafjordr (Mariboe ded. 1863). E. Iceland: 64°27' N., if 27' W., 160 m. ("Michael Sars" 23-8-1902, Ad. Jensen leg.). 63°43'N., i4°34'W., 169 m., temp. 7.00 ("Ingolf" St. 6). S. Iceland: Vestmannaeyar, 20 — 30 m., stony bottom (H. Jousson leg. 18-5-1897). The Faroes: 6 miles N.W. of Kalso, 113 m. (Th. Mortensen leg. 25-5-1899) 7 miles N.E. of the east point of Myggenaes, 108 m. the deep between Nolso and Ostmes, abt. 120111. (Th. Mortensen leg. 9-6 1^99)- Glivursnaes (near Thorshavn) (F. Borgesen leg. 5-1898). Thus the species is known from W. Greenland abt. 60 — 721/2°N.. abt. 10—200111., ?E. Greenland abt. 7oV2c — 71 N., Iceland (but not the west coast), 20 — 169m., and the Faroes, down to alii. [20 m. 24* 182 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Remarks. In Vid. Meddelelser, vol. 82, 1926, p. 70 I have stated that the species has only one joint in the palp of maxilla 1 and that it thus belongs to the genus Metopa, not to the genus Proboloides as proposed by Stebbing 1. c. 1906. Distribution (Chart 32). Spitsbergen: Bell Sound (Goes 1866, p. 522, type-locality?). — Norway: Vardo (Goes 1866); Hammerfest; Trondhjemsf jord ; Bratholmen (near Bergen); 60 — 115m., especially Chart $z. Metopa bruzelii. (Two American localities are outside the chart). among Hydroida (G. O. Sars 1. a). -- Kattegat, without special locality (K. Stephensen 1. c. 1926). — Great Britain: Isle of Man 45 m. ; North Wales (Colwyn Bay and Little Orme) ; Firth of Forth (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 44). — 56°26' N., 2°5o' E., 75 m. (Kapt. Orsted leg. 1897; specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum) . — Smith Sound: Rice Strait (G. O. Sars, Second Norweg. Arctic Exped. •Fram", no. 18, 1909, p. 11). -- Gulf of St. Lawrence: Off Cheticamp Island, 60 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 270) *i8i. Metopa palmata G. O. Sars. Metopa palmata, G. O. Sars 1895, p. 272, pi. 96 fig. 2. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 174. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured a single specimen of this species in the mouth of the Brede- fjord, W. Iceland: W. Iceland: 65°02' N., 23°56' W., 20S m. ("Ingolf" St. 87). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. The species was hitherto not known outside the type-locality. Distribution. Hammerfest, Finmark (type-locality: ('..<>. Sars 1. < 182. Metopa clypeata (Kroyer). Leucothoe clypeata Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., vol. 4, 1842, p. 157. — ibid. ser. 2, vol. I, 1845, p. 545, pi. 5 tig. 2. Voyage en Scand. iN4<>. pi. 22 fig. 2. Metopa H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. ser. 4, vol. i), 1887, p. 90, pi. 3 fig. 3. Stebbing 1906, p. 175. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at one station, the E. Greenland Exped. 1900 at two stations. YV. Greenland : 66°35' N., 55°54' W., 166 m., temp. r.6°. On Thujaria. ("Ingolf" St. 31). Fyllas Banke, 50 m. (O. Hagerup leg. 10-7-1925). Kugssukfjord (Godthaab Fjord), abt. 300 m. ("Tjalfe" St. 52, 15-6-1908). Northern Stromfjord near Holsteinsborg (V. Nordmann leg. 1911). E. Greenland: Cape Tobin (abt. 70C23'N.), 108 m., stones (E. Greenland Exped. 21-8-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). N. of Stewart Land (abt. 701/2'' N.), 300 m. (E.Greenland Exped. 29-7-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). The Copenhagen Zool. Museum possesses specimens from the following localities, recorded by H. J. Hansen 1887 (including Kroyer's types) : Godthaab, "deep water" (Holboll leg.) ; Godthaab 80 — 115 m., on Sertulariae; and Greenland without special locality (Holboll leg.: Kroyer's types). Remarks. The largest specimen (from Cape Tobin) is a ,j\ 15 mm. Distribution. The species has been found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Cape Breton and Magdalen islands, 40 — 45 m., sand (Shoemaker, Contrib, Canad. Biol, and Fish., vol. 5, 1930, p. 263). 183. Metopa alderi (Sp. Bate). Metopa Alderi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 250, pi. 86. — alderi Stebbing 1906, p. 175. ( (ccurrence. The species was not taken by the "Ingolf", but the "Thor" has secured two specimens. SAY. of Iceland: 63-46' N., 22 5O \Y., 150 m. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904). A single, very small specimen (abt. 2 mm.), possibly belonging to the same species, has been taken at E. Greenland: Hurry Inlet (abt. 70°5o'N.), 40 m. (E. Greenland Exped. 21-7-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). The species is not new to the area, lor it is not uncommon in the harbour of Reykjavik", abt. 40 — 60 m. (G. O. Sars, Crust., Norw. North Atlantic Exped., II, p. 47, r886). Distribution. On account of the earlier confusion with other species, localities recorded in the literature are to be taken with due caution; all the localities listed below are probably to In- referred to this species. Spitsbergen (Hell Sound, 60 111.), Holms!. in (Goes 1866, p. 6). The .Mnrnian coast (Jarzynsky, 184 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. teste G. O. Sars). -- "Off the south and west coasts of Norway this species is found not unfrequently in moderate depths", abt. 40 — 115 m. ; "it extends northwards at least to Tromso" (G. O. Sars 1895). — Off the Storeggen Bank 63°io' N., 5V E., 763 m., sabulous clay (G. O. Sars 1. c. 1886, p. 47). — West edge of the Great Fishing Bank $J°oj' N, 2°4o' E., 70 111. (specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). — North- umberland : Cullercoats (Sp. Bate ; type locality) . — Other British localities : Aberdeen shire, Northumber- land coast, Firth of Forth, Firth of Clyde, Mull of Kintyre, North Wales, Torbay (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 40). — Denmark: 3 localities from W.N.W. of the light-ship Horns Rev, 40 m.. to 16 miles N.E. of the light-ship of the Skaw, 188 m. (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd., vol. 82, 1926, p. 65). The species is not recorded by Reibisch 1905 — 06. ♦184. Metopa spectabilis G. O. Sars. Metopa spectabilis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 251, pi. 87. — Stebbing 1906, p. 176. Occurrence. A single specimen was taken by the "Ingolf"; the species is new to the area. W. of Greenland : 66°35' N., 55°54' W., 166 m., temp. i.6°. 1 th ? (G. O. Sars). *i88. Metopa leptocarpa G. O. Sars. Metopa leptocarpa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 265, pi. 93 rig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 178. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured a single specimen. S.W. of Iceland: 6o°37' N., 27°52' W., 1505 m., temp. 4.5 ("Ingolf" St. 78). The species is new to the area; the specimen recorded from Northern Strcimfjord in W. Greenland (K. Stephensen, Meddel. 0111 Gronl. vol. 51, 1913, p. 66) is in reality another species (M. nordmanni n. sp., see below). Distribution. W.Norway: Christianssund, abt. 115 — 150 m. (G. O. Sars I.e.; type-locality). - Nordenskiold Sea off the Chatanga Bay: 75°38' N., 11411' E., 19 m., gravel and grey sand (Bruggen, Mem. Acad. Sci. St.-Petersb., Phys. Math., vol. 18, no. 16, p. 22, 1909). ♦189. Metopa nordmanni n. sp. (Fig. 55). Metopa leptocarpa K. Stephensen, Meddel. om Gronland, vol. 51, 1913, p. 66 (non M. leptocarpa G.O.Sars). Fig. 55. Metopa nordmanni. Tin [ngolf-Expedilion. 111. n. 25 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Occurrence. W.Greenland: Northern Stromfjord near Holsteinsborg, St. 3 B, Dr. V. Nordmann leg. 1911, 1 ? ovig. abt. 5 mm. Description and Remarks. In my paper I.e. 1913 I have referred the specimen to M.lepto- carpa ; but as I have now dissected the specimen, it appears that this determination is not correct, though it is rather closely allied to the species in question. It may suffice to record the deviations between the two species ( — the mouth organs were not dissected out — ). Antenna 1: as apex is lost, the number of joints cannot be given. Antenna 2 has 5th joint of peduncle as long as (not shorter than) 4th joint; flagellum has 7 joints. Pereiopod 1 has 4th joint abt. 1V2 times as long as 3rd joint, 5th joint abt. i1 ■■'» times as long as 4th joint and with almost parallel sides, but not more slender than 2nd joint; 6th joint as long as 4th joint, almost as broad as 5th joint, with almost parallel sides, and with the palm oblique, rounded, but not definite; the dactylus curvate, abt. 2/5 as long as 6th joint. Pereiopod 2 as in M. leptocarpa, with the exception that the fore edge of 1st joint is not so evenly curvate, and the palm of 6th joint is indistinctly dentate (not smooth). All the other limbs are very close to those of M. leptocarpa. The specific name is in honour of the finder, Dr. V. Nordmann. ? Metopa pusilla G. O. Sars. Metopa pusilla G. O. Sars 1895, p. 256, pi. 90 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 179. Occurrence. E.Greenland: I'orsblads Fjord, 6 — 26m. (E. Greenland-Hxped., Soren Jensen leg. 28-8-1900). The single specimen (abt. 4 mm.) is somewhat defective, and the determination is not certain. Distribution. "In several places, both on the south and west coasts of Norway, as also in the Trondhjemsfjord", in comparatively shallow water among algae and Hydroida (G. O. Sars I.e.). - - Den- mark: southern Kattegat, Storebelt (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd., vol.82, 1926, p. 68). — Great Britain: Off Fairland Point (Isle of Cumbrse), 38 — 45 m. ; Menai Strait, 13 — 22 m. ; Rhos Bay on north coast of Wales, just below tide-marks (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 44) ; Firth of Forth, from mouth of whiting (Th. Scott 1902, p. 478). - Franz Josef Land (Th. Scott, Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool., vol. 27, 1899, p. 72). 190. Metopa longicornis G. O. Sars. Metopa longicornis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 258, pi. 90 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 179. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured the species at two localities. W. Greenland: The mouth of the Ameralikfjord (Godthaab), 10 — 130 111., shells ("Ingolf" 23-7-1895). 66°57'N., 55°3o'W., 66 m., temp. o.8° ("Ingolf" St. 33). The (lesser?) Helfiskebank, 53 m. (Th. Holm leg.). The species is known from 3 localities at W. Greenland: Godthaab, abt. 75 — 115 m., on Sertulariae; 66° N., abt. 60 — 75 m.; 66°3o' N., 54°5o' W., 75 m., stones without algae, many Balanidae (H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd., ser. 4, vol. 9, 1887, p. 97). Distribution. Norway: Brettesnaes (Lofoten); Oslofjord (G. O. Sars). CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTKACA. VII. 189 ? Metopa rubrovittata G. O. Sars. Metopa rubrovittata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 255, pi. No fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 180. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 127, fig. Occurrence. Tbis species has possibly been taken at two localities in the area, viz. the Faroes: off Hvidenses near Trangisvaag, 20 — 25 m. (P. Kramp leg. 8-10-1926; the specimen is very small;, and SAY. of the Faroes: 6ir'oy' N., q"jo' \V., 850 m. ("Thor" St. 78, 12-5-1904; 4 specimens; the joints in the peduncle of antenna 2 very long). If the determination is right, the species is new to the area. Distribution. Norway: Christiansund, abt. 60 m. (type-locality?), Vadso (G. O. Sars I.e.). - Great Britain: Lerwick Bay (Shetland), Isle of Cumbne, off the north side of little Cumbrae 19 — 28 111., North Wales, Cullercoats (Northumberland) (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol.6, 1900, p. 41); Firth of Forth (Th. Scott 1906, p. 153). -- Holland (Hoek 1889, p. 188). Bay of Biscay, 180111., sandy clav (Chevreux & Fage 1025, p. 127). — North Sea, Skagerak, and Kattegat, numerous localities, depths 10 — 55 (350) m., sometimes pelagically, bottom stones, gravel, sand or clay (Sokolowsky 1900; Reibisch 1905, p. 175; K. Stephensen 1925, p. 69). *K)i. ? Metopa tenuimana ('.. < >. Sars (Fig. 56). Metopa tenuimana G. O. Sars 1895, p. 259, pi. 91 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 181. [■I- fi Metopa. tenuimana . V ^4* igo CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Occurrence. 3 specimens (?, 2 — 3 mm.), probably belonging to this species, were taken at the following locality: E.Greenland: Hurry Inlet (abt. 70°5o' N), 40 m. (E. Greenland- Exped., Soren Jensen leg. 21-7-1900). If the identification is correct, the species is new to the "Ingolf'-area. Remarks. The determination is not certain; for though the agreement with the said species is rather great, there are some possibly not unimportant disagreements. Antenna 1 has 1st and 2nd joints of peduncle subequal, 3rd joint very short, flagellum has abt. 12 joints. Antenna 2 has in flagellum 9 joints. Pereiopods 1 — 2 a little too heavy, palm of pereiopod 2 has some very indistinct teeth. Uropod 3 has peduncle a little longer than 1st joint of ramus and provided with 2 spines; the two joints of ramus subequai. Distribution. W. Norway, exact locality cannot be stated (type-locality, G. O. Sars). W. Norway; Shetland (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol.6, 1900, p. 44). *I92. Metopa solsbergi Sp. Schneider. Metopa solsbergi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 266, pi. 94 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 181. — borealis ?H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. ser. 4, vol. 9, 18S7, p. 91, pi. 3 fig. 4, 4a. Occurrence. The specimen ($ ovig., abt. 7 mm.) by H.J. Hansen I.e. called M. borealis?, is a rather typic specimen of M. solsbergi. It was taken at W. Greenland: Godthaab, abt. 80 — 120 m. (Holboll leg.); the species is new to the "Ingolf'-area. Distribution. Norway: Malangenfjord near Tromso (type-locality) and Sunde in the Hardanger- fjord; "on hard stony bottom overgrown with algae" (G. O. Sars 1. a). -- The Sound N. of Hven, at certain localities very numerous, > 20 m., clay (W. Bjorck, Lunds Qniv. Arsskrift, N. F., Afd. 2, vol.11, 1915- no. 7, p. 20). -- Firth of Clyde, semi-parasitic on Actinoloba (Elmhirst, Scottish Naturalist 1925, p. 149). *ki ;. Metopa abyssalis n. sp. (Fig. 57). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at two stations, both of them situated in the polar deep North of the Ridge. N. of the Faroes: 63°26' N, 7°56' W., 887 m., temp. ^0.6°. 1 9 with marsupial plates, abt. 4 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 138). N. E. of Iceland: 66°23' N., I2°05' \V., ion m., temp, -f 0.70. 2 spec. (^?), 3 mm. and abt. 4.5 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 101). Description of c?(?), abt. 4.5 mm. Lateral corners of the head probably evenly rounded. Eyes rather small, rounded. Antennae almost as long as head and 5 anterior segments combined. Antenna 1 a trifle shorter than antenna 2; 1st joint of peduncle a little shorter than 2nd and 3rd joints combined; flagellum, somewhat longer than peduncle, has 13 joints. Antenna 2 has peduncle much longer than flagellum; 4th and 5th joints subequal; flagellum has 8 joints. Oral parts not differing essentially from those typic of the genus, as described by G. O. Sars for M . alderi. Pereiopod 1 rather heavy, with all the joints rather short, 5th and 6th joints subequal in length; 5th joint differing from almost all other species in being broader near the base; 6th joint irregularly ovate, widening somewhat at the middle, with palm smooth (but with extremely CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. I'd small spines) and not defined from the hind portion of the joint; dactylus slightly curvate, half as long as 6th joint. Pereiopod 2 rather powerful, 4th and 5th joints not much produced, 6th joint oblong oval, palm not very oblique, with abt. 6 broad but rather indistinct teeth and defined at the corner by a single, acute, much larger tooth; dactylus very heavy. Pereiopod j rather slender, with dactylus very long and slender, 3/4 as long as 6th joint. Pereiopod 4 has side plate longer than deep, much larger than sideplates of pereiopods Fig. 57. Metopa abyssalis (cj? from "Ingolf" St. 101, v from "Ingolf" St i 2 and 3 combined; the other joints rather more stout than those in pereiopod 3, dactylus I as also in pereiopods 5 — 7 — ) abt. - 3 as long as 6th joint. Pereiopod 5 has 4th joint very little produced, in pereiopod 7 4th joint is produced to about the middle of 5th joint. Metasome segment 3 has hind corners produced, acute. Uropod 1 has rami a little shorter than peduncle; uropod 2 has outer ramus shorter than inner ramus; in uropod 3 peduncle lias 2 spines and is somewhat shorter than ramus. Telson is oval, with probably only one spine. $ with marsupial plates, abt. 4 mm. Differs only very little from '. Antenna 1 a little shorter than antenna 2, and flagellum has 9 joints. Antenna 2: flagellum has s joints. Pereiopod 1 has 5th -i]\^\ 6th joints narrower than those of j. Pereiopod 2 has fore margin of 6th joint more curvate. Pereiopod 3 has dactylus still longer than that of J, almost as long as 6th joint. Uropods 1 — 2 have more distinct spines, and uropod 3 has peduncle and the two joints of ramus almost equal in length. Telson has 2 pairs ol -pines. 192 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. This species is easily recognisable especially in the shape of pereiopod 1 (5th joint proximally widened) and in the long dactylus of pereiopod 3. Genus Metopella G. 0. Sars. Metopella G. O. Sars 1895, p. 274. — Stebbing 1906, p. 182. Of the 8 species of the genus no fewer than 4 are known from the area. 194. Metopella nasuta (Boeck) (Chart 33, partim). Mctopa nasuta G. O. Sars 1895, p. 276, pi. 98 fig. 1. Metopella nasuta Stebbing 1906, p. 182 Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured the species at one locality viz.. W. Greenland: Ameralik- fjord N. of Godthaab, 10 — 130m., shells, 2 spec. ("Ingolf" 23-7-1895). Numerous specimens have been taken in the FaskruMjoror, S.E. Iceland, blue clay mew to Iceland; R. Horring leg. 17-7-1899). The species is known from W. Greenland: 66 ;o X.. 54 50' \V.. j^ m.. stones without algae, many Balanidse (H. J. Hansen, Yid. Medd. 18S7, p. 1021 : the determination is no doubt correct though H. J. Hansen has provided his identification with a? %Meiope)la carmaia OM.nasuia Chart 33. ' calities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence are outside the chart to the S D i s t r i b u t i o n ( Charl >tavanger), C 5ar= EL S1 ~<2. 1926, 70). — [5 Fin - : p. 45.1. Fir) Forth iTh. Scotl ■ . trib. C - -' : : - Metopella carinata H. J. H i iSj rrence. The "Tngolf" = a1 ■ qoI ) I K - Kniuse leg. 1 7-7-1 S97 '. - - Angmagss >. Jensen leg. 1 9- the depth was the botl _ g. 1901 — : ::--:■ " _ _ Lngolf Inthelil idonedfi H. J. Hani - ':'. >i : -- 2S7). The as much ai to be mosl tes aj Ellesmere Land (G. O. £ £ iS, 1909, p. 12). — £ - - - Shoe- -" : " - - Metopella longiman.. _ 7 fig- j : . t taken 1 - ] gelation of 74 E., ; St. 42 - 194 CRUSTACEA JIAXACOSTRACA. VTI. 75 — 115 m., on Sertulariae; Sukkertoppen, among "roots" of Laminariae; Greenland without special locality (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 95), and from Bredefjord (abt. 60 c X.), 12. 5-13 m. (K. Stephensen, Meddel. om Gronl. vol. 53, 1916, p. 286). Distribution. Norway: Oslofjord and Haugesund, depth? (type-localities; G. O. Sars I.e.). 197. Metopella neglecta (H. J. Hansen). Metopa neglecta H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. 1887, p. 96, pi. 3 fig. 9. — — G. O. Sars 1895, p. 274, pi. 97 fig. 2. M t bella neglecta Stebbing 1906, p. 184. Occurrence. In the "Ingolf"-area this species has only been taken three times at W. Greenland viz., Bredefjord (abt. 60" N.), 12. 5-13 m., 3 spec. (K. Stephensen leg. 22-7-1912); Godthaab (type-locality "deep water" (abt. 75 — 115 m.) among Sertulariae, Holboll ded. (H.J.Hansen 1. c.i, and Egedesminde, 3 spec. (Traustedt leg. 1892). Distribution. W.Norway: Haugesund, depth? (G. O. Sars I.e.). Genus Proboloides Delia Valle. Proboloides Stebbing 1906, p. 187. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 128. Only two species of this genus have been found in the area. 198. Proboloides glacialis (Kroyer). Metopa glacialis H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. 1887, p. 93, pi. 3 fig. 6. Proboloides glacialis Stebbing 1906, p. 189. Occurrence. The 'Ingolf" has not secured this species; it is noted from two localities at W. Green- land (Proven, 30 — 75 m., rocky bottom, and Augparlartok, abt. 275 m., clay; H. J. Hansen 1. c.) and from Iceland without special locality (Goes 1866, p. 6). Remarks. Pereiopod 2 of this species has a striking similarity to the same limb of Metopa pacifica Holmes (Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus., vol. 35, 1909, p. 524, with figs.: from Monterey Bay, California, abt. 1300 — 1400 m.), but pereiopod 1 has a quite different shape in M. pacifica rather nearly allied to that of M. nor- vegica). Distribution. Spitsbergen: Bell Sound (Kroyer; type-locality) ; Kingsbay, Horn Sound, Stor- fjord, abt. 40 — 115 m. (Goes 1S66, p. 6); Green Bay in the Icefjord, ^ m., gravel, stones and shells with Lithothamnion and Balanus porcatus (Oldevig 1917, p. 19). 199. Proboloides clypeatus Stimpson). Metopa groenlandica H. J. Hansen, Yid. Medd. 18S7, p. 94, pi. 3 fig. 7. Proboloides groenlandicus Stebbing 1906, p. 190. thoe clypeata Stimpson, Stebbing 1906, p. 195, 725. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 195 Occurrence. A few specimens of this species are at hand from W. * Greenland : Sakrak in the Waigat (Traustedt leg. 1892), and Thule, from Ascidia prunum (P. Freuchen leg. 24-7-11 - and from E. Green- land: Turner Sound (693/4° N.) 6 m. (E. Greenland-Exped., Seren Jensen leg. 25-7 It is noted from 4 localities at W. Greenland viz., Kvanefjord, 34 — 40 m. ;K. Stephensen, -Meddel. 0111 Gronl., vol.53, I9^> p. 2S6), and from Godthaab, Egedesminde and Disco (Nordfjord), abt. 50 m., clay (H.J.Hansen I.e., type-localities). 2 specimens from "\Y. Greenland?" are found in "Boltenia bol- teni L.". Remarks. In the very characteristic shape of pereiopod 1 the species is closely allied to M bergensis Briiggen (Ann. Mus. Zool. St.-Petersbourg, vol. 11. 1906, p. 223, fig. 3), found at Spitsbergen (78°34' N., 20 25' E., 42 m., in Storfjord, Ginevrabay; type-locality) and N. of the New Sibirian Islands (J7:2o'3o" N., 138 47 E., 38 m., clay; Briiggen, Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-I'etersbourg, ser. 7, classe math.- plrys., vol. r8, no. 16, 1909, p. 21, pi. 1 fig. 2, pi. 3 fig. 20, text figs. 3 — 4). Distribution. Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Eastport (in Maine), and "Albatross" stations 2057 and 2062 (?not far from the locality named) (Holmes, Bull. U. v^. Bureau Fisheries, vol.24, ; 106), p. 4S3, with tigs.). Genus Stenothoe Dana. Stenothoe G. O. Sars 1895, p. 235. — Stebbing 1906, p. 192. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 131. This genus comprises abt. 30 species, but only 4 are known from the "Ingolf" area, ami two of them S. macrophtkalma and S. cequicomis) are here described for the first time. 200. Stenothoe monoculoides (Bate). Stenothoe monoculoides G. O. Sars 1895, p. 24c pi. 82 fig. 1. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 196. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 133, fig. Occurrence. The Ingolf" Expedition has not taken this species: but material is at hand from the Vestmanoerne (S. of Iceland), 20 — 30 m., stony bottom, numerous spec. (H. Jonsson leg. 18-5-18 It has been found abt. 10 times at the Faroes, o — 12 m., but once in abt. [20 in. 1 K. Stephensen. in Zoology of the Faroes, XXIII, 1929, p. 6). Distribution. A littoral species, living in shallow water among algae >>r Hydroida; found from S. Iceland (see above) and the Trondhjemsfjord along the European coasts to Senegal and the Black S The special localities are: "Norway in several places, both off the south and west toast", northward Bejan. at the entrance of the Trondhjemsfjord (G. O. Sars 1 Denmark: S and Store belt 1 K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. Dansk Naturh. Foren., vol.82, 1926, p. 71 . Heligoland (Sokolowsky : — East Friesland, 14 — 10 m. (Metzger 1875, p. 2S^). Great Britain and Ireland: Firth of Forth (Th. Scott 1906, p. r.53 , Shetland Islands, Skye, Moray Firth, Salcombe Bay (Devonsh Imouth, Tenby. Pen- The Iogolf-Expedition. III. n. 196 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. zance, Plymouth, Sligo and Belfast Bay (Ireland) (Bate & Westwood vol. 1, 1863, p. 57) ; Firth of Clyde, Guernsey, Jersey, Roundstone (Ireland), Cullercoats (Northumberland), Ardbear Bay (Ireland), North Wales and Isle of Man, St. Andrews, Loch Fyne, Valentia (Ireland) (Norman 1900, p. 39). — N. and W. coasts of France, "rather common", down to 80m.; Portugal; mediterranean coast of France, 5 localities; Algerie; Black Sea; Azores (Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 135). — Canarian Islands and Senegal (Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 50, 1925, p. 300). 201. ? Stenothoe marina (Sp. Bate). Stenothoe marina G. O. Sars 1895, p. 236, pi. 80. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 198. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 136, fig. Occurrence. A specimen, probably being a $ jun. of this species, is found at the Faroes in the deep between Nolso and 0ster6, abt. 120 m. (K. Stephensen, in Zool. of the Faroes, no. XXIII, 1929, p. 6). Distribution. From N. Norway to Portugal, Spain and the Azores, etc. The special localities are as follows: "Off the south and west coast of Norway this species is by no means rare", as a rule in depths from abt. 40 to abt. 100 m., especially among Hydroida; "it extends northwards to the Nordland coast (Tjotta), and is also found in the Trondhjemsfjord" (G. O. Sars 1. a). — Waters round Denmark: 57°i6' N., 5°3o' E., 55 m., stones; N. of Gl. Skagen, 90 m. ; ? 57°4o' N., 9°o' E., 65 m. ; 4.7 miles S.W. of the Winga light-house, So m., clay (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. Dansk Na-turh. Foren., vol. 82, 1926, p. 72). — North Sea: 55°o8' N., 6°27' E., 41m., clay; 54°2g' N., 2°o8' E., 19 m., fine sand; 54°io' N., 2°9' E., 39 m., sand; 52°4i' N., 3°22' E., 37 m., sand (Reibisch 1905, p. 174); Heligoland (Sokolowsky 1900, p. 151); Eastern Friesland 16 — 40 m. (Metzger 1875, p. 283) ; 53°28' N., 3^5' E., 32 m. ; 54°i6' N., 5°i5' E., 42 m. ; 54°22.5'N., 2°33-5' E., 28 — 31 m. (Tesch 1915, p. 331, 355). — Great Britain and Ireland, 18 localities, from the Shet- lands to Jersey (Norman 1900, p. 39). — Firth of Forth (Th. Scott 1906, p. 152). — W. France, 9 localities, "not common", 10 — 20 m. (Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 137). — Spain, Portugal, Azores (Chevreux & Fage 1. c). — W. Africa, off Sahara (Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 50, 1925, p. 300). — Bermudas (Kun- kel, Trans. Connecticut Acad., New Haven, vol. 16, 1910, p. 14, figs.). — Adriatic (Stebbing 1906). — Ceylon (S. marina var. sinhalensis, Walker, in Herdman, Rep. Ceylon Pearl Fish., vol. 2, 1904, p. 261). *202. Stenothoe (?) macrophthalma n. sp. (Fig. 58). Occurrence. A single specimen was taken at the following locality: S.W. of the Faroes: 6o°23'N., 8°55' W., 425 m. ("Michael Sars" St. 77, 13-8-1902; Ad. S. Jensen leg.), 1 <$ abt. 7 mm. Description. The species to be described below belongs probably to the genus Stenothoe; but this is not quite certain, for the oral parts of the single specimen were not investigated. Head has rostrum short and upper lateral angle nearly rectangular. Eyes very large, diametre almost half as long as dorsal length of head. Antenna 1 has 1st and 2nd joints subequal in length, 3rd joint very short; flagellum somewhat longer than peduncle, has 22 joints and reaches to distal end of peduncle of CRISTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. "17 antenna 2. Antenna 2 has peduncle very long, jth joint somewhat longer than 4th joint; rlagelhnn short (as long as 4th joint of peduncle), with abt. 11 joints. Pereiopod 1 has sideplate very small, quadrangular ; 4th joint produced almost to distal cud of 5th joint; 6th joint somewhat widened distally, with palm even and somewhat oblique; dactylus not longer than palm. Pereiopod 2 has sideplate large, ovate; 6th joint very powerful, fully as long as 2nd joinl . oblong, Fig. 58. Stenothoe(?) macrophthalma slightly tapering distally, palm forming anteriorly a dentate expansion (with 5 teeth), then come 3 teeth with rather large intervals, and near the rounded hind angle 1 spine. Pereiopod 3 has sideplate distally some- what widened; sideplate of pereiopod 4 broad, with hind corner almost rectangular, as large as sideplates 2 and 3 combined. Pereiopods 3 — 7 not very slender; 4th joint rather narrow and distally very little produced in 3rd and 4th pair, broader and somewhat more produced (to middle of next joint) in 6th and 7th pair. Pereiopods 6 and 7 have 2nd joint luoad, oval, bower hind corner of 3rd metasome segment not .ante, I'm pod 3 has peduncle about as long as ramus, with 8 spines; the two joints of ramus are of equal length, 1st joint with one apical spine. Telson oblong, with 2 pairs of dorsal spines and with 1 pair of fine apically. — 26* ig8 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. In having the peduncle of antenna 2 extremely long this species is most closely allied to Stenothoe megacheir (Boeck) (G. O. Sars 1895, p. 242, pi. 83), but it differs among other things in having pereiopod 2 (incl. the side plate) of another shape, and pereiopods 6 — 7 have 4th joint much more produced in the lower hind corner. *203. Stenothoe (?) aequicornis n. sp. (Fig. 59). Occurrence. 5 specimens were taken at the following locality: Between the Faroes and Iceland: 64°i6' N., n°i5' W., 375 m. Kaptain Wandel leg. 1891. Fig. 59. Stenothoe (?) cequicornis. Description of £(?), abt. 5 mm. The oral parts were not especially examined: but there does not seem to be any doubt that the species really belongs to the genus Stenothoe. Head has lateral corners bluntly angular; rostrum very short. Eyes very small, round, diametre ljt or 1/B of the dorsal length of head. Antennae rather long, subequal in length. Antenna 1 has 1st joint some- what longer and heavier than 2nd joint; 3rd joint only 1/3 as long as 2nd joint; flagellum, abt. i>/2 time as long as peduncle, has 14 rather long joints. Antenna 2 has peduncle as long as flagellum; 4th and 5th joint subequal, flagellum has 11 joints. Pereiopod 1 not strong; side plate very small; 4th, 5th and 6th joint subequal in length; 4th joint produced to the middle of the free under edge of 5th joint; 6th joint has almost parallel sides, with palm oblique. Pereiopod 2 has sideplate large, with lower forecorner evenly rounded; 6th joint powerful, oval, CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 199 with palm irregularly serrate. Pereiopod 3 much more slender than pereiopod 4, with sideplate distally widened. 4th sideplate very large, wider than 2nd and 3rd combined. Pereiopod 5 - 7 very heavy (nos. 6—7 with 2nd joint extremely broad), with 4th joint broad and distally produced to or near to apex of next joint. Bower hind corner of 3rd metasome segment acutely angled, rounded at apex. Uropod 3 has peduncle (with 3 spines) much shorter than ramus. Telson ovate, apically narrowed, with ; pairs of spines. All the specimens are probably ,3, for they seem to be mature, and there are no traces of mar- supial plates. The species does not seem to be especially closely allied to any of the hitherto described species. Fam. Cressidae Stebbing. Cressidce Stebbing 1906, p. 190. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 141. The fam. Crcssidcc was established by Stebbing 1899 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 4, p. 210) it differs from the fam. Stenothoidce (inch fam. Metopidce) especially in having the palp of the mandibles very long, and the single genus hitherto known (Cressa) has in the hind edge of the side plate of pereiopod 4 a deep excavation for the sideplate of pereiopod 5. The "Ingolf" material contains an important material of a new species which must be the type of a new genus [Cressina), as this species has no such excavation. The family comprised hitherto only one genus with 3 species, probably all found in the area; the "Ingolf" Expedition has enriched the fauna of the area with 3 nn. spp. (one of them belonging to a new genus). Genus Cressa Bpeck (Danaia Sp. Bale). Cressa G. O. Sars 1895, p. zyy. — Stebbing 1906, p. 191. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 141. Of the 5(6) species recorded below 2(^) are new to science. 204. Cressa dubia (Spence Bate) (Chart 3,4, partim). Crcssa dubia G. O. Sars 1895, p. 2~S, pi. 98 fig. 2, pi. 99 tig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 191- — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 141, figs. Occurrence. This species has only once been taken in the "Ingolf'-area, viz., at the Faroes: 6 miles N. of Kalso, 113 m., numerous spec, including $ with eggs (Dr. Th. Mortensen leg. 25-5-1899). Distribution (Chart 34, partim). From YV. Norway (Trondhjemsfjord) and the Faroes to Monaco, depths 5 — 146 m. The special localities are: "several places, both off the west ami south coast ol Norway, as also in the Trondhjemsfjord, at depths varying from 40 to abt. 150111."; also found at Haugesund (G. O. Sars 1. c). — Great Britain: Firth of Forth (Th. Scott 1906, p. 155): off the Eddystone Lighthouse (Danaia dubia; Bate & Westwood, vol. 1, 1863, p. 68). Moray Firth; Firth of Forth; off Tarbert, Loch Fyne; Isle of 200 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Mull (S.W. Scotland); North Wales; Isle of Man; off Cullercoats, Northumberland, 40 m. ; Isle of Cumbrse; Torquay (Norman 1900, p. 46). 55°i2' N., r°25' W. (N.E. of Newcastle), 45 m. (Kapt. Orsted leg. 1910; specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). - - Heligoland (Sokolowsky 1900). — France, 8 localities, 5 — 20(132) m., both in the Atlantic and in the Mediterranean (Chevreux & Fage 1925). Chart 34. Cressa abyssicola, C. carinata, C. dubia, C. minula, C. 5-dentata, and Cressina monocuspis. 205. ? Cressa minuta Boeck (Chart 34, partim). Cressa minuta G. O. Sars 1895, p. 280, pi. 99 fig. 2. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 192. Occurrence. 2 very small specimens from two different localities in the area are possibly to be referred to the present species; but on account of the small size of the specimens the determination is very uncertain. The localities are: S. .of Iceland: Vestmanna Islands, 93 m. "Diana" 28-6-1900 (Dr. A. C. Johansen leg.). S.W. of — 6o°37' N, 27°52' W. 1505 m., temp. 4.50 ("Ingolf" St. 78). The species has not hitherto been found in the "Ingolf "-area. Distribution (Chart 34, partim). S. and W. Norway, 4 localities, viz., Risor, Sunde, Bekkervik and Haugesund, depths? (G. O. Sars 1. c). -- Firth of Forth (Stebbing 1. c). -- N. of Rockall 57°32' N., i3°36'W., 90 m. (Dollfuss, Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. Monaco 438, 1924, p. 23). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 201 206. Cressa abyssicola G. O. Sars (Chart 34, partim). Danaia abyssicola G. O. Sars, Crust.; Norske Nordhavs-Exped., vol.6, 1885, ]>. 190, pi. r6 fig. 1. CiL'ssd Stebbing 1906, p. 192. Occurrence. The species has only once been taken in the "Ingolf'-area, viz. W. of Greenland 7110'N., 58°56' W., abt. 375 m., 2 spec. (H. J. Hansen, V. Gronland 1887, p. 103). Remarks. The specimens recorded above belong the Naturhistorisk Riksniuseum of Stockholm; they are the only specimens mentioned in the literature, apart from the single type-specimen, and I have not seen them wherefore I am unable to state if the determination is correct. This would besides have been very difficult if not impossible, for the original description is not elaborate enough, and the accompanying figure has no detail figures except that of pereiopod 2. Occurrence (Chart 34, partim). Between the Finmarken and Bear Island 72°57' N., 1432' E., 817.n1., -f- 0.8°, clay (G. O. Sars I.e.; type-locality). Cressa sp. (C. abyssicola G. O. Sars?) (Fig. 60). Occurrence. At two stations. The "Ingolf" has secured a few specimens of a doubtful species: W. of Greenland: 65°i4' N., 55°42' W. jqi m., temp. 3.5°. 1 spec. abt. 2 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 28). N. of Iceland: 67°i9' N., I5°52' W. 552 m., temp, -k- 0.50. 3 spec. abt. 2.^ mm., abt. 4 mm., 5 mm. (9 with marsupial plates) ("Ingolf" St. 126). Description of $ with marsupial plates, 5 mm., from "Ingolf" St. 126. This species is very closely allied to C. quinquedentata (se below, p. 203), but differs as to a few characters. Back is even, totally without teeth. Head has lateral corner produced to a single, sharp point. Antenna 1 not very heavy; both 1st and 2nd joints apically produced. Pereiopod 7 has inferior hind corner of 2nd joint rectangular, and the joint is al- most as broad as long. Pereiopods 5 — 7 very heavy, with the elongation of 4th joint covering half of 5th joint. Uropods 1 — 2 have a row of spines on peduncle. Uropod 3 has peduncle shorter than ramus, apically produced on underside and with a single apical spine; 1st joint of ramus has 2 spines and is twice as long as 2nd ramus. This species is very nearly allied not only to C . quinquedentata , but also to C. abyssicola, and it is possibly identic with this last-named species, though there are some disagreements [C . abyssicola is, f. i.. described as having no eyes). Fig 60. Cressa (abyssicola pereiopod 7 (proximal part) Head, urosorue. ♦207. Cressa carinata n. sp. (Fig. 61) (Chart 34, partim). Occurrence. This new species was taken at 4 stations by the "Ingolf" and at 3 stations by the "Thor"; material from a single locality is from another source. The localities an- as follows. 202 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. W. of Greenland: 63°3o' N., 54°25'W. 1096 m., temp. 3.3°. i9 ovig. ("Ingolf" St. 25). 66°35' N., 56°38' W. 600 m., temp. 3. 90. 4 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 32). S.W. of Iceland: 6o°37' N., 27°52' W. 1505 m., temp. 4.50. 2 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 78). S. of 62°oo' N., 2i°36' W. 1393 m., temp. 3.30. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 40). — 62°57'N-> i9°58'W. 957 m. 4 spec. ("Thor" St. 166, 14-7-1903). Fig. 61. Crcssa carinala. S.W. of the Faroes: 6i°07' N., 9°3o' W. 850 m. Abt. 10 spec. ("Thor" St. 78, 12-5-1904). 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. (type-locality). Numerous spec. ("Thor" St. 99, 22-5-1904). S. of Jan Mayen: 70°32' N., 8°io' W. 885 m. Clay with small stones. 1 ? ovig. (H. Deichmann leg. 27-8-1891). The depths are 600 — 1505 m. All the localities are in the Atlantic deep, except Jan Mayen; hut I have not been able to find any difference between the Jan Mayen-specimen and the Atlantic material. Description of $ with marsupialplates, abt. 5 mm., from "Thor" St. 99, 22-5-1904. Body com- pressed and distinctly carinate, but the urosome has the back evenly vaulted; no dorsal teeth. Head has rostrum rather long and lateral corners produced and acute, but there are no accessory teeth on under edge. Eyes not very small, somewhat oblong, sometimes rather distinct, but always colourless (in spirits). Antenna 1 not much shorter than body; 1st joint very heavy, somewhat longer than 2nd joint, distally not produced; CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 203 2nd joint more slender, near underside distally produced; 3rd joint very short; flagellum more than twice as long as peduncle, with abt. 20 joints. Antenna 2 not half as long as antenna 1 ; 4th joint abt. i1 4 time as long as 5th joint; flagellum as long as peduncle, abt. 13 — - articulate. ( )ral parts were not examined. Pereiopod 1 closely resembling that of C. dubia (Sars 1895, pi. 98 fig. 2), except that 5th joint is more than twice as long as 6th joint. Pereiopod 2 in shape very similar to that of C. dubia, but much heavier; 1st joint has 2 — 4 serrations in front of lower hind corner, and palm is almost even, but provided with abt. 10 strong spines. Pereiopod 3 has abt. 2 teeth in front of lower hind corner of 1st joint; 4th joint very little produced distally: 6th joint has on hind edge 5 spines or couples of spines; dactylus not extremely feeble, 2/3 as long as 6th joint. Pereiopod 4 has lower fore corner of 1st joint very nearly rectangular; angle of hinder emargination not especially acute; 2nd — 7th joints as in pereiopod 3. Pereiopods 5— 7 rather heavy ; 2nd joint rather broad; 4th joint broad, with hind edge curved, and produced into abt. 2/3 of the length of 5th joint; 6th joint has on fore edge 3 spines or couples of spines; dactylus rather strong, not much shortei than 6th joint. Metasome segment 2 has lower hind corner rectangular, segment 3 acute and moderately produced. Uropods 1 — 2 have rami narrow, acute; inner ramus as long as or longer than peduncle, constricted towards the end; outer rami abt. half as long as inner rami; there arc very few spines. Uropod 5 has peduncle as long as ramus, with one apical spine, but no marginal spines, and not produced at apex; ramus has 1st joint abt. I1/., time as long as 2nd joint; 1st joint a little apically produced, and with 1 apical spine, but without other spines. Telson shaped as in C. dubia. The species is easily distinguishable from the other species in having the back districtly carinate, but not dorsally dentate. There does not seem to be any difference between the two sexes. *2oS. Cressa quinquedentata n. sp. (Fig. 62) (Chart 34, partim). The "Ingolf" has secured three specimens of this species at a single station: S.W. of Iceland: 6o°-;7' N., 27°52' W. 1505 m., temp. 4.5 . 3 spec : 2, 2.5, and 5 mm. ("Ingolf" St. j§). Description of $(?), 5 mm. The specimen is probably a J, for it seems to be adult, and there are no marsupial plates. Body compressed, but not carinate. Mesosome segments 5 — 7 and metasome segments 1 — 2 produced backward in a distinct rather long tooth (in metasome segment 2 shorter than in the other segments), much longer and stronger than in C. dubia. Head has rostrum rather long; lateral corners bifid, with two teeth of almost equal size, but the superior broader than the inferior. Eyes of medium size, round, colourless (in spirits). Antenna 1 at all events as long as body, probably longer (apex is lost) ; 1st joint very heavy, longer than 2nd joint, distally produced; 2nd joint more slender, distally not produced ; 3rd join! very short. Antenna 2 abt. I1/2 time as long as peduncle of antenna 1 ; 4th joint somewhat longer than 5th joint ; flagellum has abl . 13 joints. Oral parts were not examined. Pereiopods 1 — 7 closely resembling those of C.carinata, except for a few disagreements, i-t joint of pereiopod 2 has on lower hind corner only 2 teeth, and palm has only 7 strong spines, 1st joint of pereiopod The [ngolf-Expcdiuon. III. n " 204 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 4 has quite a different shape; inferior corners are much more evenly rounded; angle of hinder emargination almost rectangular. Pereiopods 5 — 7 have 4th joint narrower and only produced to abt. 1/3 of 5th joint. Metasome segment 3 has lower hind corner produced and acute. Uropods 1 — 2 have inner rami acute, as long as peduncle; outer rami half as long as inner rami; rami are constricted towards the end and Fig. 62. Cressa 5-dentata. (The figure of the urosome in lateral view was drawn from the- small specimen of 2.5 mm.) have a single spine. Peduncle of uropod 1 has probably no spine, peduncle of uropod 2 has 2 spines. Uropod 3 has peduncle as long as ramus, of which 1st joint is a little longer than 2nd joint; peduncle and 1st joint of ramus have 1 apical spine. Telson has the usual shape. The species is easily recognisable in having 5 large dorsal teeth (not 4 small as in C. dubia) and in having the lateral corners of the head bifid with the two points equal sized and situated one just above the other. Genus Cressina n. gen. This new genus is rather closely allied to genus Cressa ( — there does not seem to be any difference of importance as to the oral parts — ) ; it differs in having 1st joint (side plate) of pereiopod 4 of almost the same shape as that of pereiopod 2, without any emargination on hind margin. *2og. Cressina monocuspis n. sp. (Fig. 63) (Chart 34, partim.). Occurrence. Taken at two stations by the "Ingolf" and at two by the "Thor". The localities are: W. of Greenland : 63°3o' N., 54°25' W. 1096 m., temp. 3.30. 3 specimens. ("Ingolf" St. 25). CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. VII. 205 W. of Greenland : 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m., temp. 3. 6°. 1 spec. (Scott, Crust. Devon and Cornwall 1906, }>.<)')■ -- Jersey, Sark (Norman, Ann. .Mat;. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 20, 1907, p. 366). — France, 13 localities, all round the coasts, both Atlantic and Mediterranean, in sponges, 0 — 100m. (Chevreux & Fage 10,25). -- Vigo (N.Spain; Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol.30, 10.25, p. 300). -- Algerie, 7 loc, 12 — 75 m.; Naples; Adriatic Sea (Chevreux, Mem. Soe. Zool. France, vol. 2^,, 1910, p. 202). — S. of Sicily 35°44' N., I5°07' K., 98 m. (K. Stephensen, Danish Oceanogr. Exped., vol. 2, D 1, 1913, p. 44). — Red Sea (Walker: C. crassimanus, teste Chevreux 1. c. 1910 — Bermudas (Kunkel, Trans. Connecticut Acad., New Haven, vol. 16, 1910, p. 21). - Between the delta of Mississippi and Cedar Keys, abt. 30 m. (Pearse, Proc. U.S.Nat. Mus., vol.43, 1913, p. 370, fig.). - S. Africa, 2 loc, ^2 — 250 m., in sponges (Barnard, Ann. S. Air. Mus., vol. 20, 1925, p. 346). — Ceylon (Wal- ker, Ceylon Pearl Oyster Report, vol.2, 1904, p. 299). -- Perak, Federated Malay States (Chilton, Mem. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, vol. 6, 1925, p. 533). — Some localities in the southern hemisphere, see Barnard 1. e. 1925, p. 347. Fam. Laphystiidae (i. 0. Sars. La.phystiid.ce. G. O. Sars 1895, p. 382. Lafystiidce Stebbing 1906, p. 208. Laplivstiidir Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 145. The family comprises only the species mentioned below. Genus Laphystius (Lafystius) Kroyer. Laphystius G. O. Sars 1895, p. 383. Lafystius Stebbing 1906, p. 208. *2ii. Laphystius sturionis Kroyer. Laphystius sturionis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 384, pi. 134. Lafystius Stebbing 1906, p. 208. Laphystius Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 146, fig. Occurrence. This species is new to the area; it has been secured at two localities viz. N.W. Iceland: Isafjoror, shallow water, "Ingolf'-Kxped. 6-6-1895. 1 spec. S.W. Reykjavik. Wiinstedt ded. 2 spec. Distribution. Found on different sorts of fishes (especially on cod; parasitic: or semiparasitii from W. Norway (Trondhjemsfjord) along the European coasts (but not known from the Faroes) to the Mediterranean (Naples). Norway S. of the Trondhjemsfjord; Bohuslan |G. O Sars 1. c). ^J 41' N., ; |i Iv. from the mouth of a cod (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. .Museum).- Danish waters, several localities from theSkagerak and Kattegat to S. of Sjaelland; depth (when noted) 56m. (K Stephensen, Vid. Meddel. vol. 82, i<)2(). p. 72). — Great Britain: Firth of Forth (Th. Scott 1906, p. 150); Banff and Polperro (Bate & West wood 180;. p, 185). — Jersey; off Belle-Ile, 100 m.. on Mamaia squinado; Brest; Naples (Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 14b). 208 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Fam. Laphystiopsidse Stebbing. Laphystiidcs (partim) G. O. Sars 1895, p. 382. Laphystiopsidce Stebbing 1906, p. 209. This family has only one genus. Genus Laphystiopsis G. 0. Sars. Laphystiopsis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 386. Stebbing 1906, p. 209. The genus comprises only two species, and only one of these is found in the Atlantic. *2i2. Laphystiopsis planifrons G. O. Sars. Laphystiopsis planifrons G. O. Sars 1895, p. 386, pi. 135. — Stebbing 1906, p. 209. Occurrence. This species is new to the area, taken at one locality: S.W. of the Faroes: 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W., 900 m. 1 spec. ("Trior" St. 99, 22-5-1904). Distribution. The species was hitherto only known from Norway: Hvaloer in the southern part of the Oslofjord, Trondhjemsfjord, and Selsovik (Nordland), depths abt. 200—750 m. (G. O. Sars 1. c). Fam. Acanthonotozomatidae stebbing. 1 phimedidce G. O. Sars 1895, p. 372. Acanthonotozomatidce Stebbing 1906, p. 210. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 147. Three genera with in all 5 species have been found in the area; only one species (Iphimedia obesa) is new to the "Ingolf'-area. Genus Iphimedia Hathke. Iphimedia (partim) G. O. Sars 1895, p. 376. Stebbing 1906, p. 214. *2I3. Iphimedia obesa Rathke (Chart 35, partim). Iphimedia obesa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 377, pi. 132. — Stebbing 1906, p. 214. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 150, fig. Occurrence. The species has been taken a few times in the fjords at the southernmost island (Sudero) of the Faroes, down to abt. 15 m. (K. Stephensen 1928). Distribution (Chart 35, partim). Along the whole south and west coasts of Norway very com- mon; it extends to the Lofoten Isles and has been found once off the Finmarken (viz., Hammerfest) ; 12 — abt. 60 m.. bottom "especially coarse sand, and covered with stones overgrown with algae" (G. O. Sars I.e.). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 209 - In Danish waters very frequent to the Storebelt and the Sound (Hven), the depths most commonly 15 — 40 m. (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. vol.82, 1926, p. 74). — 6i°i4' N., 1 19' E., 160 m. ("Thor" St. 120, 21-7-1905; specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). — North .Sea, several lo< alities r," 02' X., 3 r.6' ]•'.., 73 m., line sand; 57 "54' N., 4 4.S' E., 100 m., fine sand with clay (Reibisch 1907, p. 189) : 54 05' X., 1 28' !•'... %]phimedia obesa O Odius carinaius Chart 35. Iphimedia obesa, Odius carinaius. 48 m. (Tesch 1915); Heligoland (Metzger 1875, p. 2.S2 ; Sokolowsky 1900). -- Great Britain and Ireland: Firth of Forth (Th. Scott 1906, p. 158); Northumberland and Durham, several localities (Norman & Brady 1909, p. 312) ; Tenby (S.W.Wales), Moray Firth, Shetland Islands, L-och Fyne, Belfast Bay 40111, Drake's Island (near Plymouth) (Bate & Westwood vol. 1, 1862, p. 219). -- Holland (Hoek 1889, p. 194, fig: N.W. France: off Belle-Ile, 60 — 100 m., on Mamaia squinado; and N. of Tunis, 170 m. (Chevreux >!v Fage 1925). Genus Odius Lilljeborg. Odius G. O. Sars 1895, p. 380. — Stebbing 1906, p. 210. The genus has in the "Ingolf'-area only one species. 210 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 214. Odius carinatus (Sp. Bate) (Chart 35, partim). Odins carinatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 381, pi. 133 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 211. Occurrence. Material is at hand from the following localities in the area: W. Greenland: 6^57' N., 52°4i' W., 65 m., temp. 0.6° ("Ingolf" St. 26). In the mouth of the Ameralikfjord near Godthaab, 10 — 14m., shells ("Ingolf" 23-7-1895). — Egedesminde, shells, 135 m. (Bergendal leg. 1890). S.W. Iceland: Hvalfjord (near Reykjavik), 46 in. ("Thor" St. 167, 30-6-1904). S. of 66°33' N., 20°05' W., 83 m., temp. 5.60 ("Ingolf" St. 127). It is known from W. Greenland abt. 60° — 683/4° N., 6 localities, i2x/2 — no m. (K. Stephensen, Con- spectus 1913, p. 170, and 1916, p. 289), and from a few localities at the Faroes, 6 — 25 m. (K. Stephensen 1928). Distribution (Chart 35, partim). Arctic America (Stebbing 1906; I have not been able to state the source). -- Spitsbergen : abt. 80° N., ca. 40 m., stones and algse, and Bell Sound (Goes 1866, p. 522). - Norway from the Finmark coast to the Oslofjord, "moderate depths", on rocky bottom, among algae and Hydroida (G. O. Sars I.e.). -- North Sea: 58°i2' N., 40 E., 115 m.; 57°i7' N., 7°47' E., 62 m., sand, and 57°24' N., 3°4i' E., 64 m., fine sand (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd., vol. 82, 1926, p. 73; Reibisch 1906, p. 189). - Shetlands (Bate & Westwood 1863, p. 224). — 10 miles off Berwick Bay, Northumberland, abt. 85 m., gravelly ground (Norman & Brady 1909, p. 312). — St. Paul (Pribilof Islands, Bering Sea) (Holmes, Harri- man's Alaska Exped., vol. 10, 1904, p. 238). Genus Acanthonotozoma Boeck. Acanthonotosoma G. O. Sars 1895, p. 372. Acanthonotozoma Stebbing 1906, p. 218. Of this genus three species are known from the area. 215. Acanthonotozoma serratum (O. Fabricius) (Chart 36, partim). Acanthonotosoma serratum G. O. Sars 1895, p. 374, pi. 131 fig. 1. Acanthonotozoma — Stebbing 1906, p. 218. Occurrence. This species has been taken at several localities in the area by the "Ingolf" and by other expeditions and collectors. W. Greenland: The mouth of Ameralikfjord near Godthaab, 10 — 19 m., shells ("Ingolf" 23-7-1895). 66°35'N., 56°38'W., 600 m., temp. 3. 90 ("Ingolf" St. 32). 6/°57'N., 55°3o'W., 66 m., temp. o.8° ('Ingolf" St. 33). Egedesminde (Traustedt leg. 1892 and Lundager leg. 12-8-1905). Godhavn, stones, 200 m. (Reisinger leg. 17-7-1926). Ritenbenk (Traustedt leg. 1892). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 211 E. Greenland: Angmagssalik, 65°5i' N., sublitoral (Kruuse leg. 19-6-1902). Tasiusak (near Angmagssalik), stony bottom with alga;, 10 — 36 and 39 — 57 m. (Amdrup-Exped., May 1899). Solo's Fjord {6y°i^' N.), rocky bottom with alga;, 19 — 28 m. (Amdrup-Exped., 24-7-1899). Jan Mayen, 95 — 113 m. (E. Greenland-Exped. 1900, Soreu Jensen leg.). W. Iceland: Stykkisholmur, 12 — 17 m. (H. Jonsson leg. 6-5-1897). Dyrafjordr, abt. 35 m., clay with stones and vegetation (W. Eundbeck leg. 29-6-1893). E. Iceland: Faskrudfjordr, 19 — 95 m., clay (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899). S.E. of Iceland: 64°i7' N., i4°44' W., 90 m. (Ad. Jensen leg. 23-8-1902). 64°58'N., i3°25'W., 76 m. ("Thor" St. 27, 16-5-1903). The species has been recorded from abt. 25 localities at W. Greenland abt. 60 — 721 :J N., especially 10 — 50 (100) m., stones or algae, and from one locality at E. Greenland (K. Stephensen: "Tjalfe" 1912, p. Conspectus 1913 p. 167, N. Stromfjord 1913, p. 67, and 1916, p. 289). It is recorded from Jan Mayen 128 m. (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 53) and from Iceland (Goes 1866, p. 522). Distribution. An arctic and boreo-arctic, possibly circumpolar species; for special localities see Stappers 1911, p. 50. In the Atlantic its southern limit is determined by the following points: Bay of Fundy (U. S. A., abt. 450 N.), S. Greenland, S. Iceland (not the Faroes and Great Britain), Skagerak and Bohuslan. The distribution from West to East extends from the Baffin Bay to Spitsbergen and the Kara Sea. The depths are rarely more than abt. 100 m. 216. Acanthonotozoma cristatum (J. C. Ross) (Chart 36, partim). Acanthonotosoma cristatum G. O. Sars 1895, p. 375, pi. 131 fig. 2. Acanthonotozoma Stebbing 1906, p. 219. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at two localities. W. of Greenland: 66°35' N., 56°38' W., 600 m., temp. 3.90 ("Ingolf" St. 32). S. of Jan Mayen: 70°05' N., 8°26' W., 700 m., temp. -f- 0.40 ("Ingolf" St. 116). E. Iceland: 20 miles E. of Seydisfjoror, 250 m., black clay (Wandel leg. 1890). The species is not new to the area, for it was recorded by Koelbel 1886, p. 7, from Jan Mayen. 100 — 140 m. Distribution (Chart 36, partim). From the arctic America to Spitsbergen and Franz Josef-Land, N.W. Norway (Komagfjord in Finmarken 8 — 100 m., Svolvasr in Eofoten), (8) abt. 100 — abt. 100 m. (for special localities see Oldevig IQ17, p. 19). Also found W. of S. Norway 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m. ("Thor" St. ;, 30-4-1903; specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). 217. Acanthonotozoma inflatum (Kroyer) (Chart .;<>, partim) Acanthonotozoma inflatum Stebbing, Bijdr. Dierk. vol. 17, 181)4, p. 32, pi. 6. — Stebbing 1906, p. 219. The Ingolf Expedition III. 11 212 CRUSTACEA MAiACOSTRACA. VII. ^xf' jrf }& y£ ^•■^afr^-'b-^Y^'HH • Acanihonoiozoma serraiitm O A. crisiaium -\~A. mf/a ium Chart 36. Acanthonotozoma serratum, A . cristatutn, A . infiatum. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at a single locality. W.Greenland: bftf' N., 55°3o' W., 66 m., temp. o.8° ("Ingolf" St. 33). In my Conspectus 1913, p. 168, 4 localities are recorded from W. Greenland abt. 670 — 70V20 N., abt. no — 240 m. Distribution (Chart 36, partim). From the westside of the Baffin Bay and Labrador to Spits- bergen (not Iceland) and the Sibirian Polar Sea, 5 — <200 m. (for special localities, see Oldevig 1917, p. 19). Probably also found at Korea, 115 — 190 m. (Suenson leg. 1882; specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). Collinson Point, Alaska, 2 m. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 10). Gulf of St. Lawrence: between Cape Breton and Magdalen islands, 40 m., and the Strait of Belle Isle (N. of New Foundland), 15 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 271). Fam. PardaliSCidae (Boeck) G. O. Sars. Pardaliscidce G. O. Sars 1895, p. 401. Stebbing 1906, p. 220. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 151. 6 genera with 8 species are found in the "Ingolf "-area ; 3 of these genera (3 spp.) are new to the area, one species (Synopioides tertia) also new to science. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 213 Remarks. The accessory flagellum of antenna i of 3 is "peculiarly modified" (G. 0. Sars, 1. c. p. 401), 1st joint of which is figured and described as "somewhat laminar" {Pardalisca cuspidata, Sars 1. c. 403; Nicippe tumida, ibid. p. 410), or as "pronouncedly laminar" {Halite abyssi; Sars I.e. p. 413). But this is not correct. It is true that in lateral view the accessory flagellum seems to be simply lamellar; but in reality the first joint is roof -shaped, as a rule as long as the long first joint of the flagellum and may cover and protect the sensory setae of this joint (see fig. 66 [Pardaliscoides tenettus ?]). From investi- gation of cJ of all the species belonging to the Copenhagen Zool. Museum (the 8 species to be mentioned below) it may be stated that the accessory flagellum has the shape described above in all these species (belonging to no less than 6 genera), and it has probably the same shape all over the family ( — the family has totally 9 genera, viz., (in addition to the 6 mentioned in the present paper) Pardaliscopsis (with the single species P. tenuipalpa Chevreux 1911; only 1 $ known, not $), Halicella (with the single species H. para- sitica Schellenberg 1926; only 3 $ known, not $), and Halicoides (with one species, H.anomalus Walker 1896; 2(4 ?) localities, depth abt. 50 m., and E.Greenland abt. 76s /4° N., abt. 40 m. (see my Conspectus 1913, p. 190, and the „Tjalfe"-Exped. 1912, p. 94). Jan Mayen 20 m. (Koelbel 1886, p. 5). The Copenhagen Zool. Museum possesses several specimens from Greenland without special locality. Distribution (Chart 37, partim). From Greenland to Spitsbergen (19— 406 m.) and Franz Joseph Land and along Norway to Bohuslan; for special localities, see Oldevig 1917, p. 20, and Stappers 1911, p. 52. Recently is has been recorded from 3 loc. in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, viz. N. of Cheticamp Island (twice), 40_5o m., and Cape Gaspe (S.E. of Anticosti), 60 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 271). 220. Pardalisca abyssi Boeck (Chart 37, partim). Pardalisca abyssi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 406, pi. 143 fig. r. — Stebbing 1906, p. 222. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured the species at two stations, viz. W.Greenland: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W., 1096 m., or 63°5i' N., 53°03' W., 260 m. ("Ingolf" St. 25). — 7* pf pc" yj- yrf-y: • Pardalisca. tmuipes O P. cuspidata -f P. ] abyssi Chart 37. Pardalisca tenuipcs, P. cuspidata, P. abyssi. {P. tenuipes has I, P. cuspidata has 4 recent loc. in the Gulf of St. Lawrence outside the Chart). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 215 S.W. of Iceland: 6o°37' N., 27°52'W., 1505 m., temp. 4.50 ("Ingolf" St. 78). The "Thor" and the "Dana" have, each of them, taken the species at a single station. E. of Iceland: 66°oo' N., n°4i'W., 280 m. ("Thor" St. 52, 21-4-1903 64cj6'N., n°4o'W., 445 m., from stomach of cod ("Dana" St. 2226, 31-7-1924). The Danmark-Expedition has secured a specimen in the Stormbugt (E. Greenland, abt. yb3 , X.i. In existent literature the species has been recorded from E. Greenland (N. .Shannon, abt. 75 ' '., N. ; Buchholz 1874) and possibly from W. Greenland (see my Conspectus 1913, p. 189). Distribution (Chart ^y, partim). From Greenland and S. of Halifax abt. 160 m., 4- 1.66 , to Spits- bergen and S. of Bear Island: along Norway to Bohuslan (for special localities, see Oldevig 1917, p. 20). The Copenhagen Zool. Museum possesses specimens from 6o°57' N., ; 42' E, 360 m., 6.12 (Ad. Jensen leg.) and from 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m. ("Thor" St. 3, 30-4-1903). Remarks. The largest specimens (^2 mm.) were taken 66'oo' N., 11 41' W. ($ ovig.) and (14 ;<>' X., n°40' W. Pardalisca (abyssi Boeck?). Occurrence: W.Greenland: 63°jo' N., 54°25' W., 1096 m., temp. 3. 30. 1 spec. abt. 7 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 25). E. Greenland: Stormbugt (abt. 763/4° N.), 19 — 38 m., Delesseria region ("Danmark"-Exped. 28-8- 1907). 1 spec. 10 mm. W. of Iceland: 65 27' N., 27°io' W. 700 — 765 m., temp. 5.830. 1 spec. abt. 10 mm. ("Thor" St. 154, 20-6-1904). Remarks. The specimens listed above have pereiopods 1 — 2 provided with long dactyli as in P. abyssi, but the dactyli of pereiopods 5 — 7 are long and a trifle heavier than in P. tenuipes, and the sub- dorsal lobes of the third metasome segment are short and rounded as in the same species. Possibly the specimens should be types of a new species, but as they are probably not adult, I dare not establish a new species based upon these specimens alone. Genus Nicippe Bruzelius. Nicippe G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 409. Stebbing 1906, p. 225. The genus has only one species. 221. Nicippe tumida Bruzelius (Chart 38, partim). Nicippe tumida G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 410, pi. 144, pi. 145 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 227. Occurrence. The species has been taken in the area by the "Ingolf" and the" Thor' at the follow- ing localities. W.Greenland: 66 35' N., 56°38' W., 600 m., temp. 3.9 ("Ingolf" St. 32). 2l6 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. S. of Iceland: 63°i5' N., 22°23'W., 216—326111. ("Thor" St. 173). 62°oo'N., 2i°36'W., 1393 m., temp. 3.3° ("Ingolf" St. 40). 63°i8'N., 2i°3o'W., 178 m. ("Thor" .St. 176, S-7-1904). The species is known from W. Greenland with out special locality (H.J.Hansen, Y.Gronland 1887, p. 143) . Remarks. Some specimens (both $ and $, from "Ingolf" St. 32 and "Thor" St. 171 and 176) have only one, but large, dorsal tooth on first urosome segment. Distribution (Chart 38, partim). N.E. of Shetland 6i°i4' N., i°i9' E., 160 m., and 6i°3i' N., o°39' W., 196 m. ("Thor" St. 120 — 21, 21-7-1905). — Shetland (Sp. Bate). - "Along the whole south and west coasts of Norway", northwards to the Lofoten Isles, abt. no — 565 m. (G. O. Sars 1. c). — Off Cape Finisterre, 510 — 363 m. (Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 64). — 60 miles N.E. of Peterhead, 130 m. (Metzger 1875, p. 283). Genus Hal ice Boeck. Halice G. O. Sars 1895, p. 411. — Stebbing 1906, p. 229. Only one of the three species of the genus is known from the area. 222. Halice abyssi Boeck (Fig. 64) (Chart 38, partim). Halice abyssi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 412, pi. 145 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 229. Occurrence. The species has been taken at 3(5?) localities by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". W.Greenland: 66°35' N., 56°38' W., 600 m., temp. 3. 90. 1 little specimen ("Ingolf" St. 32). ? S. of Jan Mayen : 69°3i' N., 7°o6' W., 2465 m., temp. ^-i.o°. 1 $ abt. 15 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 113). S. of Iceland: 63°46' N., 22°56' W. 150 m. 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904). ?N.E. of Iceland: 66°23' N., 8°52( W. 1090 m., temp. -^o.6°. 1 $ abt. 11 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 103). N. of the Faroes: 63°26' N., 7°56' W. 887 m., temp. -f-0.60, 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 138). The species is known from the "Ingolf'-area from JN.E. Greenland between 75°58' N., i4°o8' W. and 75°59'N., i4°i2' W., 300 m. (Due d'Orleans 1907 — 09), and from 76°o6' N., i3°26' W., 180 — 235 m., clay and gravel with shells, several specimens, the largest of them ($ ovig.) abt. 16 mm. (K. Stephensen, "Danmark"- Exped. 1912, p. 537). (A specimen from Stormbugt, in the same paper referred to the species in question, is possibly Pordalisca abyssi jun.). N.W. of Iceland 66°42' N., 26°4o' W., 550 m., temp. +0.110, and E. of Iceland 64°44' N., io°o' W., 630 m., temp. -7- 0.69° (Grieg, in Due d'Orleans). Remarks. The two specimens marked with a ? have the dactylus of p. 2 (fig. 64) much shorter than that of the typical form as drawn by G. O. Sars 1. c. : the dactylus is < 1/3 as long (not half as long) as me- tacarpus. Possibly this short dactylus is characteristic of the aged male. Fig. 64. Pereiopod 2 of Halice abyssi? ( 13, and 7, respectively); rst joint of assessory 218 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Fig. 65. Pardaliscoides tenellus? Oral parts. flagellum as the very short 1st and 2nd joints of pri- mary flagellum combined. Antenna 1 <$: flagellum has 49 joints; accessory flagellum has in lateral view the same shape as in the other genera of the family, with 1st joint very large and the few (2) apical joint extre- mely small. Antenna 2 $: flagellum almost as long as peduncle (Stebbing: half as long), with 16 joints. An- tenna 2 $: a trifle shorter than antenna 1, flagellum a little longer than peduncle, with abt. 30 joints (Steb- bing: 12 joints). Pereiopods 3 — 4 (Stebbing: prp. 1 — 2) have 5th joints a little longer than 4th joints, but not longer than 6th joints. Pereiopod 7 not longer than pereiopod 6; 2nd joint not essentially broader and 4th joint not longer than the same joints in pereiopod 5 — 6. Uropod 3 totally lost. Distribution. South Pacific 37°2c/ S., 83°07' W., 3246m. (type-locality; Stebbing). Fig. 66. Pardaliscoides tenellus? Appendages CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 2ig Genus Synopioides Stebbing. Synopioides Stebbing, Amphip. "Challenger" 1888, p. 999. Stebbing 1906, p. 227. Schellenberg, Gammariden; Deutsche Tiefsee-Exped. vol. 23, 1926, p. 224. This genus comprises three species, S. secunda Stebbing (see below, under S.tertia), S. maci Stebbing (see Schellenberg 1. c. 1926, p. 225, fig.), and S. tertia n. sp. *224. Synopioides tertia n. sp. (Fig. 67). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured two specimens at the following locality: W. Greenland: 66°35' N., 56°38'W., 600m., temp. 3.9 .2spec: ispec. 5mm.,i?8mm. ("Ingolf'Sl Fig. 67. Synopioides tertia. (Urosome and uropoda are from tin- Lesser specimen.) 'l'hc Ingolf- Expedition. III. :i. 29 220 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Description. The present specimens are closely allied to S. secunda Stebbing (5. secunda Steb- bing, Amphip. "Challenger" 1888, p. 1224; S. macronyx {secunda) Schellenberg, Gammaridea, Deutsche Sudpol-Exped. vol. 18, Zool. vol. 10, 1926, p. 336, with figs. ; S. secunda Schellenberg, Gammariden, Deutsche Tiefsee-Exped. vol. 23, 1926, p. 224, fig.), but is distinctly different from this species. The head has the same shape as that of 5. secunda (Schellenberg, D. Tiefsee-Exped., fig. p. 224), and there are no eyes. lateral hind corners of epimeral parts of metasome segments are rectangular. 2nd urosome segment has a dorsal spine 2/3 as long as 3rd segment ; this spine is very fragile and is lost in the greater specimen. Telson cleft almost to base, with two long, narrow lobes. Antenna 1 as in S. secunda (S. macronyx Stebbing 1. c. 1888 and 1906), but flagellum only 3V2 (not 5) times as long as peduncle, and the number of joints cannot be stated exactly, for it is extremely difficult to trace the articulations of the joints in the distal part of flagellum. Accessory flagellum has only 2(?) joints, almost as long as peduncle, covers the 10 proximal joints of flagellum. Antenna 2 has the two distal joints of peduncle much shorter than those of the said species; flagellum has abt. 27 — 30 joints. Mandibles agree fairly well with Stebbing's figure (1888, pi. 94 A) and with Schellenberg's description and figure (D. Siidpol- Exped., p. 336), but distal joint of palp is totally lost. Maxillae and maxillipedes very nearly as in the other species; the distal tooth on inner lobus of maxilla 1 (drawn by .Schellenberg) is also to be found in the present species. Pereiopod 1 very different from that of "S. macronyx" Stebbing 1888, in that it has almost the same shape as pereiopod 2, but with fewer setae. Pereiopods 3 — 4 much heavier than in the other species, especially as regards 4th and 5th joints. Pereiopod 5 has 5th and 6th joints of equal length, pereiopod 6 has 6th joint a little shorter than 5th (in pereiopod 7 only the proximal 41'., joints are preserved). Uropods 1 — 2 not very different from those of "5. macronyx" (Stebbing 1888, pi. 94 A), but with much fewer spines. Uropod 3 is totally lost. — The first described species was called macronyx, the next secunda; for this reason the specific name tertia is proposed for the present species. Genus Pardaliscella G. 0. Sars. Pardaliscella G. O. Sars 1895, p. 407. Stebbing 1906, p. 227. The genus has only one (or two) species. ♦225. Pardaliscella boeckii (Malm) (Fig. 68) (Chart 38, partim (p. 217)). Pardaliscella boeckii G. O. Sars 1895, p. 408, pi. 143 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 228. Occurrence. This species was taken by the "Ingolf" at 3 localities; it is new to the area. W.Greenland: 63°o6' N., 56°oo' W. 2258 m., temp. 2.4°. 1 ? (St. 24). 63°30' N., 54°25' W. 1096 in., temp. 3.30. 1 <$ (St. 25). 66°35'N., 56°3o'W. 600 m., temp. 3.90. 1 9 (St. 32). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 221 Remarks. The specimens have on the upper (me- dian) side of peduncle of ist uropod 3 or 4 spines, and on the innerside of inner ramus 2 spines (Sars : only 1 spine on each side of inner ramus). Antenna 1 J has ist joint of accessory nagelhun roof-shaped as in the other genera of the family. Distribution (Chart 38, partim (p. 217)). Only known from the waters along S. Norway and from Skagerak (Haugesund ; 42 miles N.W. 3/4 N. of Hirshals 640 m. ; Hval- oer in the Oslofjord) (G. O. Sars 1. c. ; specimen in the Co- penhagen Zool. Museum). The type-locality was "in locis profundisad insulas Koster" in Bohuslan (Malm 1870, p. 547). Fam. Lilljeborgiidae Stebbing. Fig. 68. Pardaliscella boecki and from N. of the Faroes 63 22' X., 5°29' W., 2222 m., temp. ~ 1.20, Biloculina clay (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 58, St. 40). Remarks. The species varies in a fairly high degree not only as to size (10 — 28 mm.1)), but also as regards the dorsal armature and in the shape of the lower hind corner of the 3rd metasome segment. Most of the specimens agree well with Sars's species in shape and in size (abt. 10 mm. in length). In the following will be recorded those (often very large) specimens differing from the typical form. The dorsal tooth of 3rd metasome segment is totally missing in the two specimens from Jan Ma}Ten (lengths 10 and 19 mm., depths 885 and 100 m.), in the three specimens from the great depths between Jan Mayen and the Faroes ("Ingolf" St. 103, 104, and 112, lengths 18, 28 and 22 mm., depths 1090, 1802, and 2385 m., negative temperatures), and in the largest specimen from W. Norway ("Thor" St. 3, 1903 (see below, under distribution), $ 16 mm., depth 280 m.). The same character has been recorded in the lite- rature as to specimens from Spitsbergen ("Gammarus [Lilljeborgia) pallidas" Goes 1866, p. 529 [in the figure 27 on plate 40, not recorded in the text] from the Storfjord, depth abt. 10111., abt. 25 mm. in length; - X. of Spitsbergen, depth 1000 m., $ jun. abt. 10 mm. in length [Schellenberg, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 11, 1924, p. 203]), from Jan Mayen 885 m. (H. J. Hansen 1895, p. 129, the specimen recorded above), and from N. of the New Sibirian Islands, depth 38 m., length 11 — 12 mm. (Briiggen 1907, p. 23). In a few specimens from W. Greenland ("Ingolf" St. 25. depth 1096 m.) and from S.W. of Iceland ("Ingolf" St. 80, depth 1761m.), the dorsal teeth have the typical number, but they are directed more upward than normally, are (especially on the metasome segments) very narrow, mure spine-like than tooth-like. In a number of the specimens the lower hind corner of the ;rd metasome segment has .1 very large tooth; this applies to the specimens from Jan Mayen loom., from W. Norwa) ("Thor" St. 3, 1903), from ') Specimens from the "Ingolf" up to zt> mm , hut specimens from Spitsbergen (exad localitj not stated, depth al up to 31 mm. (Briiggen 1907, p. 233). 224 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. the New Sibirian Islands (Briiggen 1907), and from the Storfjord, Spitsbergen (Goes 1866, pi. 40 fig. 27). In the specimen from S. of Jan Mayen, 885 m., the tooth is a little larger than typically. Distribution (Chart 39). The species is widely distributed; on the "Ingolf"-area, see above.— N. of the New Sibirian Islands 77°201/2' N., i38°47' E., 38 m- clay (Briiggen 1909, p. 23). - - The waters round Spitsbergen: 8i°2o' N., 190 E., 1000 m. (Schellenberg 1924, p. 203). 78°02' N., 9°25' E., 761 m., o.8°, clay; 78°i6'N., i5°3o' E., 87— 100 m., 1.70, clay, and 113—137111.; 74°IQ'N., rg°4i' E., 68 m., gravel Chart 39. Lilljeborgia fissicornis. The spots with a ring are localities of specimens without dorsal tooth on metasome segment 3. (Grieg 1926, 24). Storfjord 10 m. (Goes 1866, p. 529). Whales head in the Storfjord, 120 m., clay (Briiggen 1907, p. 233). 77°58'N., 5°io' E., 2438 m., -M.40, Biloculina clay; 78°02' N., 9X5' E., 761m., 0.8°, clay; 74°54'N., I4°53'E., 1203111., -M.2°, clay; 73°47' N., I4°2i' E., 1403 m., -M.40, clay (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 58). 79°4i'N., 4°58'E., 2857 m., clay (Briiggen 1907, p. 233). — Norway: "Off the coast of Finmark this form is not infrequently met with in greater depths, varying from abt. 100 to abt. 400 m. It extends southwards along the Nordland coast, at least to the Trondhjemsfjord, where, in some places, it is rather abundant" (G. O. Sars 1891 — 95, and other authors; the type was from Yadso, abt. 40 — 60 m). Trondhjems- fjord: Skarnsund, 150 — 200111., 3 spec, (including 2 $ with eggs) (Dr. Th. Mortensen leg. 21-7-1911). Sel- bjornsfjord near Bergen 300 — 400 m. (Nordgaard 191 1, p. 23). Karmoen near Stavanger, 1 spec, (in the CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 225 Copenhagen Zool. Museum; A. Boeck ded.). 6i°o' N., 4°49' E., 366 m., 6.6 , clay, sand, stones (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 58). 6i°i4'N., icTq'E., 160 m. 5 spec. (incl. 1$ ovig.) ("Thor" St. 120, 21-7-1905). 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m. 4 spec, incl. 1$ 16 mm. without dorsal spine on 3rd metasome segment ("Thor" St. 3, 30-4-1903). — Skagerak and the northern North Sea, found 7 times from \V. of the Thyboron Kanal (W. Lim- fjord) to Koster in Bohuslan, 105 to 425 m. (Malm, fide Boeck 1876, p. 500; Appellof, in Murray & Hjort: Depths of the Ocean 1912, p. 506, note; K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd., vol. 82, 1926, p. 78). - - The great depths W. of Norway: 67°56' N., 4°n' E., 1423 m., 1.40, Biloculiua clay; 6j':'i7' N., 1 27' \V., 1077 m., ~ i.o°, Biloculina clay (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 58). — Southern localities: Bay of Biscay 46 31' X., h 52' \Y., 180 m., and W. of the Azores 39°i8'35" N., 33°32'i5" W., 1372111. (Chevreux, "Hirondelle" 1900, p. 88). The species is probably mainly arctic (circumpolar?), but has also, as appears from the above, been found far to the south of the arctic area. Genus Idunella G. 0. Sars. Idunella G. O. Sars 1895, p. 536. — Stebbiug 1906, p. 234. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 158. Only one species has been found in the Tngolf'-area. 228. Idunella aequicornis G. O. Sars. Idunella cequicornis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 537, pi. 190. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 234. Occurrence: The species was secured by the "Ingolf" at 4 stations. Jan Mayen, abt. 100 — 120 m., 1 $ with eggs. (E. Greenl. Exped. 25-6-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). S. of Jan Mayen: 70°5o' N., 8°29' W., 162 m., temp. o.i°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 115). N. of Iceland: 67°i9' N., I5°52' W., 552 m., temp. -^0.5°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 126). 66°5o'N., 2o°o6' W., 367 m., temp. o. 6°. i spec. ("Ingolf" St. 128). Between Iceland and the Faroes: 64°07' N., 11 '12' W., 446 m., temp. 2.50. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 4). It has been recorded from Jan Mayen, 128 111., dark grey sabulous clay, temp. ~ o.6° (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 59). Distribution. N. Norway: Varangerfjord, abt. 100 — 200 in. (G. O. Sars 1891 — 95) and 200 — 235 m. (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 10, 1902, p. 483); Kvaenangen, 300 — 343 m. (Nordgaard, Norweg. fjords 1905, p. 185). -- Barents Sea 73°25' N., 3i°30' E., 360 m., clay, temp. 2. 2° (G. O. Sars [886, p. 59). — The Storeggen 63°io' N., 5°03' E., 763 m., sabulous clay, temp. -M.o (G. O. Sars r886, p. 59). The species seems to belong to the borders of the Arctic Polar deep. Fam. Oedicerotidae (Boeck) Sparre Schneider. Oediceridce G. O. Sars 1895, p. 286. Oediccrotidce Stebbing 1906, p. 235. Oedicerosidac Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 161. 226 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. ii genera with 30 species have been found in the area and will be discussed below; a single genus, Monoculoides, comprises nearly half of the species, viz. 14. A single genus (Oedicerina) and 9 (10?) are new to the area; one genus {Oedicerina) and 3 species (Monoculoides latissimanus, M.rostratus, and Oedicerina ingolfi,) are new to science. Genus Pontocrates Boeck. Pontocrates G. O. Sars 1895, p. 315. Stebbing 1906, p. 239. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 164. Only one species was stated (as new) in the "Ingolf'-area. *229. Pontocrates arcticus G. O. Sars. Pontocrates norvegicus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 315, pi. in fig. 2. — arcticus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 693. — Stebbing 1906, p. 240. Occurrence. Material is at hand from 6 localities. As the species most frequently fives in rather shallow water, it was not taken by the "Ingolf". It is new to the area. The localities are as follows: N.W. Iceland: Adalvik, 18 m. 1 spec. (W. Lundbeck leg. i6(i7)-5-i892). N. Iceland: Haganesvik, 7-8 m. 1 spec. ("Diana" 8-8-1902). N.E. Iceland: Thistilfjoror, near Thorshofn, 10 m. 1 spec. ("Beskytteren" 30-6-1904). Bakkafjoror, 16 — 20 m., black sand. Several spec. ("Diana" 13-6-1900, A.C. Johansen). Hjeraos Floin, 28 — 47 m. Numerous spec. ("Thor" St. 219, 29-7-1904). 65°4i' N., I4°09' W., 63 m. 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 201, 20-7-1904). Distribution. N.Norway: Vardo, Busse Sound, abt. 10 m. (type-locality; Sparre Schneider, Tromso Mus. Arshefter 6, 1883. p. 17, P. norvegicus). Hasvik (W. Finmark) 12 — 20 m., sandy bottom (G. O. Sars 1891 — 95). Tromso: Skatoren, 40 — 50 m., clay (Sp. Schneider, Tromso Mus. Arshefter 47, no. 8, 1926, p. 30, P. norvegicus). All other localities cited in the literature are to be discarded, on account of con- fusion with the true P. norvegicus (Boeck). Genus Oediceros Kroyer. Oediceros G. O. Sars 1895, p. 287. Stebbing 1906, p. 243. Two species of this genus are known from the "Ingolf'-area. 230. Oediceros saginatus Kroyer (Chart 40, partim). Oediceros saginatus G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 288, pi. 102. — ■ Stebbing 1906, p. 244. Occurrence. Material, not recorded in existing literature, is present from at great number of localities in the area. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 227 W.Greenland: Fylla's Banke, 50111. (O. Hagerup leg. 107-1925). -- Off the Ikertokfjord (S. of Holsteinsborg), 30 m., stones with algae ("Fylla" 3-8-1886, Th. Holm leg.). -- Holsteinsborg (depth not noted), and the same place, on the Pecten-Bank, 140 m. (Traustedt leg. 181 - The Bank outside Hol- steinsborg, 34 111., shells of Balanidse ("Ingolf" 6-7-1895). — Holsteinsborg, the harbour, 15 — 19 m. ("Ingolf" 9-7-1895). N.W. Iceland: DyrafjorSr, shallow water (\V. Lundbeck leg. 12-9-1892). O O.saginatus • 0. borealis ^P.macrocheir X Pcuri/Irostr. mJ?proping. Chart .)o. Oediceros saginatus, 0. borealis, Paroediceros macrocheir, P. curviroslris, P. propinquus. N. Iceland: Skagestrand, 12111. and 100 — 115 111. (Steineke ded. 1875). Skjalfandirloi, 7 — 10 111. ("Dana" St. 2210, 27-7-11:124, B. Saemundsson leg.) and 8 — 10 111., 31-7-1905 (specimens in the Reykjavik Museum). — Husavik 90 — no m. ("Thor" St. 128, 1-6-1904). — Snartarstadir, 4 — o m., black sand, (C.Otter- strom leg. 24-6-1903). E. Iceland: Midfjordr, 10 m., and the same fjord, near Langaness, 16 in., (R. Horring leg. 19 — 7 and 12-6-1899). -- 65°4i' N., 14 o ~ and 6-9-1898 (B. Saemundsson leg.), and 12 — 23 m., temp. 1.8", black sand (R. Horring leg. 20-8 1 - Hjeradsfloin, 100 m. w. ("Thor" St. 156, 24-8-1905) and 2S — 47111. ("Thor" St. 210. 20 7-10,04). - The iDgolf-ExpediuoD 111 n. 30 228 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. BorgarfjorQr, S — o m. (R. Horring 30-5-1899). — Seydisfjor5r (Hallas ded. 1867). — Lonsvik, 19 m., black sand ("Diana" 20-7-1900, A. C. Johansen). — In existing literature it is noted from the following localities in the area: W. Greenland (but not E.Greenland) abt. 62° — 693/4° N., 10 — abt. 50 m., stones with or without Balanidae, 11 localities (K. Ste- phensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 147). — Iceland, "sat frequens org. 25", without special locality (Goes 1866, p. 10). Remarks. Maximum size of Greenland specimens is 32 mm. ($ ovig. from Holsteinsborg and from 66°56' N., 54°45' W.), of Iceland specimens abt. 25 mm. ($ ovig. from Husavik), and of Norwegian specimens abt. 20 mm. (G. O. Sars 1. c). Distribution. 7i°57' N., 73°56' W., 10 — 40 m., sand (Ohlin 1895, p. 36). — Hudson Bay (Shoe- maker, Contrib. Canad. Biol. & Fish., vol. 3, no. 1, 1926, p. 6). Spitsbergen, "rarissimus", without special locality (Goes 1866, p. 10). — Matotschkin schar, western part, 10 — 20 m., sand; Jugor schar, eastern part, 20m., shells; Murman Sea: Moller Bay, 10 — 40 m., sand and stones (Stuxberg, in Vega Exped., vol. 5, 1886, p. 65). — Murman coast (Jarzynski). — N. Norway: Varangerfjord at Vadso, 20 — 40 m., sandy clay; Porsangerfjord; Vardo; Tromso; Ckristiansund (G. O. Sars I.e.); — Vadso Harbour, 50 m. (Norman 1902, p. 487) ; — Troldfjordsund, 40 m., "occurred in very large numbers and with young" (Nordgaard 1905, p. 184). 231. Oediceros borealis Boeck (Chart 40, partim). Oediceros borealis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 290, pi. 103 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 244. Occurrence. Material of this species is present from three new localities in the area: E.Iceland: 65°4o' N., i4°o8' W., 51m. ("Thor" St. 188, 26-7-1903; specimens in the Reykjavik Museum) . Hjerads Floin, 28 — 47 m. ("Thor" St. 219, 29-7-1904). S.E. Iceland: Breidalsvik, 20 m., sand ("Diana" 6-8-1900, A. C. Johansen). In existing literature it is recorded from 4 localities at W. Greenland abt. 64° — 68l/2° N., 12 — 90 (abt. 300) m. and from 2 localities at E. Greenland, abt. 741/2° N., 20 m. (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 148). Distribution (Chart 40, partim). Kara Sea, N.E. of Jugor Schar, 100 m. (Stuxberg 1886, p. 65). — Spitsbergen: Storfjord near Cape Dee (78°o6' N., 20°52' E.), sand with clay, 9 m., and clayish sand with gravel, 12.8 — 14.6 m. (Briiggen 1906, p. 224). - - The Finmarken or Spitsbergen (Boeck 1876, p. 262, by G. O. Sars cited as the Finmarken) ; thus it is not with certainty known from N. Norway. Genus Paroediceros G. O. Sars. Paroediceros G. O. Sars 1895, p. 291. — • vStebbing 1906, p. 245. This genus comprises four species in the area; only one of them is possibly new to the "Ingolf'-area. 232. Paroediceros macrocheir (G. O. Sars) (Chart 40, partim). Oediceros macrocheir G. O. Sars, Crust., in Norske Nordhavs Exped., vol. 6, 1885, p. 170, pi. 14 fig. 4. Paroediceros — Stebbing 1906, p. 245. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 22Q Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at two (three?) stations viz., N.E. of Iceland: 66 23' X., I2°05' W. ion in., temp, -f 0.7 (St. 101). ?i very little specimen. <>(> 23' N., io°26' W., 1412 m., temp. o. (j (St. 102). 4 small specimens. 66°2 ;' X., 7 25' \V., 1802 m., temp. -M.10 (St. 104). Fragments of 2 with mar- supial plates, one of them probably 15 mm. The two type-specimens ($ with large marsupial plates. 18 nun.) were taken close to the localities recorded above, viz., 692' X., 11 20' YV., 1836 m., temp. -M.i°; other specimens are not known. 233. Paroediceros curvirostris (H. J. Hansen) (Chart 40, partim). Oediceros curvirostris H.J.Hansen, Vid. Medd. ser. 4, vol.9, r887. P- ro7> P1- 4 % 4- Paroediceros — Stebbing 1906, p. 246. Occurrence. Material is present from one or two localities, hitherto not recorded in literature. The localities are: W. Greenland: Holsteinsborg (Traustedt leg. 1892). 2 spec. S. of Iceland: b3°46' N., 22 50' W. 150 m. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-11)04). Some small specimens; deter- mination possibly not corre< t The species is known only from W. Greenland, and it has not been recorded since 1887, when it was established. The localities (of types and cotypes) were: (>;". ;.=,' X., 5257' W., 80 m., sand; Godthaab 12 — 19m.; and Greenland without special loc, numerous specimens (H.J.Hansen 1887). 234. Paroediceros propinquus (Goes?) G. O. Sars (Chart 40, partim). ? Oediceros propinquus Goes 1866, p. 526, pi. 39 fig. 19. Paroediceros G. O. Sars 1895, p. 293. pi. 104 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 246. Oediceros microps G. O. Sars, Forhand. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania 1882, no. 8, p. 95, pi. 4 fig. 8. — — Sparre Schneider, Tromso Mus. Arhefter, vol. 6, 1883, p. 15, pi. 2 tig. 14. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured this species at one (two?) station; it is probably new to the "Ingolf "-area (see below). W. of Greenland: 65°i6' N., 55°05' W. 682 m., temp. 3.6 . 3 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 35). ?N. of the Faroes: 63 36' N., 7°3o'W. 1322 m., temp. -f-0.6°. Fragments of one specimen: deter- mination possibly not correct ("Ingolf" St. 139). Remarks. G. O. Sars is of opinion that "probably Goes has confounded both species (- -P. lynceus and P. propinquus; Goes has no record of P. lynceus"—), but the figure he gives of the anterior part ol the bodv, agrees more with the present species (P. propinquus) than with Oe. lynceus". I do nut feel con- vinced that Goes' species is identic with Sars's species of the same name; and as Sars's description and figures are so elaborate and exact that no doubt is left as to the identity of the species described by him. 1 pro pose to alter the specific name to /'. propinquus (Goes?) G. < >. Sars. (If Goes's species really is identic with 30* 230 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. P. lynceus, the name of P. propinquus G. O. Sars 1895 should be P. microps (G. O. Sars 1882), for these two names are synonyms (see G. O. Sars 1895, p. 294)). Goes records his species from Spitsbergen 6—60 m., Greenland and Iceland, but as the other species, P. lynceus, is extremely common in these waters, where P. propinquus has never been found after Goes's time (except for the find of P. propinquus from "Ingolf" St. 35 (depth 682 m.) recorded above), also the testimony of the localities is against the theory that Goes's species is another species than P. lynceus. Distribution. Specimens of this species from the 'Iugolf'-area determined with certainty have probably only been found by the "Ingolf" Expedition (St. 35, see under Occurrence) ; all other localities are questionary (Iceland and Greenland: Goes 1866; E. and W. Greenland: K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 149, under P. lynceus). Oediceros microps H. J. Hansen 1887 from the Kara Sea is another species (P. intcr- medius Stebbing 1906, p. 245). The true P. propinquus G. O. Sars has hitherto probably only been found (outside the 'Ingolf "- area) in N. Norway, from the Varangerfjord to Kvalo (near Hammerfest) (G. O. Sars 1882 and 1S95, Sp. Schneider 1893). 235. Paroediceros lynceus (M. Sars) (Chart 41). Paroediceros lynceus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 292, pi. 103 fig. 2, pi. 104 fig. 1. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 246. Occurrence. Material of this well-known species is present from a great number of localities, not recorded in existing literature; the "Ingolf" has secured it at one station. The localities are as follows. W.Greenland: Holsteinsborg (Traustedt leg. 1892). — t>7°57' N, 55°3o' W., 66 m., temp. o.8° (numerous spec; "Ingolf" St. 33). — Egedesminde, 20m., clay (Bergendal leg. 12-8-1890). -- PKronprin- sens Eyland (C. Kruuse leg. 17-7-1897). — Godhavn, 120 — 200 m., clay (Dr. E. Reisinger leg. i9(2o)-7-i926). — Jacobshavn (Traustedt leg. Aug. 1892). — Ritenbenk (Traustedt leg. 1892). E. Greenland: Cape Dan (near Angmagssalik), 20 — 30 m., rocky bottom with a few algae (Amdrup- Exped. leg. 17-6-1899). — Danmarks 0 (Scoresby Sound), clay (Deichmann leg. Aug. 1891), and 2 — 10111., mud and stones with Laminariae and Desmarestia (E. Bay leg. 20-4 and 9-7-1892). — Rosenvinge Bay (Sco- resby Sound) (26(27)-io-i924, Scoresby-Sound-Exped. leg.). - - Scoresby Sound: Amdrup Harbour and Hvalros Bay, 8 — 35 m. (Alwin Pedersen leg. 2-9-1927). — Sabine Island, in the anchoring-place between Laminariae, and 6 — 10 m. (Soren Jensen leg. 12-7 and 13-7-1900). N.W. Iceland: Dyrafjoror, 19 — 23 m. (R. Horring leg., St. 58, 30-8-19(11 1. - OnundarfjorSr, 23 m., clay with a few stones, scarce vegetation (W. Lundbeek leg. io(i6)-5-i893). N.Iceland: PNordfjoror near Skagestrands Bay, 10 — 12m. ("Diana", 22-7-1902). — The head of the Skalfandi Bay, 17 — 21m. ("Thor" St. 207, 21-7-1904). -- Husavik, 90 — 110 m. ("Thor" St. 128, 1 -6- 1 904). E. Iceland: 65°4i' N., I4°09' W., 31—41 and 63 m. ("Thor" St. 83, 28-7-1906, and St. 201, 20-7-1904). — 65°4o' N., i4°o8'W., 51m. ("Thor" St. 188, 26-7-1903; spec, in the Reykjavik Museum). - BakkafjorQr, 23 — 28 m., black sand, and 40 — 50 m., and 100 m. clayish sand ("Diana" 14-6-1900; Dr. A.C. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 231 Johansen leg.). — HellisfjbrSr, 14 — 40 m. ("Diana" St. 34, 7-6-1898; R. Horring lej - Nordfjords Flom, 65 — loom. ("Diana" St. 38, 9-6-1898, R. Horring leg.). -- EskifjorSr, 34 in. (Prem.lieutenant Jensen leg. 1886). -- ReySarfjorSr, 95 m., 113 — 150111., 130111., 135 111., 140 m., 163 m.; bottom not noted ("Thor". St. 48 — 51, 30-4-1904; Diana" St. 17, 18-5-1898, R. Horring leg. ; "Thor" St. 192, 31-7-1903). . ois- fjoror, 40 m. ("Thor" St. 30, 22-5-1903). - Faskruofjordr, 40 — 95 m., bine clay (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899 - ViiSfjoror, 30111., (13-7-1899). — Midfjoror, 10 m. (R. Horring leg. 19-7-1899). In existing literature the species is recorded from a great number of localities from W. Greenland Junctus Chart 41. Paroediceros lynceus (The localities in the Gulf of St. Lawrence are outside the chart). ( — see under Remarks — ) abt. 60° — 771 .; N., from E.Greenland (abt. 701 ., ;i>:i i N.) (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 150, K. Stephensen, Meddel. om Gronland \Tol. 51, 1913, p. 66 and vol. 53, 1916, p. 287), and from ? Iceland (Goes r866, p. 526; Oediceros propinquus). Remarks. After having revised the very great material of this species in the possession of the Zool. Museum of Copenhagen, I cannot find any reason to doubt thai all specimens from Greenland recorded as belonging to this species are correctly determined (not P. propinqims; see under this speci There are very few specimens with eggs in the marsupium. Maximum size of specimens from W. Greenland is 21 111111. (+ with large marsupial-plates, taken July 22th); a with eggs (taken July 24th) is e8 mm. Young specimens were taken at the following dates: Aug. 5th (length 2 ; mm.), Aug. 25th (length up to 7 mm.) and Sept. 2nd (length abt. 4 mm.). At E.Greenland specimens with large marsupial-plates (length rS 22mm.) were taken from July 1st to July 1 ;1h. 232 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. At Iceland the maximum size was 20 mm. A single $ with eggs (14 mm.) was taken May 22th; $ with large marsupial plates (length 12 — 17 mm.) were taken April 30th, May io(-i6)th and 18th, June 14th, July 19th and 21th. Distribution (Chart 41). This species is one of the most frequent in the area; it is almost merely arctic and probably circumpolar, found from Alaska to the New Sibirian Islands. For special localities see Stappers 1911, p. 32, and Oldevig 1917, p. 21. Posterior to these two papers the following localities have been published: Alaska: Collinson jioint, 6 m., mud with algae, and from the stomach of Salvclinus malma; N. Labrador: Port Burwell in Ungava (Shoemaker 1920, pp. 12 and 27). Hudson Bay (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canadian Biol. a. Fisheries, vol. 3, no. 1, 1926, p. 6). Gulf of St. Lawrence, several stations, 30 — 93 m. (vShoemaker, ibid. vol. 5, 1930, p. 287, figs.). It is bound to clay bottom and is often very abundant. The depths are most often from a few to about 100 m., but it can extend to very great depths: 1267 m. (E. of New Foundland; Chevreux 1900). The southern limit in the Atlantic is determined by the following localities: eastern U.S.A. abt. 450 N., S. Green- land, N.W. and S.E. Iceland, and Norway at Appelvaer (abt. 650 N). Genus Arrhis Stebbing. Aceros G. O. Sars 1895, p. 338. Arrhis Stebbing 1906, p. 248. Only one species is known from the area. 236. Arrhis phyllonyx (M. Sars) (Chart 42). Aceros phyllonyx G. O. Sars 1895, p. j^8, pi. 119, pi. 120 fig. 1. Arrhis — Stebbing 1906, p. 248. Occurrence. This species was taken at several localities by the "Ingolf", the "Thor" and other expeditions or collectors. The localities are: W.Greenland: 63°o6' N., 56°oo'\V. 2258 m., temp. 2. 40 ("Ingolf" St. 24). 63°30'N., 54°25'W. 1096 m., temp. 3.3 ('Ingolf" St. 251. 64°54'N., 55°io'W. 740 m., temp. 3. 8° ("Ingolf" .St. 27). 65°i4'N, 55°42'W. 791m., temp. 3. 50 ("Ingolf" St. 28). 65*16' N, 55°o5'W., 682 m., temp. 3.60 (-'Ingolf" St. 35). E. Greenland: Hurry Inlet (ca. 70°5o' N.), 13 — 0 m. (E. Greenland-Exped. 7-8-1900, Soren Jen- sen leg.). S. of Jan Mayen: 69°3i' N., 7°o6'W. 2465 m., temp. i.o° ("Ingolf" St. 113). N Iceland: 66°5o' N., 20°02' W. 367 m., temp. o.6° ("Ingolf" St. 128). Skagestrandsbugt, 215 m., mud, temp. 2.90 (Capt. Wandel leg. 1890). Husavik, 80 m. ("Thor" .St. 117, 1-7-1906) and 90 — no m. ("Thor" St. 128, 1-6-1904). E. Iceland: Reyoarfjoror, 95 m., 130 m., 132 m., 113 — 150 m., 140 m. ("Thor" St. 48, 49 and 51, 29 (30) -4- 1 904; "Thor" St. 192, 31-7-1903; "Diana" St. 17, 18-5-1898 [R. Horring leg.]). Faskru5fjor5r, 40 — 100 m., clay (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 233 N. of the Faroes: 63°26' N., y°2b' W., 887 m., temp. -f-o.6° ("Ingolf" St. 138). In existing literature the species is recorded from the following localities in the "Ingolf" area: W. Greenland, 3 localities from abt. 69V20 — 7-1 2° N., abt. 200 — 570 m. (K. Stephensen, Conspectus v p. 157); between Iceland and Jan Mayen 69 2' X., 11 26' \\\, 1836 m., temp. 1.1 , Biloculina clay, and E. of Iceland 64 36' N., 10 22' \V., 547 in., temp. : 0.3 . darkgrey clay (G. < ). Sars 1886, p. 57). Remarks. Maximum sizes of the specimens from the "Ingolf'-area are : \Y. < ireenland lo( — 13) mm., N. Iceland 18 mm., E. Iceland 21 mm., N. of the Faroes ("Ingolf" St. 138) i. 527). Distribution: N.W. Spitsbergen: Hakluyts Headland, between algae (type-locality ; Goes I p. 527). S.E. Spitsbergen: Halfmoon Isl., 75 m. (Schellenberg 1924, p. 203). Norway, several places from the Lofoten Isles (Skraaven) to Vadso, especially at Tromso, 10 — 40(380) m. (Sparre Schneider 1884, p. 1,2, and 1926, p. 32; G. O. Sars 1. c. ; Norman 1902, p. 481 ; Nordgaard 1905, p. 184), but probably not Bohuslan, as recorded by Boeck. — S.E. part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence: N. of Cheticamp island, 40 — 50 m. (Shoe- maker, Contrib. Cauad. Biol., vol.5. 1930, p. 289). 238. Westwoodilla megalops (G. O. Sars) (Fig. 69, Chart 43, partim) (and W. caecula (Sp. Bate)). Halimedon megalops G. O. Sars, Forhandl. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, no. 18, 1882, p. 96, pi. 4 lig. 9, 9a. Sparre Schneider, Tromso Mus. Aarshefter, vol. 6, 1883, p. j8, pi. 2 tig. (). G. O. Sars 1895, p. 330, pi. 116 tig. 2. Westwoodilla — Stebbing 1906, p. 250. Occurrence. Material of M. megalops is at hand from several localities in the "Ingolf"-area, viz., \Y. Greenland: 66°35' N., 55 54' W., 166 m., i.6°, 5 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 31). N. Iceland: Skjalfandibugt, near Flatey, 40 m., 1 spec. ("Beskytteren" 21-7-1903). Skjalfandibugt, the head, 17 — 21 m., several spec, including $ ovig. ("Thor" St. 207 , 21-7-1904). — Husavik, 80 in., 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 1 17, 1-7-1906). N.E. Iceland: Finnafjdror, 35 m., 3 spec, including 9 ovig. ("Thor" St. 252, r2-8-igx>4)- Bakkafjoror, 80 — loom., clayish sand, 4 spec, including $ ovig. (Diana" 14-6-1900, A. C. Johausen). Hjerads Floin, 28 — 47 m., several spec, including $ ovig. ("Thor" St. 219, 29-7-1904). Hjerads Floin 65°4i' N., 1401)' W., 63 m., several spec, including j and i ovig. ("Thor" St. 201, 20-7-1904). The species has been recorded from 14 localities at \V. Greenland, from Godhavn (abt. (14 N.) to Lille Karajakfjord (abt. 7i°N.), (2)20—75 (abt. 400) 111., stony or clayish bottom (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 115 and no [Halimedon megalops and H. Mulleri; on "//. M iillcri" ( IV. cuntln) see below] and Vanhoffen 1897). Remarks. Westwoodilla (Halimedon) megalops was established by G. O. Sars 1882 and was char- acterised as differing from the other species (especially from II'. ccecula) in having the frontal process strongly vaulted and the eyes large and (apparently) confluent. These same characters were recorded repeatedly by Sp. Schneider 1883 and by G. 0. Sars 1895. Nevertheless the shape of the head cannot always he used as a specific character, for numerous specimens take an intermediate position. As it appeared extremely difficult to determine the material recorded above, I begged the Zool. Museum of Oslo to lend me some specimens of W. megalops determined by Sars. For comparison I have used some specimens of W. ccecula from Denmark. The Ingolf-Expediliun. III. 11. 31 236 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. A close examination has proved that the two species may be separated with certainty. The most important and most easily recognisable character is the telson (drawn and described by Sars 1895) : in W. ccecula it is oval, with the tip broadly rounded; in W. megalops it is nearly as broad as long, and trans- versely truncated (or sometimes a little concave) at the tip. Also the second joint of pereiopod 7 is speci- fically different: the upper hind corner is in W. ccecula evenly rounded, making part of a circular arch; in II '. megalops it is nearly rectangular with rounded corner; the margins of the joint are much more densely setose in W. ccecula than in W. megalops. The antennae are shorter and have fewer and shorter joints in W.m.p Fig. 69. Westwoodilla megalops (W.m.) (from "Thor" St. 201, 1904, N.E. Iceland) and W. ccecula (W. c.) (from "Thor" 11-10-10,04, Kattegat). Dorsal view, head, pereiopod 7. W. megalops than in W. ccecula. In dorsal view the body is much stouter in W. megalops 9 than in W. cce- cula $; in both species the $ is still more slender than the $ of IF. ccecula. The l abt, 65 X.. X. and E. Iceland, and \V. Greenland; the depths are 10 abt. 400 in., usually abt. 20 75 m. The special localities are as follows. « '.nil of St. Lawrence, see below. VV. Greenland and Iceland, see above. Norway: Finmark, several places; Vadso, L,angfjord (S. Varanger), Tromso; it extends southwards 31* 238 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. along the Nordland coast to Valdersund, Namdal" (close N. of the Trondhjemsfjord; G. O. Sars 1891—95, p. 331). The sounds round Tromso, common; Oxfjord (abt. 700 N.) (Sparre Schneider 1884, p. 94, and 1926, p 3!) — Novaya Zemlya: in the Kara Sound, 66 m., and along the south coast, three times, 61 — 90 m. (Stappers 1911, p. 3?)- — Recently it has been recorded from 8 loc. in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 12 — 93 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol.5, 1930, p. 290). — Thus the two species have a totally different European distribution: W. megalops is mainly arctic, W. ctscula is mainly lusitanic, but in Norway N. of abt. 650 N. both the species are to be found. Genus Acanthostepheia Boeck. Acanthostepheia Stebbing 1906, p. 253. Only one species of this genus is known from the area. 239. Acanthostepheia malmgreni (Goes) (Chart 44). Amphinotus Malmgreni Goes 1866, p. 526, pi. 39 fig. 17. Acanthostepheia malmgreni Stebbing 1906, p. 254. non Acanthostephia Malmgreni Stuxberg, Vega-Expeditionens vetenskapliga iakttagelser, vol. 1, Stockholm 1882, the fig. on pag. 724 (= M '. behrengiensis (Eockington) (= A. pul- chra Miers)). Occurrence. Several times this species has been taken in the "Ingolf'-area; the localities are as follows: — W.Greenland: 69°3o' N., 56 32' W. 202 m. "Dana" St. 2363, 27-6-1925. Ad. S. Jensen. E. Greenland: E. Greenland-Exped. St. I, 210 m., 1 0-7-1900. Soren Jensen leg. Ryder's Sund, 6 m., E. Greenl. Exped. 25-7-1900. Soren Jensen leg. Turner Sund, 6 m., E. Greenl. Exped. 25-7-1900. Soren Jensen leg. Forsblad's Fjord, 100 in. E Greenl. Exped. 28-8-1900. Sunn Jensen leg. Off Canning's Island, 575 m. E. Greenl. Exped. 1-9-1900. Soren Jensen leg. N. of Iceland: 67°i9' N., I5°52' W. 552 m., temp, -f 0.50. ("Ingolf" St. 126). S.E. of 64°25'N., i2°o9'W., 397 m., temp. o.8° ("Ingolf" St. 58). N.W. of the Faroes: 63°i5' N., 9 35' W., 508 m. (Capt. Wandel leg. 1891). As a rule only a single or very few specimens were taken at a time. The species has been recorded from a few localities in the area. W. Greenland: Umanak Fjord and Murchison Sound 48 m., clay; E.Greenland: 69°25' N., 20V \V., 315 m., large stones and clay; between 75°58' N., i4°o8' W., and 75^9' N., I4°i2' W., 300 m.; 77°3i' N., i8°24' W., 275 m. (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 147)- The species is a true arctic species, as a rule only found in water of a temperature below 3 (Oldevig 1917, p. 51); the depths are in the "Ingolf'-area most frequently >200tn.( — 552 m.), only twice it was found in quite shallow water (E. Greenland abt. 690 N., 6m.). It is not found South of the ridge from Ice- land and Greenland to America. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 239 Remarks. A $ with eggs, length 31 mm., was secured at W. Greenland by the "Dana" June 26th. The species has been confused with A. behringiensis (I.oekington 1 S77 A.pulchra .Micrs 1 (Stebbing 1906, p. 254 and 726; see especially S. J. Holmes, Proc, California Acad, of Sci., 3rd scries, Zool., vol. 3, 1904, pp. 315 — 317, pi. 36 figs. 25 — 28); all the specimens from the 'Tngolf"-area are with certainty to be determined as . 1 . malmgreni. The same applies to the very large material of the species recorded by Acanthostepheia malmc/rtni Chart 44. Acanthostepheia malmgreni. H. J. Hansen (in the Dijmphna-Exped. 1887, p. 220) from the Kara Sea; I have revised the whole material but not found any specimen of .1. pulchra, though this species does not seem to be rare in the said sea. Distribution (Chart 44). The species is arctic, possibly circumpolar, found from the arctic America (Stapylton Bay in the Dolphin and Union Strait (abt. 68° N., no W.), 50 — 60 m., sandy mud with pepples (Shoemaker, Amphip. ; Report Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913 — 18, vol. VII, pt. E, 1920, p. 11)) and Green- land, Spitsbergen, Franz-Josef hand etc. to the New Sibirian Islands abt. 147° E. (for special localities, see Oldevig 1917, p. 25). It is bound to clay bottom and may extend to a depth of abt. 550 m. Genus Aceroides (1. (). Sars. Aceroides, Aceropsis G. O. Sars 1S95, p. 340. Stebbing 1906, p. 254. The genus has only one northern species. 240. Aceroides latipes G. O. Sars. Anros distinguendus H.J.Hansen 1887, p. 118, pi. 4 fig. 8. Aceropsis la/ipcs, Aceroides latipes G. O. Sars 1 N < , 5 , p. 341, pi. 120 tig. 2. Aceroides latipes Stebbing 1906, p. 255. 240 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Occurrence. A single specimen of this species has been secured at the following locality: — E.Greenland: Danmark's 0 (abt. 70V20 N.), clay. H. Deichmann leg. 189 1. In existant literature it has been recorded from some few localities in the "Ingolf'-area: W. Green- land: Sukkertoppen, 113 m., clay; Jacobshavn, 660 m., sandy clay; Umanak Fjord, depth?. — E. Green- land: Hekla Havn, clay (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 158). Distribution. The species is arctic and probably circumpolar; but only rather few specimens are known. It is bound to clay, depths 6 — abt. 200 m. The localities are as follows. Greenland (see above). Spits- bergen, without special locality (Oediceros obtusus, "alia forma"; Goes 1866, p. 527). N.Norway: Varanger- fjord, abt. 160— 200 m. (G. O. Sars I.e.). Kara Sea: yi°io' N, 64°02' E., abt. 150 m. {Halicreion latipes; H. J. Hansen, Dijmphna Exped. 1887, p. 221), and 74°28' N., 83°33' E., 52 m., clay (Briiggen 1909, p. 24). Sibirian Polar Sea: Kotelny Island (Michailov-Stan, the New Sibirian Islands), and N. of the New Sibirian Islands 77°201/2' N., I38°47' E., 38 m., clay (Briiggen 1909, p. 24). Alaska: Collinson Point, 6 m., mud with algae, and from the stomach of Salvelinus malma (Shoemaker 1920, p. 11). Genus Bathymedon (i. O. Sars. Bathymedon G. O. Sars 1895, p. 332. — Stebbing 1906, p. 255. Two species have been found ; one of them (B. saussurci) is new to the area. 241. Bathymedon obtusifrons (H. J. Hansen). Halimedon obtusifrons H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. 1887, p. 116, pi. 5 fig. 1. Bathymedon — G. O. Sars 1895, p. 336, pi. 118 fig. 2. Stebbing 1906, p. 256. Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 276 — 78, figs. Occurrence. This species was taken at several localities in the area both by the "Ingolf" and by the "Thor". The localities are as follows: — W.Greenland: 64°54' N., 55°io' W. 740 m. 3. 8° ("Ingolf" .St. 27). 65°i4'N., 55°42'W. 791m. 3.50 ("Ingolf" St. 28). 66°35'N., 55°54'W. 166 m. i.6° ("Ingolf" St. 31). 66°35'N., 56°38'W. 600 m. 3.90 ("Ingolf" St. 32). 65°i6'N., 55°05'W. 682 m. 3.60 ("Ingolf" St. 35). N. Iceland: Skjalfandi Bugt, 40 m. ("Beskytteren", 21-7-1903). E. Iceland: BakkafjorSr, 100 — 80 m., clayish sand. ("Diana", 14-6-1900). EskifjorcV, 35 m. ("Diana" 1886, Premierlieutenant Jensen). S. Iceland: 63°46' N., 22°56' W., 150 m. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904). As a rule only a single specimen was taken at a time; only at the locality recorded from S. Iceland numerous specimens were secured. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 24I The species has been recorded from 2 localities in W. Greenland: 68 9' X., 56 ;_>' W., 90 m., sand, and 68°24' N., 54°39' W., abt. 400 m., mud (H.J.Hansen 1887, p. 116; type-locahties). Distribution. Franz- Josef Land: Cape Flora (Scott 1899, p. 73). S. of Novaja Zemlya 70°20'N., 56°34'(35') E., 90 m. (two finds; Stappers 1911, p. jy). N. Norway, several localities from Varanger to Malangen (abt. 69 30' N.), depths down to abt. 225 m. (see Sparre Schneider, Tromso Museums Arshefter 47, 1024 (1926), no. 8, p. 32). A single specimen ($ ovig.) is found, far from these localities, in the Skagerak: 57 '54' N., 758' E., 400 m. ("Thor" St. 294. 9-9-1904; specimen in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). South- eastern part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 2 loc, 30 — 93 in. (Shoemaker 1. c. 1930). * 242. Bathymedon saussurei (Boeck). Bathymedon saussurei G. O. Sars 1895, p. 335, pi. 118 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 257. Occurrence. The species is new to the "Ingolf'-area; a single specimen was secured by the Tngolf" W.Greenland: 66°35' N., 56°j8' W.. 600 m. 3.9° ("Ingolf" St. 32). Distribution. Known from "a few places off the .... coast of Norway", from the Trondhjems- fjord to the Oslofjord, abt. 100 — 600 m. (G. O. Sars). Skagerak, 2 localities, 525 and 640 m. (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. vol.82, 1926, p. 84). Genus Monoculopsis G. (). Sars. Monoculopsis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 310. Stebbing 1906, p. 257. The genus has in northern seas only one species. 243. Monoculopsis longicornis (Boeck). Monoculopsis longicornis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 311, pi. no fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 258. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has not secured this species; a new locality is: — N. Iceland: Skjalfandi Bugt, 19 m., 2 small spec. ("Beskytteren", 21-7-1907). It has been recorded from 2 localities at W.Greenland: Godthaab, the harbour, 4 — 6m.. sand with alga\ and from 68°9' N., 56°32'W., 90 m.; also Greenland without special locality (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 112). — Jan Mayen, shallow water (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 50). — Distribution. Norway, several localities from Sydvaranger and Vadso to Tromso, abt. 15 — 40 m., clay or sand (G. O. Sars 1895; Sparre Schneider, Tromso Mus. Arshefter 47, 1924 (1926 also found near Haugesund (Sars I.e.). -- Franz-Josef Land: West Bay, 4 — 20 m. (Scott 1899, p. 73). Arctic Canada: Bernard harbour in the Dolphin and Union Strait (ca. 70 X., 115 W.). surface (Shoemaker 1920, p. 12). — Gulf of St. Lawrence, 3 loc, 12 -45 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 2 242 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Genus Monoculodes Stimpson. Monoculodes G. O. Sars 1895, p. 294. Stebbing 1906, p. 258. 14 species have been found in the area ; 6 are new to the area, 2 even new to science (M. latissimanus, M. rostratus). ♦244. Monoculodes longirostris (Goes) (Chart 45). Monoculodes longirostris G. O. Sars 1895, p. 306, pi. 108 fig. 3. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 260. ^^ jx' ^ X" */' ftjiffc Monoc. longirostris Chart 45. Monoculodes longirostris. (The locality in the Gulf of St Lawrence is outside the chart.) Occurrence. This species has been secured at 5 localities; it is new to the area. E. Greenland: Hurry Inlet, 140 m. (E. Greenl. Exped., 7-8-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). Jan Mayen: 100 m. (Soren Jensen leg. 25-6-1900). S.E. Iceland: Faskru6fjor3r, 40 — 100 m., blue clay (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899). Breidalsvik, 19 m., sand ("Diana" 16-8-1900, A. C. Johansen). N. of the Faroes: 63°26' N., 7°56' W., 887 m., ~ 0.6° ("Ingolf" St. 138). Only a single species was taken at a time. Distribution. A widely distributed, mainly arctic species, found from the arctic America to Spits- bergen and the Barents Sea, depths down to abt. 100 (887) m. In Europe its southern limit is the Salten- fjord (Norway, abt. 671/4° N.), but not the Kattegat (the specimen noted by Meinert 1890 is in reality Wcsl- woodilla hyalina, see K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. vol. 82, 1926, p. 84). For special localities see Oldevig 1917, p. 26, and Sparre Schneider, Tromso Mus. Arshefter 47, 1924 (1926), no. 8, p. 29; it prefers especially the CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 243 sheltered fjords (Schneider I.e.). Also found in the Bernard Harbour, Dolphin and Union Strait (Canada, ea. yo° N., 1150 W.), 4 m. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 12). Recently it has been found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence: near Cape Breton, 75 — 85 111. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 284). 245. Monoculodes kroyeri Boeck. Monoculodes kroyeri G. O. Sars 1895, p. 305, pi. 108 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 261. Occurrence. This species is noted from a few localities in W.Greenland abt. 64-73 X.: Godt- haab 12 — 19 m.; Atanikerdluk, 48 m., sand and stones; Nugsuak, 12 m., mud, clay and sand; Upemivik (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 112); it has not been secured by the 'Ingulf" or any of the recent expeditions. Distribution: S.W. Norway: Haugesund, depth? (Boeck 1870, p. 166; type-locality) . ♦246. Monoculodes pallidus G. O. Sars. Monoculodes pallidus G. O. Sars 1S95, P- 2CW. P1- I0D ng- 3- Stebbing 1906, p. 261. Occurrence. This species has been taken at two localities; it is new to the area. S. Iceland: b3°27' N., i9°37' W., 84 m. ("Thor" St. 194, 16-7-1904). S.W. of the Faroes: 6i°o8' N., g°28' W., 820 m. ("Thor" St. 78, 12-5-1904). Distribution. Found "in a few places off the west coast of Norway, and recently also in the'frond- hjemsfjord and at Apelvrer, Namdal", depths abt. 120 — 375 m. (G. O. Sars). 247. Monoculodes borealis Boeck. Monoculodes borealis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 298, pi. 106 fig. 2. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 262. Occurrence. The species has been taken by the "Ingolf" at a single locality. W.Greenland: Ameragdla (near Ameralik, G4:'i2' N), mud ("Ingolf" 22-7-1895). E. Greenland: Cape Dan near Angmagssalik, 20 — 30 m., rocky bottom, a few algse (Amdrup Exped. 7-6-1899). S.E. Iceland: Breidalsvik, 12 m., mud and black sand ("Diana" 19-7-1900, A. C. Johansen). It has been noted from several localities in W.Greenland abt. 6o° — 700 N., 5 — abt. 20 (190) m. (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 154, and 1916, p. 288), and from 2 localities at E. Greenland, abt. 763/4°N., o — 12 m. (K. Stephensen, Danmark-Exped. 1912, p. 533). Distribution. Widely distributed, from Greenland to Spitsbergen 4 — .',5 m.. Franz Josef I. ami and the Kara Sea 6 — 30 m.; for special localities see Stappers 1911, p. .;'', and Oldevig 1917, p. _'(>. The southernmost localities are: Nova Scotia, S. Greenland, S. E. Iceland, and the Trondhjemsfjord (< )ldevig 1917). It is also noted from W.Scotland: Blackwater-foot, Arran (in the Firth of Clyde), 40m.. muddy sand (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 50), and from Halifax 40 in. and Gulf of St. Law- rence (very common), .',0—93 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 2 The [ngotf-Expedition. III. it. 32 244 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 248. Monoculodes crassirostris H. J. Hansen. Monoculodes crassirostris H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 108, pi. 4 fig. 5. — Stebbing 1906, p. 263. Occurrence. Of this species only the two type-specimens are known; they were taken in the Davis Strait (without special locality) along with Priscillina armata (Boeck) (H. J. Hansen 1. c). 249. Monoculodes latimanus (Goes). Monoculodes latimanus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 304, pi. 108 fig. 1. — Stebbing 1906, p. 364. Occurrence. This species was not secured by the "Ingolf "-Expedition; material, not recorded in the literature, is present from the following localities in the area. W.Greenland: Egedesminde, 20m., clay. 12-8-1890. Bergendal leg. E. Greenland: Danmarks 0, 10 — 12m., mud and stones (E.Bay leg. 23-2-1892), and ibid., in the harbour, mud (E. Bay leg. 22-9-1891). — Rosenvinge's Bugt (Scoresby Sound), 10 — 12 m., 27-10-1924 (Scoresby-Sound Exped. ded.). — Sabine Island, 6 — 10 m. (E. Greenland-Exped., 13-7-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). E- Iceland. BakkafjorQr, 90 — 100 m., clayish sand, 14-6-1900 ("Diana", A. C. Johansen). — Eskifjoror, 34 m. ("Diana" 18S6, Prem.-lieuten. Jensen). — Faskrudfjoror, 40 — 100 m., blue clay (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899). — Berufjoror, 12 m., mud with black sand ("Diana" 19-7-1900, A. C. Johansen). This litoral species has been recorded from numerous localities in W. Greenland abt. 60° — 71° N. and from 3 localities in E. Greenland abt. 701/2° — 763/4° N. (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 152, and Meddel. 0111 Gronl. vol. 53, 1916, p. 287). The depths are (o) 10 — 80 (1351 111., and the bottom very often clayish or stony. Distribution. A mainly arctic species, known from Gulf of St. Lawrence, Greenland and Iceland (see above), W. and N.Spitsbergen 85 m., Franz-Josef Land, south coast of Novaja Zemlya 61 — 90m., and Norway from Vadso to Namdal (abt. 650 N.) down to abt. 100 m. (for special localities see Stappers 1911, p. 34). Recently it has been found in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 6 loc, 30 — 93 m. (80 spec.) (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 284). *250. Monoculodes latissimanus n. sp. (Fig. 70). Occurrence. A single specimen of this new species was secured by the "Ingolf":— W.Greenland: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W., 1096 m., temp. 3.30. 1$ abt. 7 mm. ("Ingolf" .St. 25). Description of $ with large marsupial plates, 7 mm. The present species is rather closely allied to M. latimanus (see above), but it still more deviating from the other species within the genus. The frontal process is only feebly curved and covers the proximal 3/4 of the first joint of antenna 1. Eyes could not be found. Antenna 1 — 2 not essentially deviating from those of M . latimanus. The oral parts were not dissected out. Pereiopod 1 has the side plate extremely widened distally; the fifth joint has a process on the fore edge, and the hind lobe extremely broad, as broad as long, reaching to the middle of the hind edge of 6th joint, CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 245 Fig. 70. Monoculodes lalissimanus, and with the end oblique. The 6th joint is extremely broad, nearly as broad as long, with the palm not much longer than the hind edge, and with a strong spine on the hind corner of the palm, Pereiopod 2 resembles pereiop. 1, but the process on 5th joint and the 6th joint are not so broad, and yet they are much heavier than those of M . latimanus. Pereiopods 3 — 7 resembling those of the said species, except that the dactyli are longer (nearly as long as the two preceding joints together; the dactylus of pereiopod 7 has lost the api and the second joint of pereiopod 5 — 6 is narrower, with the hind margin concave. On the uropods 1 (no. 3 is lost) nothing of especial interest i> to !><_■ noted ; the telson is shaped as in .1/. latimanus, but the apical spines are more heavy. Remarks. The species is easily recognisable especially in having pereiopods 1 2 extremely heav} . with 6th joint even broader than in M. latimanus. 251. Monoculodes tessellatus Sparre Schneider. Monoculodes tessellatus G. 0. Sars 1895, p. 297, pi. iof>, fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 2(14. .w 246 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Occurrence. This species is not known from Greenland; but it has been taken several times at Iceland and once at the Faroes. The localities are: — N. Iceland: near Husavik, 80 m. ("Thor" St. 117, 1-7-1906) and 9 — t,io m. ("Thor" St. 128, 1-6-1904). N.E. Iceland: Thistilfjoror, Grenjaness in E. 200 S., 4 miles, 90 m., sandy clay ("Beskytteren", 25-6-1904). E.Iceland: Sey5isfjoror, 40 m. ("Thor" St. 30, 22-5-1903). — EskifjorSr, 32 m. ("Diana" 1886, Premierl. Jensen). - - Faskruofjoror, 40 — 100 m., blue clay (R. Horring leg. 17-7- 1899). — ? Breidalsvik, 12 m., mud with black sand ("Diana" 19- 7-1900, A. C. Johan- sen leg.). — 65°4i' N., i4°09' W., 63 m. ("Thor" St. 201, 20-7-1904). — S. Iceland: 63°i8' N, 2i°3o' W., 178 m. ("Thor" St. 176, 8-7-1904). — 63°46' N., 22°56' W., 150 m. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904). The Faroes: Kongshavn, 50 — 70 m. ("Diana" 18S6, Premierl. Jensen). The species is thus found as new to Iceland along the coasts of the eastern half of the island, from abt. 170 W. on the north coast to abt. 230 W. on the south coast. Distribution. The species is rather common in N. Norway, found in several places from Malangen (off Tromso) to Kvaenangen (abt. 70° N.), >20 to > 100 m., but specimens recorded by Norman (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 10, 1902, p. 481) from the East Finmark are not this species, but M. schneideri G. O. Sars (fide Sparre Schneider, Tromso Mus. Arshefter 47, no. S, i<)_>f>, p. 26). N. of Cheticamp island, Gulf of St. Lawrence, 40 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol.5, T93°. p. 286). 252. Monoculodes simplex H. J. Hansen. Monoculodes simplex H. J. Hansen, Vid. Medd. 1887, p. 114, pi. 4 fig. 6. — Stebbing 1906, p. 264. Occurrence. A few small specimens have been taken at E. Greenland: — Tasiusak (abt. 65V20 N.), two times (Kruuse leg. 25-9-1901 and 1902), and Sabine Island (abt. 74V2°N.) (E. Greenland Exped. 13-7-1900). The species was known from 3 localities at W. Greenland (the type-localities) abt. 620 — 690 N., 20 — 50 m. (H. J. Hansen 1. c). 253. Monoculodes tuberculatus Boeck. Monoculodes tuberculatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 303, pi. 107, fig. 3. Stebbing 1906, p. 265. Occurrence. The species has been taken at E.Greenland: Danmarks 0 (abt. 70,/2° N), three times, 10 — 21 m., once among stones with Eithothamnion (E. Bay leg. 1892), including 1 $ ovig., 10 mm., secured April 20th. In the literature it is noted from W.Greenland: Kekertak (abt. 70°N.), 115— 135 m., stones (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 113) and from E. Greenland: Danmarks Havn (abt. 763/4° N.), 10—20 m. (K. Stephen- sen, Meddel. om Gronl., vol. 45, 1912, p. 533). It is not known from Iceland. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 247 Distribution. Norway from the East Finmarken to Haugesund, down to 200 m.; Spitsbergen 27 — 29 m. ; Barents vSea 53 in. ; S. of Novaja Zemlya 61 — 90 in. ; for special localities see Stappers 1911, p. 35, and Oldevig 1917, p. 26. - Also found "a few miles east of the Island of Arran" (Firth of Clyde) (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 6, 1900, p. 50). -- Recently it has been recorded from 3 loc. in the S.E. part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 30 -93 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 2 *254. Monoculodes norvegicus (Boeck). Monoculodes norvegicus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 301, pi. 107 fig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 265. Occurrence. This species has only been taken at a single locality: S. of Iceland: 6j°i8' N., 21 ";,<>' W., 178 m. ("Thor" St. 176, 8-7-1904). A single specimen taken at N. Iceland : Brekkusker 4 miles in West , 365 111. ("Thor" St. 148, 1-7 1 Dr. Johs. Schmidt) probably belongs to the same species. Distribution. The species has been found in several places, both on the south and west coasts of Norway, and northwards even to Vadso", abt. 100 — 400111. (G. O. Sars I.e.). Trondhjemsfjord: Trond- hjem and Rodberg, 40 — 80 m. (Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol.15, 1895, p. 486). ? Kattegat, 2 localities, 56 — 60111. (K. Stephensen, Yid. Medd. vol. 82, 1926, p. 86). Gulf of St. Lawrence: N. of Cheti- eamp island, 50 111. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 285). *255- Monoculodes subnudus Norman. Monoculodes falcatus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 302, pi. 107 fig. 2. subnudus Stebbing 1906, p. 266. Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 171, figs. Occurrence. A few specimens, partly very badly preserved, have been secured at the following locality: — S.E. Iceland: Breidalsvik, 12111., mud and black sand (Diana" 19-7-1900, A. C. Johansen). Distribution. Norway, from Finmarken to the Oslofjord (Klosterelvfjord (E. Finmark) and Langfjord (Alten, abt. 70°N.), 10 — 60 m. [Norman, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol.10, 1902, p, 1 Lire and Kirkfjord (S.Lofoten, abt. 68° N.), 70 — 80 m. [Nordgaard 11105, p. 184]; W.Norway northwards to Selsovik (abt. 661/./' N.), abt. 100— joo m., and Soon in the Oslofjord [G. ( ). Sars 1. e. p. 302, 693]; Rod- berg in the Trondhjemsfjord, abt. 300 m. [Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 15, 1895, p. 486 Korsfjord (near Bergen, W. Norway) ; the Shetland Islands and the Hebrides (Sleat Sound, Isle of Skye; Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol.6, 1900, p. 41)). North coast of Bretagne: Portrieux, chenal de Saint-Quay, in Lithothamnion, 6 — 9 m. (Chevreux & Fage 1. c.) 256. Monoculodes packardi Boeck. Monoculodes packardi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 307, pi. rog tig. 1. Stebbing 1906, p. 266. 248 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Occurrence. The species was taken at 2 (4?) localities in the area: ?W. of Greenland: 6i°5o' N., 56°2i' W., 2702 m., temp. 1.5° ("Ingolf" St. 36). A single, very defective specimen; is possibly M. tenuirostratus Boeck. N. of Iceland: 66°5o' N., 20°02'W. 367 m., temp. o.6° ("Ingolf" St. 128). E. Iceland: ReyoarfjorSr, 135 m. ("Thor" St. 192, 31-7-1903). — ? Reyoarfjordr 62°02' N., I3°567a' W., 140 m. ('Thor" St. 48, 29-4-1904). The species is not new to the "Ingolf "-area, for it has been listed from Jan Mayen (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 50). Remarks. The single, very defective specimen from ReydarfjorSr ( "Thor" St. 48, 1904) has pereio- pods 1 — 2 too heavy, and the same applies to some specimens from Finmarken, determined by Sars. Distribution. On the south coast of Novaja Zemlya, two times, 90 m. (Stappers 1911, p. 34). — "Rather commonly met with along the coast of Norway, from the Oslofjord to Vadso", 20 — 200 m., especially in soft bottom (G. O. Sars 1. c.) (Special localities are listed by Sp. Schneider 1884, p. 87; GO. Sars 1886, p. 50 and 1891 — 95, p. 309; Norman 1900, p. 50, and 1902, p. 481, and by Sp. Schneider 1926, p. 29). — In Danish waters it is found from (?the North Sea or) Skagerak to the Sound, 23 — 190 m. (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd., vol. 82, 1926, p. 86). — Scotland: L-och Striven, Firth of Clyde, 80 m., and Upper Loch Fyne (Norman 1900, p. 50). — Gulf of St. Lawrence: off Cape Breton, 75 — 85 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 285). *257. Monoculodes rostratus n. sp. (Fig. 71). Occurrence. The "Thor" secured two specimens of this new species at a single station: S. of Iceland: 62°57' N., I9°58'W. 957 m. 1 <$ abt. 5.5 mm., 1$ abt. 7 mm. ("Thor" St. 166, 14-7-1903). Description of $ with large marsupial plates, abt. 7 mm. As regards the very long frontal process the species agrees with M. packardi Boeck and M. tenuirostratus Boeck, and the present species is altogether very closely allied to these two species, but it is not identic with any of them, as there are several impor- tant disagreements. The body is rather slender. The frontal process is evenly but feebly curved, as long as the head behind the process, and covers the first joint and the proximal half of the second joint of antenna I. No traces of eyes could be found. Antenna 1 — 2 were lost. The oral parts were not dissected out. Pereiopod has the side plate distally somewhat expanded, with the forecorner more acute than in the two species named above; the limb is upon the whole closely resembling that of M. packardi (.Sars 1S95, pi. 109 fig. 1) with the exception that the process of the fifth joint (with a couple of heavy spines on the apex) reaches to the hind corner of the palm; the palm fairly well defined, with a spine on the hind corner. Pereiopod 2 not essentially disagreeing from that of M . packardi, but has spines on the apex of the process of the fifth joint and a single spine on the well marked hind corner of the palm. Pereiopods 3 — 6 very close to those of .1/. packardi; the dadyli of pereiopods 3 — 4 as long as the preceding joint, those of pereiopods 5 — 6 as long as the two preceding joints together (pereiopods 5 — 6 are described from j, as they are lost in the ?-spe- CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 249 Pig. 71 Monoculodes rostratus. cimen). Pereiopod 7 has the second joint broad, with the lower part of the hind margin concave; the distal joints of both specimens are lost. Uropods 1 — 2 are long, slender, with the peduncles and inner rami spinu lose, and inner rami a little longer than outer rami (urop. 3 is lost in both specimens) ; in urop. 2 the peduncle is as long as the inner ramus, in urop. 1 1' 2 time as long. The telson is somewhat longer than broad, its sides nearly parallel, and the apex somewhat concave, with one spine on each hind corner. Description of j abt. 5.5 mm. Apparently not differing from , except possibly in the antennae (that are lost in the $ specimen). Antenna 1 is as long as the cephalon I | mesosome segments, .1 little longei than the peduncle of antenna 2. The peduncle of antenna 1 rather shorl , the length ratio of the joint- is about 4, 3, 1 ; the flagellum is abt. twice as long as the peduncle, and consists of 13 joints. Antenna 2 nearly 250 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. twice as long as antenna i, and the peduncle only a trifle shorter than the flagellum. The two distal joints of the peduncle are of equal length; the flagellum has abt. 40 joints. Remarks. In spite of the close agreement with M. packardi and M. tenuirostratus the present species is distinguished by some very good characters: the very short peduncle of antenna 1, the concave party of the hind margin of 2nd joint of pereiopod 7, and the concave hind margin of the telson. Genus Oedicerina n. gen. *258. Oedicerina ingolf i n. sp. (Fig. 72). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured an extremely damaged specimen of this very characteristic species at the following locality: Between the Faroes and Jan Mayen: 66°23' N., 7°25' W., 1802 m., temp, -h 1.10. 1 $ with marsupial plates ("Ingolf" St. 104). Description of $ with marsupial plates, total length abt. 12 mm.? (length of the preserved parts (head + 4 anterior segments) abt. 6 mm.). The specimen is very badly damaged; only the following segments and limbs are preserved: the head with the oral parts and the proximal parts of the antennae ; mesosome segments 1 — 4 ; side plates of pereiopods 1 — 2 (but these limbs totally lost except lor the proximal part of second joint), and pereiopods 3 — 4 on the right side, but not on the left side. Nevertheless the preserved parts are so characteristic that the species may with certainty be deter- mined as a new species, and it may probably be established as the type of a new genus. The head is abt. as long as the two first segments; the rostrum as long as the rest of the head, knife- shaped, somewhat curved, acute in the apex and covering the proximal two-thirds of first joint of antenna 1 ; the lateral lobes rather prominent, truncate with a little emargination. No traces of eyes could be found. Of antenna 1 only the rather elongate peduncle is preserved; joints 1 and 2 are of equal length, nearly twice as long as the third joint. The peduncle of antenna 2 is nearly twice as long as that of antenna 1 ; 4th joint is somewhat longer and much heavier than 5th joint. Of the oral parts the upper and under lips and the two maxillae do not differ essentially from those of Oediceros (Sars 1895, pi. 102). The mandibles have the molar expansion well developed and the palp long, with third joint apically narrowed. The maxillipedes have a rathei characteristic shape, with the two pairs of lobes rather large; the palp has the second joint almost triangular, broadest a httle beyond the middle; the third joint has a distal elongation on the median side of the long, heavy 4th joint. Pereiopod 1 has the side plate nearly triangular (the rest of the limb is totally lost except for a little of second joint), with truncate forecorner, and long setae on the under margin. There are setae also on the under margin of the narrow side-plate of pereiop. 2 (the rest of the limb is lost), but there are no setae (lost?) on the under margins of sideplates 3 — 4. Pereiopod 3 has the sideplate a little broader than that of pereiop. 2; 5th joint is as long as 4th joint, widened on the underside and with long stiff setae; 6th joint is somewhat narrower and shorter, the heavy dactylus a little longer than the 6th joint. The sideplate of CRUSTACEA MALACOSTKACA. VII. 251 Fig. 72. Oedicerina ingolfi. pereiopod 4 has a rather strange shape; there is a very large hind lobe, still longer than that of Oca psis (Sars 1891 — 95, pi. 114), and this is a solitary case within the family, for all the other genera have the hind edge feebly concave, without any emargination for the 5th sideplate. The rest of the limb is in shape not very different from that of pereiopod 3. All the other appendages arc totally Inst. Remarks. No doubt it is very bold to establish a new genus based upon a single, very damaged specimen that has lost even limbs which are from a systematic point of view as important as the two first pairs of pereiopods. The large hind lobe of the 4th sideplate, however, seems In be of so great importance as generic character, even if all other features should appear to coincide with already described species or genera, that the establishment of a new genus is justified. II is to be hoped that future expeditions will pro- cure better preserved specimens. The Ingolf- Expedition. Ill u. 33 252 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Fam. Tironidae Stebbing. Syrrhoidcs G. O. Sars 1895, p. Tironidce Stebbing 1906, p. 273. Stebbing (1906) refers 7 genera to the family. One of these genera, Argissa, has later on been made the type of a new family, Argissidee (by A. O. Walker 1904; see Argissidtz, the present paper p. 260). In return 4 genera have been established during the years from 1906 till now, viz., Alexandrella (Chevreux, in Antaret. Exped. Francaise, 1913. p. 134, tigs.), Austrosyrrhoe (Barnard, see below p. 258), Bruzeliopsis (Chevreux, in Bull. Monaco, no. 204, 191 1, p. 3, with figs.), and Liouvillea (Chevreux, 1. c. 1913, p. 139, with figs.). In the "Ingolf"-area 6 genera with 7 species have been found; 5 of these species are new to the area, 2 of them even new to science (Bruzelia dentata, Austrosyrrhoe (?) septentrionalis). Genus Bruzelia Boeck. Bruzelia G. O. Sars 1895, p. 394. Stebbing 1906, p. 274. 2 species are found to be new to the area, one of them, B. dentata, even new to science. ♦259. Bruzelia tuberculata G. O. Sars. Bruzelia tuberculata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 397, pi. 139 fig. 2. — Stebbing 1906, p. 275. Occurrence. The "Thor" has secured this species at a single station; it is new to the "Ingolf'-area. S.W. of the Faroes: 6i°i5' N., 9°35' W. 900 m. Abt. 25 spec. ("Thor" St. 99, 22-5-1904). There are no $ ovig. and no <$ in the material (the o is probably unknown). Distribution. Norway: The Lofoten Isles, and at Bejan in the outer part of the Trondhjems- fjord, abt. 200 — 600 m. (G. O. Sars 1. c). *26o. Bruzelia dentata n. sp. (Fig. y^) (Chart 46, partim). Occurrence: This new and very characteristic species was taken by the "Ingolf" at 8 stations in the Arctic Polar Basin. S. of Jan Mayen: 68°27' N., 8°2o' W., 1996 m., temp. -^ i.o°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 118). N.E. of Iceland: 67°29' N., n°32' W., 1667 m., temp. -^ 1.0°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 120). E. of Iceland: 66°23' N., io°26' \V., 1412 m., temp. ^0.9°. 2 spec. jun. ("Ingolf" St. 102). 66°23'N., 8°52' W., 1090 m., temp. -^ o.6°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 103). 66°23'N., 7°25'W., 1802 m., temp. ~ 1.10. 3 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 104). 65°34' N., 7°3i' \Y., 1435 m., temp. ^- o.8°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 105). N. of the Faroes: 63°36' N., 7°3o' W., 1322 m., temp. ^-0.6°. 6 spec. (incl. ? ovig.) ("Ingolf" St. 139)- CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. %Bru2elia deniaia O Tiron acanthurus ■VAstyra abyss/ Chart j.6 Bruzelia dentata, Tiron acanthurus, Astyra abyssi. (Tiron acanthurus has recently been fonnd at a few American localities outside the chart ) N. of the Faroes: <>; ji/N., f> °$j' \V\, 1469111., temp. : 0.9' (type-locality). S spec. (incl. j ovig.) ("Ingolf" St. 14m. The species is probably very common in the Arctic Polar Basin; it was secured at 8 stat., depths abt. 1 100 — 2000 111. and negative temp., it is 44 per cent, of the "Ingolf" stations (totally 18) with depths > abt. 1 100 m. and temp. < o°. Description of $ ovig., 16 nun., from "Ingolf" St. 140. The body is rather stout, with the inte- guments fairly hard. The head is very deep, with a defiexed rostrum, that is somewhat concave on the upper- side and with the apex blunt. Kach of the mesosonie segments has a long medio-dorsal tooth (not very long on 1st segment) and the lateral parts drawn out to long outgrowths (acute on the 4 hindmost segmenl thus the mesosome has 3 longitudinal rows of long teeth. The medio-dorsal teeth are still heavier in the metasome, and each segment has in addition a pair of latero-dorsal teeth: the medio-dorsal tooth on 3rd segment ends in an upturned apex behind a depression. The 1st metasome segment has the epimeral part nearly rectangular; the two next segments have the lower hind corner drawn out into a long acute process (in 3rd segment much broader than in 2nd segment), with denticulation on the ventral margin. The 1st urosome segment has the dorsal side somewhat inflated; 2nd segment has a little medio-dorsal tooth. 3rd segment is quite even. The telson is abt. 3 times as long as broad, evenly acute towards the apex, reaches nearly to the apex of the uropoda. No traces of eyes could be found. Antenna 1 does not reach to the distal end of the peduncle oi antenna 2. 1st joint is very heavy, longer than 2nd joint, this one longer than third; accessory flagellum i-artieulate, a little longer than the first (long) joint of the flagellum. The flagellum a trifle shorter than the peduncle, with 10 joints. Antenna 2 abt. 1' .. time as long as ant. 1 ; 4th and 5th joinl rathei long, subequal 33* 254 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Fig. 73. Bruzelia dentata. in length; the flagellum not much longer than 5th joint of the peduncle, with 7 joints. The oral parts not essentially disagreeing with those of the type-species (B. typica, G. O. Sars 1895, pi. 138). The sideplates of the pereiopods 1 — 3 nearly alike, somewhat eurvate, with the ventral margin finely and unevenly serrate or denticulate. The 4th sideplate has the same shape as nos. 1 — 3, apart from the process on the hind margin, and is quite different from that of the other species of the genus which have the foremargin convex, not concave. The sideplates 5 — 6 have the hind lobe acute ; no. 7 is oval-quadrangular. Pereiopods 1 — 4 have about the same shape as those of B. typica; but the palm of pereiop. 1 — 2 is defined by 4 stout spines (not by a single), 5th joint in pereiopod 2 is almost as long as 2nd joint, and in pereiop. 3—4 are the 4th, 5th and 6th joints of equal length (in B. typica 5th joint is twice as long as 4th joint and CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 255 abt. i1/2 time as long as 6th joint). Pereiop. 5 — 7 have the 2nd joint rather narrow, with a longitudinal carina on the outer side; in pereiop. 5 — 6 the joint has on the foremargin setae or spines, and the hind margin is serrate, with an incurvation above the projecting hind corner; in pereiop. 7 the lore- and the hind-margins of the joint are almost parallel. In these 3 pairs of pereiopods the 4th, 5th, and (ith joints are of nearly equal length, and 4th joint has the lower hind corner somewhat projecting; the 7th joint is acute, with the apex articulate. The uropoda have abt. the same shape as those of /.'. typica, but are more slender. The specimens may attain a length of up to abt. 16 mm. The type specimen has abt. 30 eggs of a size abt. 0.8 by 0.9 mm. No cJ could be found. Remarks. 4 species of the genus were hitherto described, viz. /■>'. typica Boeck and B. tuberculata G. O. Sars (Species no. 259) (these two are N.E. Atlantic, abt. 150 — 550 (900) m., described by G. 0. Sars I,S(>5. P- 395 secl-> pis. 138 — 139), B.australis Stebbing (Mem. Austral. Mus., .Sydney, vol.4, I9I°. P- 59°. pi. 50*, from N.S. Wales, abt. 100 m.), and B. diodon Barnard (Ann. S. African Mus., vol. 15, 1910, p. [68 (no. figs.), from Cape Point, abt. 1200 m.). With the strong dorsal armature (— and the specific name is an allusion hereto — ) it is most closely allied to B. australis, but this species has no processes on the lateral sides and is much smaller (3 mm. only). The present species cannot be confused with any other species of the genus; the heavy armature is com- mon to several other Amphipods belonging to the depths of the Polar Basin (e.g. Acanthostepheia malm- greni (Goes) , Cleippides qitadricuspis Heller, Paramphithoe hystrix (Ross) ( Acanthozone cuspidata (Lepechin)). Genus Tiron Lilljeborg. Tiron G. O. Sars 1895, p. 398. — Stebbing 1906, p. 275. The genus has only one northern species. 261. Tiron acanthurus Lilljeborg (Chart 46, partim). Tiron acanthurus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 399, pi. 140. — Stebbing 1906, p. 276. Occurrence. This species is at hand from five new localities in the "Ingolf'-area, viz.: W.Greenland: 65°i6' N., 55^5' W., 682 m., temp. 3. 0 ("Ingolf" St. 35). 66°35'N., 56°38'W., 600 m., temp. 3. 90 ("Ingolf" St. 32). N.E. Iceland : Bakkafjoror, 80— 100 m., sandy clay ("Diana" 14-6-1900). E. Iceland: Faskruofjoror, 40 — loom., blue clay (R. Horring leg. 17-7-1899). — 64°58'N., 1325'W., 76 m. ("Thor" St. 27. [6-5-1903). It has been found at abt. 10 localities at W. Greenland, abt. 64 ;->: , N., abt. 40 [50m. ill. J. Hansen 1887, p. 104). Distribution. Norway, from the Finmarken to Arendal on the south coast, abt. 40 12 G. O. Sars 1. c. ; Kristiansund in W. Norway is the type locality). Skagerak, 6 localities, 90 [40 m. K Ste 2g6 CRUSTACEA MAXACOSTRACA. VII. phensen, Vid. Medd., vol.82, 1926, p. 87). 57°54' N., 4°48' E., 100 m., fine sand and clay (Reibisch 1907, p. 190). Off the Aberdeenshire coast (Tessarops hastata; Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 2, 1868, p. 412.) — Recently it has been recorded from 3 loc. in the S.E. part of the Gulf of St. Eawrence, 30 — 93 m., and from the Ea Have bank, off Nova Scotia, 85 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 291). Genus Astyra Boeck. Astyra G. O. Sars 1895, p. 213. — Stebbing 1906, p. 278. The position of this genus is somewhat questionable; it does not agree with any of the existing families. Boeck (and Sars) referred it to the Amphilochidce , though it has some relations to the Pardaliscidce (the mandibles with the molar very small; the maxillipedes with very broad outer plates; the first antenna with a distinct (though small) accessory flagellum). Stebbing (1906) has removed the genus to the fam. Tironidce, without giving any explanation; also in this family its position is not the natural one, but it is proposed to let it remain here, until a more suitable position may be found. The genus has only one species. ♦262. Astyra abyssi Boeck (Chart 46, partim). Astyra abyssi G. O. Sars 1895, p. 214, pi. 73. — Stebbing 1906, p. 278. Occurrence. The species is new to the "Ingolf'-area and has been taken five times by the "Thor" and possibly once or twice by the "Ingolf". S.W. of Iceland: 63 °46'N., 22°56'W. 150 m. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904). S. of — 63°5'N., 2o°7'W. 557 m. ("Thor" St. 167, 14-7-1903). — 63°i5' N., 20°04' W. 216 — 326 m. ("Thor" St. 171, 16-7-1903). S.W. of the Faroes: 6i°07'N, 9°3o' W. 835m. ("Thor" St. 78, 12-5-1904). 6i°i5'N., 9°35' W. 900 m. ("Thor" St. 99, 22-5-1904). ? Between the Faroes and Jan Mayen: 66°23' N., 7°25' W., 1802 m., -=-i.i°. 1$ with marsupial plates, abt. 16 mm., very defective ("Ingolf" .St. 104). ?N. of the Faroes: 63°26' N., 7°56' W., 887 m., ~ 0.8°. i$ovig.,very defective. CTngolf" St. 138). Remarks. The specimen from St. 104 is enormous, 16 mm. in length (the size is usually 8 mm.), but unfortunately it could not be identified with certainty, as it is very defective. As a rule only a few specimens were secured at a time. Distribution (Chart 46, partim (p. 253)). Found at several places from Vadso to the Oslofjord, abt. 100 — 660 m. (G. O. Sars 1895, pp. 215, 690; Norman 1895, p. 485; K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. vol. 82, 1926, p. 88). 64°02' N., 5°35' E., 911 m., ~ 1.1°, clay (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 47). Genus Syrrhoites G. O. Sars. Syrrhoites G. O. Sars 1895, p. 391. Stebbing 1906, p. 279. Only one species was found (as new) in the area. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. •257 *263. Syrrhoites serratus G. O. Sars (Chart 47, partim). Syrrhoites serrata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 392, pi. 137. serratus Stebbing 1906, p. 729. Occurrence. The "Ingolf" secured the species as new to the area: S.W. of Iceland: 60 37' N., 2y°$z'W. 1505 m., temp. 4.5 . 4 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 78). Distribution. Along the Norwegian coast from the Lofoten Isles to Skagerak, abt. 300 — 660 111. (G. O. Sars 1895; K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd. vol. 82, 1926, p. 88). The types were taken 60 41' X. 1 640 m., temp. -^0.9°, coarse clay (G. O. Sars 1885, p. 182). Genus Syrrhoe (iocs. Syrrhoe G. O. Sars 1895, p. 389. Stebbing 1906, p. 281. Only one species has been found in the "Ingolf "-area. % Syrrhoites serraius O Syrrhoe crenulaius Chart 47. Syrrhoites serraius, Syrrhoe crenulatus. (The last-named species has been recorded from a number of localities in the Cult of St. Lawrence, outside the chart.) 264. Syrrhoe crenulata Goes (Chart 47, partim). Syrrhoe crenulata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 390, pi. 13d. Stebbing 1906, p. 282. Occurrence. This species was secured by the "Ingolf" al two localities: W.Greenland: Gf^y'N., 55°3o' W. 66 m., temp. 0.8° ("Ingolf" St. ; ;). 2gS CRUSTACEA MAI.ACOSTRACA. VII. W.Greenland: Mouth of the Ameralikfjord (near Godthaab), 10—13501., shells ("Ingolf'-Exped. 23-7-1895). E. Greenland: Tasiusak (65°37' N.), under the ice, 30—4001., rocks with algae, and 40—6001., stones and algae (Amdrup-Exped. 2o(25)-5-i8o,o,). N.E. Iceland: Bakkafjordr, abt. 80 — 100 m., clayish sand. ("Diana" 14-6-1900). — 65°4i'N., I4°09' W. 63 m. ("Thor" St. 201, 20-7-1904). E. Iceland: FaskrudfjorSr, 40 — 100 m., clay (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899). It has been recorded from abt. 20 localities in W. Greenland, abt. 60° — 70° N., abt. 10—50 (135) m. (K. Stephensen 1913, p. 145, and Medd. om Gronl. vol. 53, 1916, p. 287), and from 5 localities at E. Green- land, abt. 70V20— 763/4° N., 10— 20 (300— o) m. (K. Stephensen 1913, p. 145). There are no $ with eggs in the material. Distribution outside the "Ingolf'-area. East coast of N. America: Grand Manan and St. Law- rence Gulf (Smith & Harger, in Trans. Conn. Acad. vol. 3, 1876). -- Recently it has been recorded from 10 loc. in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 12 — 93 m. and from other N.E. American localities (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, p. 291). Franz Josef Land: Flora Cottage 29 m., and West Bay, Cape Flora (Scott 1899, p. 75.) -- South coast of Novaja Semlya, 90 m. (Stappers 1911, p. 52). — Spitsbergen, 8 finds, viz.: W. Spitsbergen: Horn- sund 16 — 31 m., sand with gravel (Bruggen 1907, p. 227), Green Harbour in the Icefjord 78°04' N., I4°i3' E. (Grieg 1909, p. 527); N.Spitsbergen: Treurenberg Bay 79°55' N., 66°55' E., 22— 84 m., 0.080 (Grieg 1909, p. 527), aod Shoal Poiot, Verlegeohoek and Treurenberg Bay, algpe etc. (Goes 1866, p. 528; type-localities); E. Spitsbergen: Kong Karls Land, 85 m., and West Thymen Strait, 38 m. (Schellenberg 1924, p. 204). - - Close S. of the Bear Island, 64 m., stones, 1.10 (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 48). -- Murman coast (Jarzynsky 1870). — Numerous localities along the Norwegian coasts from Vadso to the Oslofjord, "sometimes in great abundance", depths (40) 150—200 (330) m. (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 48, and 1895, p. 390; Sp. Schneider 1884, p. 76, and 1926, p. 38; Norman 1895, p. 488; Nordgaard 1905, p. 184; K. Stephensen 1926, p. 88). - 58°32' N., 4°i8' E., 280 m. ("Thor" St. 3, 30 — 4 — 1903; specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum). The variety S. crenulata Goes var. psychropliila Monod is antarctic, found 70°48' S., 9i°54' \\ . , abt. 400 m., and 7i°ig' S., 87°37' W., abt. 400 m. (Monod, Tanaidaces . . . . et Amphipodes; "Belgiea"- Exped. 1926, p. 54). Genus Austrosyrrhoe Barnard. Austrosyrrhoe Barnard, Ann. South African Mus., vol.20, 1925, p. 354. Barnard has 1. c. 1925 established the genus Austrosyrrhoe and gives the following diagnosis: "Like Syrrhoe Goes, but body dorsally carinate, gnathopod 1 stout, more robust than gnathopod 2, with the 5th joint broad, both gnathopods simple, side-plate 1 widened below and side-plate 4 almost as deep as 3.". Barnard had only a single specimen of a single species which he calls A . crassipcs (from near Cape Point, abt. 1325 m.); he gives a description of the species, but unfortunately only a single figure (of pereio- pod 1 (Barnard: gnathopod 1)). The "Ingolf" has secured a couple of specimens which are possibly to be referred to the same genus, though they disagree with the generic diagnosis in several characters. CRUSTACEA MAI.ACl ISTKACA. VII. 259 *2&5. Austrosyrrhoe (?) septentrionalis n. sp. (Fig. 74). Occurrence. The "Ingolf" has secured two specimens; a third specimen probably belongs to the same species. W. of Greenland: 6i°5o' N., 56 21' \V., 2702 m.; temp. 1.50. 1 ? jun., abt. 3 mm. (tin type) ("Ingolf" St. ;. Between Iceland and Greenland: 6^45' N., 2g°o6' \V., 1070 m., temp. 4.4 ". 1 sine (sex?) abt. ; mm. ("Ingolf" St. 90). ?E. of Jan Mayen: 70" 52' N., 8' id' \V. 885 m. Clay bottom with small stones, 27-6-1891. 1 spec abt. 2 mm. Description of $ jun. (with small marsupial plates), abt. 3 mm., from "Ingolf" St. -;6, compared with the type species, A . crassipes. Fig. 74. Austrosyrrhoe (?) septentrionalis. The specimen in lateral view was from "Ingolf" Si 90, all the dissected appendages were from a specimen from "Ingoli SI The Ingolf Expedition. III. 11 34 26o CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. The body is not very slender. The rostrum is strongly deflexed, covers the proximal % of ist joint of ist antenna. Eyes could not be found. Mesosome and metasome segments keeled, a few of them (mesos. segm. 7, metas. segm. i — 2) each with a little tooth dorsally. Epimeral part of metasome segment 1 rather evenly rounded; metasome segments 2 — 3 have a tooth on the inferior hind corner. The telson elongate, cleft about half-way, with the apices acute. First antenna has ist joint somewhat longer than 2nd joint, this again somewhat longer than 3rd joint. The specimen from St. 36 has the first joint of flagellum very long, the specimen from St. 90 has the same joint divided into two. Accessory flagellum has 2 joints, as long as the first long joint of the flagellum of the specimen from St. 36. Second antenna a trifle longer than first antenna, with the two distal joints of the peduncle subequal in length, and 5 joints in the flagellum. The oral parts were dissected out and agree fairly well with those of Syrrhoe crenulata. First and second pereiopods are subchelate. First pereiopod is stout ; the side-plate has nearly parallel edges, with rounded quadrangular inferior corners. 2nd joint abt. 5 times as long as broad, 5th joint abt. 2/3 as long as 2nd joint, but not much broader; the hind edge has abt. 8 pectinate spines, and there are a few short spines on the lateral side. 6th joint is triangular-ovate, not much narrower than the preceding joint, with two very strong pectinate spines on the hind corner of the palm. The dactylus a little shorter than 6th joint, curvate, with the apex articulate. Second pereiopod not much longer than the first, but with the side-plate much broader, somewhat curvate, with the inferior forecorner subacute and the posterior corner rounded. All the other joints are narrow, 5th joint not much shorter than 2nd, with almost parallel edges. 6th joint abt. 2/5 as long as 5th joint, with a similar armature as that of ist pereiopod, but much narrower. The dactylus is as in ist pereiopod. Third and fourth pereiopod are very narrow. The 3rd side-plate triangular, widened below, with the forecorner acute and the hindcorner rounded, but without excavation in the hind edge. The 4th side- plate triangular-oval, not much shorter than the 3rd plate, rounded below. Pereiopods 5 — 7 not very slender, no. 6 longer than no. 5, no. 7 again longer than no. 6. Second joint of these limbs more or less oval, with hind margin denticulate; the dactylus long and slender. The uropods are very different from those of the type-species ("as in Syrrhoe crenulata") ; the rami have the same length as in Syrrhoe crenulata, but they have only very few but in return much heavier spines on the edges, and the same applies to the peduncles; the apical joint of the outer ramus of urop. 3 is abt. 2/3 as long as the proximal joint. — Barnard writes that "the character of the first gnathopod is quite unique in the family". This is correct as to his species, and as the species from the "'Ingolf" agrees fairly well with Barnard's South African species as to this limb, I have referred, however, with some doubt, the new species to the same genus. Fam. ArgiSSidae Walker. Argissidce Walker, Report Pearl Oyster Fish. Gulf of Manaar, pt. 2, 1904, p. 246. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 89. The family was established by Walker 1. c. 1904 in order to include the genera Argissa (Boeck 1870) CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 26 1 and Platyischnopus (Stebbing 1888). Later on a new genus, Parargissa (Chevreux 1908), has been established. Walker's diagnosis runs as follows: "First or upper antennae in the males with the ilagellum longer or more slender than in the females. Gnathopods subequal and similar. Last one or two pairs of peraeopods much more powerful than the rest of the limbs". The family is not well defined. Only one genus, Argissa, is known from northern waters. Genus Argissa Boeck. Argissa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 140. — vStebbing 1906, p. 276. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 90. 266. Argissa hamatipes (Norman). Argissa typica G. O. Sars 1895, p. 141, pi. 48. — hamatipes Stebbing 1906, p. 277. Sehellenberg, Nordisehes Plankton, vol. 6 (Lief. 20), 1927, p. 686, fig. Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol, and Fish., vol. 5, 1930, pp. 255 — 58, figs. Occurrence. The species was only once taken by the Ingolf and a single time by the "Thor", the localities are: — W. of Greenland: "Ingolf" St. 25: 63°3o' N., 54°25' W., 1096 m., temp. 3. 30. 1 spec. S.W. of Iceland: "Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904: 63°46' N., 22°56' W., 150 m. Numerous specimens, including $ ovig. It is known from Greenland without special locality (H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 129). Distribution. Kola Bay (Derjugin 1915, p. 447). — Norway, several localities from Vadso to the Oslofjord, 40 — 200 m. (G. O. Sars I.e.; Norman 1:895, p. 482). — Danish waters: Kattegat and Oresund, 23 — 40 m., sand and clay (K. Stephensen, Vid. Medd., vol. 82, 1926, p. 88). — North Sea: Heligoland (Soko- lowsky 1900). — British waters: Aberdeen Bay (Th. Scott 1902, p. 477) ; Shetland, Firths of Forth and Clyde (Stebbing 1. c. ; Th. Scott 1906, p. 158). -- It is also recorded from N.W. France (S.W. of Belle-Ile en Mer, 100 m. ; Stebbing 1906) and from Ceylon (Walker 1. c. 1904, p. 246) ; but probably these two records apply to another species, A. stebbingi Bonnier, found from N.W. France to W. Africa near Dakar; at all events it is not listed in Chevreux & Fage's work on the French Amphipoda 1925. From the western side of the Atlantic it is known from W. of Greenland and S.W. of Iceland (see above), and from some localities at the American coasts, viz., the south-eastern part of the Gulf of St. Law- rence, 4 loc, 30 — 90m., Casco Bay (Maine), and Cape Ann (Mass.) (Shoemaker I.e. 1930). Fam. Calliopiidae G. O. Sars. CattiopiidcB (partim) G. O. Sars 1895, p. 431. Stebbing iqo6, p. 285. The fam. Calliopiidce was established by Sars 1895; already in mod. however, Stebbing established the new fam. Pontogeneiidce in order to include some of the genera. As long as it was maintained this new 34* 262 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. fam. Pontogeneiidce has caused many difficulties; it seems to be separated from the original fam. mainly in the shape of the telson (cleft in Pontogeneiidce, entire in Calliopiidce), and till now its genera have been very badly defined. In the present paper I had originally taken the two families together; but when the manuscript was ready for the press, I received from Prof. Schellenberg a paper (Schellenberg : Revision der Amphipoden-Familie Pontogeneiidse, in Zool. Anzeiger, vol. 85, 1929, pp. 275—282) from which appears that the fam. Pontogeneiidee seems to be a valid fam., and I have then transfered the single species from the area, Pontogeneia inermis (Kroyer), to the fam. Pontogeneiidee. Strangely enough most of the species of the Calliopiidce seem to belong to the northern hemisphere, whilst the reverse is the case as to the majority of the species of the other fam. In the "Ingolf'-area the fam. Calliopiidce has 8 genera with 19 species. 2 genera (Laothoes, Halira- goides) are new to the area; the same is the case with 6 species, 3 of which are new to science (Halirages mixtus, Leptamphopns (?) paripes, Cleippides bicuspis), while the three others are fairly well known species (Laothoes meinerti, Leptamphopns sarsi, Haliragoides inermis). Genus Laothoes Boeck. Laothoe G. O. Sars 1895, p. 453. Laothoes Stebbing 1906, p. 286. The genus possibly comprises only the species recorded below. *z6y. Laothoes meinerti Boeck. Laothoe meinerti G. O. Sars 1895, p. 454, pi. 160. Laothoes — Stebbing 1906, p. 286. Occurrence. This species was twice secured by the "Ingolf"; it is new to the area. N.W. of Iceland : 65°i4' N., 30°39' W., 1318 m., temp. 2.10. Abt. 10 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 95). 65°24'N., 29°oo' \Y., 1384 m., temp. 1.2°. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 96). S.E. of the Faroes: 6i°35' N., 4°39' W., 400 m. 1 spec. ("Thor" .St. 5, 2-5-1903). Distribution. The species was hitherto not known out of Norway; the localities are: Hardanger- fjord: Utne, abt. 600 — 1000 m. (type-locality), and Sonde; Trondhjem, 285 m. (Norman 1895, p. 489) ; Trondhjemsfjord, near Vennges; Apelvser, Namdal, Kvalo (G. O. Sars 1. c). Near Tromso: "Juledagene", 25 — 30 m., sand with alga;, and Skatoren (Sparre Schneider 1926, p. 45). Genus Amphithopsis Boeck. Amphithopsis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 455. Stebbing 1906, p. 289. The genus has only one species in the "Ingolf'-area; a second species, A. mcgalops (Buchholz), has been transfered to the genus Halirages (p. 272). 268. Amphithopsis longicaudata Boeck. Amphithopsis longicaudata G. O. Sars 1895, p. 456, pi. 161. — Stebbing 1906, p. 289. CRUSTACEA MAI,ACOSTRACA. VII. 263 Occurrence. This species was secured several times by the "Ingolf" and the "Thor". W. Greenland: Sakrak in the Waigat (70° N.), 1 spec. (Traustedt leg. 1892). Between Iceland and Greenland: 65" 14' N., 30 39 ' \\'., 1318m.; temp. 2.10. 2 spec. ("Ingolf SI 65 24' N., 29°oo' W., 1384m., temp. 1.20. 3 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 96 S.W. of Iceland: 63°i8' N., 21 ;o' \Y., 178111. 1 spec. ('"Thor" St. 176, 8-7-1904). 63°i5' N.. 22 23' W., 216 — 326111. 1 spec. ("Thor" St. 171). 6o°37'N., 27 52' \V., 1505111., temp. 4.5. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" .St. 78). The species was known from W. Greenland: Off the Mudderbugt, Disko, abt. 240 111. (K. Stephensen, "Tjalfe" 1912, p. 96). Distribution. Hudson Bay (.Shoemaker 1927, p. 6). -- Gulf of St. Lawrence: N. of Cheticamp island, 40 m. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1-930, p. 292). -- Norway, "numerous places of the west coast, and also in the Trondhjemsfjord and as far north as Bodo", abt. 100 — 300 m., rocky bottom (G. O. Sars 1. c.) ; Bommelen near Bergen, 150 — 160 m. (Nordgaard 1911, p. 23) ; IWberg in the Trondhjems- fjord, 285 m. (Norman 1895, p. 489). -- White sea, 1 loc. (Derjugin 1928, p. 278). Genus Halirages Boeck. Halirages G. O. Sars 1895, p. 435. — Stebbing 1906, p. 290. This genus is more closely allied to the genus Apherusa (p. 274) than to any other genus of the family. In reality the agreement is so complete that the two genera possibly might to lie taken together, as was originally the case. Halirages was established by Boeck 1871 as a new genus for Amphithoe fulvo- cincta .M. Sars (and for 3 other species, later on transfered to the genus A pherusa) . The genus Apherusa was established by Walker 1891 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol.8, p. 83), but without any clear diagnosis. The first good diagnoses were given by G. O. Sars 1895 (Halirages p. 435, Apherusa p. 438) and later on partly repeated by Stebbing 1906 (p. 290 and p. 104, respectively). If, however, we take all species known into consideration (at Sars's times only 3 species of Halirages were described; the present paper has 5) we rind that apart from small differences in the oral parts (especially in the palp of the mandible) the single difference is the presence (Halirages) or absence (Apherusa) of calceoli on the antennae. As we know at present more species than did Sars, it will be necessary to alter .1 tew points in his (and Stebbing's) diagnosis. The back is not always dentate (not so in //. megalops and //. mixtus). Antenna 1 has not always a lamellar expansion in the distal end of 3rd joint of the peduncle (this process is present in H. fulvoc, H. mixtus (and H. nilssoiii), absent in the other species). The lower lip has small or large inner lobes. Uropod 3 has not always the rami lanceolate. In the "Ingolf'-area 5 species <»1 Halirages have Keen found and will be treated below; .1 sixth species, //. nilssoiii Ohlin (Stebbing 1906, p. 290), of which I have not seen ,m\ specimen, has been found close outside the "Ingolf'-area, viz., at the western side of the Baffin Bay it he types), and in the an Canada (Shoemaker 1920, p. 1 ;). 264 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. I have dissected one or two specimens of all the species from the "Ingolf'-area, and below is given a characteristic of the oral parts, compared with those of H. fulvocinctus (Sars 1895, pi. 154). Anterior lip: in H. megalops as in H.fulv.; H. mixtus has an epistomal process more acute than that of H. julv.; H. elegans and H. quadr. have above a very acute process. -- Posterior lip: H. mixtus and H. julv. have small, but distinct inner lobes (not drawn by Sars) ; the 3 remaining species have rather large inner lobes. - Mandibles: In H. megalops 3rd joints of the two palps are not always alike: the right one may have parallel margins, the left one is more triangular, and both have setae in only the distal half; — in the 4 other species (like H. fulv.) 3rd joint of the palp is curved, with setae along almost the whole of the median side. — Maxilla 1 : H. mixtus has on the inner lobe only 3 — 4 spines; the other species as in H. fulv. — Maxilla 2 : in all species like H. fulv. — Maxillipedes: H. elegans and H. quadrident. like H. fulv.; H. mixtus has no distal process on 2nd joint of the palp; in H. megalops this process may be present or absent. Calceoli on the antennae are probably present in $ of all the species (I have found them in H. fulv., H. elegans, H. quadr., and H. megalops, but I have not had any $ of H. mixtus); in $ they are present in H. fulv. and H. mixtus, but not in H. megalops and H. quadrident. (there are no $ of H. elegans in the "Ingolf"- material) . 269. Halirages fulvocinctus (M. Sars) (Chart 48, partini). Halirages fulvocinctus G. O. Sars 1895, p. 436, pi. 154. Stebbing 1906, p. 291. — bidentatus K. Stephensen, Meddel. om Gronl., vol. 53, 1916, p. 290, with figs. Occurrence. E.Greenland: Angmagssalik. 1 spec. (Thalbitzer leg. 1905—06). Cape Dan (near Angmagssalik) , 20 — 30 m., rocky bottom, with a few or with many algae. 4 spec. (Amdrup-Exped. 11-6 and 17-6-1899). Cape Dan Islands, 12 — 20 m., rocky bottom almost without vegetation. 10 spec. incl. 1 $ ovig. 12 mm. (Amdrup-Exped. 14-6-1899). Tasiusak (near Angmagssalik), 10 — 38 m., stony bottom with algae. 4 spec. incl. 1 $ with large marsupial plates 18 mm. (Amdrup-Exped. 14-5 and 17-5-1899). ibid., 40 — 60 m., stony bottom with algae, 10 spec. incl. 1$ with large marsupial plates 16 mm. (Amdrup-Exped. 20-5-1899). 0desund (abt. 66°io' N.), 10 — 30 m., rocky bottom with algae. 4 spec. (Amdrup- Exped. 6-8-1899). Solo's Fjord (abt. 67°i4' N.), 20 — 30 m., rocky bottom with very few algae. 5 spec. (Amdrup-Exped. 24-7-1899). Ryder's Sound, 6 m. 1 spec. (E. Greenl. Exped. 25-7-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). Danmarks 0 (Scoresby Sound), 1 $ with empty marsupium, 12 mm. (E. Bay leg. 20-4-1892). 70cio' N., 22°2i' W., 25 m. 7 spec, up to 19 mm. (Ahvin Pedersen leg. 27-7-1924). Sabine Island (abt. 74°3o' N.), 6 — 10 m. 1 spec. (E. Greenl. Exped. 13-7-1900, Soren Jensen leg.). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 265 \sur^ ^n^ jtf fi oHalirages falvoc. • H.^-deni. JLH.eleg. Chart 4S. Halirages fulvocinctus, H 4-dentalns, H. elegans, (The stations nos. ^r, 48, 137 and 192 of the Norwegian Arctic Expedition are not noted, as they apply to H . 4-denl. -f- H . elegans; also Norman's type-loc. for "H. elegans" is not noted. H fulvocinct. has some loc. in the Gulf of St. Lawrence outside the chart.) S.W. Iceland: 6)°^6' N., 22°56' W., 150 m. Numerous spec, including several $ ovig. abt. 10 mm. ("Thor" St. 171, 2-7-1904). 63°i5' N., 20°04' W., 216 — 326 m. 1 $ with empty marsupium 9 mm. (""Thor" St. 171, 1 6-7- 1 903). N.W. Iceland: Dyrafjcirdr, abt. 35 m., clay with a few stones and abundant vegetation. 3 $ ovig. abt. 11 — 12 mm. (W. kundbeek leg. 29-6-1893). N. Iceland: Nordfjord's Floiu, abt. 65 — 105 m. 1 spec. ("Diana" St. 38, 9-6-1898. R. Horring). E. Iceland: Bakkafjoror, 24 — 30 m., black sand. 1 $ ovig. 12 mm. ("Diana" St. 8, 14-6-1900, A. C. Johausen). Seyoisfjiiror, 60- -unni. 1 , <>vig. abt. 10 111111. (R. Horring leg. S-7-iSuo'i. Viofjoror, 10 111. and 30 m., 7 9 ovig. 11 — 13 mm. (13,-7 an^ r9-7*I899, R- Horring leg.). EskifjOrdr, 35 111. 3 spec. (Prem.-lieutn. Jensen 1886). Reydarfjoror b2°oj' N., i3°561/2' W., 140111. 8 spec, includ. 4 5 ovig. 9 12111111. ("Thor" St. 48, 29-4-1904). Faskrudfjordr, 40 — 100 111., clay. 5 spec, includ. 3 , ovig. abt. 12 mm. (R. Horring leg. 7-7-1899). Berufjoror, 0 — 12 m. 1 $ ovig. 12111111. ("Diana" St. 23, 21-5-1898. R. Horring 266 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. E. Iceland: 64°25' N., I2°09' W. 397 m., temp. 0.8°. i . Only Norman's spec, had 4 teeth (as in the typical H. quadridentatus) . The length of the species is abt. (11) iH — 20 mm. Halirages quadridentatus (Chart 48, partim (p. 265)). (On the literature ami remarks on morpho- logy, see above). Occurrence. The species was only once secured by the "Ingolf"; but it has been taken several times in the area. 272 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. E. of Iceland: 65°34' N., 7°3 i'W., 1435 m., temp. -f- o.8°. 5 spec. (? all?), abt. 25— 28 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 105). S.W. of the Faroes: 6i°23'N., 4°2i' W., 950 m., temp. 4- 0.40. 2 spec. ((J?), abt. 22 — 23 mm. (Kapt. Wandel leg. 1890). S.E. of Jan Mayen: 70°32' N., 8°io' W., 890 m. 1 9 with large marsupial plates, 23 mm. (Deich- mann leg. 27-6-1891) (this specimen was recorded by H. J. Hansen 1895, p. 128, under the name of H. quadrispinosus). Distribution. Outside the "Ingolf'-area the species has only been taken by the Norwegian N. Atlant. Exped. (Sars 1885, p. 176, and 1886, p. 56). The localities are as follows: 63°05' N., 3°03' E., 960 m., temp. 4- 1.10 (St. 33, type-locality); 66°4i' N., 6°59' E., 640 m., temp. H- 0.90, 16 spec. (St. 124); 68°o6' N., 9°44' E., 1139 m., temp. 4- 1.30. 1 spec. (St. 251, not recorded by Sars). In addition I have in some material from the same Expedition found some specimens of H. quadridentatus identified as H. fulvocinctus. A tube with "H. fulvocinctus" from "St. 31, 48, 124, 137, 192" contained 31/2 H. quadridentatus and 10 H. elegans (but no H. fulvoc), and a tube from St. 359 contained 1 H. quadr.-dcnt. and 2 H. elegans (no H. julvoc). The localities of these stations are as follows: 63°io' N., 5°o' E., 763 m., -f- i.o° (St. 31) ; 66°4i' N., 6°59' E., 640 m., H-0.90 (St. 124); 67°24'N., 8°58'E., 827 m., + i.o° (St. 137); E. of Iceland 64°36' N„ io°22' W., 547 m., ^0.3° (St. 48).; 69°46'N., i6°i5'E., 1187 m., ^0.7° (St. 192) ; 78°2' N., 9°25' E., 761m., o.8° (St. 359). Thus the species belongs to the Polar deep, 547 — 1187 m. Halirages elegans (Chart 48, partim (p. 265)). (On the literature and remarks on morphology, see above.) Occurrence. This species was secured by the "Ingolf" at 4 stations. S. of Jan Mayen: 7o°o5' N., 8°26' W., 700 m., temp. + 0.40, or 69°i3' N., 8623' W., 1889 m., temp. -f- i.o°. 1 $ with marsupium, abt. 20 mm. ('Tngolf" St. 116 or 117). N. of the Faroes: 62°58' N., 7°09' W., 731m., temp, -f 0.40. 1 spec. ( Tiningniketok 65°5i' N., 37 40' \Y., 2111. (Kruusc leg. 5-7-1902). Turner Sound 6y°44' N., 6 m. (E. Greeul. -Exped. 25-7-1900). 274 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. The species is extremely common in shallow water (4 — abt. 30 m.) among algae along the Greenland coasts, rarely at 50 m. or still deeper. It has been recorded from abt. 50 finds at W. Greenland 60 ° — jj° N., and from 5 finds at E. Greenland 66° — 75° N. (K. Stephensen, Conspectus 1913, p. 176, and 1916, p. 290). Remarks. The species was established by Buchholz 1874 as belonging to the genus Paramphithoc. H. J. Hansen (Meddel.om Gronl., vol.19, 1895, p. 129) transfered it to the genus Amphithopsis with the fol- lowing explanation "I have removed this species to the neighbourhood of [Amphithopsis] glacialis [= Aphc- rusa g.], for it seems to be rather closely allied to this species". In the present paper I have removed it to the genus Halirages, for it is, at any rate, more closely allied to this genus than to any of the others ( — it has no accessory flagellum in antenna 1 — ). Buchholz gave a very elaborate description ( — no less than 6 pages — ) accompanied by some figures ; later on none of those who have seen the species, has written any word on its morphology or delivered any new drawing of it. Therefore I have dissected a specimen and give some new drawing, especially of details not figured by Buchholz, but there is very little to add to or to correct in Buchholz's description. The most important is that the "face line" of the head has the same character as that of the other species of Halirages: there is a prominent ocular lobe and an acute subantennal corner, separated by a rather deep notch. On the oral parts compared with those of the other species, see above, p. 264. The length is abt. 8 mm. $ with eggs in the marsupium have been found at the following dates : W. Greenland (Godthaab) June 19th and July 3rd; S. Greenland (Bredefjord) July 17th to 31st and Aug. 25th, and (Tunugdliarfik) Sept. 2nd; and E. Greenland (Tiningniketok) July 5th. Distribution. Outside Greenland the species has only been found two times at Barnard harbour, Northwest Territories (N.Canada, abt. 70° N., 115° W.), 4 — 10 m. (Shoemaker 1920, p. 13). — Gulf of St. Lawrence, 3 loc, 40 — 60 m. (Shoemaker I.e. 1930). Genus Apherusa Walker. Aphcrnsa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 438. Stebbing 1906, p. 304. — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 176. This genus has in the "Ingolf'-area 4 species; none of them is new to the area. On affinities to the genus Halirages, see above, p. 263. 274. Apherusa bispinosa (Sp. Bate). Aphcrnsa bispiiwsa G. O. Sars 1895, p. 439, pi. 155 fig. 1. — . — Stebbing 1906, p. 305. E. W. Sexton, Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc, Plymouth, vol. 9, 1911, p. 208, pi. 3 fig. 9. — — Chevreux & Fage 1925, p. 177, fig. R. Poisson & M.-Iv. Legueux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 51, 1926, p. 318, fig. Occurrence. The species has been recorded from three localities at the Faroes, 4 — 6 m., algae (K. Stephensen: Amphipoda; Zoology of the Faroes, no. 23, 1929, p. 8). It has not been found at other CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 275 localities in the "Ingolf'-area, for a specimen recorded from N.E. Greenland (K. Stephensen, Meddel. om Gronl., vol. 45, 1912, p. 538) is in reality a defective specimen of Halirages fidvocinctus. Remarks. The length rarely exceeds 5 — 6 mm. Ovigerous $ (specimens in the Copenhagen Zool. Museum) have been found at the following dates: March 1st (Messina), August 18th (Kattegat), Oct. 1st and 14th (the Faroes). Distribution. The species is an East Atlantic litoral species, found from the White Sea (Derjugin 1928, p. 278) to the Faroes, the Canarian Islands and the Black Sea, and it is probably very common any- where in this area (except N.Norway where it seems to be rare) under proper conditions: algae in depths of abt. 4 — 20 m. — but it has been found as deep as 237 m. (Bay of Biscay), and especially the .; X.), length ' ., danish inch - 13 mm. Shortly afterwards Zaddach (1M44) established Amphithoe rathkei, found "in man baltico pi ope Gedanum" (Lake Geserich, near Danzig), length "paene 3 lineas". 6 mm. Zaddach has not given any figure, and The iDgotf-Expedition. III. II. 37 284 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. he has not had any knowledge of Kroyer's species; he speaks of similarity with Amphithoe norvegica Rathke (= Apherusa jurinei (M.-Edw.)), but does not mention any other species in this connection. The first elaborate descriptions with exact detail figures of the two species were given by Sars 1895 ; probably all authors anterior to that year have referred their specimens to Kroyer's species. Sars's charac- teristics were elaborate, and as according to him the two species seem to be well defined, more recent authors ( — aiSo the author of this paper — ) have tried to identify their material with both species, but frequently with no success, or even with great doubt, as most of the specimens combined characters of the two species. As the Zool. Museum of Copenhagen possesses a very considerable material ( — ■ many hundred specimens — ) from Labrador, Greenland, Iceland, the Faroes, Norway, Denmark (and the Baltic to Got- land), and the Eastern Asia, I have closely examined all the specimens, and the result is that the two species are to be considered synonymous. There are a few typical specimens of "C. laviusculus" (with long process on antenna 1, and without tooth on the lower hind corner of 3rd metasome segment): Greenland without special loc, 15 and 18 mm.; "N. Greenl.," up to 18 mm.; Ritenbenk (W. Greenl.) up to 16 mm.; Iceland: Skutilsfjor3r 14 mm., PIsafjoror 12 mm., and Skagastrond 10 mm.; Denmark: Hirshals 9 ovig. 14 mm., and possibly the Faxe Bugt (E. Sealand) abt. 7 mm. But there are scarcely any quite typic specimen of "C. rathkei" (with the process on antenna 1 as short as drawn by Sars; possibly a single 9 ovig., 5 mm., from the eastern Baltic near Gotland, and a 9 with marsupial plates, 6 mm., from the southern Lille Belt (off Kappeln)). All the other specimens vary to a high degree, and most of them take up an inter- mediate position; no doubt the authors anterior to Sars are right in considering C. rathkei a minor, southern form of C. Iceviusculus. All the specimens recorded in existing literature from Greenland are in the possession of the Zool. Museum of Copenhagen, except 6 samples in the Zool. Museum of Stockholm (see H. J. Hansen 1887, p. 134, the samples marked S.M.) and a sample in the Oslo Museum. I have not seen the specimens of Stockholm; but through the kindness of the Oslo Museum I have revised the specimens recorded by Sars 1909 from Disko (under the name of C. rathkei). This sample comprises abt. 20 spec, abt. 5 — 6 mm., all typic young specimens C. Iceviusculus (but with calceoli on the antennae) ; the process on antenna 1 is little, yet too long to be typic of C. rathkei, and 3rd metasome segment has a little tooth, or is nearly devoid of any tooth. Sars (1895) and Stebbing (1906) record in their diagnosis of the species that C. laviusculus has on both rami of uropod 3 both spines and setae, C. rathkei no setae on the outer ramus. This is, however, not correct; all specimens investigated by me have spines as well as setae on both rami. Size of the species; propagation. In Greenland numerous 9 ovig. are found, but unfortunately very few with dates preserved; these are May 13th and Aug. 7th (Sukkertoppen). The Greenland 9 ovig. have lengths of (10) n — 16 (18) mm. A single sample (from Holstensborg 1892) is very interesting, as it contains numerous 9 ovig. ; but unfortunately it is not evident, whether the content was secured during a single day, or possibly during a longer period. The lengths of the specimens were as follows: — 10 mm. : o spec; n mm.: 10 spec; 12 mm.: 20 spec; 13 mm.: 7 spec; 14 mm.: 7 spec; 15 mm.: 3 spec; 16 mm. : 3 spec; 17 mm.: 1 spec; 18 mm. : 1 spec. No specimen from Greenland is over 18 mm. — CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 285 Thelcelandic $ ovig. are 7 — 14 mm.; no specimens at all were longer than 14 mm., mosl of them somewhat smaller. The individual specimens had the following lengths: S.W. Iceland (Reykjavik, and SkeyjafjorSr near Reykjavik, Sept. 25th) 8 and 7 mm.; N.W. Iceland (PIsafjorSr) 12 mm.; ■Iceland" and Kolbeinsa (where?; Sept. 7th) 11 — 14 mm., and 7 mm. respective. - Among the very few specimens from the Faroes the largest are $ ovig. from Kongshavn, taken Sept. 14th, length 5 — 6 mm. - The Norwegian specimens are, according to Sars, 6 mm. (C. rath.) to 12 — 14 mm. (( There are numerous Danish specimens, most of them near to C.rathkei; the lengths of j ovig. 5 — 6 mm., a few 8, 9, 10 mm. Unfortunately very few of the samples have dates; these are (when the Danish waters from the Belts to the Baltic (southern Lille Belt to Bornholm) are taken as a whole) :— April (16th, l8th, 24th): 9— 10 mm.; May (1st, 2nd): 8 — 9 mm.; June (28th): 5 mm.; July (4th, 25th, 30th) : 5 mm. ; Aug. (gth) : 5 — 6 mm. Probably these measures indicate that the specimens large in April — May had been hatched the preceding year, and that they die out when the young have left the incubatory pouch; but if the small spe- cimens from June — Aug. were hatched the same or the preceding year, and if the individual specimen has two spawning seasons (in the first year June — Aug., in the next year April — May) it is impossible to deter- mine on the base of this material. Quite isolated in Denmark is the find (in Hirshals, N.W.— Jutland) of some rather typical C. Icevius- culus, abt. 14 mm., found on Feb. 1st, and including $ with eggs. - All the specimens from the eastern Asia (localities, see below) are rather typical C. Iceviusculus, except that metasome segment 3 has (in almost all specimens) a tooth as in C. rathkei. There are numerous $ ovig. 10, 11 and 12 mm. in length, but <$ are 13 — 15 (18) mm. Distribution (see Chart 50). Hudson Bay (f. lav.; Shoemaker 1926, p. 6). Arctic Canada: Bernard Harbour (abt. 70° N., 115° W.), surf. (C.rath., Shoemaker 1920, p. 13). "This species appears to be quite common in the Gulf of St. Lawrence" (C. lav.; Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol. 5, 1930, P- 80). Labra- dor {C.lcev., Packard, fide Sars). New England, very common {C.lcev., C. rath.; Holmes, Bull.- Bur. Fish.. Washington, vol. 24, 1904, p. 494). 5 loc. from Cape Cod to New York (C. Icev. ; Kunkel 1918, p. 87). W. Green- land, Iceland, the Faroes (see above). Probably the whole of Norway, from Vadso (E. Finmark) southwards (G. O. Sars. and several other authors; C.lcev. and C.r.). Munnan coast {C.lcev.; Jarzynsky 1870). Kola- fjord (C. lav. and C. r.; Gurjanowa 1927, pp. 29, ^y). White Sea (C. lav., Jarzynsky 1870; C. 1., Schellenberg 1924, p. 204; C. lav. and C.r., Derjugin 1928^.278). Spitsbergen: Horn Sound (S.W. Spitsb.) and Cm>s Bay (N.WT. Spitsb.) {C.lcev., Goes 1866, p. 525) ; Icefjord: Ymer Ray, shallow water (W. Spitsb.) {C.lav., Oldevig 1917, p. 27). Franz Josef-Land: West Point, Cape Flora, 4-6111., and Elmwood (< ; Scotl 1899, p. 7H). Bohuslan (C. r., G. ( ). Sars 1895). Skagerak: Hirshals, 1 m. {C.lcev., K. Stephensen [926, p. No). Kattegat, the Belts, and the Baltic to Gotland (C. r. and C. Icev., K. Stephensen 1926 p. No, Zaddach [878 (1879) p. 36, Lenz 1S78 and 1882, Mobius 1873). Finland near Abo and Helsingfors (Hellen 1919, p. 135: C.r.). Heligoland {C.r. and C. Icev., Sokolowsky 1900 and Metzger 1875, p. 282). East Friesland {C.lcev. Metzger 1875, p. 2.S2 ; C. r.\ Schellenberg, Zool. Anz. vol. 85, 1920. p. 177). Holland (C. Icev., Hook, in Tijdschr. 37* 286 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. Nederl. dierk. Ver., vol. 4, 1879, p. 138). Zuider Sea (C. r., Tesch, in Radeke, F. en F. der Zuidersee, 1922, p. 332). River Texel, Holland (C. r., Tesch 1915, p. 358). Great Britain: Devonshire, Moray Firth, Tenby (in S. Wales) (C. Icev., Bate & Westwood 1863, vol. 1, p. 259). Moray Firth, Banff (C. grandoculis (= C. r.), Bate & Westwood 1863, vol. 1, p. 265). Firth of Forth (C. Icev. and C. r., Scott 1906, p. 160). Northumberland and Durham: common between tidemarks (C. r.), or occasionally taken between tidemarks (C. Icev.) (Norman & Brady 1909, p. 314). Guernsey and Jersey ("C. Icev. = C. rathkei" ; Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. 20, 1907, p. 366). It has been recorded by Chevreux {fide G. O. Sars) from France; but this must be due to an error, for Chevreux & Fage 1925 have not C. Icev., but the nearly related species C. crenulatus n. sp. In the northern Pacific it has been secured at several localities. 51° N., i4i°2o' E., among algse (Andrea leg. 1869). 49°3o' N., I42°8' E. (Sartung in Sakalin) (Andrea leg. 1869). 48°N., i37°3o' E., among algae (Andrea leg. 1869). 45°4o' N., 139° E., among algse (Andrea leg. 1869). 400 N., 134° E., Japan Sea (Andrea leg. 1869). 360 N., i29°5o' E., among algae floating in the surface (Schonau leg. 4-1897). Japan Sea (H. Koch leg. 9-3-1872) (all these specimens, including several $ with eggs, belong to the Zool. Mus. of Copenhagen; some of them were examined by G. O. Sars 1895). — 4 loc. S. of Alaska, between 55°42' N., I36°20' W., and 54°23' N., i64°45' W., surf. (C. Icev., Shoemaker 1920, p. 13). Genus Cleippides Boeck. Cleippides Boeck, Vid. Selsk. Forh., Christiania 1870 (1871), p. 201. Boeck, Skand. Arkt. Amphip. 1876, p. 357. Heller, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math.-Naturwiss., vol. 35, 1875, p. 32. Stebbing 1906, p. 300. The genus Cleippides was established by Boeck 1871 and comprised until 1875 when a second species (C. quadricuspis Heller) was established, the single species C. (Acanthonotus) tricuspis (Kroyer). Stebbing (1906) gave a diagnosis of the genus, based upon the existing descriptions of the two species, but he had apparently not seen any specimen himself. As the Zool. Museum of Copenhagen possesses material of the three existing species (the two recorded above, + C. bicuspis n. sp.) I have dissected a specimen of each species and revised Stebbing's diagnosis. Upon the whole it is correct ; but a few additions or corrections are to be made. Antenna 1 has in all the species a little uniarticulate accessory flagellum (see fig. 81 of C. bicuspis). Upper lip is not emarginate. Maxilla 1: outer plate has 10 spines (('. quadricuspis), or 9? (left) and 10 (right) (C. bicuspis and C. tricuspis); palp has 1st joint half as long as 2nd joint (C. quadricuspis), or a little more than half as long (C. tricuspis, the right palp; the left palp has 1st joint as in C. quadricuspis) , or not essentially shorter than 2nd joint (C. bicuspis). Maxillipedes have the inner plate reaching to the distal end of 1st joint of the palp (C. quadricuspis), or a trifle longer (C. bicuspis) or to the middle of 2nd joint of the 'palp (C. tricuspis). 282. Cleippides quadricuspis Heller (Chart 51, partim). Cleippides quadricuspis Heller, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, vol. 35, 1875, p. 32, pi. 3 figs. 1 — 16. G. O. Sars 1885, p. 174, pi. 14 fig. 5. Stebbing 1906, p. 301. CRUSTACEA MALACOSTKACA. VII. 287 W Jitf Jtf yfr yt- ^•yS'^ririlo-lfiY^'^-^ V £■/ %CJeippides 4- cusp is O £ • J-^^7. +C Z-CUSp Chart 51. Cleippid.es, 4-cuspis, C. 3-cuspis, C. 2-cuspis Occurrence. The "Ingolf" and other expeditions have secured this species at several stations. E.Greenland: Hurry Inlet, the mouth, room. 1 spec. (The E. Greenl. Exped. 11-8-1900). Forsblad Fjord, abt. 100 m., 1 $ ovig., and abt. 185 — 100 m., stones with clay and gravel, 4 spec. (E. -Greenl. Exped. 28-8-1900 and 30-.s-i-i N. of Iceland: 67*40' N., i5°4o' W., 932 m.: temp, -f- 0.6°, 2 spec, including 1 -p with embryos 52 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 124). E. of Jan Mayen: yo°^2' N., 8°io' W., abt. 900 m., clay with small stones, 3 spec. (Amdrup-Exped. 27-6-1891). S. of Jan Mayen: 70°05' N., 8°26' W., 700 m. 19 spec, including 2 $ with eggs 62.5 and 58 mm., and 1 $ with embryos 53 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 116) — 69°i3'N., 8C23'W., 1889 m., 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 117). E. of Iceland: 66°oo' N., u°4i' W., 280 m. 4 spec ('.'Thor" St. 52, 21-4-1903) 66°23' N., 7°25' W., 1802 m.; temp, -f- 1.10. 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 104). 65°34' N., 7°3i' W., 1435 m.; temp, v o.S°. 1 $ ovig. 56 mm. ("Ingolf" St. i> 64°36' N., u°4o' W., 445 m.; 1 spec, from the stomach of cod ("Dana" St. 222(1. 31-7-1924). N. of the Faroes: 63°29' N., 6°5y' W., 1469 m.; temp. - o.gc. 5 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 140). 62°58' N., 7°09' W., 731m.; temp. : 0.4 . 1 spec. ("Ingolf" St. 14.;). The species was known from several localities in the "Ingolf'-area, viz., E. Greenland: Stormbugt 288 CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. (abt. 76°45' N.), abt. ioo m., stones with corals (K. Stephensen, Danmark Exped. 1912, p. 539). — E. Green- land 77°3i'N., i8°24'W., 275 m., and E. of Iceland 64°53' N., io°oo'W., 630 m., temp. -^0.69° (Grieg, in Due d'Orleans 1907, p. 550). — S.W. of Jan Mayen 6g°2' N., 11 "26' W., 1836 m., temp. — 1.10, Biloculina clay (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 57). Remarks. Very many of the specimens are very large, up to 67 (69) mm. In the material there are the following mature 9 from the following dates: ? ovig. 49 mm., 9 with empty marsupium 50 mm. ("Thor" St. 52, 23-3); $ ovig. 60 mm. (E. of Jan Mayen, 27-6); 9 ovig. 56 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 105, 11-7); 9 ovig. 58 and 62.5 mm., 9 with embryos 53 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 116, 23-7); 9 with marsupial plates 65 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 117, 23-7); 9 with embryos 52 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 124, 28-7); 9 with large marsupium 67 mm. (Hurry Inlet, 1 1-8); 9 ovig. 58, 58 and 65 mm., and 9 with empty marsupium 65 mm. (Forsblads Fjord 28-8 and 30.8). Thus the 9 ovig. have a length of 49 — 65 (67) mm. and have been found from 21-3 to 30-8. Distribution (Chart 51, partim). The Arctic Polar Basin: 66°4i' N., 6°59' E., 640 m., -=-0.9°, coarse clay; 68°2i' N., io°4o' E., 836 m., -=-0.7°, sabulous clay; 69°46' N., i6°i5' E., 1187 m., -=-0.7°, sabulous clay; 72°57' N., i4°32' E., 817 m., 4- o.8°, clay; 72°02' N., 9°25' E., 761 m., o.8°, clay; 79°59' N., 5°4o'E., 839 m., -f 1.0°, clay (G. O. Sars 1886, p. 57). - - S. of Franz Joseph Land 77°53' N., 53°i6' E., 250 m. (Scott 1899, p. 78). — Franz Joseph Land, several localities between abt. 79V40 N., 68° E., and 79V2° N-> 590 E. (exact localities not stated), 160—265 m. (Heller 1878, p. 32; type-localities). — Kara Sea: 73°28' N., 58V E. and 78°38' N., 63°45' E. (Stuxberg 1882, p. 779), and 74° N., 57°5o' E., 180 m., -j- 1-5° (Briiggen 1909, p. 29). -- Near Taimyr 76°i8' N., 92°2o' E. (Stuxberg 1882, p. 779), and Taimyr Gulf 76059V2' N., ioo°i91/2' E., 28 m., clay with pepples (Briiggen 1909, p. 29). The species is a form characteristic of the Arctic Polar Basin. The depths are as a rule very great, abt. 700 — 1900 m. ; but in the high arctic areas it may be found in rather shallow water (E. Greenland abt. 100 m., in the Taimyr Gulf even 28 m.). 283. Cleippides tricuspis (Kroyer) (Chart 51, partim). Acanthonotus tricuspis Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidskr., ser. 2, vol. 2, 1846, p. 115. — Kroyer, in Voyage Nord (Gaimard), Crust., 1846, pi. 18 fig. 1. Cleippides — Stebbing 1906, p. 301. Occurrence. Kroyer had "five or six specimens, collected by Kaptain Holboll in South Green- land. On its occurrence and its habits nothing is known to me" (Kroyer 1. c. 1846, p. 115). The Zool. Museum possesses 5 type-specimens and in addition a single specimen from Greenland without special locality, recorded by H.J.Hansen (in V. Gronland 1887, p. 139). The Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stockholm, pos- sesses a specimen from Sukkertoppen in W. Greenland, abt. 115 — 135 m., stones, length 20.2 mm. (this specimen too quoted by H. J. Hansen 1. c. 1887), but other specimens are not known. H. J. Hansen is of opinion that the types were from Godthaab. Remarks. Kroyer has given a very elaborate description (8 pp., in Danish) and very good draw- ings of the species. Stebbing (1906) has given an excellent summary of Kroyer's original Danish description. On the great agreement with C. bicuspis, see this species (below). CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. 289 Distribution. The species is not found outside of Greenland. Stebbing (1906) notes it from Spits- bergen, but this is no doubt incorrect; Goes 1866 records it from Greenland (Kroyer's specimens), but not from Spitsbergen. ♦284. Gleippides bicuspis n. sp. (Fig. 81) (Chart 51, partim). Occurrence. This new species was secured twice by the "Ingolf" and once by the "Thor"; the localities are: — W. of Iceland: 65°i4' N., jo°39' W., 1318 m.; temp. 2.1. 1 spec, (sex?), 14 mm. (type) ("Ingolf" St. 95). S.W. of Iceland: 6o°37' N., 27*52' W., 1505 m.; temp. 4.5°, 1 + with large but empty marsupium, 18 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 78). S. of Iceland: 62°io.8' N., I9°36' W., 1900 — 2150 m. 3 spec. jun. ("Thor" St. 164, 12(131-7-1903). Description of a specimen, 14 mm., from "Ingolf" St. 95, compared with C. tricuspis ( — that the possibly not mature siJecimen from St. 95 was chosen as type, is due to the fact that it was much more Fig. Si. Cleippides bicuspis. 29O CRUSTACEA MALACOSTRACA. VII. completely preserved than the adult $ from St. 78, and there was no difference to be found between these two specimens, apart from the marsupial plates of the larger specimen — ) . This species has the most striking resemblance to C. tricuspis, but has only two dorsal teeth (one tooth on each of the two first metasome segments, but none in the last mesosome segment) . For comparison I have dissected one of Kroyer's types of C. (Acanthonotus) tricuspis, abt. 17 mm. in length. The head has a little curved rostrum, triangular subocular lobes, and inferior lateral corners of the same shape (the head of C. tricuspis has the same shape, but is not correctly drawn by Kroyer 1846). The eye is reniform, colourless. The dorsum is evenly vaulted, without carina; on the dorsal teeth see above. The hind edge of 3rd metasome segment has exactly the same form as that of C. tricuspis, and the same applies to the telson. Genus Haliragoides G. O. Sars. Haliragoides G. O. Sars 1895, p. 432. Stebbing 1906, p. 303. This genus has on the northern hemisphere only one species. *285. Haliragoides inermis (G. O. Sars). Haliragoides inermis G. O. Sars 1895, p. 433, pi. 153. — — Stebbing 1906, p. 303. Occurrence. The species was secured by the "Ingolf" at a single station; it is new to the area. N. of the Faroes: 63°26' N., y°^6' W., 887 m., temp. ~ o.6°, 4 spec. abt. 16— 18 mm. ("Ingolf" St. 138). Distribution. "Occasionally both off the west coast of Norway and in the Trondhjemsfjord, as also along the Nordland coast as far north as Hasvik, West Finmark", abt. 200 — 600 m. (G. O. Sars 1. c); Mortsund (in the Vestfjord, Lofoten), 200 m., and Sagfjord, 200 m. (Nordgaard 1905, p. 185). — Barents Sea 70°6' N., 60 °38V2' E., 205 m., clay (Briiggen 1909, p. 28). — Gulf of St. Lawrence: off Cheticamp Island, 30 — 93 m-> 22 spec. (Shoemaker, Contrib. Canad. Biol., vol.5, 1930, p. 299). THE INGOLF-EXPEDITION i 895 — 1 896. THE LOCALITIES, DEPTHS, AND BOTTOIWTEMPERATURES OF THE STATIONS Depth Depth Depth Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long.W. in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. 1 620 30' S°2l' 132 7°2 24 63° 06' 56° 00' 1 199 2°4 45 61° 32' 9° 43' 643 4°I7 2 63° 04' 9° 22' 262 5°3 25 63° 3o' 54° 25' 5S2 3°3 46 6i° 32' ii" 36' 720 2°40 3 63° 35' 100 24' 272 o°5 63° 51' 53° °3' 136 47 61° 32' 13° 40' 95° 3°23 4 64° 07' 11° 12' 237 2°5 26 63° 5 7' 52° 41' 34 o°6 4S 61° 32' 150 n' 1 1 50 3°I7 5 640 40' 12° 09' 155 64° 37' 54° 24' 109 49 62° 07' 15° 07' 1120 2°9I 6 63° 43' 14° 34' 90 7°o 27 64° 54' 55° 10' 393 3°S 5° 62° 43' '5° 07' 1020 3°I3 7 63° 13' 15° 4i' 600 4°5 28 65° M' 55° 42' 420 3°5 51 64° 15' I40 22' 68 7°32 8 63° 56' 240 40' I3& 6°o 29 65° 34' 54° 3i' 68 o°2 52 63° 57' 13° 32' 420 7°87 9 64° 18' 2 70 00' 295 5°S 3° 66° 5o' 54° 28' 22 i°o5 53 63° 15' 15° 07' 795 3°o8 10 640 24' 28" 50' 788 3°5 3' 66° 35' 55° 54' 88 I°6 54 63° OS' 15° 40' 691 3°9 1 1 64° 34' 31° 12' 1300 i°6 32 66° 35' 5&° 38' 3'8 3°9 55 63° 33' 15° 02' 316 5°9 12 64° 38' 32° 37' 1040 o°3 33 67° 57' 55° 3o' 35 o°8 56 640 00' 15° 09' 68 7°57 13 &4° 47' 34° 33' 622 3°o 34 65° 17' 54° 17' 55 57 63° 37' 13° 02' 35° 3°4 <4 64° 45' 35° 05' 176 4°4 35 65° 16' 55° 05' 362 3% 58 64° 25' 12° 09' 21 1 o°8 '5 66° 18' 25° 59' 33° -o°75 36 61° 50' 56° 21' M35 i°5 59 650 00' 11° 16' 310 o°i 16 65° 43' 260 58' 250 6° I 37 60° 17' 54° 05' 1715 i°4 60 65° 09' 12° 27' 124 o°9 17 62° 49' 260 55' 745 3°4 38 59° 12' 51° o5' 1870 i°3 61 65° 03' M 0,,' 55 o°4 18 61° 44' 300 29' "35 3°o 39 620 00' 2 2° 38' 865 2°9 62 63° IS' 190 12' 72 7;>'- 19 60° 29' 34° M' 1566 2°4 40 620 00' 21° 36' 845 3°3 63 620 40' 190 05' 800 4°o 20 58° 20' 40° 48' 1695 i°5 41 6i° 39' 1 70 10' 1245 2°0 64 620 06' 1 9° 00' 1 04 1 3°i 21 58°oi' 44° 45' 133° 2°4 42 6i° 41' io° 17' 625 °°4 65 6!° 33' 19° 00' [089 3°o 22 5S° 10' 48° 25' 1845 1% 43 61° 42' IO° 11' 645 o°o5 66 6i° 33' 20° 43' 1128 3°3 23 60° 43' 560 00' Only H"' Plunktnr-Not used 44 6i° 42' 9° ;"' 545 4°8 67 6i° 30' 22° 30' 3°o Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W. Depth in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long W. Depth in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. Station Nr. Lat. N. Long. W. Depth in Danish fathoms Bottom- temp. 68 620 06' 22° 30' 843 3°4 92 64° 44' 32° 52' 976 i°4 118 68° 27' 8° 20' 1060 — i°o 69 620 40' 22° 17' 589 3°9 93 64° 24' 35° M' 767 i°46 119 67° 53' 10° 19' 1010 — i°o 7° 63° 09' 22° 05' 134 7°° 94 64° 56' 36° 19' 204 4°i 120 67° 29' 11° 32' 885 — i°o 71 63° 46' 22° 03' 46 65° 31' 3°° 45' 213 121 66° 59' 13° "' 529 -°°7 72 63° 12' 23° 04' 197 6°7 95 65° 14' 3°° 39' 752 2° I 122 66° 42' 14° 44' 115 i°8 73 62° 58' 23° 28' 486 5°5 96 65° 24' 29° 00' 735 l°2 I23 66° 52' 15° 4°' M5 2°0 7\ 620 17' 24° 36' 695 4°2 97 650 28' 2 7° 39' 450 5°5 124 67° 40' 15° 40' 495 — o°6 6i° 57' 25° 35' 761 98 650 38' 26° 27' 138 5°9 125 68° 08' 1 6° 02' 729 — o°8 6i° 28' 25° 06' 829 99 66° 13' 25° 53' 187 6° I 126 67° 19' 15° 52' 293 -o°5 75 61° 28' 26° 25' 780 4°3 100 66° 23' 14° 02' 59 °°4 127 66° 33' 20° 05' 44 5°6 76 60° 50' 26° 50' 806 4°i 101 66° 23' 12° 05' 537 ^>°7 128 66° 50' 20° 02' '94 o°6 77 6o° 10' 26° 59' 951 3°6 102 66° 23' IO° 26' 750 -o°9 129 66° 35' 23° 47' 117 6°5 78 60° 37' 27° 52' 799 4°5 io3 66° 23' 8°52' 579 — o°6 130 63° 00' 20° 40' 338 6°55 79 60° 52' 280 58' 653 4°4 104 66° 23' 7°25' 957 — i°i 131 63° 00' 19° 09' 698 4°7 80 61° 02' 29° 32' 935 4°o i°5 65° 34' 7° 31' 762 — o°8 132 63° 00' 17° 04' 747 4°6 81 61° 44' 2 70 00' 485 6° 1 106 65° 34' 8° 54' 447 — o°6 133 63° 14' n° 24' 230 2°2 82 6i° 55' 27° 28' 824 4°I 65° 29' 8° 40' 466 134 62° 34' io° 26' 299 4°l 83 62° 25' 280 30' 912 3°5 107 65° 33' io° 28' 492 -o°3 135 62° 48' 9° 48' 270 o°4 62° 36' 26° 01' 472 108 65° 30' 12° OO' 97 i°i 136 63° 01' 9° n' 256 4°8 62° 36' 25° 30' 401 109 65° 29' 13° 25' 38 i°5 137 63° 14' 8° 31' 297 — o°6 84 620 58' 25° 24' 633 4°8 no 66° 44' «°33' 781 — o°8 138 63° 26' 7° 56' 471 — o°6 85 630 21' 25° 21' 170 in 67° 14' 8° 48' 860 -o°9 139 63° 3« 7° 3°' 702 — o°6 86 65° o3'0 23° 47'« 76 112 67° 57' 6° 44' 1267 — i°l 140 63° 29' 6° 57' 780 -o°9 87 65° 02'3 23° 56'2 no "3 69° 31' 7° 06' I3<>9 — i°o 141 63° 22' 6° 58' 679 — o°6 88 64° 58' 24° 25' 76 6°9 114 70° 36' 7° 29' 773 — 1°0 142 63° 07' 7° 05' 587 — o°6 89 640 45' 27° 20' 310 8°4 115 70° 50' 8° 29' 86 o°i 143 62° 58' 7° 09' 388 -o°4 90 64° 45' 290 06' 568 4°4 116 70° 05' 8° 26' 37i -°°4 144 62° 49' 7° 12' 276 i°6 91 64° 44' 31° 00' 1236 3°i 117 69° .3' 8° 23' 1003 — i°o THE DANISH INGOLF-EXPEDITION VOLUME III. 12. TWO CRUSTACEANS (A CIRRIPED AND A COPEPOD) ENDOPARASITIC IN OPHIURIDS. BY K. STEPHENSEN. WITH 10 FIGURES IN THE TEXT. COPENHAGEN. RINTED BY BIANCO LUNO A S 1935- Ready from the Press September 25th, 1935. Introduction. During his work with the Ophiurids of the "Ingolf'-area Dr. Th. Mortensen has found two very remarkable endoparasitic Crustaceans. I wish to tender my best thanks to Dr. Mortensen for having kindly drawn my attention to these interesting parasites, the moie so because very few Crustaceans endoparasitic in Ophiurids are known. I. Cirripedia Ascothoracica. Ascothorax ophioctenis Djakonov. (Figs. 1—7). Ascothorax ophioctenis Djakonov 1914, p. 158, 1 fig. The paper cited above appeared in the beginning of the Great War and is not in any library in Den- mark; I am very much indepted to Dr. Djakonov for having not only sent me a copy, but even ( — written, as it is, in the Russian language and thus not legible to me — ) provided it with a complete translation into German. Djakonov has only a single figure, representing a £ with £ in the bursa of the host, and correspond- ing to my fig. 1, 3. Occurrence. The species was secured by the "Ingolf" at 5 stations, viz., SW. of Iceland: (n'44'N. ijxio'W., 913m, temp. 6.1° (st. 81). 4? ovig. NH. of Iceland: bo 44' N. 11 33' W., 1571 m, temp. : 0.8' (st. no). 4 , ovig. (one of them with larva?), 2 of them with <5\ E. of Iceland: 05 "34' N. 7 31' W., 1435 m, temp. -40.8 (st. 103). 4 y with ova or larvae, one spec, with ,\ N. of the Faroes: <');(»' N. 7°30' \V., 1 322 m, temp. — o.6° (st. 139). 3, $ ovig., 1 V without ova. but with $. N. of the Faroes: 63°22' N. 6°58' W., 127.S m, temp. 3-0. 6° (st. 141). 1 $ ovig. On the placing in the host (Fig. 1). All specimens were found in Ophiocten scriceum (Forbes). The parasite lies in the bursa of the host, one specimen apiece in the host, except in one ease (st. Si) : a single Ophiurid had 2 parasites, each of them lying separately in the bursae. In 4 cases a Y and a minor J were lying side by side. The $ has always the dorsal side turned toward tin ventral side of the host, but the "head" is sometimes turned towards the mouth of the host, sometimes in the reverse direction Description of y. The body (fig. 2) is more or less regularly globular, totally covered with the I; CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA Fig. i. Ascotkorax ophioctenis. i. $ from st. 105, lying in the bursa of the host. 2. the same, but the parasite has been re- moved from the bursa. 3. $ with $ from st no. ' z Fig. 2. Ascolhorax ophioctenis, $, from st. 105. 1- 2 two different specimens. 3. a specimen with the two "shells" somewhat opened; the body with its dorsal processes and the eggs are visible. 4 a specimen with the "shells" removed, seen from the left side, b. — basis of the left "shell"; d. p. = dorsal processes. 5. one of the shells, seen from the inner side; x. = the thickenings of the shell. CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEP* ID leathery shells corresponding to the shells of the cypris-stage. The two halves of the "shell" are totally coalesced at the dorsal side, but sometimes there is a slighl external dorsal furrow. The free margins are bent inwards and lie close to eaehother, except at a short space where the antennulse, the oral conus and the abdominal appendages protrude. Dorsally the valves have a pair of thickenings inside neat the fore end (tig. 2,5 x). The diameter of the globe is abt. 3 mm. By a pair of strong bundles of muscles the thorax i^ fixed to the shells. The body is strongly curved (fig. 2,4). The fore end is rather heavy, without distinct segmentation ; the 3 4 posterior mesosome segments and the 5 abdominal segments have distinct segmentation. 2nd and 3rd mesosome segments have dorsally a pair of rather great processes apiece (fig. 2, 4, d.p.) ; 1st and 4th mesosome segments are dorsally bulging but not protruding as distinctly as segments 2 — 3. The antennulse (tig. .;, A) (by Djakonov called Antennen) are of quite the same type as those oi Synagoga (Norman 1913, p. 102, pi. .;.;. figs. 2—3; Okada [926, p. 70, tig.), but much stronger. Probably, they consist of only 5 joints (Djakonov writes: 6 joints; Synagoga has 6), all being extremely short and strong, and without seta (except the ultimate joint). The two apical joints togethei take the form of a grasping organ. The penultimate joint corresponds to joints 4 and 5 in Synagoga; it terminates in 3 strong teeth. 5th joint is curved, and has 011 the upper side 1 or 2 strong setaj and an articulated process. The oral organs (tig. 3, < >ral org.) are piercing and consist of similar elements as i.e. those oi Syna (Norman 1913, p. 163, pi. 34, figs. 1 — 7) or Baccalaureus maldivcnsis (l'yetmeh [934, p. zzj, text-fig. 6). They are extremely tiny, and as moreover they lie pressed close to each other, they are very difficult to examine. The buccal mass is coniform, concealed in a pear-shaped sheath (labium), open at the under (poste rior) side. In this sheath lie: 1 unpaired organ and 3 paired organs. Two of the three pairs of mouth organs ( — probably representing the maxillae 1 — 2 — ) are long, acute, and extend with their apical parts beyond the apex of the labrum; totally concealed by these two pairs lies another pair (—probably representing the mandibles—), apically rounded ami only half as long as the other pairs. Upon the whole the oral parts of my specimens agree very well with Djakonov's description; but a lew disagreements should be mentioned Djakonov writes, that the labrum terminates in a long filiform process, and that its ventral margins are coalesced, but this is not correct: the process is short, and the margins are free, but lie rather close to each- other. Djakonov has not found the unpaired "central organ", and the maxilla- 2 are probably not (as 1'. writes) coalesced except apically, but free in their total length. The six pairs of feet (fig. j, 1'. 1— P. 6) are cleft, but in accordance with the endoparasitic habits of the animal rather simple and more or less reduced. 1st and 6th pans are shorter than tin others; 2nd and 3rd pairs are rather long, 4th shorter, 5th still shorter. 1st leg has probably 2 rami (Djakonov writes not articulated, conical) and no true articulation; like the other legs it has a few seta' on the apex oi the outer ramus. 2nd to 5th legs are somewhat alike, each with a 2-articulate basal part, a 2-artieulate outer ramus and a short, i-articulate inner ramus. 6th leg is of a similar type as the preceding pairs, hut there is possibly no articulation, and the inner ramus is very short, hud-like (I), write-, that oth leg consists oi only 2 joints). CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA The abdomen (fig. 3, Abd.) has 5 segments and a pair of abdominal appendages. 1st abdominal segment has in a few cases a small bud (the vulva?) at the lower hind corner. The segments of the abdomen are very short ; 4th segment is somewhat triangular, much protruding ventrally, and 5th segment fixed near Fig. 3. Ascothorax ophioctenis. ?. Abd. = abdomen; A . = antenna 1; C. org. = central organ; L = Labium; Md. = man- dible; Mx 1—2. = maxilla 1- 2; O. org., Oral org. = oral organs; 0. org. seel. = diagrammatic transversal section of the oral organs; P. 1—6. = legs of 1st— 6th pair. The figures 011 the abdomen indicate the number of the segments. (All the appen- dages are from specimens from st. no, except the antenna 1 (st. 105)). the fore end of 4th segment, dorsally of 3rd segment; thus 5th segment with the abdominal appendages lies along the dorsal side of the anterior segments. The two abdominal appendages are broad, triangular, with thick but soft spines along the original ventral margin. 5th segment has not the pair of heavy spines present in Synagoga (Norman 1913, pi. 33 fig. 2, pi. 35 fig. 7; Okada 1926, fig. 1). Description of $ (figs. 4 — 5). In four cases (•Tngolf" st. 105. st. no (2 spec), st. 139) a little specimen was found lying outside the large $ (fig. 1,3 <$)) the length of the shell is abt. 1 mm. CIRRIl'KDIA AND COPEPODA Fig i Ascothorax ophioctenis, ' Two specimens from "Ingolf" st i > > s In the 6g t<> the right is the shell removed, i ij j Ascothora* ophioctenis, .] from s1 tio. (lettering as in I CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA Fig. 6. Ascolhora.v ophioclenis, larva. In spite of the fact that the inner organisation eonld not be investigated, there is not much doubt that they are <$ and not specimens with retarded development. (The <$ was not described by Djakonov). The shell is much compressed, not globular as in $. There are no dorsal processes on the thorax, and the antennulae and oral parts do not differ from those of $. But the legs are much simpler, not bifid, and not articulate (only in the $ from st. no (fig. 5) the penultimate leg seems to have a single articulation. It was extremely difficult to trace the number of legs. 4 pair are dis- tinct and provided with setae; but in the $ from st. no there is at all events 1 pair (possibly 2) anterior of the first pair with setae; in the $ from st. 105 there is possibly one pair at the same place. As to the number of abdominal segments there is a disagreement between the two drawn speci- mens: that from st. 105 (fig. 4) has 5 segments, that from st. 1 10 (fig. 5) only 4. Both of the speci- mens have ventral projections on the hind part of 5th segment reckoned from behind: a simple bud (spec, from st. 105) , or an oval plate lying on each side laterally of the posterior leg (spec, from st. no). The abdomen is curved, with the dorsal side of the last segment and of the ab- dominal appendages bent towards thedorsal side of the anterior segments. None of the abdominal segments is much elongate, and the penultimate segment has no ventral (posterior) projection as in $. The abdominal appendages are compara- tively longer (especially in the spec, from st. 1 10) than in $; they are finely serrate on the dorsal margin and have apically 1 long and 3 shorter spines each, but no spines on the ventral side. Ova. Almost all the specimens have ova. These are kept in the cavity inside the shells and fill it totally, being present, as they Fig. 7. Ascothorax ophio, tents, larva in ventral view, and the bud- like limbs in lateral view are, in enormous multitudes. Larvae (figs. 6 — 7). A few of the speci- mens have the cavity filled with larvae in the metanauplius-stage. These larvae are oval, abt. 0.5 mm in length, and rather depressed; there is an indication of the two "shells" of the cypris and of the adult. Like the case in the other Ascothoracica there are no anterior lateral horns ; I have not been able to trace the nauplius-eye. CIKRIPHDIA AND COPEPODA The three ordinary pairs of nauplius-limbs, with long natatory seta?, arc present (antennulae, antennae, man- dibles). Then follows the very body, with 8 pairs of small buds and a terminal segment with a pair of st bud-like caudal appendages. Of the Unix), so that it has been diseussed if it was in reality an adult animal; another species (S. metacrinu lives attached to the host (Metacrinus rohtndtis). All the other species of the families are endoparasi The next fam., the Lauridce, has kept the feet [4 — (< pairs); but the feet are simple (not bifid) and probably no1 jointed, and the 'shell" is sacciform, not bivalvate (except Baccalaureus maldivensis). In the Petran idee (with only one speeics, Petrarca bathyactidis) the feet (6 pairs) are reduced to simple bud-like processes (except no, 1, being long, slender), the shell" is somewhat globiform, bivalvate. The inner anatomy has been described in the following species : >\ metacrinicola (Okada [926, 1 tig.), Limit! gerardia (Lacaze-Duthiers 1883, with numerous tigs.), Petrarca bathyactidis (Fowler 1889, a few figs.), Dendrogaster ( | Myriocladus) spp. (Knipowitsch 1892, with numerous figs.; le Roi iqoj, with figs.; Okada 1925, 1 fig.; Yosii 1931a), Baccalaureus japonicus (Yosii 1931) and /;. maldivensis (Pyefinch i<. On the sex. Probably all the genera are hermaphroditic, except Synagoga (metacrinicola, Okada 1926, p. 72), Baccalaureus (Yosii 1931, and Pyefinch 1934) and Ascothora.\ (see above, p. 3). Syna lias, however, no sexual dimorphism, apart from the presence of brood-pouches in the female (and the nature of the cells in the gonades). In Myriocladus [Dendrogaster) arborescens (le Roi [905, p. 400, and 1007. p. 128), it is true, a J has been recorded (not separately described), found in the mantle cavity of the ; but Okada (1925, p. considers this ".-%" a larva, the development of which has been retarded. Concerning Laura, bacaze-1 luthiers has described (p. 137) and figured (pi. 42(8), figs. ro2 [05) a stage (found outside the . ", but within the polype) which with some doubt he calls the cypris-stage 1 animal indetermine trouve sur la Gerardia. Est-ce la forme cypridienne de la Lama ?"). When under pressure, the specimen was observed "faire echapper de ses organes quelques capsules remplies de filaments immobile.-.. qui peut-etre etaient des spermatozoides". Nevertheless Lacaze-Duthiers has not conceived the possi bility of its being a male, for he com hides saying l,a tonne cypridienne existe-t-elle Je le pense, mais je ne puis 1'af firmer". On ova and larval stages. In a number of the genera ova or larva have been found. In Synagoga metacrinicola (Okada [926, fig. r.) the ova remain in a brood-pouch dorsall) oi the bod) till they have developed to the nauplius-stage (this is not described). The Ingoll I cpedition HI. [2. IO CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA In Laura gerar&ice (Lacaze-Duthiers 1883) the fecundation of the ova takes place in the oviduct; then the eggs fall out in the mantle cavity where they develop to the nauplius-stage (Lacaze-Duthiers, pis. 42— 43(7. — 8)); a true cypris-stage is probably not known (see above, in: On the sex). In Baccalaureus japonicus (Yosii 1931, with fig. and B. maldivensis (Pyefinch 1934, figs.)) the eggs or larva? are found in the mantle cavities; only the nauplius-stage is known, not the cypris-stage. In Dendrogaster astericola (Knipowitsch 1892) the eggs develop in the mantle cavity to the cypris- stage (Knip., pi. 1 figs. 33 — 34) ; this development takes place within the egg, and there is no nauplius-stage. The cypris-stages become free-swimming. Also in Myriocladns okadai (= M. arborescens Okada, non le Roi) (Okada 1925, fig. 2, and Yosii 1931a, p. 343, fig.) and in M. astropectinis (Yosii 1931a, p. 343, fig.) the eggs are fertilized in the mantle cavity; the larva has 1 or more nauplius-stages, and (M. okadai) becomes free-swimming in the metanau- plius-stage. McMurrich (1917) has described "a Dendrogaster larva" in the cypris stage, found free-living in Plankton in SE. Canada (but no adult Dendrogaster). The larva has 5 pairs of legs, and the determination is due to its great similarity with the larva described by Knipowitsch. A common feature in the Ascothoracica in which the nauplius or metanauplius is described (Asco- thorax, see above p. 8; Laura; Baccalaureus ; Myriocladus) is that these stages have not the anterior lateral horns typic of the other Cirripede-nauplii. List of the Cirripedia ascothoracica. Cirripedia ascothoracica Gravel 1905, p. 336. Fam. Synagogida Gruvel 1905, p. 337; Okada 1926, p. 69. Genus Synagoga Norman. Norman 1888, p. 87; Gruvel 1905, p. 337; Norman 1913, p. 161; Okada 1926, p. 69. 1. Synagoga mtra Norman. Norman 1888, p. 87 (prelim, descript.) ; Gravel 1905, p. 337; Norman 1913, p. 161 — 165, 3 pis. Lives externally upon Antipatkes larix, Ellis, and clings to it by its massive antennae. Naples; depth? 2. Synagoga metacrinicola Okada. Okada 1926, p. 69 — 73, 1 fig. Lives on Metacrinus rotundus, Carpenter. Japan; depth? • Genus Ascothorax Djakonov. Djakonov 1914, p. 158. 1. Ascothorax ophioctenis Djakonov. Djakonov 1914, p. 158 — 176, 1 fig., and above, p. 3. Lives in Ophiocten sericeum (Forbes). Arctic seas, etc. URKIIMDIA AND COPEPODA II Fain. LauridcB Gravel 1905, p. 338. Genus Laura L,acaze-Duthiers. Facaze-Duthiers 1866 (prelimin. note), and 1883. 1. Laura gerardice Lacaze-Duthiers. Lacaze-Duthiers [866 (prelimin. note), and 1883, pp. 1 — 160, 8 pis.; Gravel 1905, p. 338 \\i. tigs. Internally in gall-like buds in Gerardia (Antipathes, Lceiopathes) lamarcki (Milne-Edwards & Jules Haine). Mediterranean off Algeria and Tunis; depth? Genus Baccalaureus Broeh. Broch 1929, p. 242. Pyefineh 1934. 1. Baccalaureus japonicus Broch. Broch 1929, p. 237 — 243, tigs.; N. Yosii 1931, p. i6g — 187, 4 pis. In gall-like buds in Zoantharia. Sagami Bay, Japan; depth: 14 m and much deeper down. 2. Baccalaureus maldivensis Pyefineh. Pyefineh 1934, pp. 223 — 242, 14 figs. In Zoanthid polyps of the genus Palythoa. Ilulule (in the Maldives), depth? Fam. Petrarcidce Gravel 1905, p. 342. Genus Petrarca Fowler. Fowler 1889, p. 107, 114. 1. Petrarca bathyactidis Fowler. Fowler 1889, p. 107 — 120, 1 pi.; Gravel 1905, p. 342 — 345, fig In Bathyactis symmetrica. Pacific Ocean 35 41 'N. 152 42' Iv, > 4000111. Fam. Dendrogastridce Gruvel 1905, p. 345. Okada 1925, p. 364. Genus Dendrogaster Knipowitsch. Knipowitsch 1891 (prelim, description) and [892; Gruvel 1905, p. 345; Okada 1025. p. 364 1. Dendrogaster astericola Knipowitsch. Knipowitsch 1891 (prelim, description) and 1892, pp. I — 155, 3 pis.. Gravel [905, p. 345 Hoek 1909, p. 321 — 322, 2 figs. In Echinaster sarsi and Solaster papposus (I,.). White Sea; depth 2. Dendrogaster sp., larva McMurrich 1917, p. 59. Found in Plankton in the Bay of Fundy. I2 CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA Genus Myriocladus Okada. Myriocladus Okada 1925, p. 370 (= Dendrogaster le Roi 1905, non Knipowitsch). Yosii 1931a. 1. Myriocladus arborescens (le Roi). 1 hndrogastcr arborescens le Roi 1905, p. 400 (prelim, descript.) and 1907, p. 101 — 128, 2 pis.; non Myriocladus a. Okada 1925. p. 365, 2 figs. (= M. okadai Yosii, ride Yosii 1931a, p. ^7). In Dipsacaster slactcni Alcock, off Cape Town 33°4i' N. 180 E., 178 m (le Roi). 2. Myriocladus ludwigi (le Roi). Dendrogaster ludwigi le Roi 1905, p. 401 (prelim, descript.), and 1907, p. 128 — 131, 1 rig.; Myrio- cladus I. Okada 1925, p. 370, and Yosii 1931a, p. 344, figs. In Echinaster fallax Miill.-Trosch., Philippine Isl., depth? (le Roi), and in Certonardoa semiregularis (fam. Linekiidse), Japan (Yosii 1931a). 3. Myriocladus arbusculus (Fisher). Dendrogaster arbusculus Fisher 1911, p. 2;-, 404 (no description), pi. in fig. 1; Myriocladus arb. Okada 1925, p. 371, and Yosii 1931a, fig. In Hippasterias californica Fisher, "Albatross" st. 4429: off Santa Cruz Isl., California, 680 m (Fisher), and (the same species?) in Poraniopsis inflata (Fisher), "Albatross" st. 4471 : California (Fisher 1911, p. 264). 4. Myriocladus okadai Yosii. Myriocladus okadai Yosii 1931a, p. 337, figs. (= M. arborescens Okada 1925, non le Roi). In Asterias calamaria Cray. Misaki (Japan), rather common, in about '/,„ of all large specimens of Ast. cal. (Okada). 5. Myriocladus astropectinis Yosii. Myriocladus astropectinis Yosii 1931a, p. 337, fig. In Astropecten scoparius, Japan. Literature. Broch, Hj M127: 5. Ordnung der Crustacea Entornostraca : Cirripedia. — Kukenthal-Krumbach : Handbuch der / 1927, pp. 503—52. H)-9- Baccalaureus japonicus, ein neuer Cirriped aus der Unterordnung der Ascothoracica. — Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Vol. 15, 1929, pp. 237 — 43. Djakonov, A. M. 1914: Ascothorax ophioctenis 11. g., uud n. sp. — ein neuer Endoparasit aus der Gruppe der Am othoracidae. Vorl. Mitt. — -Traveaux Soc. Nat. C. — r. Seances Petrograd, vol. 45, livr. 1. 1 ,1 j, pp [58 64 I Russian) + 175 — 76 (German Sum- mary) , 1 fig. Fisher, W. K. 1911: Asteroidea of the North Pacific and adjacent waters. — Bull. U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. 76, 1911. Fowler. (',. Herbert. 1889 (1890) : A Remarkable Crustacean Parasite, and its Bearing on the Phylogeny of the Entomostraca [Petrarca bathyactidis, n. gen., n. sp.]. — Quarterly Jouru. Microscop. Sci., new ser., vol.30, 1890, pp.107 — 12°. ' 1'' Gruvel, A. 1905: Monographie des Cirrhipedes 011 Thecostraces. Paris 1905 (Ascothoracica pp. 336— [i Hoek, P. P. C. 1909: Die Cirripedien des nordischen Planktons. — Nordisches Plankton, Zool. vol. 4, no. 8, 1909. CIRRIPEDIA AND C( IPEPODA Knipowitsch, N. 1891: Dendrogastet astericola nov. gen et sp., eine neue Form aus der Gruppe Ascoth iracica atral- blatt, vol i", 1 ;s< 1 1 , pp 707 —11. 1892: Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gruppe Ascothoracica Traveaux Soc N.it Petersbourg, vo (Russian), 154 -55 (German), j pis. Lacaze-Duthiers, II de. 1883: Histoire de la Laura Gerardise, type nouveau de Crustace parasite Mem Acad Sci. de l'lnstitut de France, Paris [883, no 2, pp 1 t68, 8 pis. le Roi, Otto. [905: Zwei neue Cirripedien :111s der Gruppe der Ascothoracica iool tnzeiger, vol 29, [905, pp ;gg 101, [907: Dendrogaster arborescens und Dendrogaster ludwigi, zwei entoparasitische Ascothoraciden Zeitschr. wiss Zoo] vol.86, Leipzig [907, pp. too -133, i pis Mi Murrich, J P 1917: Notes ..11 some Crustacean forms occurring in the plankton of Passamaquodd) Bay [Canada, in the mouth of the l:.i\ of Fundy]. — Ottawa. Proc. & Trans R. Soc Canada, sir 3, vol 1 1. seel 4, pp 47 61 ("a Di ndrogaster larva ', 1 1 59 61, with Sgs ). Norman, A.M. 1887 (1888), in Report of the British Association [88; (1888 , p 86 (prelim, note) ioi 5: Synagoga mira, a Crustacean of the order Ascothoracica Trans. Linn. Sue London, ser. 2. Zool., vol. 11, 101 ;. pp. 161- 65, 3 pis. Okada, Vo K 1925: Contribution a l'etude des cirripedes ascothoraciques. r. Note sur le Dendrogaster arborescens le Roi - Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 49, 1923. pp. 504 —71, - tigs. 1926: Contribution a l'etude des cirripedes ascothoraciques 2 Note sur I'organisation des Synagoga. — ibid. vol. 50, 1926, pp 69 -73, 1 fig Pyefiuch, K A , 1014: Haccalaureiis uialdiveusis, a new species of Ascothoracican Quarter!) Journal Microscop Scii in ser., vol. 77, 1934, pp, 223 J 1 j Yosii, Nurao. 10 ;i: Note on the organisation of Baccalaureus japonicus - Aunotatioues Zoologicae Japonenses, vol. 1 i. no Tokyo, Nov i'i;i, pp [69 -187, 4 pis. 1951a: Note on Mvriocladus -- Journal Faculty of Science, Imp Univ., Tokyo, sect 4, vol 2. io;i. pp ;; ,] II. Copepoda. Copejioda endoparasitic in Ophiurids seem td he rather rare; previously only 4 genera with 5 species are known (see K. Stephensen [933, p. 197 seq.). Below is described a new species, probably belonging t<> one of the genera already established. Ophioica(?) appendiculata n. sp. (Figs 8—10). Occurrence. Tliis species was nut taken by the "Ingulf", but materia] is at hand from the following places in (or near) the "Ingulf "-area: South Greenland?: "T jalfc"-Kxped. without further information, 1 V ovig. (ami some very small young specimens without limbs or other appendages). Bredefjord (Rink" stat. 55), 20-VII-i<)i_\ ',n> ;.;<> m, K. Stephensen leg., 1 jun. Bredefjord ("Rink" stat. 121), 25-VIII-1912, 700111, K. Stephensen leg., 1 j ovig., non-ovig. South of Iceland: (>; 15'N. 2004'W., 216 — 326 m ("Thor" stat. 171), 10-YI 1 -1 00 ;, 2 . ovig. 63 20' N. 20°7' W., ,,57111 ("Thor" stat. 107, 1903), some spei and jun.). W. of the Hebrides: 57 46' N. 9 55' \\ '., 625 1425 m ("Thor" stat. 167, 1905), .1 few ovig., 2 jun. 14 CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA Place in the host (fig. 8, i). The presence of the parasite is ordinarily betrayed by a slight swelling of the dorsal side of the host, viz., the Ophiurid Ophiomitrella clavigera (Ljungman) ; but as it has been found only in preserved material, it cannot be stated, if this swelling has a colour different from that of non-in- fested Ophiurids. The parasite lies interradially in one of the bursas, with its dorsal side turned towards the O.c. Fig. 8. Ophioica (?) appendicular n. sp., $. I. The parasite with its egg-masses lying in the host. 2—3. An ovigerous speci- men (from "Thor" st. 167, 1903) with 6 egg-masses (these are not drawn in fig. 3) in dorsal and in ventral view, 4. An ovi- gerous specimen from "Rink" st. 121 with 4 egg-masses. The left antenna 2 (in the right side of the fig.) is removed 5. Nau- plius. Explanation of the letters: Abd. = abdomen; A 1—2. = antenna 1—2; 0. c. = oral conus; P (in fig 1) = the para- site with its egg-masses; S. up. = serpentine appendages; Sb. = the appendages with sausage-shaped glands. oral side of the host, and ordinarily it has its fore-end directed toward the margin of the disc. It is so strongly fixed to the wall of the bursa, that it is almost impossible to loosen the parasite without damaging its anterior part. When we loosen the dorsal skin of the Ophiurid, the egg-masses (4 — 6) of the parasite will immediately attract our attention; but the body of the Copepod is not very conspicuous, as it is rather pellucid and its skin very thin and soft. The ordinary number of parasites in a single host is 1, more rarely 2; in a single case there were 3 CIRRII'KDIA AND COPEPODA 15 parasites, but then they filled out the whole body of the host, though they were rather small, and only one of them had more than 2 egg-masses (viz., 4). — No $ was found. Description of the ovigerous '■ (fig. 8, 2 — 4). Length abt. 1.5 — 1.9 mm. Such as the parasite lies in the host, it is apparently somewhat globular; but in reality it has a quite other shape, and the globular form is due to the fact that the long appendages are curled round the egg-masses. The body is fairly symmetrical, with a very thick anterior part and a rather short, much narrowei posterior part (abdomen), and there are several pairs of long serpentine appendages both on the lateral and the dorsal side; but there are no articulated limbs, and probably no true segmentation (only in a few speci- mens there may be slight traces of transversal furrows on the dorsal or ventral side, behind the first pair of lateral appendages). Just in the fore-end there is a pair of more or less prominent processes, probably representing 1st pair of antenna?. The 1st pair of appendages have their off-spring on the lateral sides at a certain distance behind the fore-end; they are very stout in their basal parts, and they are bent toward the ventral side, each of them with a process (sometimes being rather large) on the anterior ventral corner, anil then they cover the greater part of the ventral side, with a small intermediate space between them, right to the posterior end, but are rather tapering toward the hind most apex. This first pair of appendages are in shape quite different from all other pairs, and possibly they represent the 2nd pair of antennae. Behind this 1st pair of appendages there are 4 — 5 pairs of long serpentine lateral appendages and 1 — 2 pairs of (somewhat shorter) dorsal appendages, fixed near the lateral sides; these serpentine appendages have a very irregular shape, and there is not always in the two sides of the body the same number of appen- dages. The majority of the appendages, the abdomen and the egg-masses are enclosed in a "brood-pouch" made up by a very thin membrane; it was, however, impossible to trace if this membrane had its origin from the host or from the parasite itself. On the ventral side there is in the median line, between the liases of the two antenna' of 2nd pair, a conical process, probably the oral conus. Behind this there are one or two more or less cylindrical or conical processes, each containing two sausage-shaped bodies lying side by side, and as far as could be detected, there was no opening at the apex. Their function could not be stated; but they are probably not the genital openings (see below). Some specimens were stained in carmine and cleared in oil of cloves in order to make the inferior organs visible. It turned out that in one of these specimens egg-masses (the ovary?) filled out almost the whole animal, with rami extending into the proximal halves of the appendages; in the abdomen there seemed to be two oviducts with their openings one on either side of the apex. As, however, the egg-masses within the body had an extremely irregular shape, the specimen has probably been somewhat damaged from pressure when being dissected out from the host. Internal organs other than the ovary could not he found. Strange enough the body of the ovigerous specimens seems to be somewh.it smaller than that oi the adult non-ovigerous females; this is possibly due to a shrinking of the body (especially of the abdomen) after the spawning of the large egg-masses. The number of these is ordinarily 6, more rareh only 4; they i6 CIRRIPEDIA AND COPEPODA are about 0.50 mm in length, with a breadth of about 0.35—0.40 mm, and each contains numerous eggs. The egg-masses are so large that they can scarcely have existed at a time within the body of the female ; some of them are no doubt older than the others, and in a few cases two of them had developed into nauplii of the usual shape (fig. 8, 5), about 0.13 mm in length. Description of the adult, not ovigerous $ (fig. 9). Length up to a little more than 2 mm or 2.5 mm. Upon the whole it is not very different from the ovigerous 9; but the body seems to be divided into 5 segments, and the abdomen is ordinarily turned a little forward. The abdomen is, however, not immediately visible, for it is concealed under the membrane which will later become the "brood-pouch". It was in this stage not possible to find the con- ical processes with sausage-shaped glands in the ovigerous stage. Descriptions of the two youngest specimens found (fig. 10). 1. The smaller specimen, about 0.6111111 in length ("Rink" stat. 55; fig. co, 1 — 3). The body is somewhat ovular, with the anterior end the broader; un- fortunately, the specimen is somewhat damaged, as it is extremely fragile; and as moreover it is fairly pellucid, it was very difficult to have it dissected out of the host. No segmentation of the body could be stated. It is not very different from the adult, non-ovigerous female, and already in this stage most of the de- tails are recognisable: antenme 1 — 2, 4 pairs of the serpentine appendages. Kig. 9. Ophioicaf?) appendiculata n. sp. Adult, but not ovigeroi from the ventral side (i), the left side (2) and the dorsal side (3). the 'oral conus", and 2. A somewhat larger specimen, about 0.85 mm in length ("Thor" stat. 167, 1905; fig. 10, 4 — 9). The most important differences between this and the youngest specimen mentioned above are that the appen- dages have grown in number and size, and there is a marked abdomen lying pressed towards the ventral surface of the body and concealed under some of the appendages. The posterior end of the abdomen would seem to be fairly globular, ending in an acute point. On the genus Ophioica. This genus was established by the author in 1933 (p. 205) for the species 0. opliiacanthce n. sp. Only a single, rather damaged specimen (a 9 ovig.) was at hand, but the present species CIRRIPUDIA AXD COPEPODA 17 belongs possibly to the same genus. hoc cit. 1933 I characterised the genus Ophioica as follows: Kndopar- asitic Copepods (in Ophiurids). The body of the adult j more or less asymmetrical, with long serpentine appendages and several (4?) genital openings, and more than 2 (viz. 4) egg-masses. Probably there are no inner organs other than the ovary". This diagnosis holds good also of the new species with the exceptions that the "genital openii Fig. 10. Ophioica(P) appendiculata, young specimens. 1 — 3. a specimen about 0.6 mm. in length (from "Rink" st i--,' 11 in ventral view; 2 seen from the fore end, with the dorsal side turned downwards; ; seen partly from the dorsal side, partly from the right side) 4- 9. a somewhat larger specimen, about 0.85 mm in length (from "Thor" st C67, 1905) i| ven- tral view; 5 the same, with the majority of the serpentine appendages removed, and the two antennse -' are bent out to the sides, in order t<> make the abdomen visible; 6. in dorsal view; 7. seen from the fore end (the dorsal side is turned down- wards); .S is seen from the left side, but all the appendages of the left side are removed; 9 seen from the left side). 1.' ing as in fig. 8. are organs of unknown function ( — the true genital openings, 2 in number, have no doubt their place in the apex of the abdomen, sec above p. 15 — ), and that there may be up to (> egg-masses; the asymmetrical shape of the body is probably due to the narrow space in the host. Among the few species endoparasitic in Ophiurids probably still one, vi/... P 'tiura Herouard 1906 (in Amphiura squammata, from Roscoff, NW. France) belongs to the same genus; in .un- case it would seem to be rather closely allied to Ophioica appendiculata, and it cannol belong to the genus The Ingolf- Expedition, III, 12. * XS cirripedia and copepoda Philichthys Steenstrup (for diagnosis of this genus see Wilson 1932, p. 531). The agreement between Ophioica appendiculata and Philichthys amphiura is rather close: both of them have a big, non-segmented body with a much narrower abdomen, antenna 1 bud-like, antenna 2 more or less bifurcate, and paired serpentine lateral appendages; but "Philichthys amphiura" has small oral parts (no oral conus) and not the appendices with sausage-shaped bodies. Literature. Herouard, E. 1906: Sur un Copepode nouveau d'Amphiura squammata; — in: Comptes Rendus Hebdomaires des Seances de 1'Aca- demie des Sciences de Paris, tome 142, pp. 1287 — 1289. Stephensen, K. 1933: Some new Copepods, parasites of Ophiurids and Echinids (Papers from Dr. Th. Mortensen's Pacific Expedition 1914 — 16, LXIV) ; in: Videnskab. Meddel. Dansk Naturh. Foren., vol.93, PP- T97 — 2I3- Wilson, Charles Branch, 1932: The Copepods of the Woods Hole Region Massachusetts, in: Smithson. Inst., U. S. Nat. Mus., Bulletin 158. QL Danish Ingolf-Expec 5 1895-1896 D3 The Danish Ingo] v.3C expedition pt.8-12 fiioMjsd PLEASE DO NOT REM< CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THII UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO